Dipavamsa 1
Input by the Sri Lanka Tripitaka
Project
[CPD Classification 4.1.1]
[SL Vol Dīp2- ] [\z Dīp /] [\w II
/]
[SL Page 001] [\x 1/]
[DIPAWANSA]
[PART
II.]
[By]
[Venarable Pandit]
[AHUNGALLE WIMALAKITTI
MAHATHERO]
[Incumbent]
[Ambukkharama
Mahavihara]
[and]
[.Principal]
[of ,tgatasasanodaya
Pirivena,]
[WELITOTA.]
[Pitbli.@hed]
[BY]
[K. ERINERIS DE SILVA
ESQR:]
[Vidyavilasi Press,]
[B, E. 2482]
[C. E. 1939.,]
THIS GRETIL TEXT FILE IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSES ONLY!
COPYRIGHT
AND TERMS OF USAGE AS FOR SOURCE FILE.
Text converted to Unicode
(UTF-8).
(This file is to be used with a UTF-8 font and your browser's VIEW
configuration
set to UTF-8.)
description: |
multibyte sequence: |
long a |
ā |
long A |
Ā |
long i |
ī |
long I |
Ī |
long u |
ū |
long U |
Ū |
vocalic r |
ṛ |
vocalic R |
Ṛ |
long vocalic r |
ṝ |
vocalic l |
ḷ |
long vocalic l |
ḹ |
velar n |
ṅ |
velar N |
Ṅ |
palatal n |
ñ |
palatal N |
Ñ |
retroflex t |
ṭ |
retroflex T |
Ṭ |
retroflex d |
ḍ |
retroflex D |
Ḍ |
retroflex n |
ṇ |
retroflex N |
Ṇ |
palatal s |
ś |
palatal S |
Ś |
retroflex s |
ṣ |
retroflex S |
Ṣ |
anusvara |
ṃ |
visarga |
ḥ |
long e |
ē |
long o |
ō |
l underbar |
ḻ |
r underbar |
ṟ |
n underbar |
ṉ |
k underbar |
ḵ |
t underbar |
ṯ |
Unless indicated
otherwise, accents have been dropped in order
to facilitate word
search.
For a comprehensive list of GRETIL encodings and formats
see:
www.sub.uni-goettingen.de/ebene_1/fiindolo/gretil/gretdiac.pdf
and
www.sub.uni-goettingen.de/ebene_1/fiindolo/gretil/gretdias.pdf
[
FOREWORD]
[I have great pleasure in c 1011]
[of the Dipavamsa to the
seri( the]
[history of Geylon in particular ai oral.]
[The Dipavamsa
is the oldest of the Pali Chronicles extant in Ceylon ; its author or
authors
are unknown as also the date of its composition. It seems safe to
assume that its compilation
extended over a fairly long period of time and
that it was the result of collaboration from
more than one quarter. It relied
for its authoritativeness on the Sinhalese records, faithfully
kept by the
dwellers of the Mahavihara at Anuradhapura, and claimed to be no more than
a
translation into Pali of portions of those apparently very varied
documents.]
[Pali had by this time superseded Sinhalese as the language
of the new culture which arose
with the spread of Buddhism, and scholars, not
only of Ceylon but also of other Buddhist
lands, ware evidently interested in
the traditional lore of the Island. It was necessary,
therefore, that
information should be ,tvailable in a language familiar to a very wide
circle
of investigators. The Dipavamsa was the result of an attempt to meet
such a demand.]
[The Sinhalese were yet novices in the handling of Pali
idiom and metre. The language and
style of the Dipavamsa bear evidence of a
stage of experimentation. Within a very short
time, however, the alumni of
the Maliavihara had mastered Pali and were anxious that no
room should be
left for reflection to be cast on the excellence of Sinhalese scholarship.
Thus
was produced the Mahavamsa, meticulous care being taken to avoid the
faults of diction, of
prolixity as well as of undue conciseness, and any
other deficiencies from which the
Dipavamsa suffered. Some have advanced the
theory that the two Chronicles but such a
hypothesis]
[were the works of
rival seats of learning, can scarcely be maintained. Yet it is true that
both
compilations dealt with the same period of Ceylon history and that both
drew their
materials from common sources.]
[The compilation of tl-ie
idahavttinsa seems to have eclipsed the Dipavamsa almost
completely. It would
appear, however, that once or twice attempts were made to revive its
glory,
though ithout success. The Mahavamsa became the authoritative chronicle of
royalty
as well as of the Sangha and, when it was considered necessary to
bring the account up I o
date, it was to the Mahavanlsa that supplementary
chapters were added from time to time.
But the older Chronicle was riot
allowed to fall into oblivio n ; it, too, was assiduously
studied arid
zealously guarded as a valued heritage; copies of it are to be found in the
more
representative monastic libraries to this day.]
[No effort seems
to have been made in the past to continue the record contained in
the
Dipavains@t from where its original compiler(s) concluded-the reign of
Mahasena. The gap
thus left was very wide indeed. The Rev. Pandita
AI-iungalle Wimalakitti Thera has now
come forward to bridge it. The task he
has undertaken is gigantic and would have unnerved
another of less heroic
mould than he. He has laboured with infinite patience and untiring
energy and
the present volume contains the results of his industry and ability. I would
not
here attempt to appraise its value either as history or as literature;
that 1 would leave to
others better qualified.]
[There are those who
consider the resuscitation of ancient chronicles a worthless task.
Other
times, other works, they would say and add thah nowhere have methods of
approach
changed so completely as in the sphere of historical stud:es. 1 am
not in entire agreement
with them ; to me the works of a long-forgotten past
have more than a sentimental value
when they are -proposed to he made the
bases for modern compilations. Thus would the
dry bones of a remote age have
new life given to them both for our instruction and our
edification. I
wholeheartedly welcome all such efforts as would quicken interest in our
past
and provide inspiration for the present.]
[I happen to know that,
the Rev Wimalakitti has had to meet with disappointment from
mlriy quarters
where he had the right to expect encouragement and support. His enterprise
is
all the more commendable, therefore, that he has refused defeat and persevered
with
courage and determination. May he reap a rich reward.]
[G. P.
?VIALALASEKER-k.]
[INTRODUCTION]
[his Noble Island visited by
the Lord Buddha and blessed with illiinitable wealth and glory
was known as
Lanka,]
[Sihala and Tambapanni. The naine Lanka is very
old.]
[Before the arrival of Vijaya, the father of the Sinhalese royal
dynasty, Lankapura was a very
prosperous city. The day of Vijaya's landing in
Ceylon coincided with the festive occasion
of the marriage of a princess from
Lankapura to the lord of the city of Sirisavastu. With the
aid of Kuveiii,
Vijaya proceeded to Sirisavastu with his followers, slew the whole host of
its
cit.izens and took possession , of the kingdom,.]
[From these and
other facts we ean infer that the name Lanka was applied to this
country
before the arrival of Vijaya.]
[Sinhabahu the ruler of
Sinhapura in Lata was known as Sitihala, because of the fact that he
captured
a lion. His children and their descendents as well as the land they lived in
came to
be known by the name Sinhala.]
[The term Tambapanni came into
use after the advent of Vijaya. The prince and his
followers landed from
their ship and rested on the sea,-shore. As the pgims of their hands
appeared
to be of @ copper colour by the touch of the sand on the beach, the land @tme
to
be known as TLmbapanni. At this spot Vij@tya built a city. This locality
is known as
Tammanna even at the present day.]
[Both the terms Sibala
and Tamb,,tpanni came into existence after the arrival of
Vijaya.
Nevertheless the name Lanka is generally known. After the conquest of
Ceylon by Vijaya
the culture common to the people of India spread rapidly
among the Ceylonese and thereby
the Sinhalese people advanced by gradual
steps,]
[This island thrice visited and blessed by the Lord Buddha is
enriched by his personal and
associated relies to the same extent. as His
-native land. During the reign of King
Devanampiyfi Tissa in 237 B.E,, the
Arahat Mahiiida, son of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka,
at the request of
Arahat Moggalipubta Tissa who was entreated by the king of Gods,
established
Buddhism in Ceylon.]
[Mahiiida the spiritual teacher of Lanka propagated
the 1)hamma in the Island. He caused
the Sinhalese Commentaries to be
written. As t result of these activities the literature and
scientifie
knowledge. spread throughout the land.]
[In the Reign of Wattagamini
Abhaya five hundred holy monks assembled at the Aloka
Vihara in the Matale
District, observing the decay of the Religion in the future, and reduced
into
writing the Texts and Commentaries that were handed down orally among the
monks.
The world benefited immensely by this great
undertaking.]
[Later, during the reign of Vabanama, the famous
commentator Buddhagosha, at the
instance of his teacher Revata, arrived in
Ceylon and residing at the Ma@ia Vihara in the
sacred city of Anuradhapura,
translated id.,0 Pali the Commentaries that were in Siiiho,Iese.]
[For
the credit of a country or a people that progressed gradually there must exist
a
continual history. Ceylon and the Sinhilese Nation possess for themselves
an unrivalled
history in the world. It is said by the ancients that what
.,(jmprises of the unbroken tradition
of a people embodying the fourfold
outlook in life-Darma, Artha, Kama and M(,,kshais
called history. It is
undisputedly acknowledged by the scholars both oriental and accidental
that
the earliest and foremost liistorical work of Ceylon is the
Dipavamsa.]
[According to the scholastic definition, it is a Dipa (an
island) which is bounded by water.
A Wansa (a race) is that which propalgates
itself by producing men. By the term Dipavamsa
the racial continuity of the
island as well as the Chronicle that records it, is indicated.]
[In the
Dipavarnsa, the story of the visits of Lord Buddha, the establishment of
Buddhism
in the Island, the succession of Kings and Dynasties, and the
temporal and spiritual
activities of the rulers and their ministers, are
systematically recorded. The Chronicle is
written in elegant Pali verse. The
first part contains the historical narrative from the story of
the visits of
Lord Buddha up to the reign of Mahasena.]
[The Book runs into twenty-two
chaptersknown as Bhanavaras, each consisting of 25,0
granthas or stanzas.
Although each chapter is]
[vii]
[designated a Bhanavara, the requi
site number of stanza@s and syllables for a chapter is not
uniform. Hence we
have to conclude that the author has applied the general scriptural term
of
Bhanavara to the chapters,]
[As it is considered that the poem which
presents a historical narrative is necessarily a "great
poem." we cannot but
regard the Dipavamsa as a '@great poem." We have no clue
whatsoever as to the
date and authorship of this monumental work. Yet by a critical
examination of
the poem we can come to tl,ie conclusion that it has been written by
a
scholar who was contemporary to the king Mahasena. The great commentary of
the Vinaya
known as Samantapasadika written by the Thera Buddhaghosha bears
,unmistakable
evidence as to the age of this historical work. Therein we come
across certain illustrations
quoted from the Dipavamsa. This work written in
perfect Pali verse narrating the historical
tradition of Buddhism and the
Sinhalese kingdom during a period of 845 years stood as an
example to later
compositions of a similar character.]
[THE. MONASTIC ORDER:]
[The
Monastic Order established by the Great Arahat Mahinda in the reign of
king
Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., and which prospered steadily through the
support of kings
and nobles continned to exist for a space of 1,300 years
dividing itself into various schisms.
During the later times, owing to the
incessant wars between the Tamils and the Sinhalese,
Buddhism deteriorated to
such an extent that the requisite number of Bhikkhus qualified to
perform the
ecclesiastical rites were found scarce.]
[Vijaya Bahu I, who united Lanka
under one flag and became King in 1609 B. E., was
disappointed at the
scarcity of qualified Bhikkhus to perform the ecclesiastical duties.
He
dispatched, envoys to the King of Arimaddana in Ramanna country to bring
qualified
monks from there and resuscitated the monastic order by conferring
the ordination on
young men of noble birth,,]
[After the time of king
VI'Jaya Bahu until the early years of the reign of Parakrama Bahu I,
the
country was continually subjected to numerous wars and evil strifes. During this
period
the monks degraded to a very low ebb and spoiled the religion by
acting contrary to the
noble toadhing, The great monarch observing
the]
[viii]
[irreparable harm done by them disrobed and expelled
the unclisciplined monks. He
conducted the ordination ceremony annually and
reformed the,Holy Order. This reformation
continued to exist for a space of
250 years till the reign of Parakrama Bahii VI.]
[As a result of ' the
rapid progress of Portuguese power in the maritime provinces since
the
accession of Don John Dharmapala and of the mgsslere of Buddhist monks by
the apostate
Rajasinha I, who embraced Shaivaism, King Wimaladharmasuriya, on
coming to the throne,
met with the difficulty of procuring a single Bhikkliu
who had received the Ordination. He
sent an embassy to the King of Rakkhanga
alias Araman,,i, brought down some monks
including the Thera Nandicakka and
re-established the Monastic Order in Ceyl on by
conducting an Ordinabion in
the year 2140 B. E,]
[Subsequently the performance of the Ordination Ceremony
and other ecclesiastical duties
fall into abeyance owing to the frequent wars
during the long reign of Rajusinha II, and it
was found impossible to come
across a qualified monk in Ceylon. The devout King
Witnaladharmasuriya II,
who was endowed with a noble character entirely different from
that of his
father, dispatched a party of Sinhalese envoys equipped with valuable gifts to
the
Ramannadesa on board a Dutch ship, in 1697 A. C., and brought down 33
monks headed by
the Elder Santana Thera.]
[He conducted an Ordination
Ceremony inside an aquatic tower built on the river
Mahaveliganga at the ford
of (,Tetambe, administered the Ordination to 33 monks, admitted
120 laymen to
the Holy Order, and revived the Monastic Order in Lanka.]
[Subsequently
King Sri Vijaya Raiasinha sent a band of Sinhalese envoys to Pegu in the
year
1741 A. 0., with orders to bring fully ordained Bhikklius. As the vessel
in which they
travelled met with ship-wreck during the course of their
journey, another party was
dispatched to Siam on board a Dutch sailing vessel
in the year 1747. As the king had
deceased before the return of the c ' nvoys
with the Bhikkhus from Siam, the disappointed
Siamese monks returned home
without paying a visit to the capital Srivardhanapura.]
[Later when Kirti
Sri Rajasinha ascended the throne, he sent an embassy to the King of
Siam,
got down a party of Siamese
monkoundertheElderUpaliThera,ordainedtheVen.
Saranankara]
[ix]
[Samanera
and others and established the Siamese sect in Coylon.]
[During the reign
of King Rajasinli,,t the Ven. Welitota Nanavimala Tissa, embarked
for
Amarapui.a in Burma, obtained the Ordination from there and on his return
to Ceylori in
2340 B. E., established the Amarapura sect in this
country.]
[Not long afterwards the Ven. Saranankara of Arnbagahawatta
sailed to the city of
Ratanapunna in Burma in 2405 B. E., obtained his
Ordination there and established the
Bamatina Sect in Ceylon.]
[It
would be one of the greatest services to Buddhism if the devout Buddhists make
a
determined endeavour to unite these three sects as were done by the
Buddhist monarchs
from time to time in the days of yore.]
[This ORDER
OF NUNS:]
[During the reign of King Devanampiya Tissa, 236 B. E., the
Order of Nuns was' established
in Ceylon by the Holy Nun Sanghamitta,
daughter of the Great Emperor Dharmasoka.
Princess Anula the consort of Maha
Naga brother of King Devanampiya Tissa became such
a devoted follower of
Buddhism that she expressed her desire to be a Nun giving up
the
householder's life. The imonarch communicated the appeal to the Arahat
Mahinda. As the
monks were unauthorized to admit ladies to the monastic life
he decided to get down his
sister Sangamitta and informed the king about it.
The monarch, pleased with tl-ie idea of
establishing the Order of Nuns,
dispatched envoys to the court of Dharmasoka. Emperor
Asoka immediately sent
a party of eleven Nuns headed by Sanghamitta. The great Nun
admitted to the
Holy Orders 500 youn. ladies including the Princess Anula as well as
500
women of the Royal household and thereby established the Order of Nuns in
Coylon.]
[The Chronicles bear undoubted evidence as to the continual
existence of the Order of Nuns
for a long space of 1282 years until the reign
of Mahinda iii., who ascended the throne in
1519 B. E. We have no evidence as
to the existence of the Order of Nuns after this date.
Mahinda III, was on
the throne for 16 years. It is mentioned that he built an abode for the
Nuns
named Mahamalla and dedicated it to the Senior Nuns who had received
consecration
from the Therawansa. This is the last available reference to
the]
[X]
[Order of Nuns in -Ceylon. Therefore we can be sure that
the monastic order for worrien
was still in existence in the reign of Mabinda
III. This king was succeeded by big son Sena
IV. His reign was distinguished
by numerous wars. In spite of it we find no possible cause
for the total
extinction of the Order of Nuns. Sena TV died at the end of a reign of 10
years
and his brother Mahinda TV succeeded to the throne at Anuradhapura. He
could not
effectually control the kin dom which was over-run by the
9]
[people of various nationalities brought down from different countries by
his fatt,.er's
General, Sena. As he was found to be a ruler of a gentle
disposition, the people refused to
pay him taxes. Unable to pay the
mercenaries owing to the loss of revenue, he fled from the
capital to Ruhuna
and lived at the villa-je of Citta Pabbata which he converted into a place
of
defence. Subsequently he built the city of Kapuga,,1 Nuwara and made his
residence
there, At this time the Kerala, Karnata and Sinhala rebels held
their sway over the
remaining territory. The. land was entirely impoverished.
A horse-merchant who visited the
Island at this period reported the troubled
state of the country to tl-ie ruler @f the Chola
Kingdom and the Cholian
hordes invaded the country, Soon after their landing they were
able to
capture the crown and insignia with the queen and the royal treasures which
they
sent hurne to their King. They demolished the sacred shrines and
Buddhist Viharas and
plundered all their essential wealth. The ruthless
destruction of Buddhism during the
Cholian invasion is amply recorded in
history. It is possible that the Order of Nuns diseared
at this disastrous
period Any vestiges of the Order of app]
[Nuns that remained during the reign
of Mahinda, we presume, were finally lost by the
abdication of monastic life
by the Nuns in fear of the Cholian menace.]
[THE TOOTH
RELIC:]
[The Great Tathagata, after an active life of 45 years, ent@ered
the Parinirvana at the age of
80, at the Sala grove of the Mallas in the city
of Kusinara. Prior to the distribution of relies,
a certain Arahat known as
Khema by name, removed one of the Sacred Tooth Relies from
the left-hand side
of His, jaw, during the course of the cremation. He took it to the country
of
Kalinga and after converting Danta, the King of Dantapura, to Buddhism handed it
over
to the monarch who scrupulously guarded it as
his]
[xi]
[own life. His son Sunanda succeeded him. In course of
time when King Guhasiva became
the custodian of the Tooth Relic through
linear succession, the King of Pandya heard of it
from the Tirthakas and took
possession of it by force. He entrusted to the Tirthakas to
destroy the Holy
Relic which he had captured. They tried their best to put an end to
this
object of great reverence, but met with failure. Subsequently the King
Gubasiva became so
delighted on witnessing the miracles performed by the
Tooth Relic, that he returned the
Relic to its original owner
Guhasiva.]
[In order to protect the Tooth Relic from the hands of hostile
kings he requested his
daughter Hemamala and her husband Sudotta, the Prince
of Dantapura, to take it. away to
King Mahasena of Ceylon. Accompanied by
theToothRelic they embarked from the port of
Tamra,lipti and landed in
Ceylon. On their arrival they found that Alahasona had already
died and his
son Kit, Siri Mevan was reigning. The couple journeyed with the
Relic
toanuradhapura and arriving at the Maha Vihara approached the king
through the
mediation of the monks. They related the full story of their
mission,and entrusted the Tooth
Relic to the ruler. The monarch highly
gratified by this good fortune received the Relic in a
valuable cryst@l
casket and deposited it in the hall of Dhammacakka built bydevanampiya
Tissa.
From that moment this hall received the name of 'Dathadhatughara. In order
to
facilitate all the citizens to pay respects to the Tooth Relic, the king
took it in great
procession to the Abhayagiri Vihara, held festivities and
offerings there, and returned with
it to the Hall of the Tooth. The Eialada
festivities were conducted by the monarch Kit Siri
Mevan defraying an
expenditure of nine lacs of gold coins. It was the first occasion that
the
Dalada Perahera was ever held in Ceylon. He ordered that the festival of
the Tooth Relic
should be conducted annually, Since that time the devout
kings of Ceylon continued to
observe the festival of the Tooth Relic with the
accompaniment of a Perahera.]
[When the capital of the kings changed from
time to time owing to political and other
reasons, the abode of the Tooth
Relic also had to be shifted simultaneously. The Sacred
Tooth remained at
Anuradhapura for a space of more than 700 years until King -'jijaya Bahu
I,
in 1609 B. E, built the city of Polonnaruwa and removed it thither. When his.
son
Wickrama]
[Bahu I began to appropriate the wealth of the temples,
the Bhikkhus removed the Tooth
Relic to Ruhuna. Manabharana, the ruler of
Ruhun,,i and contemporary of Gaja Bahu,
brought back the Tooth Relic to
Polonnaruwa when he captured the city. As soon as
Parakrama Bahu I, conquered
the capital of Rajarata,, 'LVIanabharana carried away the
Tooth Relic with
him. At the death of Manabharana, his mother Sugala took possession of
the
sacred Relic. By the order of Parakrania Bahu I, his Generals waged war against
Sugala
and brought the Tooth Relic back to Polonnaruwa. The great monarch
built a magnificent
palace for the I-loly Tooth in the heart of his capital
and held great festivities in its honour.]
[When Magha the invader from
South India ravaged the city of Polonnaruwa, Vacissara and
other Theras
concealed the Tooth Relic on the mountain-side of Kotmale. Vanni Vijaya
Bahu,
who built the new city of Dambadeniya and transferred the Tooth Relic
to his capital,
constructed a grand palace for the Tooth on the rock fortress
of Beligala and securely placed
it there in -reat ceremony. His son Parakrama
Bahu II, who succeeded him as ruler at
Dambadeniya, built the Temple of the
Tooth called Vijayasundararama, by the side of his
royal palace and deposited
tl-ie Tooth Relic there. His son Vijaya Bahu IV, after freeing the
country
from the thorns of hostile armies, reoccupied the city of Polonnaruwa and
brought
the Tooth Relic back to its original home. He was succeeded by his
brother Bhuvaneka Bahu
V, who made Yapawu or Subha Pabbata his capital. He
removed the Sacred Tooth to
Yapahuwa and conducted daily festivals in its
honour.]
[After his reign a Draviclian, General, Aryaeakravarti,
descended on the city of Subha
Pabbata accompanied by his Tamil hordes. I-Ie
captured the Tooth Relic, and presented it to
his lord Kalasekhara, King of
Pandya. Parakraina Bahu III, who came to the throne
immediately after this
period, proceeded to the court of Kulasekhara and recovered the
Sacred Relic
by peaceful persuasion. Returning with the Great Relic he deposited it in
the
Temple of the Tooth at Polonnaruwa where he conducted festivities. He was
succeeded by
Parakrama Bahu IV of Kurunegala. This monarch brought the Tooth
Relic to his Capital,
built a magnificent palace as its repository and
conducted grand festivities and daily
oiterings.]
[xiii]
[He
composed in Sinhaleqe a treatise called Dh.,itha Dhatu Caritta (Dalada Sirita)
which
deals with the history of the Tooth Relic.]
[During later years
Bhuvaneka Bahu V who made Gampola or Gan,casiripura his capital
removed the
Tooth Relic thither and conducted fe@tivals in its honour. As the latter part
of
his reign was connected with Jayavardhanipura (Kotte) the Tooth Relic was
transferred from
Gampola to the new capital. Parakrama Bahu VI of Kothe built
a magnificent building for
the Tooth Relic in the vicinity of the royal
palace and repc)sited the Tooth Relic there in
great ceremony.]
[In
the reign of Dharmapala, when the Christian religion introduced by the
Portuguese was
gaining influence, the monks surreptitiously removed the Tooth
Relic to Delgamu Vibara in
thi) province of Sabaragamuva. Wimal,@i Dharma
Surya who gave up Christianity and
became king of Sirivardhanapura removed
the sacred Relic to his Capital.' He built a
two-storied mansion for the
Tooth Relic near the royal palace and conducted offerings to the
great relic.
From the day that Ceylon was ceded to king George III in 2358 B. B., the
Tooth
Relic remained under the custody of the British Government. In the year
2396 B. E. the
Government transferred the custodianship of the Tooth Relic
into the hands of the High
Priests of Asgiriya and Malwatta and to the
Diyawadana Nilame.]
[THE HERETIC-KL DOCTRINES:]
[These doctrines
are teachings absolutely contrary to the Buddha Dhamma. A heresy
which
originated in India wfis introduced into Ceylon in the days of king
Vohara Tissa who
ascended the throne in the year 757 B. E. (' ertain sinful
monks in this country became its
adherents. The monks of the Abhayagiri
Vihara endeavoured to propa ,gate this doctrine 1
in Ceylon in the guise of a
Buddhist teaching. The king employed a learned minister named
Kapila well
versed in the Tripitaka to examine the heretical teachings, Having
discovered
that their teaching was a false doctrine the monarch collected all
the books dealing with it
and consigned them to a fire, punishing all the
monks who had accepted it. Similar heretical
teachings that arose in Ceylon
during later periods passed under the same name. The
heresies were revived by
the monks of the Abhayagiri Vihara during the reign
of
Gothabbaya]
[xiv]
[otherwise known as Megavarna Abhaya. The
ruler gathered sixty monks who followed the
heretical teaching, branded on
them and banished them out of the country. These deported
m,.)nks came across
a Cholian heretic in India named Sangamitra who became tne inveterate
enemy@
of the orthodox monks of the Maha Vihara. He came to Geylon, was successful
in
winning the favour of the king and became the tutor to the two sons of the
monarch. He
easily converted the younger prince Mahasena to his new doctrine.
But the elder Jettha Tissa
was dissatisfied with his teacher. After the death
of the king the prince Jettha Tissa ascended
the throne. S.,inghamitra
realising that it was unsafe for him to remain in Ceylon durin@ his
reign,
conferred with prince Maha Sena and fled to India with the intention of
returning
when the latter succeeded to the throne.]
[Jettha Tissa was
followed by his brother as king. Sangbamitra returned from India
and
persuaded the new king to enact a law against the orthodox school
prohibiting all citizens
to provide alms to the monks of the Maha Vlhara. He
fixed a penalty of one thousand gold
coins as a fine for infringing this law.
The monks of the Maha Vihara direly oppressed by
the absence of food fled to
Ruhuna and the hill country. The Maha Vihara remained a
deserted place for
nine years. Sanghamitra removed the enormous wealth of the Maba.
Vihara to
the Abhayagiri fraternity. The wicked monk caused the Lowa Maha Paya and
many
other beautiful palaces and religious edifices to be demolished. He made the
ground
of the Maha -Vihara to be ploughed and converted into a field of corn.
Owing to these
vicious deeds the people in grave resentment rose acrainst the
king. The Minister
Meghavarna Abhaya burning with indignation at the ruthless
distruction of the Maha
Vibara, collected an army and rebelled against the
king. The monarch promised to rebuild
the Maha Vibara and made peace with the
minister who begged the king to forgive him.]
[During this great revolt
one of the consorts of the king had the haritical monk
Sanghamitra
assassinated. The minister Solia, one of his faithful adherents
was murdered by the citizens.
As a result of these events the king became a
sober man, and the heretical doctrines
incidentally
disappeared.]
[xv]
[Later, during the reign of Silakala, a young
merchant who visited the city of Kasi (Benares)
in India brought back to
Ceylon a religious work known as Dharma Dhatu which contained
heretical
doctrines and presented it to the king. The monarch who was not capable
of
distinguishing between heresy and orthodoxy was naturally ignorant of
what, it contained.
He received it as a sacred book and deposited it in a
special shrine by the side of the royal
palace. He paid it !devoted respects,
and decreed his subjects to pay it homage. As a result
of the introduction of
the Dharma Dhatu from India the heretical doctrines saw a revival
during the
reign of Agra Bodhi I. At this period an erudite monk named Jotipala
defeated
the heretics at a great controversy and protected the Buddhist
religion.]
[In the days of Kumaradasa, King of Ceylon, there lived in the
city of Southern Madura a
ruler Sri Harsha by name. At this time a clever but
depraved monk visited the house of a
prostitute during the night, clad
himself in a blue garb and returned to the Vihara after
day-break. His pupils
observing this peculiar robe inquired of him whether his attire was
not
improper. As numerous people had observed his extraordinary dress he
stoutly
defended it and spoke highly in Its praise. His faithful subordinates
who followed his
theory discarded the yellow robe and adopted the
blue-coloured garb. This heretical leader
composed a philosopical work known
as Nila-pata Darsaiia praising prostitutes, intoxicants
and the God of Love
as the' only three precious gems in the triple world while despising
all
other "gems" as nothing but mere clay.]
[This great heresy began
to spread with much rapidity and the new philosophical treatise
reached the
bands of the King Sri Harsha who went through it critically. Pretending
an
approbation of the new doctrine he assembled the followers of the novel
philosophy
together with their whole literature into a special hall built for
the purpose and set them all
on fire. The lingering vestiges of this false
doctrine had a recrudescence in Ceylon during
the, reign of Sena II. In
recent times, since the advent of the Portuguese, various kinds of
religious
teachings began to appear in this land, At the present day the island ofceylon
is
indelibly contaminated with the poisonous stains of those bygone
times.]
[xvi]
[THE SINHALESE ROYAL LINE:]
[The Sinhalese
Royal Line that originated with King Vi5aya e,,Lme into existence in the
first
year of the Buddhist Era. Vijaya was the eldest son of Sinha Babu king
of the city built by
him in the heart of the forest in L,,tta. Prince Vijaya
landed in Ceylon and conquered this
island on the very day on which Lord
Buddha]
[was lying in bed iii preparation for his final passing away.
Among]
[the noted and powerful monarchs of the Greater
Dynasty,]
[Pandukabhaya Devanampiya Tissa, Dutthagamini
Abhaya,]
[Wattagamini Abhaya and other great kings possessed unsullied fame
and unsurpassed
glory. Similarly, out of the later sovereigns Buddhadasa,
Vijaya Bahu I, Parakrama Babu 1,
Pandita Parakrama Babu II, Parakrama Bahu
VI. Raja Sinha I, Wimala Dharma Suriya I and
others were renovvned and mighty
monarchs. Sri Vira Parakrama Narendra Sinba was the
last king of the
Sinhalese Royal Line. After a long space of about 2300 years of
Sinhalese
rule the Nayakkars of'South India came into possession of the
Sinhalese kingdom with the
consent of certain chieftains of the Sinhalese
Royal Court. They held their sway for a period
of about 74 years.
Subsequently this island came under the British flag and is being now
ruled
by the kings of England for more than a century. As the British Government stood
for
Justice for all their policy has given satisfaction to everybody. His
Majesty King George VI
is our present sovereign. May he live long in
happiness and glory for the common good and
welfare of all the inhabitants of
this land]
[ARRIVAL of THE PORTUGUESE:]
[The people of Portugal in
the continent of Europe known as the Portuguese, after taking
possession of
many countries in Europe conquarred certain portions of India. Their
main
centre in India was the State of Goa. Francisco do Almcida, the Governor
General of Goa
began to spread the Portuguese power in the east. His son
Lourenco do Almeida was the
Portuguese Admiral. While chasing after the ships
of the Moor men in an unexplored sea he
unexpechedly arrived at Galle harbour
in 2049 B. E , the 19th year of the reign of Vira
Parakrama Babu. The @
Moors, who were traders at Galle at that time sent away the
Portuguese by
artful pretext. During the short time the Portuguese -spent in
Ceylon]
[xvii]
[they gathered as much information as possible
concerning this island. On their departure
they left behind an engraving on a
rock as a memorial of their visit to this country. By
reason of this visit of
Lourenco de Almeida the Portuguese people learnt about the natural
features
and the valuable resources of this countryThe Portuguese who brought many
parts
of India under their sway made up their mind to take possession of
Ceyloi). In the year 2061
B. E. when Dharma Parakrama Babu was on the throne
Governor Lopo Soarez de Albergaria
arrived at Colombo with a squadron of
seventeen ships carrying an army of 700 men, with
the intention of building a
fortress at Colombo. Dharma Parakrama Bahu, the king of
Jayawardbanapura
reluctantly gave them permission to erect a fortress as -his council
of
ministers also advised him to remain friendly with the Portuguese. The
Moors fearing a
danger to their. monopoly of 'trade owing to the presence of
the Portuguese, lost no time in
setting the Sinhalese king against the
Portuguese' Dharma Parakrama Bahu sent an army to
Colombo to oppose the
Portuguese who easily repulsed the Sinhalese forces. After this
incident the
Sinhalese and the Portuguese lived in peace for some time. Governor
Albergaria
entrusted the fort of Colombo temporarily built by the Portuguese,
to the charge of his
nephew Juan de Silva and left the Island. Captain Lopo
de Brito arrived in Ceylon with men
and material to strengthen the fort of
Colombo. The king despatched an army to resist him.
The Portuguese drove them
away and strongly fortified the garrison. This was followed by
a treaty of
peace between the two parties.]
[When the Portuguese arrived in Ceylon
this island was disintegrated and the Sinhalese
Government was weak and
powerless. At this time there were different principalities at
Gampola,
Peradeniya, Devundara and other places. The Tamils were ruling in the
North.
The Moors were mending power in the maritime provinces. The King of
Kotte reigned as
overlord of Lanka. In spite of that there was no genuine
concord among the petty rulers of
the provinces. The Portuguese power that
be-an in small degrees increased in extent during
the reigns of Vijaya Babu
VII, Bhuvaneka Bahu VII and Don Jolin Dharmapala. They took
possession of the
maritime provinces and established centres of trade. They persecuted
and
massacred the Sinhalese without number and plundered all their wealth.
The Sitibalese who
felt grave indignation at these atrocities, gathered an
army of 20, 000 men during the reion
of Vijaya Bahu VII, beseiged the
Portuguese fort at Colombo and waged a severe war for
five years. Ultimately
a Portuguese reinforcement from Cochin arrived in Colombo and
repulsed the
Sinhalese army.]
[The Portuguese were Christians of the Roman Catholic
Church. They endeavoured to
propagate their religion as much as they
endeavoured to establish their political power. The
Roman Catholic Fathers
who arrived in Ceylon along with the Sinhalese ambassador
Sellappu Aratchi
who was sent to Lisbon.' as representative on the occasion of the crowning
of
Prince Dharmapala, extensively converted the people of the maritime districts
by
preaching Christianity. The results of this wide campaign are still to be
seen throughout
these districts. Francis Xavier converted the inhabitants of
the Maniiar District with
tremendous effort. Sankili, the ruler of @alfna
attempted to prevent his people embracing
the new religion, but met with
failure.]
[During the reign of Raja. Sinha of Sitawaka, who was renowned
as a great warrior there
were frequent conflicts with the Portuguese. The
valiant monarch tried his best to drive the
Portuguese out of Ceylon. As
certain Sinhalese leaders favoured and assisted the
Portuguese, the kii)g's
efforts were of no avail. Yet Raja Sinha reduced the Portuguese
power to a
considerable extent. Out of the several encounters that took place between
the
Sinhatese and the Portuguese, the Battle of Muljeriyawa was one of the
most notable. Vast
numbers of Portuguese were killed during this fierce
encounter.]
[Wimala Dharma Suriya I after he ascended the throne gave up
his name D@n John along
with the Christian faith. After he embraced Buddhism
he attempted to expel the Portuguese
from the island. General Don Lopes de
Sousa landed with an army from Goa and started for
Kandy to give battle to
the king. No sooner they reached the pass at Balana the king's forces
met
them and annihilated the Portuguese areny including General Lopes de Sousa.
After a
lapse of two years the Governor General of Goa despatched a large
force under the Captain
General Don Jeronimo de
Azevedo.]
[xix]
[He was able to conquer the Western Province, and
after perpetrating numerous atrocities
he embarked upon a war with the king
of Kandy. The Sinlialese forces overwhelmed the
Portuguese and drove them
back to Colombo. The General Azevedo instigated a sinister
plot to
assassinate the Sinhalese monarch. Afterwards, the Portuguese gave up the idea
of
conquering the Kandyan kingdom and remained masters of the maritime
provinces.
[THE ARRIVAL OF TIIE DUTCH:]
[While king
Wimaladharmasurya was in hostility with the Portuguese, the Dutch
Admiral
Joris van Spilbergen arrived in Ceylon with a squadron of seven ships
and landed at
Batticaloa in the year 2146 B. E. Spain was at this tinie one
of the most powerful states in
Europe. Holland and Portugal were under
Spanish suzerainty. The Hollanders revolted
against the wicked rule of Spain
and acquired their freedom. The Dutch were carrying on
trade for some time in
friendliness with the Portuguese. But after a short while friction
arose. As
goon as Admiral Spilbergen arrived in this island he learnt that the Sinhalese
king
was in hostility with the Portuguese. The Dutch Admiral paid a visit to
the Court of Kandy
where he had an audience with the king. He gave a solemn
promise to the king that the
Hollanders would assist him to drive the Por '
buguese out of Ceylon and obtained
permission to build a fortress and to
carry on trade freely with the natives. Spilbergen
remained in this island
for about three ' months during which time he captured three
Portuguese ships
and delivered tlieni over to the Sinlialese king.]
[In the following year
Seebald de Weerb, a e,,tptian under Admiral Spilbergen, ,trrived
at
Batticalot and paid a visit to the Kandyan Court where he was received
with cordiality. But
the king, was dissatisfied witli him because he had set
free four Portuguese vessels that he
captured and also had not paid due
respects to the officers of the Kandyan Court. This led
to the murder of D,3
Weerb and his retinue of men]
[King Senai.atna ascended the. throne of
Kandy in the year' 2147 B. E. During the first eight
years of his reign there
was peace prevailing in the island. In the eighth year of his rule
Mareel do
Bosehouwer arrived at Kandy as an ambassador,of the Dutch Government.
Once
more the Hollanders promised to assist the
king]
[xx]
[against the Portuguese and they were granted
permission to erect a fortress at Kottiyar and
to carry on trade in the
island without any hindrance. The king who was well pleased with
Do
Bosehouwer, appointed him ambassador of the Dutch and adviser to himself, and in
this
capacity he was stationed at Kandy.]
[The Portuguese who heard of
these developments collected a large force and descended on
Kottiyar where
they destroyed the Dutch fort and the garrison. The king who was enraged
by
this attack sent an army to Kottiyar, killed a large number of the Portuguese
and
captured the fort. This led to ,i great conflict between the Portuguese
and the Sinhalese. The
king gathered an army of about 50,000 men. The
Portuguese landed near' Jaffna with a large
force and had to be defeated by
the Sinhalese. After the death of the queen of Karidy the
king's health was
beginning to fail. The Portuguese who learned about the failing health of
the
ruler, entered into a conspiracy with Herab Dissava of Harispattu to kill the
sons of the
king as well as their guardian the subking of Uva. Discovering
the treacherous plot of Herat
Dissava the king had him immediately executed
as an example to others. As a sequel to this
execution there broke out a
revolt in the Harispattu which the king easily put down.]
[THE, ARRIVAL
OF THE DANES:]
[In persuance of the treaty entered into with the Dutch,
King Senarati.ia sent De
Bosehouwer to Holland asking for help from the Dutch
Government to drive the Portuguese
out of Ceylon. But the Government of the
Netherlands did]
[not wish to enter into a promise with him. Now, De
Boseliouwer approached Christian IV,
King of Denmark, and asked him for help,
which he agreed to give. The Danish king
despatched a squadron of five ships
under the Adi-niral Ove Giedde who arrived in Ceylon
in the 16th year of the
reign of King Senaratna.]
[De Bosehouwar met with his death in the course
of his return journey. Although the king
was highly pleased at the arrival of
the Danish ships he was. unable to agree with the
proposals of Admiral Ove
Giedde. The disappointed Admiral seized the valuable]
[things in the two
ships of De Boseliouwer and returned to his native country.]
[After this
event the Portuguese erected a number of forts in various parts of the
country.
The Iiing observing their aggressive activities began to collect an
army to pub down the
enemy. Several inf lueritial Mudal iyars of the Low
Country secret] y worked in favour of
the king. Constantine de Sa, the
Portuguese Captain General of Colombo, who heard of the
warlike preparations
of the Sinhalese king marched with a large army and devastated the
Central
Province. As the Icing was unprepared at this i-noment he fled to the hilly
district
of Uva. The Porffiguese General returned from Kandy and was
reni@gining at Malwana
when he received an express order from the Governor
Genertl at Goa requesting him to
subjugate the Island of Geylon as early as
possible. This order also blamed him for delaying
military measures. He
started with an army of 21,500 men, both Portuguese and Sinhalese,
and
plundered the town of Badulla. The General advanced ,i little further and was
resting
on the top of a hill when thousands of Sinhalese soldiers of the
king's forces broke in from
various direebions. Several of the.Sinhalese
Mudaliyars immediately went over to the king's
side. As soon as the battle
started Mudaliyar Don Cosma Wijayasekhara out off the head of
a Portuguese
soldier, fixed it on the point of a spear and hold it aloft for everyone to see.
It
was done as a mark of allegiance to the King of Kandy. All the Sinhalese
soldiers except 150
joined the Sinhalese king. Throughout this historic
battle the king's own son Prince
Rajgsinha, stood in the middle of the field
and commanded the Sinh,%]ese army. In this
great battle which was fought in
the field of Randeniwela in Wellawaya of 'the Uva District
the entire
Portugue.@e army including General Constantine de Sa was massacred by
the
Sibhalese.]
[Prince Rajasinba captured a number of Portuguese
forts and laying seige to Colombo
started to attack the city. The Governor
General of Goa who learnt of the death of
Constantine de Sa, immediately
despatched reinforcements from Goa and Cochin. Being
repelled by these forces
the Sinhate@ were forced to retreat. Subsequently, the Sinbeilese
and
Portuguese entered into a treaty of peace. This state of peace achieved
in the reign of king
Senaratna continued to exist up to the early years of
the reign of his son Rajasinba II.
During this time an elephant gifted to a
Portuguese merchant by the king of Kandy was
forcibly Fidized by Diogo de
Malho, the Captain General of Colombo. While the king was
highly annoyed at
this act of effrontery. Diogo de Mellio who thought that the king was
very
fond of horses, sent a pair of stallions to the city of Kandy for sale. The king
ordered
the two horses to be seized in return for the lost elephant. He sent
a message to Colombo
declaring that he would release the two horses as soon
as the elephant was restored. Diogo
de Melho on receiving this information
marched with an army of 28,700 men and reag@,hed
the outskirts of K,,xndy.
Prince Vijayapala, the sub-ruler of the Matale District collected a
force of
10,000 men and advanced towards Kandy to assist the king. When the
Portuguese
army reached the Balatie Pass, Rajasinba sent a message to Diogo
de Melho, through a
Christian clergyman, asking him to return forthwith as it
was highly improper on his part
to embark upon a war so disastrous to
thousands of innocent people, na(3rely on accounr,
of a private matter. The
proud Governor did not hesitate to enter the city. He found the
capital
entirely deserted. Themoriarch issuedorderstokilltheenemy without allowing any
one
of them to escape. The Portuguese set fire to the city and went back. On
their way they
were surrounded and attacked on all sides by the Sinhalese.
The Portuguese Governor sued
for peace. The monarch determined to punish him
severely for his insolence and refused to
accede to his reques@.. The entire
Portuguese army including Diogo de Melho was
slaughtered with the exception
of only 38 man who escaped.]
[The king realised that there would be no
permanent peace as long as the presence of the
Portuguese continued in this
island. He communicated with the Dutch Governor at Batavia
in order to drive
the Portuguese out. Ambissidors from Batavia arrived at the Kandv-an
Court
and a Treaty was concluded. The conditions of this Treaty were that a Dutch
force to
be despatched to Ceylon the king to bear all the expenses for the
military operations; the
Dutch to be free to carry on their trade in this
country ; other European powers to be not
allowed to carry on trade in Ceylon
and the Roman Catholic ministers to be expelled from
the
Island.]
[According to the stipulations of this Treaty, General Wester.
weld arrived in Ceylon
accompanied by an army in the fifth year of the king's
reign and book possession of the
forts of Batticaloa, Negombo, Galle and
rdatara. Two years after this event there]
[xxiii]
[prevailed 9,
temporary peace between the Portuguese and the Dutch In the
twenty-second
year of the king's reign the combined forces of the Sinhalese
and the Dutch beseiged the
Fort of Colot-nbo and started to attack the city
by land and sea. After a continuous seige of
seven months the Fort of Colombo
was taken. The Hollanders did not transfer the captured
forts to the king of
Kandy as expressly stated in the clauses of the Treaty. Therefore the
king
not only withheld giving assistance to the%Hollanders, but also evinced
undisguised favour
towards the Portuguese. Two years after this incident,
fell the Fort of Jaffna, the last of the
Portuguese strongholds. Thus ended
the Portuguese power that prevailed in this country for
a space of 150
years.]
[In the 25th year of this king's reign the English vessel in
which Robert Knox and his father
sailed was disabled at sea and had to call
at the harbour of Kottiar. On hearing of the arrival
of an English ship the
Sinhalese ruler deputed a Dissava to take thein prisoners. The
English
sailors sixteen in number, were captured and taken to Kandy. They
were stationed
separately in ditrerent parts of the Central Province. Captain
Kiiox, father of Robert Knox,
died through ,i virulent attack of malaria, The
younger Knox remained in Ceylon as a state
prisoner for 20 years and
ultimately manacfed to return to his native country by secretly
escaping from
his captivity. The Hollanders tried their best to regain the lost friendship
of
the king, but their efforts were without success.]
[THE ARRIVAL OF
THE FRENCH.]
[In the 38th year of the reign of Rajasinha, Monsieur Do la
Haye, Governor of the French
Colony of Madagasn, r arrived at the harbour of
Trincomalee accompanied by seventeen
ships. He sent his envoys to Ktndy with
various presents to the Sinhalese king. The
Kandyan monarch learning that the
French wore in great hostility with the Hollanders
thought that he would be
able to expel the Dutch with the aid of the Frenchmen and gave
them
,permission to erect a fortress. After the work was completed De 1 a Haye
remained
in Ceylon for a short time and left for India on ,some urgent
matter, authorising De I&
Narrole to proceed to Kandy as the accredited
French Ambassador. Owing to a
misdemeanour of De la Narolle he was ordered to
be imprisoned by the king.]
[xxiv]
[The Hollanders came and
captured the French fortress, The aim of the French Governor
was thereby
completely frustrated.]
[On the death of this king he was succeeded by
his son Win-ialaclharmasury@t II, as king
of Kandy. As he proved to be a
gentle and peace-loving monarch his reign was marked by
general tranquility.
During his tiine the Hollanders improved their trade and political
power. The
reign of his son Narendrasinha, was likewise a peaceful one. Though there
was
general peace prevailing during the early part of the reign of Kirti Sri
Rajasinba the
Hollanders strengthened the forts and persecuted the subjects
of the king. The ruler burning
with grave indignation descended on the
maritime districts and carried on a severe
campaign against the Dutch. This
led to the continual hostility between the two nations. In
the 16th year of
this inonarch's reign the Hollanders invaded the city of Kandy with an
army
of 18,000 men and sat fire to the valuable books and magnificent buildings in
the city.
They remained in Kandy for nine months, but being unable to resist
the severe onslaughts
of the Sinhalese, they were forced to retreat to the
maritime capital. Van Eck, the Dutch
Governor despatched a powerful force of
his men to the Central Provine.3 which they
subjected to severe devastation.
Subsequently, Governor EaIck entered into a Treaty with the
king and
refrained from further wars with the Kandyans.]
[In the 16bb year of
Kirti Sri Rajasinha's reign the British Governor of the.\ladras
Presidency
deputed Mr. Pybus to thekingof Kandy intimating that the East
India Company was
prepared to assist the king in his war against the
Hollanders. The monarch was exceedingly
pleased and he entered into a Treaty
with Mr. Pybus. In spite of this agreement the
Governor of Madras failed to
carry out the obligations of the Treaty. Now, in the second
year of his
successor Sri Rajadhirajasinha, Lord Macartney, Governor of Madras,
despatched
a naval force under Admiral Hughes and a land force under General
Heel.-or Monroe to
capture the Dutch forts in the Island of Ceylon. They
idimediately took possession of the
Fort of Trincomalee. Not long afterwards,
Mr. Boyd arrived in Kandy and solicited the king
to give up his displeasure
at their neglect to carry out the terms of the Treaty during the
previous
reign. He entreated the king to give them]
[xxv]
[assistance in the
campaign against the Hollanders, or, if the king was not prepared to do
so,
he requested the Council of Ministers to remain friendly towards the English. As
the
Englishmen had not adhered to the previous promises. the Sinlialese
ministers expressed
their, unwillingness to accede to his request. The
mission of Mr, Boyd thus ended in utter
failure. General Hughes returned to
India leaving his men in the Fort of Trincomalea.
During this interval the
French Admiral Suffren attacked the English garrison and captured
the
fortress. On his return from India, Admiral Hughes found to his great surprise
that the
French colours ware flying over the Fort of Triticomalee. The
campaign of the English in
Geylon thus ended without
success.]
[Trincomalee was again captured by the Hollanders. The
Englishmen resolved once more to
conquer the districts that remained under
the Dutch Government. In the 16th year of the
reign of the king of Kandy,
Lord Hobart, Governor of Madras despatched an army under
Colonel Stuart, to
Ceylon who beseiged the Fort of Trincomalee. After a sturdy resistance
of
three weeks, the Dutch had to surrender, and the Fort was capitulated to
the English.
Subsequent to the occupation of the Fort of Negombo, the English
laid seige to the city of
Colombo which was capitulated without any kind of
resistance. John Angelbeek, the Dutch
Governor of Colombo, eventually signed
a Peace @aty ceding the Forts of Kalutara, Galle,
Matara etc., to the
English. The Dutch power in CQylon thus terminated in the 16th year of
the
king of Kandy.]
[Since the passing of the maritime provinces into the
hands of the East India Company, they
were again transferred to the
British]
[Crown in the 18th year of the king of Kandy reign. The
Honourable Frederic North arrived
as Governor of the Maritime Provinces.
After the death of the sovereign, Prince Kannasamy
came to the throne under
the title of Sri Wickrama Rajasinha, with the common consent of
all the
citizens and the approval of the Chief Adigar Pilitna Talawwa, in the year 2341
B. E.
The Prime Minister Pilim@ Talawwa himself secretly aimed at usurping
the throne. Not long
afterwards, the Chief Adigar Pili@a Talawwa arrested and
imprisoned all those who
advanced any claims to the Sinhalese crown.
Arawwawala, the Second Adigar was
assassinated by hirelings. Muttusamy, the
claimant to the throne fled to the English]
[xxvi]
[at Col,-)inbo.
The Chief Adigar with the view of usurping the kingdom conferred
secretly
with Governor North, in order to enlist his assistance. There were
frequent conferences with
Mr. Boyd who was Acting Chief Secretary. Pilima
Talawwa informed the Governor and Mr.
Boyd that he disliked the Nayakkars,
and that the Sinhalese too in general did not like the
Ma)abars. He explaind
that if the English assisted him to depose the king and put him to
death, in
order that he himself iniglib ascend the throne and establish a new royal line
at
Kandy, lie would be certainly prepared to enter into a Treaty favourable
to Llie British
and'also would continue as a ruler under the protection of
the British Government. The
English gave their approval to all the other
proposals except the decision to kill the
naonareb, and suggested] to Pitima
Talawwa that the king should be deposed and kept in
confinement paying him
only an annual pension. To this view Pilima Talawwa agreed.]
[It was the
intention of the English to take possession of the Kandyati kingdom with
the
assistance of Piliina Talawwa. The aim of Pilima Talawwawas to get rid of
the king with the
help of the British and then to drive the English out of
Ceylon after himself coming to the
throne. The two parties decided to send an
envoy to the ruler inviting him to meet the
English for the purpose of
ne,,,otiatitig a Treaty. Iii the ninth year of the king's reign
General
Macdowall started for the Kandyan capital accompanied by a force of
men. But the
Sinhalese troops did not allow them to proceed beyond
Ruwatiwella. Pilima Talawwa
received General llacdowall and introduced him to
the king. The monarch was unaware of
the conspiracy that existed between
Pilirna Talawwa and the English. But he was not in a
position to agree with
their proposals, The English were looking for a suitable opportunity,
to
approach the king once more. Pilima Talawwa thought that lie would be able to
put up
the English against the king and to enter into a Treaty with them by
usurping regal power
for himself after putting the king to death. In' the
Ilth year of Sri Wikraraa Raiasinha, Pilima
Talawwa instigated the king's men
to plunder the arecanuts of the Moor traders from the
Low-country, who were
subjects of the British Government. Although the Governor of
Colombo demanded
the King of Kandy several times to pay adequate compensation for the
Moors,
it was without effect. It is evident that the king was not cognisant of what had
taken
place.]
[xxvii]
[WAR WITH THE ENGLISH.]
[As the
above dispute was not amicably settled, the English declared war against
the
Sinhalese. In the twelfth year of SriWikrama ltaj,,tsinha's reign General
Macdowall left
Colombo with a force of 3,000 men, while Mr. Barbut started
with another force from
Trincomalec. When they entered the city there was no
one in the Kandyan capital. On that
occasion Governor North invited Prince
@uttusamy to Kandy and crowned him King. The
English Governor immediately
entered into a Treaty with the new king which was more
favourable to the
English. Pilima Talawwa who was deeply annoyed at this development
determined
to destroy the British power. In the meanwhile the Sinhalesq began to attack
the
English at night. Later g conference took place between the Second Adigar
Meegastenne and
General Maudowall as mentioned in a despatch from Pilima
Talawwa to the British
Governor. They decided that the king should be
captured and delivered to the English, that
Pilima TalawwiL should be
appointed king under the title of Utum Kumara, that
Mutbusamy should be
deported to Jadna with an annuity for his upkeep, and that the war
should be
immediately ceased after transferring the Fort Macdowal, the Road to
Trincomalee
and the District of Seven Korales to the British. Relying on this
mutual agreement General
Macdowall stationed Mr. Barbut and his men at Kandy
and returned to Colombo. At this
time Pilima Talawwa sent a communication to
Governor North intimating his desire to see
him. Pilima Talawwa was met in
conference by the Governor at Dambadeniya. He
confirmed the Treaty previously
negotiated with General Macdowall. As Mr. Barbut arrived
with his men at
Dambadeniya on this occasion Pilima Talawwa missed the opportunity of
taking
Governor North prisoner, accordi g to the secret plan laid by him.]
[At
the 'death of Mr. Barbut, the English force stationed at Kandy fell under the
command
of Major David. ' At this time the Sinhalese had occupied the forts
of Girihagama and
Galagedara that belonged to the English, and started to
attack the British force at Kandy. As
the British wore greatly weakened Major
Davie signified his desire to surrender by the
hoisting of a white flag. The
war did immediately cease. Major Davie conferred with Pilima
Talawwa and left
for Colombo accompanied by his men and]
[xxviii]
[Prince
Muttusamy. He had to shop near the ford of Watapuluwa being unable to cross
the
Mahaveligauga as the river. was in flood.]
[On the following day
the king sent his men intimating Major Davie that he was not
responsible for
the agreement and that Muttusamy. should be delivered to him forthwith.
As
Major Davie was not in a position to refuse this demand he surrendered
Muttusamy,
who was executed immediately after he was produced before the
king. All the members of
the English force were thrown down the precipice of
a rock and killed except the three
officers including Major Davie. However, a
single soldier in the person of Corporal Barlisley
escaped his death and was
able to reach the Fort Macdowal to relate the dreadful fate of
his
comrades.Captain Madge who was in charge of the fort abandoned the
fortress and hastily,
marched to Trincomalee with his men. Captaiii Grount
who was in command at the fort of
Dambadeniya left his position and reached
Colombo. Thus the claims of the English to the
Kandyan Provinces came to a
complete end.]
[Encouraged by this great victory the Kandyans determined
to expel the English out of
Ceylon and marched towards the Western Province.
TI2e king himself proceeded in person
with the Sinhalese army. A furious
battle took place near the Fo'rt of Hanwella, here the
Sinhalese were
severely attacked by the English force. The monarch and his men had to
flee
in disorder. The dieappointed ruler executed Leuke Dissava and the Chief
Secretary
Palipaiia on a charge of remaining indifferent without leading the
soldiers during the battle.
The young Molligoda who met the king on his
solitary flight treated him wit@i great
respect. After this incident the
ruler became favourably disposed towards Afolligoda and
appointed him to a
higher.office.]
[Froderic North was succeeded by Sir Thowas Maitland as
Governor of the Maritime
Provinces in the year 2348 B. B. At this time there
was no serious friction between the
Sinhalese and the English. Adigar
Meegastenne died in the 17th year of the king's reign. In
his place was
appointed Rhalapola, the nephew of Pilima Talawwa. The Fol-ir Korales
were
divided between him and Molligoda Nilame. The residents of the district
rose in revolt
against this new measure. Pilima Talawwa put down the rising
after persuading the king to
allow him and his nephew Ratwatte Dissava to
have the Seven Korales. The ruler]
[xxix]
[came to the conclusion
that the revolt was engineered by the Chief Adigar. On account of
this fact
the dissatisfaction that was working in his mind was greatly enhanced. After
',-he
regime of Sir Thomas Maitland, Major General Wilson arrived as
Governor. His relations
with the king were not at all strained.]
[When
the king's suspicions of Pilima Talawwa grew in extent, the ruler convened
the
Council of Ministers and disclosed the treacherous deeds of the Chief
Adigar. The Ministers
declared that Pilima Talawwa was guilty. The monarch
divested him of his official position
and bade him return to his native
village,. Subsequently, Pilima Talawwa plottedi to slay his
erstwhile king.
The ruler having discovered his conspiracy arrested the ringleaders,
tried
them before a tribunal and had them all executed including Pilima
Talawwa and Ratwatte
Dissava. Though the king had his own suspicions of
Ehelapola, yet in order-to win the
allegiance of all his subjects, he
appointed Eholapola to the office of Prime Minister.
Consequently, Molligoda
rose to the rank of Second Adigar.]
[In the 21st year of the reign of Sri
Wickrama Rajasinha ' Sir Robert Brownrigg arrived in
Ceylon as Governor of
the Maritime Provinces. At this time, the ruler gave orders to his
suspected
ministers to resort to their respective provinces and to improve
agriculture.
Eholapola who departed to Sabaragamuwa began to carry on a
surreptitious correspondence
with Governor Brownrigg in contravention of the
orders from the king. IEIE also raised an
army at Sabaragamuwa against his
own sovereign. The @onarch having learnt of these
hostile activities deprived
Eholapola of all his offices and appointed Molligoda to the office
of Chief
Adigar. The latter was deputed to Sabaragainuwa to suppress Ehelapola's men.
On
the arrival of Molligoda Adigar, Ehelapola fled to Colombo. The irated
ruler in order to
revenge the intriguing traitor, brutally executed the
children, wife and relations of
Ehelapola,. Now the Governor Brownrigg found
that it was a very favourable opportunity
for him to conquer the Kandyan
Provinces and commenced to make warlike preparations.
Eholapola gave him all
the necessary information regarding the military strength and war
strategy of
the Kandyans. In the meanwhile Mr, John D'Oyly was endeavouring to win
the
good-will of Molligoda. At this time the residents of the Three Korales
plundered the goods
of the Moor merchants from the
Low]
[xxx]
[Country, who were subjects of the British
Government,on theo,?,teritatious pretext that they
were spies sent by the
English. The king ordered them to be mutilated and to set them free.
Some of
the Moors succumbed on the way while the rest were able to riach Colombo
to
acquaint the Governor with the severe tortures they were subjected to.
This particular
incident was instrumental in expediting the long-awaited war.
In the 24th year of the kiiig's
reign Governor Brownril,g dispatched
the.English army into the Kandyan territory from
eight different directions
atid declared war against the king of Kandy. In his declaration of
war it was
proclaimed that the English were taking this extreme measure in order to
save
the Kandyan population from the yoke of a heartless tyrant, and that it
was not at all a war
directed against the Kandyan people as a whole, but only
a friendly step deliberately taken,
out of sympathy and consideration for the
poor Kandyans. Owing to these reasons the
majority of the Sinhalese did not
offer any resistance to the English. infolligoda himself
remained quiescent
at their attitude The unfortunate monarch having discovered that the
English
bad reached his capital, and that many of the Kandyan officials had joined
the
English against him, fled ii-nmediately froi-n the city. The king was
captured in the
residence of Udupitiya Aratchi of Gallchewatt& under the
personal instructions of
Ehelapola. Consequently the glorious Sinhalese
kingdoi-n that had been existing continually
for a long space of over 2,300
years, was finally ceded on a Solemn Treaty, with the united
consent of all
citizens to king George 1II of Great Britain in the year of 1815. From
that
moment this island is continuously ruled by the renowned and powerful
monarchs of his
royal line.]
[MY ENDEAVOUR.]
[.r4en with some
amount of experience may realise that the task of writing history is a
very
arduous undertaking which requires careful scrutiny and sober judgment.
To write in, Pali
verse is still more difficult. Some historians have
represented various facts in an exaggerated
form. Others have so confused the
actual facts in their writings that it is difficult for any one
to understand
them clearly. Certain works that pass under the name of history stand as
a
living evidence to this charge. Authors with various religious ideas and
political opinions
have]
[xxxi]
[written works on history. Many
of them do not realise that when competent students with
moderate views
examine their works critically the value of their writings might appear to
be
almost negligible. 13ut the author of the Dipavamsa has regarded this
point as the most
essential quality. Historical works were caused to be
recited in public on festival occasions
in the same manner as the Dhamma
itself by great monarchs.whose names were mentioned
with deep respect even by
the great commentator Buddhaghoi;ha.]
[I strongly felt that the vast gap
left by the non-completion of the narrative of the
Dipavamsa, the oldest
historical composition of the Sinhalese was a great reflection on the
modern
Oriental Scholars of Ceylon, and in response to the earnest appeal of several
leading
men both among the clergy tnd the laity, I embarked upon'the
stupendous task of
continuing the narrative up to the present day. 1 tried my
best to avoid unnecessary detail
as well as inordinate brevity in this
composition and aimed at producing this work to suit
the modern requirements.
The result of my undertaking is the Second Part of the Dipavamsa
embracing
the historical narrative from the reign of Kirti Sri Meghavarna up to the
present
day.]
[This work runs to thirty six chapters and contains 2776
stanzas in all. Couched in %,
variety of metres, I hope, it would tend to
satisfy the literary tastes of the scholars who
value rhythmic cadence and
metrical melody. The concluding stanzas of each chapter are
written in a
different metre in conformity with the traditional characteristics expected of
a
great poem. Following the usage of the Dipavamsa the conclusion of each
chapter is given
its individual designation.]
[1 do not for a moment
think that this work is perfect in every, respect. Yet 1 have
endeavoured to
represent the subject matter to the best of my ability. As this work
is
necessarily a Pali composition I have all throughout employed the Buddhist
Era. As I met
with several instances where the number of regnal years and the
date of a,3cession of certain
monarchs differed according to each author, I
took pains to compare the available sources
and give the version that 1
considered most approximately]
[correct. Where conflicting theories were
recorded by different authorities it was difficult for
me to distinguish the
correct view, and in such instances I resorted to the aid of
ancient
inscriptions and thus gave my osvn conclusions based on established
facts.]
[The imperfections in the records of early historians and the
unscholarly nature of the works
of incompetent writers have resulted in the
disappearance of valuable historical data tothe
greatest disappointment of
the research student. The visit of Fa Hian is such an incident for
example.
The length of the reign of certain kings is not definitely stated. While
obvious
discrepancies as these are met with in the estimable works of
far-sighted historians of old,
we need not mention that there may inevitably
be glaring shortcomings in the works of such
humble beings as
ourselves.]
[The antials of the line of kings treated in this Second Part of
the Dipavamsa comprise of the
life of glorious monarchs who invaded and
conquered foreign lands; of powerful potentates
who forced alien kings to
submit and come to peaceful terms of humanitarian rulers like
king Buddhadasa
; of scholars and poet-kings like Kumaradasa,; of mighty monarchs who
built
the vast and expansive tanks for the well-being of the people-, of righteous
sovereigns
who exerted incessantly for the glory of Buddhism ; of great
warriors like Wijaya Bahu 1
who repelled the foreign invaders and directed
his energy for the advancement of
knowledge; of sacrilegious vandals like
Dathopatissa who consigned valuable literary w '
orks to the devouring
flames; of tyrants and apostates who dispossessed the temples of
their
valuable treasures and tracts of land and gifted them to their
favourites and foreigners; as
well as of noble kings who Oere instrumental in
the revival of Buddhism by getting down
qualified Bhikkhus from foreign lands
to perform the ecclesiastical duties. This work also
deals with the ruthless
devastations' wrought by the Cholian hordes who descended on this
country
from time to time. We have also recorded herein the famous names of the
great
scholars who adorned this island during the various periods of vigorous
literary activity.
The authors of the leading sects in Geylon are also
mentioned here with due consideration
and attention. The leaders of the
subordinate divisions of each sect are not specially referred
to mainly for
the sake of brevity-]
[xxxiii]
[The people of this island lost
their age-long independence and freedom not only as a result
of the advent of
the European nations led by the Portuguese whose aim was to establish
their
power in this country through their religion ; but also as a result of the
nonappearance
of a powerful Sinhalese monarch after the sixteenth century
when the throne of this
kingdom passed into the hands of a ruler of foreign
origin. Some of those monarchs
continually waged a severe war against the
foreigners. Some rulers observed a scrupulous
peace and others eagerly sought
the aid of the foreigners themselves. While the native rulers
were acting in
this fashion the consistent policy of the Portuguese was to conquer this
land
both by force and by treachery and to propagate their religion
throughout the island, at the
same time effecting nothing whatever that was
conducive to the general welfare of the
natives under their
rule.]
[The Hollanders who followed them while doing whatever they. can
for the well-being of
the people as well as t,) their detriment devoted their
energies entirely for the advancement
of their trade. The Englishmen who
finally arrived, engaged in various activities that tended
to the general
welfare of the Ceylonese than any of the two previous nations. Since
they
came into possession of the rule of the entire island the people of this
country are enjoying
the benefits of their liberal institutions and are well
in the path of progress.]
[The Sinhalese royal line that continued to
exist unbroken for a space of 23 centuries came
to an unfortunate end through
the personal @imbition ,ind mutual jealousy of scheming
Sinbalese
leaders.]
[I have to acknowledge here that in the compilation of this
treatise various EDgliSli works
on Ceylon history, several modern historical
books,, the Nikaya Sangraba and the numerous
stone inscriptions were of
immense aid to me. For the benefit of those who are not familiar
with the
Pali language and for the use of the future students, 1 have appended hereto
a
complete Sirihalese paraphrase of the Pali text. By this composition that
brings the historical
narrative of CeylOD UP to the present day, 1 hope the
contemporary historians are relieved
of the grave censure that a competent
Ceylonese scholar did not come forward to bring into
consummation the oldest
historical work existing in this Island.]
[xxxiv]
[I wish to
record with greatest satisfaction that eminent Oriental scholars like the
Principal
of the Vidyodaya Pirivena and the Principal of the Vidyalaiikara
Pirivena have gone through
this work with pleasure and expressed their
sincere appreciation. The Venerable T. Sri
Amarawansa Maha Thera, incumbent
of the Gotami Vihara, with his unrivalled scholarship,
has been of immense
help to me in the final revision of this composition. Dr. G. P.
Malalasekara,
M.A., Ph.D., D. Litl., Senior Lecturer in Oriental Languages in the
University
College, Colombo, most readily consented to write the Foreward to
this historical
compo6ition. Mr. John S. de Zoysa, Assistant Editor of the
Sinhalese Dictionary, willingly
undertook, in spite of his duties, to render
into English the exhaustive introduction of mine,
at my own request. Dr. A.
P. de Zoysa, B.A., Ph.D., M.S.c., Barrister-at-law, kindly extended
his
ungrudgiiig help by carefully going through the English introduction. I have to
mention
with gratitude that Rev. M. Sugatananda Sthavira, Assistant Teacher
of the Sugata
Sasanodaya Pirivena, has always rendered his valuable
assistance in the compilation 6f this
work. I am deeply obliged to the
several students of Ceylon history among the clergy as
well as the laity, who
kindly furnished me with various historical facts in response to my
request.
A small number of munificent and public-spirited gentlemen came to my aid for
the
early puLIication of this work, by expressing their willingness to defray
the necessary
expenses. I owe my obligation to Mr. Meelis de Silva,
proprietor, and also the employees, of
the Vidyavilasa. Press, Alutgama, for
carrying out the printing of this work as expediously
as possible. In
conclusion I wish to offer my most sincere and heartfelt thanks to all
those
persons enumerated above who rendered directly or indirectly their
valuable assistance and
encouragement to me. May it be noted that all rights
concerning this work are strictly
reserved by the authors]
[Pandita
Ahungalle Wimalakitti Thero.]
[2482]
[1938]
[Sugata Sasanodaya
Pirivena,]
[Ambarukkharama Maha Vihara,]
[Welitota,
Balapitiya.]
[Names of Those who Generously Helped]
[in the
Publication of this Work.]
[Dr. L. A, RAJAPAKSE, B.A.,
L.L.D.,]
["Galiiiangoda Walawwa", Welitara.]
[11. LUCAS de S.
KULATILE@ KA, Esq., A.M.I.C.E., Civil Engineer,]
["Wimalalaya,"
Ahungalla.]
[Dr, N. NVIJEYESEI@-riRA, L.R.C.P. & S.
(EDIN.),]
[L.R.F.P. & S. (GLAS.), D.P.H., (UNIV. EDIN.), L.M.,
(DUB.),]
[Ahungalla,.]
[11. MARTF@ELIS de SILVA, Esq.,]
[Vidana
Aratchy, Met,,t,,ama, Kotmale.]
[tl]
[DON GILBERT de ZOYSA
GUNASEKARA, Esq,,]
[School Alaster, "Soma Giri," God,,igedara,]
[J. de
S. RUPASINGHA, Esq.,]
[General Merchant, Beratuduwa.]
[D. S.
ABEYASUNDARA, Esq., "Galwehera Walawwi,"]
[Galwehera.]
[H. A. (le SILVA,
Esq., Apothecary, Wellaboda.]
[DANIEL de SILVA,
WISAYAKULATILAKA]
[ED1RISINGHA, Esq., Wellaboda.]
[S. W. SILVA, Esq.,
Moratuwa.]
[Y. CAROLIS de SILVA, Esq., R,.itgama.]
[H. BASTIAN de
SILVA, Esq, Maduwa.]
[H. ERINERIS de SILVA, Esq., Abungal.1a,]
[W. BARLIS
ME@NL)IS, Esq., Pitegama.]
[H. A. Kulatile'ka,]
[H07ly.
Secretaly.]
[Sugatasasanoda@a Pirivena,]
[Aiiibarukkliaramaya,"
Welitota, Balapitiya.]
[Welitota]
Dīpavaṃso.
Namo tassa
bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa.
63.
Tato mahā sena
narindajo'ṭṭha
Sate cha tāḷīsatimamhi buddhe
Rājā'si
kittisasirimeghavaṇṇo
Cintāmaṇī kāma dado'vadātā
64.
Vasaṅgato
pāpavataṃ mahādi
Seno vināsesi'khilaṃhi yaṃtaṃ
Mahāmatī pākatika'ñca
vippa
Kata'ṅkarī bhūpati tatra tatra
65.
Mahinda therassa pavatti
maggaṃ
Sesaṃ sunitvā'ggaguṇepasīdī
So vaṇṇa bimbaṃ'
sapamāṇato'va
Kāretva theramba thale sa'bhupo
66.
Taṃ sannivāsetva
mahā mahena
Puraṃ pavesesa'nurādha saññaṃ
Vāsāvidūre panabhūpatissa
Kāretvāpāsādaṃ varaṃ tahiṃ taṃ
67.
Appesi'yiṭṭhī'yitarāna
'bimbe
Netvā'tra rakkha'ñca paribbaya'ñca
hapetvā pūjāya'nu vassa
me'vaṃ
Kātuṃ niyojesi tathā akaṃsu
68.
Vasse'ssa rañño
navamekaliṅga
Desā sudattopadisampatīca
Sā hemamālā muni
dantadhātu
Midhā'nayiṃsu'ggatahāsacetā
[SL Page 002] [\x 2/]
69.
Laṅkissaro taṃ paṭigayhu'dagga
Cittosucī suddha
silāmayamhi
Caṅgoṭake pakkhipimānanāso
Pamoda vācaṃ samudā
haranto
70.
Devānamādī piyatissa raññā
Kārāpitaṃ bhūpati
vatthukamhi
Sa'dhamma cakkākhya gharaṃ panesi
Taṃ danta dhātvā vasathaṃ
punā'hu.
71.
Disampatī vattayi dantadhātu
Mahā mahaṃ khonaca lakkha
mattaṃ
Vitta'mpi vissajjiya pīti ceto
Maho'bhavī'yaṃ paṭhamo
visiṭṭho
72.
Netvā'nu cassaṃ 'va'bhayuttaraṃso
Vihāra ma'ggaṃ pana
danta dhātuṃ
Pūjāvidhi'ṅkāsi para'mpikātu'
Masesa 'mevaṃ
viniyojayittha.
73.
Sudatta danto iti hemamālā
Yetaṃ nayiṃsū'dha
muninda dāṭhaṃ
Sa'kīravèllādhivacaṃhi bhoggaṃ
Katvāna gāmaṃ dadi te
vasiṃsu
74.
Katvā vihāra'ṭṭha dasa'gga
puñña
Maṭṭhādhikabbīsatimamhivasse
Kammaṃ
yathā'to'gamibhūpatindo
Sa'nibbuto dīpavaro'va
bhāso.
75.
Tassā'nujobhūpati jeṭṭhatisso
Laṅkāya laṅghesi sitāna
pattaṃ
Sodanta sippamhi pavīṇako'va
Vinesi sippejanataṃ
taha'mpi
76.
Buddhaṅkurassi'ddhimayaṃ 'varūpaṃ'
Ṇattā tathāpīṭha
ma'passaya'ñca
Chatta'ṅkaruṃte maṇimaṇḍapa'mpi
Rajja'ṅkarīso navacassa
ma'ggaṃ
[SL Page 003] [\x 3/]
77.
Tato sutotassa bhavī'ha
buddha-
Dāso disampatyu'dayoru kitti
Catūhi vatthūhica
saṅgahehi
Rañjesi sopāṇi gaṇaṃ vadaññū
78.
Bhisakka satthe'ti
pavīṇataṃkho
Gato gilāne supatikirayāya
Dayā paro bhesaja
bhattadānā
Sa'bhū patike khalusaṅgahesi
79.
Gāme kire'ko
thusavaṭṭināme
Bhikkhaṃ caraṃ bhikkhu susussita'ñca
Sappāṇakaṃ
khīrama'bhuñjiladdhā
Nipiḷayiṃsu kimayo'ssakucchiṃ
80.
Nivedayī
bhūpatino tama'tthaṃ
Sutvāpavattiṃ nikhilaṃ'mayassa
Nidāna'maññāsi
sa'taṅkhaṇaṃ'va
Vidhāya vāhassa sirāya vedhaṃ
81.
Pāyetva ratta'mpi
gahetvavīti
Nāmetva mattaṃ samaṇaṃbabhāsa
hayassataṃ soṇitaka'nti
sutvā
Vamīkimī nikkhamu'lohitena
82.
Sukhī bhavī bhikkhu
pamodama'ssa
Rañño nivedesi tato'pirājā
Satthappahārena kimībhayo
ca
Tapassitemenirujākate'ti
83.
Evaṃ narindo pana
sallakanta
Kirayā pavīṇo'bhavijīvako'ca
Gaṇḍāmayo'sī
phaṇino'daramhi
Phāletva niggaṇḍa 'makāsi kucchiṃ
84.
Siriṃsaposo
sukhito narinda
Bhisakkaseṭṭhamhi pamodaveto
Mānesi sammā
maṇinā'riyena
Kalla'ṅkarīpāṇi gaṇaṃ bahuddhā
[SL Page 004] [\x 4/]
85.
Rāje'kadā bhūpati bhūsanena
Vibhūsito vāhiniyā
sahā'yaṃ
Purindado gacchati seyyathāpi
Disvāna sobhaggagataṃ
mahīpaṃ
86.
Pabaddha vero'pi bhavantare'ko
Kuṭṭhī
pakuppitva'caniṃ'sahanto
Vipoṭhayaṃ
kattarayaṭṭhiyāca
Akkocchi'nekabbidhabhāratīhi
87.
Disvāni'maṃ
vippakati mpi kassa
Nā'haṃ sarāmī katamappiyaṃhi
Cerī'sa'yaṃ pecca kadāci
kuṭṭhiṃ
Nibbāpayissāmi tadantikassa
88.
Āṇāpayī so pana tassa
cittā
Cāraṃ vijāne'ti gatosa'macco
Ruṭṭhoki 'mattha'nti sakhe'va
pucchi
Dāso'sya'yaṃme kusalena rājā
89.
Mamaṃ'ca mānāya
purādvipena
Payāti nissesa 'mavocakuṭṭhi
Soporiso bhūpatino
pavattiṃ
Nivedayī'yaṃ mama pubbaverī
90.
Vinicchanitvā
punaverinotaṃ
Veraṃ vinodetu'mupakkamena
Yutta'nti saṅgaṇhi'ti
tiyojayītaṃ
Sinānasokhummapavādināso
91.
Santappayitvā sukhitaṃ
karitvā
Ñāpesirañño kasiṇa'nti etaṃ
Kārāpitaṃ so puna bhūmipālo
Mato'ti
sutvā hadayaṃ phali'ssa
92.
Evaṃhiso vāpavamānasānaṃ
Tikicchayī
bhūpativyādhina'ñca
Dīpādhi vāsīna'hitāya gāme
Gāme'pikāretva'tha vejja
sālā
[SL Page 005] [\x 5/]
93.
Vejjeniyojesi tahaṃ
taha'mpi
Tesaṃ'vakhettānu'pajīvanāni
Adāsi hatthassabalāna'vejje
hapesi
pakkhandha janāna'sālā
94.
Kāresi bhogena
samaṃ'vadhamma
Pabhāsakānaṃ sa'ṭhapesi vaṭṭaṃ
Sāratthamā'dāya'pivejja
satthe
Sāratthasaṅgāha'makāsi dhīro
95.
Kāretva kekī pariveṇa
ma'ggaṃ
Mahāvihāre panagoḷa pānu
Gāvadvayaṃ'dā
samaṇo'titassa
Vihāradānālaya vāpiyoca
96.
Kāresi
ye'vaṃpaṭimāvatassa
Rajje mahā dhammakathī yatīso
Niruttiyā sīhalikāya
sutte
Hitāyi'mesaṃparivattayittha
97.
Tadatrajā'sīti
sirīghanassa
Samaññikā'suṃ panasāvakānaṃ
Ekūnatiṃsa ssaradamhi
bhupo'
Pajātitulyogami dibba lokaṃ
98.
Suvidita
vanipālā'nekasampatti puṇṇaṃ
Samanubhaviya laṅkā rajja'maggaṃ
manuññaṃ
Gamu'muda sakakāye cā'pi hitvā parattha
Iti sumariya
viññūnocarepāra magge
Bhāṇavāraṃ bāvīsatimaṃ.
-------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse vasabhādi
rājadīpanonāma bāvīsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 006] [\x 6/]
Tevīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
1.
Tato'ssa jeṭṭho
tanayo'patisso
Rājā'bhavī bhūpati dhamma yutto
Rañjesi vatthūhi
pajācatūhi
Pakkhandharogī pasavantina'ñca
2.
So bhogasālā api dāna
sālo'
Dīcyaṃ subhā maṅgala cetiyamhā
Thūpa'ñca bimbāya ma'gga
bimbaṃ
Kāresi puñña kirayāyā'bhijāto
3.
Rājuppalaṃ
pokkharapāsaya'ñca
Vālādi hassaṃ punagijjhakūṭaṃ
Ambuṭṭhika'ṅkārayi
goṇḍigāme
Vāpiṃ vihāraṃ api khaṇḍa rājiṃ
4.
Bhūpāla
gehā'paradakkhiṇāya'
Muposathāgāra varaṃ munissa
Bimboka ma'cchīvaraṇena
cā'tra
Uyyāna'mārakkhiya sāpadāno
5
Tasse'varaññe samaye
dubhikkha
Rogo'bhavī tassamasambhava'ñca
Bhikkhūhi sutvā munidhātu
bimbaṃ
Sovaṇṇika'ṅkāriya ca'smapattaṃ
6.
hapetva sāpaṃ
kārasampuvamhā'
Ropetva ce'sandana ma'ggabimbaṃ
Sīlaṃ samādāya
samādapetvā
Vattetva dāna'ñca'bhayaṃjanānaṃ
7.
Alaṅkaritvā pura magga
vīthiṃ
Samotarī'tho parivāritoso
Samāgato tattha sa'bhikkhu
saṅgho
Bhaṇaṃ'va suttaṃ ratanaṃpaṇītaṃ
[SL Page 007] [\x 7/]
8.
Siñcaṃjalaṃ rājagaho pakaṭṭhe
Racchāpathasmiṃ
varaṇividūre
Padakkhiṇa'ṅkāsya'vihiṃsakāmo
Nisāvasāne'tha'ruṇu'ggatamhi
9.
Vassaṃ
pavassī mahiyā'turākho
Sukhussava'ṅkaṃsu yadā'tradīpe
Dubbhikkharogādi
bhayaṃ bhaveyya
Niyojasī bhūpati
kattu'mevaṃ
10.
Kalandakuyyānamuva'pāgamitvā
Caraṃtahaṃ
bhattama'dānicāpaṃ
Coraṃ vadhāyānita mā'sukhedī
Disvā
punā'netvachavaṃsusānā
11.
Khipitvā lohakkhaliyaṃ dhana'ñca
Datvā
palāpetva nisāya coraṃ
So kujjhito bhānumatu'ggate'va
Chavaṃlahuṃ jhāpayi
takkaraṃ'va
12.
Dīpe mahe thūpa varāna'masmiṃ
Thūpassa kāretva'tha
thūparāme rājāharī cumbaṭa kañcuka'ñca
Rajjaṃ dvitāḷīsa samaṃ
karittha
13.
Rañño'nujā tassa mahādināmā
Hetiṃnipātetva'padamhi
devī
Taṃ vallabhaṃ mārayi pabbajitvā
Kaṇiṭṭhako bhātari
jīvamāne
14.
Vattitva hīṇāyahate'sirañño
Rājāmahesi'ṅkari bhātu
ghātiṃ
Gilānasālā garu pāḷivuddhiṃ
Kāresi
lohappaṭihāra'maggaṃ
15.
Ralaggagāmaṃ atha koṭipassā
Vanaṃ
vihāra'ñca sa'dārayitvā
Adāsi bhikkhūna'bha yuttaravhe
Vihāra ma'ddimhi ca
dhūmarakkhe
[SL Page 008] [\x 8/]
16.
Mahesiyāṇāyā'pi
kārayitvā
Sa'theravādīnama'dā nava'ñca
Kammaṃ
vihāresucajiṇṇakesu
Kārāpayī dāna rato'ti mattaṃ
17.
Idhā'ga vasse
dutiyamhirañño
Sopāhiyaṃ gāmiṇi cīna bhikkhū
Vasaṃvivassaṃ vinayamhi
potthe
Likhitva'gā tepanagayha sīlo
18.
Laṅkāyahāri maṇihema
bimbe
Vaṇṇesi thūpe vipulā taḷākā
Saṭṭhissahassaṃ yatayotadāni
Vasiṃsu
byākāsi'ha sotapassi
19.
Bodhividūre vara jambudīpe
Visārado
brāhmaṇa mānave'ko
Viññāta vijjo'si tivedavedī
Vādatthiko'hiṇḍa ma'gā
vihāraṃ
20.
Sorevatatthera varena saddhiṃ
Katvā vivāda'mpi
parājitosaṃ
Tasso'pakaṭṭhepanapabbajitvā
Uggaṇhisammāpiṭakattayaṃhi
21.
Ekāyano'ya
'nti sa'gaṇhi maggo
Buddhassaghoso viyaghosatāya
Ghosohi buddho
viyamedinīyaṃva
Taṃ buddhaghoso'ti viyākariṃsu
22.
Tasmiṃ tadā
theravaro sa'ñāṇo-
Dayākhya pādī karaṇaṃ gabhīraṃ
Yada'ttha sālini ma'kāsi
dhamma
Saṅgaññamatthāyamahā viyatto
23.
Parittasuttaṭṭhakatha'ñca
kātuṃ'
Rabhittha taṃ revata thera sīho
Disvāni'maṃ'voca giraṃ
ni'ha'ṭṭha
Kathā'tthi āsī'nita pāli mattaṃ
[SL Page 009] [\x 9/]
24.
Mahinda therena katā susuddhā
Saṅgīti mā'rūḷha ma'vekkhi
ya'ggaṃ
Tāsīhalīyaṭṭha kathā visiṭṭhā
Vattanti dīpe pana
sīhalānaṃ
25.
Gantvā tahiṃ sutvaca māgadhāya
Niruttiyā tā
parivattaye'ti
Vutte pasanno'va imaṃ tatohi
Dīpaṃ sa'rañño 'ddhani
āgadhīmā
26.
Mahā vihāramhi mahā padhāna
Gharaṃ gamitvā puna
therapādo
Sosīhalīyaṭṭha katha'ñca saṅgha
Pālassa ñattā suṇi
theravādaṃ
27.
Vinicchiye'so munino'sayo'ti
Saṅghaṃ samānetva tahaṃ
dadātu
Niruttiyā māgadhayā mama'ṭṭha
Kathaṃhi
kattuṃ'khilapotthakete
28.
Saṅgho sa'vīmaṃsituma'ssa gāthā
Dvaya
samatthatta ma'dāsi tasmiṃ
Tipeṭakaṃ sāṭṭhakathaṃ
pavīṇo
Saṅgayha'kāsīsa'visuddhimaggaṃ
29.
Therassa nepuñña ma
vekkhi ye'ttha
Sabbo'va saṅgho dadi potthake
so
Ganthākaredūradisaṅkarākhye
Vihāramagge nivasaṃ
yasassī
30.
So sīhalīyaṭṭha kathā'pi sabbā
Niruttiyā māgadhayā
pajānaṃ
Hitāya dhīro
parivattayittha
Pāliṃ'gahuṃtheriyi'vā'carīyā
31.
Thero visiṭṭhaṭṭha
kathā carīyo
Gate sakicce pariniṭṭhitiṃ kho
So vandituṃ bodhi ma'gañchi
jambu
Dīpaṃ pamokkho dutiyo 'si'missaṃ
[SL Page 010] [\x 10/]
32.
Bhutvāna dvāvīsa samaṃ sa'rajjaṃ
Sadādayo kāriya citra
kammaṃ
Mato mahānāma mahīpatindo
Para'ṅgamīloka mi'maṃ
pahāya
33.
Tassā'sirañño damiḷitthi kucchi
Bbhavo suto bhūpati
sotthiseno
Mahāsidhītā pana saṅgha nāmā
Ghātāpayī taṃ tadahe'va
kopā
34.
Sāchattagāhassa pavecchirajjaṃ
Akāsi vassaṃ api
savhavāpiṃ
Tato samaṃ kārayi mittaseno
Sovīhi corohi
mahānubhāvo
35.
Tadāni paṇḍu damiḷena saddhiṃ
Yoddhuṃ dvipaṃ'ruyha
puraṃ'gamittha
Gantvā raṇe taṃ damiḷohi paṇḍu
Rajjaṃ karī pañca samaṃ
tato'ssa
36.
Pārinda nāmo'si suto mahīpo'
Nusāsiye'vaṃ damiḷo
tivassaṃ
Tassā'nujo khuddaparinda nāmo
Rājā'bhavī sorasavassa
ma'ssa
37.
Hītābalatthassa subhassayete
Morīya
vaṃsīyanarāpalātā
Tahaṃ tahaṃ vāsama'kaṃsu nandī
Vāpimhi tesaṃ'bhavī
dhātuseno
38.
Tassa'trajova'mbilayāgu gāme
Vasittha dāṭṭho
samajātikehi
So dhātuseno palatissabodhī
Sute labhi dvepuna
dhātuseno
39.
Pabbajjakho mātula thera
ñatte
Vasīsato'pekkhayamā'yati'mpi
Taṃ paṇḍuko jāniya
gaṇhathe'naṃ
Pesesi sīghaṃ mahati'ñcasenaṃ
[SL Page 011] [\x 11/]
40.
Kharaṃ niyogaṃ pana paṇḍurañño
Mahādināmo supine viditvā
Thero surakkhī punabhāgi neyyaṃ
Laṅkāya vebhūpati
hessatī'ti
41.
Balaṃ gahetvā atha dhātuseno
Khuddena
pārindabhidhena raññā
Yujjhitvā māresi tirītarākhyo
Rājā bhavī taṃ
dutiyamhi māse
42.
Vināsayī tena raṇa'ṅkarīya
Tasmiṃ hate dāṭhiya
dāmiḷe'ko
Rajja'nnusāsī tisamaṃ'va dhātu
Senena naṭṭho
thiravikkamena
43.
Tato'bhavī bhūpati piṭhiyavho
Sosatta māsaṃ'nu
bhavitva rajjaṃ
Maccussavāsa'ṅgamimānaveso
Pacchijji'to dāmiḷa vaṃsa
thāmo
44.
Bhūpā'gatāgama visasa sasattha nītī
Puññaccitā'pi maraṇaṃ
kaṭhinaṃ samattā
Accetu ma'gga caritā nasahiṃsu itthaṃ
Vedīvibhāvikayirā
matada'mpi puññaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ tevīsatimaṃ
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega
janake dīpavaṃse' kārasa rājadīpano nāma
Tevīsatimo
paricchedo.
----------------
[SL Page 012] [\x 12/]
Catibbīsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Atho
sahassechadhike muninda
Saṃvaccharasmiṃ suta dhātuseno
Narādhipo'sī mita
puññalakkhi
Sobhesi laṅkaṃ sahajena saddhiṃ
2.
Khandhāpayitvāna
mahā savantiṃ
Kedārake'kāsi thirodike'kā
Rogīna'sālā athakāla
vāpiṃ
Gaṇhitva bandhesi mahā nadi'ñca
3.
Vināsitaṃ bodhi
gharañcarāma
Neyya'ṅkarī so viya dhammasoko
Susaṅgaha'ṅkā
piṭakattayassa
Therīya bhikkhūna' mahā vihāre
4.
Sokāla vāpyādi
vihārake'ṭṭha
Dasā'su kārāpayi tappamāṇā
Vāpīcakāretvu da
khuddakehi
Vihāra ke'ṭṭhārasa vāpiyoca
5.
Dāpesi tesaṃ'va
disampatindo
Soloha pāsāde vare sujiṇṇe
Kammaṃ nava'ṅkārayi
jiṇṇakeca
Visāla thūpesu ca tīsu chatte
6.
Mahinda bimbaṃ udakārayitvā
Netvāna therassa susāna bhūmiṃ
Mahā maha'ṅkātuma'dā
sahassaṃ
Dīpetu'māṇāpayi dīpavaṃsaṃ
7.
Sodantadhātussa mahaṃ
vidhāya
Caṅgoṭakaṃ raṃsi ma'nagghika'ñca
Mahaggha muttā maṇikiṇṇa
hema
Pupphāni pūjesi vasundharindo
[SL Page 013] [\x 13/]
8.
Bodhīmaha'ṅkāviya tissarājā
Visāla sālā paṭimāca
cetye
Kāretva puññaṃ vividhaṃ karittha
Vasīdayo so matimā
mahīpo
9.
Dveputtā'suṃ kassapo bhinnamāto
Moggallāno tulyāmāto'ssa
rañño
Ekā rammā duhitā pāṇatulyā
Pādāsī
sobhāgineyyassataṃhi
10.
Tāḷesi sodhītara'micca'vecca
Jhāpesi
tassa'mbama'tho'ti kuddho
Pabaddhaverosa'hi bhāgineyyo
Rajje
palobhetvi'ma'māsurañño
11.
Pitva'ntarebhediya jīvagāhaṃ
Gāhāpayī
bhūpati dhātusenaṃ
Sa'kassapo'ssāpayi setachattaṃ
Bhātā'bhavesī' gami
jambudīpaṃ
12.
Vadhaṃ vidhāyā'pi karīya naggaṃ
Pācīmukhaṃ
saṅkhalikaṃ mahipaṃ
Taṃ bhittiyanto'va karitvaruṭṭho
Bandhitva limpesa'tha
mattikāya
13.
Gāhāpayanto panakālavāpiṃ
Samāhitaṃ
bhikkhuma'pu'ṭṭhapetuṃ
Paṃsuṃkhipāpesi sa'muddhani'ssa
Sandiṭṭhiko'yaṃ
sa'vipākavāro
14.
Narādhiposūnuhato yaso'ṭṭhā
Rasassamāto vibudhāna
me'vaṃ
Sahavyataṃ pāpuṇi dhātuseno
Dayāparo kosaliko'va
niccaṃ
15.
Rañño'ssakāle pana dīghasanda-
Senāpatinda ppariveṇa
sāmī
Thero mahānāma bhidho mahīpā
Cero samolokiya dīpikaṃhi
[SL
Page 014] [\x 14/]
16.
Pavatti ma'ggaṭṭha kathāgata'mpi
Upāgataṃ
kho sutito gahetvā
Yathā tathaṃ yāva mahādisena-
Rājaṃ mahāvaṃsa
ma'kā'tihāsaṃ
17.
So kassapo pāpa sakho'vabhātu
Bhīto gato
sīgagiriṃ narehi
Bhusaṃ durāroha ma'raṃ samantā
Taṃsodhayitvā varaṇena
sammā
18.
Parikkhipitvāna tahiṃhi sīhā
Kārena nisseṇi gharāni
citre
Kāresi tannāma'si tena selo
hapesi rakkha'ñca nidhāya
cittaṃ
19.
Vasīgharaṃtatra'pi dassaneyyaṃ
Kāretvaso'vā'laka
mandama'ggaṃ
Tato paraṃ taṃ puramu'ttama'ṅkā
Senāpatī tassa migāra
nāmo
20.
Sanāmika'ṅkā pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Sakammanā vippaṭisāri
hutvā
Katha'nnu muñcissa ma'nappaka'nti
Puñña'ṅkarī sīla ma'rakkhi niccaṃ
21.
Sovissarādīsamaṇaṃ
vihāraṃ
Kārāpayitvā'dimavatthujātā
Subhogagāme
atirittakeca
Kiṇitva'dāsī panatassabhūpo
22.
Dvedhītarā'suṃ
mahipassa bodhu-
Ppalādivaṇṇā'ssa vihārakassa
Tāsa'ñca
nāma'ṅkarisassatasmiṃ
Dente'ti kammaṃ pitughātakassa
23.
Lokassa
gārayha bhayā'va thera
Vādīnaicchiṃsva'thatesa'meva
Dātu'mpi
satthuppaṭimāya'dāsī'
Dhivāsayuṃte'ti muninda bhogo
[SL Page 015]
[\x 15/]
24.
Nīyyātavuyyānavare'calassā'
Sanne
vihāra'ṅkarisassanāmā
Ta'ndāsi so dhammarucīna'pāra
Lokāca bhīto
sakabhātarāca
25.
Saṃvacchare'ṭṭhā rasame'ssa
mogga-
Llānavhayobārasamukhyayodhe
Gahetva āgammi'ha
jambudīpā
Ambaṭṭhakolabbisaye pasiddhe
26.
Bandhittha senānivahaṃ
kuṭhārī
Vihārake sutavi'ti'mantya' dissaṃ
Niggañchi rājā punamokkha
mogga-
Llāno'si sannaddha balo kumāro
27.
Ambaṭṭhakolo'ti kadamba
nāma
Pura'nti maññanti'tihāsavedī
Gatosurānaṃ'va
sa'yuddha'mindo'
Pāgammu'bho'jiṃ dhajinī'rabhiṃsu
28.
Tahiṃ
raṇesassa parājayaṃ so
Ñatvāsiraṃ chetva kha'mukkhi pitvā
Disampatī kosiya
ma'tra sattiṃ
Khipījayo'ññassa nirussaho'si
29.
Kammepasīditvā
mahīpatissa
Āḷāhaṇaṃ kāriya
tassagattaṃ
Samattamā'dāya'pisādhanaṃso'
Pāgañchikhatto nagaraṃ
patitaṃ
30.
Sutvā pavattiṃ yatayo vihāraṃ
Samajjiyā'suṃ
sunivatthakā'va
Supārutā'ṭṭhaṃsu yathākkamaṃso
Saṅghepasīditva
panammabhatyā
31.
Chattena mānesi tama'ssa'dāsi
hānaṃ pane
'ta'ntica chattavaḍḍhi
Vohārayiṃsū pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Kata'mpi tannāma
ma'hosi tattha
[SL Page 016] [\x 16/]
32.
Patvāna rajjaṃ
satataṃ samena
Dhammena pālesi pajā'tha kuddho
Sa'nīharī dāya ma'macca
jātā'
Nuvattayiṃsū pitughātaka'nti
33.
Tene'va so
rakkhasanāmavā'sī
Vināsayī maccagaṇaṃ'nugaṃ taṃ
So sota
nāsādi'pichedayittha
Pabbājayī bhūri jane tadā'to
34.
Sutvāna
dhammaṃ punasanta citto
Dānaṃ pavattesi'va vārivāho
Phusse'nuvassaṃ
panapūṇṇamāyaṃ
Pavattayī dāna varaṃ cirassaṃ
35.
Pitussalājā
dadisārathiyo
Dvārādhi paccaṃ sa'hi'dāsi tassa
Sīhācalekāriya
daḷhadāṭhā
Koṇḍañña nāma'mpidvayaṃ vihāraṃ
36.
Sa'dhammarocīna'ca
sāgalīnaṃ
Dāpesi sīhā calakaṃ vihāraṃ
Katvā mahānāma varamhi
dīgha
Sandavhaye'dā pariveṇadhīse
37.
Sorājinī
nāma'mupassayaṃhi
Kāretva'tho sāgalikāna'maggaṃ
Pādāsibhūpo pana
bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Sadā rato sāsana
vuddhikicce
38.
Dāṭhāpabhūtyavhayakotulamba
Kaṇṇanvayo kassapa
bhūmipāle
Nibbinnaceto upagamma tattha
Mereliyaṃ vagga
ma'kāsivāsaṃ
39.
Silādikāḷo' bhavi tassa putto
Bhīto ito
kassapato'ca gantvā
Sojambudīpaṃ sajanena mogga-
Llānena saddhiṃ
varabodhi maṇḍe
[SL Page 017] [\x 17/]
40.
Vihārake
pabbaji so kadāci
Saṅghassa sādvamba 'madāsi tasmiṃ
Pasanna citto'vadi
ambasāma-
Ṇero'ti tenā 'bhavi taṃ samañño
41.
Sokesa dhātu'mpi
labhitva tassa
Rajje idhā'nesi 'matābhisitto
Katvā'ssa sakkāra 'managgha
dhātuṃ
Mahaggha caṅgoṭa vare nidhāya
42.
Dīpaṅkaraṅgīrasa bimba
vāse
Vaḍḍhetva pujaṃ parihārakena
Pavattayī so parihāra
'massā'
Siggāhaṭhānaṃ bhaginiṃca'dāsi
43.
So sindhu rakkhaṃ pana
bandhiyā'suṃ
Nibbhītikaṃ dipa'makāsirājā
Samuddavelāhitanāvikājī
Senā
ṭènanṭi mantya'dhi muttise'ti
44.
Senāpatī vuttarako
sanāmaṃ
Padhāna gāra'ṅkari bhūmipālo
Katvāna puññaṃ vividhaṃ
parattha
Gamittha aṭṭhārasamamhi vasse
45.
Laṅkā
rajja'malaṅkarittha'ti saho saṃsuddhabuddhī yaso
Sambuddhāgama
vuddhipaddhatirato sokassapamhājito
Moggallāna mahīpatī na visahī jetu'mpi
maccuṃparaṃ
Yāte'vaṃsumatī'yavecca palayaṃ hantvā labhavho
sivaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ catuvīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda
saṃvegajanake dipavaṃse tirājadīpanonāma catubbīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 018] [\x 18/]
Pañca vīsatimo
paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Tato tassa suto dhātu-seno āsi
kumārako
Nara devo deva rūpo-sahasse saṭṭhime jine
2.
Kāritesu
vihāresu-pitarā nava kammakaṃ
Akāsantappayī saṅghaṃ-paccayehi
catūhi'pi
3.
Aṭṭhārasa vihāreca-kāresi vāpiyo tathā
Kāretvā
dhammasaṅgītiṃ-sāsana'ñca visodhayī
4.
Jānakīharaṇaṃ nāma-sakkatāya
niruttiyā
Mahākabba 'makā rājā-sīhala jana gāravaṃ
5.
Viloketvāna
taṃ kabbaṃ-jambudīpā idhā gato
Tassa mitto āsi kāli-dāso
kavikavissaro
6.
Rājāvaṇṇā dāsi ghare-kuḍḍe pajjaḍḍhakaṃlikhī
Yo ve
puṇṇa'ṅkare tassa-tuṭṭhidāyaṃ dade'vaca
7.
Disvāna taṃ
kālidāso-sampuṇṇa'makarī tathā
Māretvā taṃ
gharetassā-sā'ttanālikhitaṃ'vadī
8.
Asaddahitvā taṃ rājā-kālidāsassa
taṃ iti
Vinicchiya sakhaṃtassa-pariyesi ito ci'to
9.
Māritoso'ti
ñatvāna-netvā mata kaḷebaraṃ
Kāretvā citakaṃ tattha-jhāpesi taṃ
mahīpati
10.
Ḍayhamānaṃsa'taṃ mittaṃ-disvu'ggasocanopati
Citakaṃ
uppatitvāna-mato tassa mahesikā
Pañca sokāturā tena-tā'pi tattha
matācite
11.
Tahaṃ ṭhāne cetiyāni-kāretvā sattabodhayo
Ropayiṃsu
tato satta-bodhivatthū'ti voharuṃ
12.
Taṃ kho ṭhānaṃ
mahātitthe-cā'nurādha puruttame
Icce'va 'mevaṃ matiyo-tesaṃ tesaṃ
visuṃ'bhavuṃ
[SL Page 019] [\x 19/]
13.
Rañño'pi tassa
vāsattā-anurādhapure iti
Sakkā taṃ patigaṇhātuṃ-ne'tthakocā
'pisaṃsayo
14.
Katvā'nekavidhaṃ puññaṃ-dayāvāso disampati
Hāyane
navamepūta-pañño para'magā ito
15.
Tassa'trajo kittiseno-rajja'ṅgā
kata puññako tammātulasivo māse-navame taṃ vināsayi
16.
Rājā hutvā
sivo pañca-vīsāhe jahi rajjakaṃ
Tatiyo upatisso kho-sivaṃ hantvā'si
bhūmipo
17.
Silākāḷocamūnātho-moggallānassa rājino bhaginī
sāmikassā'dā-saha bhogena dhītaraṃ
18.
hānantarādīhi janaṃ-saṅgahesi
janādhipo tanaye'ko kassapo'ti-upatissassa rājino
19.
Silā kāḷo rajja
lobhā-saṅgaṇhitvā mahā balaṃ
Yujjhituṃ pana pācīna-tissacala'magā
balo
20.
Kassapo'pi dvipaṃ 'ruyha-silā kāḷaṃ palāpiya
Aropesi giriṃ
hatthiṃ-tene'va girikassapo
21.
Mahā have vattamāne-pekkhayaṃ
saparājayaṃ
Sīsaṃ chetvā chūrikāya-hatthikkhandhe
avatthari
22.
Sutvā taṃ upatissokho-sokasalla'nnugo
mato
Sāddhahāyanikorajjā-diva'ṅgamidisampati
23.
Rājā'bhavī
silākāḷo-gahetvā pubba saññakaṃ
Ta'mamba sāmaṇerādi-silā kāḷo'ti
ñāpayī
24.
Sokho'vanipatī santo-rajja'ṅkāresi
dhammiyā
Māghāta'ṅkārayī bhoge-vejja
sālāsuvaḍḍhayī
25.
Ānīta'mattanā kesa-dhātuṃ sampūjayī'nisaṃ
Bodhi
pūja'mpa'nudina-'makābimbāni satthuno
26.
Tayo puttā'bhavuṃ
jeṭṭha-moggallānassa sūnuno
Ādipāda padaṃ pācī-desa'ñca dadi bhūpati
[SL Page 020] [\x 20/]
27.
Majjhimo dāṭhappabhuti-rajjaṃ
mālayikaṃ labhī
Vāsāpayittho'patissaṃ-santike ye'va rājino
28.
Vasse
dvādasamerañño-kāsī pura 'mito gato
Vetullavādikaṃ dhammaṃ-dhātu ganthaṃhi
vāṇijo
29.
Ānetvā rājino'dāsi-buddha dhammo'ti saññayā
Paggaṇhi taṃ
achekattā-dhammā dhamma vijānane
30.
Rājāgārā vidūre taṃ-gehe katvāna
pūjayī
Tathe'va kātuṃ sakkāraṃ-niyojesi narādhipo
31.
Katvāne'so
silākāḷo-vividhaṃ puñña sañcayaṃ
Suto rajjaṃ gato rājā-ṭhitvā
terasahāyane
32.
Tadaccaye majjhimako-dāṭhappabhūti nāmavā
Suto
rajjaṃ gaṇhi kama-'matikkamma mahābalo
33.
Akkamo iti vārentaṃ-māresi
saka bhātaraṃ
Moggallāno taṃ suṇitvā-yuddha sajjo
pakuppiya
34.
Mahā cakkaṃ samādāya-rahera sikhariṃ agā
Rājā
sannayha siviraṃ-khandhī karinda bhūdhare
35.
Moggallāno nisamme'taṃ
sāparādhā na dīpikā
Tena'ññe māca yujjhantu-hatthiyuddhaṃ
karomi'dha
36.
Sandesaṃ pahiṇī rañño-vatvā sādhū'ti tammukhaṃ
Gato
gajaṃ samāruyha-moggallāno'si tādiso
37.
Danti
ghaṭṭe'sanirāva-samosūyitthanissano
Dantaghāte
samuṭṭhāsi-jālāviya'cirappabhā
38.
Rājā parājayaṃ disvāva-gaḷaṃ chindi
nivārite
Rajja 'mevaṃ divasehi-māsehi ca chahi jahī
39.
Tassa'ccaye
moggallānova-dutiyo āsi bhūbhujo
Paṭiccamātulaṃ
culla-moggallāno'tivohari
40.
Paṭitoso'pi kāveyyo-saṅgahehi mahā
janaṃ
Saṅgahesi mahā saṅghaṃ-saṅgaṇhi paccayehica
41.
Tipeṭaka'ñca
vācesi-sāṭṭhakatha 'manuttaraṃ
Saddhamma bhāṇake pūjā-vidhinā pūjayī'nisaṃ
[SL Page 021] [\x 21/]
42.
Katvānaso dhammakabbaṃ-ṭhapetvā
danti sekhare
Saddhamma desanosāne-vācesi nagare nisaṃ
43.
Sikharī
majjhato bandhi-kadambāpaga'mādaraṃ
Dīghāyu pada kamma'nti-pattapāsāṇa
vāpikaṃ
44.
Bandhāpayī dhana vāpiṃ-garītara'ñca
vāpikaṃ
Saddhamma'ñca likhāpesi-sāsanabbhudayerato
45.
Pāletvā
sāsanaṃ lokaṃ-soraccādi guṇālayo
Yathā kammaṃ gato rājā-vasse vīsatime
ito
46.
Mahesī tassa sajane-visayogena ghātiya
Rajje
puttaṃ'bhisiñcitvā-sā kho rajjaṃ vicārayī
47.
Kittissirī
meghavaṇṇo-dutiyo bhūpatī
pana
Tipupattehichādesi-bodhighara'managghikaṃ
48.
Silākāḷaddhanigāme-saṅgillavhaya
vissute
Bhayasīvo mānave'ko-āsi moriya vaṃsajo
50.
Tassa'ggabodhi
putteko-mahānāgo'tivissuto
Bhāgineyyocā'bhaviṃsu-mahānāgo
vanecaro
51.
Savaṃsike tayo bhūpe-hantvā bhehisi patthivo
Vyākāsi
mantiko taṃhi-sutvā siseva
bhūpatiṃ
52.
Rājātuṭṭho'vata'ṅkāsi-rohaṇā'yuttakaṃ sakaṃ
Tasmiṃ
punapasīditvā-andhasenāpati'ṅkari
53.
Pacceka bhogaṃ
katvāso-rohaṇaṃ'va vasaṃ
tahaṃ
Dāṭhappabhutināyoddhu-'ṅgāmoggallānabhītiyā
54.
Osakkitvā
kittisiri-megharājaddhanī puraṃ
Gantvā ne'kūnavīsāhe-māresi taṃ
mahīpatiṃ
55.
Rājāhutvā mahānāgo-desa'ṅkari yathā
purā
Matattābhāgineyyassa-tato mātula puttakaṃ
Aggabodhi kumāraṃhi-uparāja
'makāguṇī
[SL Page 022] [\x 22/]
56. Katvā bodhi
dumindassa-ālavālaṃ harīmayaṃ
Sadumaṃchādayī bhūpo-muni bimbāni
sandahi
57.
Adā mahā vihārassa-gāme jambelakādayo
Uddhādi gāmake
jeta-vanassa dadi bhūpati
58.
Khettattisata dānena-niccakālika
yāguyā
Santappayī jeta vane-yatayo sātakāmato
59.
Mahā vihāre
saṅghassa-duratissa sarā sato
Sahassakhettaṃ
pādāsi-yāguyāsa'sarādhipo
60.
Mayūra
pariveṇassa-navaṃkamma'ñcadāpayī
Sujiṇṇa'manurārāmaṃ-paṭisaṅkhārayī
tadā
61.
Patthivo so mahānāgo-vividhaṃ puñña sampadaṃ
Sañcinitvā
tivassena-bhottuṃ phala'magā divaṃ
62.
Santuṭṭhā'mita vibhavā
samuttikittī
Bhūpālā janavisaraṃ vamiṃsu vittaṃ
Sante'vaṃ sumariya yutti
magga yuttā
Bhāvethā,matasiridaṃ sade'va puññaṃ
Bhāṇavāra
pañcavīsatimaṃ.
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
navarāja dīpanonāma
Pañcavīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 023] [\x
23/]
Chabbīsatimo paricchedo.
----------------
1.
Āsī mahānāga
narādhipassa
Sa'mātuleyyo puna aggabodhika
Disampatī bhūta samādhinā
taṃ
Hirañña gabbho vidadhittha nūnaṃ
2.
Sa'mātula'ṅkā upa
medinindaṃ
Bhātussa 'dāsī yuva rājakattaṃ
Sabhāgineyyaṃ malayā
dhipacce
hapesi ṭhāntarakesu yogge
3.
Rājā sacakkaṃ yuva
bhūpatissa
Dakkhiñña desaṃ pana 'dāsi tattha
Vasaṃ samāno
sirivaḍḍhamāna
Vāpi'ñca gāhāpayi daḷha citto
4.
Girī vihāra'ñca
karīya saṅgha
Bhogāya khetta dvisataṃ pavecchi
Dāṭha vhayaṃ dhītara'massa
rājā
Adāsi so kho malayā dhipassa
5.
So saṅgha bodhī
pariveṇa'maggaṃ
Karī mahāsīva samaññakassa
Sanāmaka'ṅkā
pariveṇa'massa
Pādāsi ye'vaṃ parivārākā'pi
6.
Budhā'ssa
rañño'ddhani sīhalīya
Niruttiyā 'kaṃsu vicitra kabbe
Padīpikā cā 'su'
matappavāho
Kāle 'smi'me'ke pana maññare'ti
7.
Kurunda nāmaṃ atha
sabba saṅghiṃ
Vihārakaṃ katva sanāma vāpiṃ
Sa'nāḷikeropavanaṃ
mahantaṃ
Tiyojana 'ṅkārayi bhūmi pālo
[SL Page 024] [\x 24/]
8.
So loha yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahe 'ssa chattiṃsa sahassa
bhikkhū
Ticīvarenā'ccayi dāṭhasīva bhikkhussa 'vāde 'kari ṭhitva
rajjaṃ
9.
Sa'mūgasenā patikaṃ vihāraṃ
Kāretva'tho lajjika gāma
vāmaṃ
Bhikkhussa bhogattha 'madā mahādī-
Nāgavhaya'ṅkā pariveṇa
kantaṃ
10.
Vetulla vādo 'tra tadā'si joti
Pālo mahā thera varo
vivādā
Vetulla vādī'pi parājayittha
Rājā pasīditva 'tha mānayī
taṃ
11.
Dāṭhā pabhūtya vhayakā'di pādo
Theraṃ parajjhitva karamhi
jātā
Gaṇḍā hato kho bhaginī sutagga-
Bodhiṃ 'dipāda gga'makā
mahīpo
12.
So bhūpati'neka vihāra bimba
Thūpe ca vāpī atha
kārayitvā
Gato catuttiṃsa samāya kamma
Sarikkhakaṃ dibba
sukha'nnubhottuṃ
13.
Tato 'ggabodhī dutiyo'si bhūpo
Pubbassa
rājassa mahallakattā
Ta'ṅkhudda nāmenu'da vohariṃsu
Pālesi dīpaṃ mahipo
manuññaṃ
14.
Devī'ssa dhitā'si samātulassā'
Siggāhaka'ṅkā sa'tha
saṅgha bhaddaṃ
hānantaraṃ 'dāsi yathā rahaṃ 'ñca
Veḷuvana'ṅkāriya
sāgalīnaṃ
15.
Jambādimaṃrantaragallaka'ñcā'
Kā mātupiṭṭhiṃ puna
khirikāya
Sa'dhātuyā geha'ma ku'ṇṇaloma
Ghara'ñca chattaṃ
'malacetiyamhi
[SL Page 025] [\x 25/]
16.
Asse'ca kālamhi
kaliṅga bhūpo
Raṇe janānaṃ maraṇa'mpi disvā
Saṃvigga citto'va idhā
'gamitvā
Saddhāya so pabbajī jotipāle
17.
Padhāna ṭhāna 'ṅkari
matta sele
Vihārake tassa adāsa 'macco
Mahesi vā 'gammi 'ha pabbajuṃ
te
Sutvā mahesī ta'mu paṭṭhahittha
18.
Amacca therassa sa' vetta
vāsa
Vihārakaṃ pācina khaṇḍa rājyaṃ
Adāsi so saṅgha varassa ta
'ñca
Atha 'ccaya 'ṅgā mahipo sa 'thero
19.
So jotipāla tthaviramhi
thūpā
Rāmamhi thūpe abhivandamāne
Bhāgo pabhijjitva pure
patittha
Dassesi rājaṃ puna dukkhito'va
20.
Disvāna saṃvigga mano ta
'matthaṃ
Tasmi 'ṅkhaṇe paṭṭhapi kamma'maggaṃ
Sa'dakkhiṇāya 'kkhaka dhātu
seṭṭhaṃ
hapetva pūjesa'tha loha yūpe
21.
Cirāyamāne navakammi
'masmiṃ
Rājā papañcessati dhātu gabbhaṃ
Gacchāma dhātuṃ pana gayha yaṃ
taṃ'
Vocuṃ 'sa devā supato'va 'rāmī
22.
Rājā pabuddho pana
uttasanto
Kāresi sabbaṃ na cirena kammaṃ
Dhātu varaṃ 'netva manuñña
loha-
Ppāsādato vaḍḍhayi sampuṭamhi
23.
Pādāsi laṅkaṃ saha sena
dhātu-
Gabbhassa vattesu 'pahāra hāriṃ
Ta 'ṅgopakānaṃ 'dadi lābha
gāmaṃ
Mahesiyā 'moda pavedayanto
[SL Page 026] [\x 26/]
24.
Mahesiyā katva ca sassa nāmaṃ
Dāṭhaggabodhī'ti akāsi
vāsaṃ
Gaṅgā taṭaṃ sela taṭaṃ sara'ñca
Tathā valāhassa 'makāsi
vāpiṃ
25.
Sā bhatta vaṃsaṃ 'disi bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Katvāna so bhatta
tariṃ mahantiṃ
Vaḍḍhesi pāḷiṃ mahipo para'ṅgā
Puññaṃ cinitvā dasama
ssamāyaṃ
26.
Iti vidita muninda ssāsanā bhumi pālā
Upacita kusalā
sampanna bhogā samattaṃ
Siri visara'managghaṃ hitva maccussa
vāsa'
Mupagamu'miti ñatvā no care ko hi dhamme
Bhāṇavāraṃ
chabbīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
rāja dvaya dīpano nāma
Chabbīsatimo paricchedo
-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:-:
[SL
Page 027] [\x 27/]
Sattavīsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Dutiyo saṅghatisso'si-bhūpo'siggāhako
tato
Sahassasmiṃ sate eka-paññāsatima hāyane
2.
Khuddaggabodhi
rājassa-moggallāno camū pati
Vasaṃ raññā rohaṇasmiṃ-yuddhatthaṃ
'bhimukho'gami
3.
Kuñjaraṃ'ruyha puttena-rājā sannaddha
vāhano
Moggallāna'mupāgañchi-pācīna tissa pabbate
4.
Duvinnaṃ bala
kāyānaṃ-saṅgāme samupaṭṭhite
Tasmiṃ rañño mahānāge-madhuka
cchāya'māvisi
5.
Sākha'māhacca chattaṃ 'sa-bhūmiyaṃ pati
rājino
Ripusenā'haritvā taṃ-sāmino dadi
taṅkhaṇe
6.
Chatta'mussāpayī sela-muddhani ṭṭhitako
tadā
Patthive'so'ti cintetvā-parivāresi taṃ
camū
7.
Hatthikkhandhā'varūhitvā-puttaṃ'maccaṃ va
sukhkhacaṃ
Gahetvā pāvisī meru-majjaraṃ kānanaṃ dukho
8.
Atha
gantvā vedvavanaṃ-codito pabbajī raho
Rohaṇaṃ gantu
kāmo-so-maṇihīra'mupāgami
9.
Tatra ṭṭhā sevakā tassa-sañjānitvā tayo
jane
Moggallānassa ñāpesuṃ-netvā sīha giriṃ puraṃ
10.
Tesaṃ
chindāpayī sīse-dvīhi māsehi bhūmipo
Saṅghatisso asiggāho-mato evaṃ
sudukkhito
11.
Nisamma rājino putto-icca 'tra sa 'pakuppiya
Hattha
pādāni tassa'suṃ-chindituṃ viniyojayī
12.
Laddha jjayo
moggallāno-pura'māgamma nibbhayo
Laṅkā rajjā dhipo āsi-dalla nāmena
pākaṭo
13.
Senāpatiṃ mittaduhiṃ-malayā dhipati 'ṅkari
Tassa
puttassa 'siggāha-ṭhānaṃ dadittha bhūbhujo
14.
Mahā thupa ttayaṃ
sammā-nava vatthehi chādayī
Dāṭhā dhātuṃ kesa dhātuṃ-mahābodhi 'ñca
pūjayī
[SL Page 028] [\x 28/]
15.
Akā
vesākhapūja'ñca-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī tipeṭakassa sajjhāya-'ṅkāresi vattayaṃ
'canaṃ
16.
Saṅghassa loṇakhettāni-adāsi tisatādhike
Moggallāna
vihāra'ñca-kārapiṭṭhimhi kārayī
17.
Saṅgāma piṭṭhigāma'ñca-vaṭṭa gāma
vihārakaṃ
Kāresi cetiya gehaṃ-tathā rakkha vihārakaṃ
18.
Vihārāna
'madā bhūrī-bhoga gāme janādhipo
Sañcinī pacuraṃ puññaṃ-vividhaṃ sāta
kāmato
19.
Kuddho malaya rājassa-ta'mupāyena mārayī
Tassa putto
asiggāho-nilīnaṃ jeṭṭha tissakaṃ
20.
Upasaṅkamma tenā'pi-yoddhuṃ
rāja'mupāgami
Bhūrī pajja ra rogena-rājasenā matā tadā
21.
Rājasenā
pabhijjitvā-palāyitvā'tidubbalā
Ekākinaṃ palāyanta-'ma nubandhi
mahīpatiṃ
22.
Sīhaselassa sāmante-mārayittha
narissaraṃ
Rajja'ṅkāresi soye'vaṃ-chavassāni disampati
23.
Jeṭṭha
tissa'mahi ohīnaṃ-hantuṃ bhava patthivo
Pesesi sāsanaṃ ehi-ñatvā so malayaṃ
agā
24.
Asiggāho anurādha-puraṃ'gamma nisaṃsayo
Laṅkādhipo āsi
silā-meghavaṇṇo'ti vissuto
25.
Bodhi'ñca saṅghaṃ vanditvā-cetiye tīni
bhūpati
Sakkāsa'tha mahāpāḷiṃ-vaḍḍhayittha sukhedhito
26. Silāmaya
munindassa-vihāre abhayuttare jiṇṇaṃ geha'makādatvā-kolavāpi'ñca
rakkhayī
27.
Sirināgo jeṭṭhatissa-mātulo pāratīrakaṃ
Gantvāna
damiḷe'dāya-gaṇhituṃ desa'muttaraṃ
28.
Upakkami tadā rāja-sutvā
yujjhitva ta'mpi ca
Hantvāna sese pesse'kā-tatra tatra
vihārake
29.
Sampatta vijaye raññe-vasante sati nibbhaye
Bodhi
vhayo bhikkhu'bhaye-vihāre bahule tahiṃ
[SL Page 029] [\x 29/]
30.
Disvā dussīlake rāja-'mu pasaṅkamma dhammikaṃ
Kammaṃ yācittha
tene'va-kāresi taṃ mahīpati
31.
Raho mantiya dussīlā-ta'mmāretvā
kammakaṃ
Paṭibāhayuṃ bhūpālo-kuddho gaṇhiya te tato
32.
Sarasī
pālake'kāsi-chinna hatthe sabandhane
Jambudīpe sataṃ bhikkhū-khipāpesi
mahāmati
33.
Parisodhesī paggāhaṃ-saraṃ tassa ca
sāsanaṃ
Therīyavādake rājā-tehi kātu 'muposathaṃ
34.
Nimantetvā
paṭikkhitto-kujjhitvāna 'vabhāsiya akkhamāpiya te
bhikkhū-dakkhiṇa'ṅgā
disampati
35.
Māraṇantika rogena-phuṭṭho dehaṃ
sarajjakaṃ
Jahitvā navame vasse-para'ṅgami'vanīpati
36. Tato tassa
suto āsi-rājaggabodhi nāmavā pākaṭo 'si sirīsaṅgha-bodhi nāmena
mānito
37.
Bhātaraṃ tassu'parajje-māṇa'mhisicca dakkhiṇaṃ
Adāsi
sammā pālesi-raṭṭhaṃ saṅghaṃ ca mānayi
38.
Malaye jeṭṭhatissa
vho-vasaṃ saṅgayha mānave
Pubba dakkhiṇake hattha-gate katvāna
pacchimaṃ
39.
Dāṭhā sīvaṃ sajīva'ñca-gahetuṃ pesayī lahuṃ
māyetti'māgataṃ bhūpo-dāṭhāsīvaṃ pana
'ggahī
40.
Jeṭṭhatisso raṇa
sajjo-rājasenaṃ samottharī
Rājā aññātavesena-palāto turitaṃ
tadā
41.
Nāva'māruyha māsamhi-chaṭṭhe rajjā
anissaro
Jambudīpa'magā'pekkho-āyati'ñca yathā tathā
42.
Tato'bhavī
jeṭṭhatisso-mahīpālo mahābalo
Sāsanaṃ paripālesi-mānanīye ca
mānayī
43.
Mahādāragiri'ndāsi-vihāre abhayavhaye
Mahāvihārassa
mahā-mettabodhi 'madā sato
44.
Jetavane goṇḍigāmaṃ-pādāsi pacure
tato
Adā saṃvasathe rājā-tasmiṃ tasmiṃ vihārake
[SL Page 030] [\x
30/]
45.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇe-tilakkhena niyāmato
Puñña 'mevaṃ
vidhaṃ bhūpo-sañcinittha sadāsayo
46.
Tatiyaggabodhi bhūpālo-tadā
parataṭaṃ gato
Dāmiḷaṃ bala 'mādāya-kāḷavāpi
'mupāgami.
47.
Jeṭṭhatisso 'pi senaṅga-'mādāya samupāgami
Kāḷavāpi
sakāsamhi-yujjhanto attano balaṃ
48.
Disvāno 'hīyamānaṃ 'vā-maccaṃ
gira 'mimaṃ bruvi
Mahesiyā samāroca-devī pabbajja
āgamaṃ
49.
Sajjhāyitvā cā'bhidhammaṃ-vatvā pattiṃ sarājino
Dehī'ti
vatvā sattīyā-sīlaṃ chindi sayaṃ tato
50.
Mahādevī tathā
katvā-phalitvā hadayaṃ matā rājā pañcahi māsehi-para'ṅgā bhuvanaṃ
mato
51.
Balavā jitasaṅgāmo-aggabodhi narādhipo
Rajjaṃ pākatika
'ṅkāsi-puna rajje patiṭṭhiya
52.
Padhāna ghara sāmissa-haṅkāraṃ
sāmugāmakaṃ
Kehellarājabhāga'ñca-adāsi parivārake
53.
Mahāmaṇiṃ
jetavane-sālagāmaṃ disampati
Mayetti kassapā vāse-'dāsi puñña
parāyano
54.
Cetiyaddīmhi ambila-padara'ndā puḷatthike
Pure 'kāsi
mahāpāna-dīpakaṃ suvicittitaṃ
55.
Māṇaṃ 'macco'parājānaṃ-māresuṃ taṃ
'parādhitaṃ
Tato 'nujaṃ kassapavha-'mo parajje
'bhisecayī
56.
Dāṭhāsīvo 'ccayaṃ sutvā-māṇassa dāmiḷaṃ
balaṃ
Gahetvā tintiṇiṃ gañjī-gāmaṃ yujjhitva
bhūpatiṃ
57.
Parājetvāna dāṭhopa-tisso'tya'hu suvissuto
Tatva
'ggabodhi bhūpālo-jambudīpaṃ palātavā
58.
Laddhokāso
idhā'gamma-rajjaṃ'gahi viyujjhiya
Loko upadduto raññaṃ-saṅgāmenā'si
pīḷito
59.
Dāṭhopatisso nikhilaṃ-nāsayi pubbarājunaṃ
Dhātvāvāsesu
sāra'ñca-hemaṃ bimbesu paggahī
[SL Page 031] [\x 31/]
60.
Thūpārāme cetiyamhi-gahi sovaṇṇathūpikaṃ
Bhindittha cetiye
chatta-'managgharatanācitaṃ
61.
Puna vippaṭisārī'va-desetuṃ sassa
kibbisaṃ
Sākavatthuvihāraṃ so-bhogena saha kārayi
62.
Bhāgineyyo'si
ratana-dāṭho mahādipādako
Atha'ggabodhimhi patte-kassapo
yuvabhūpati
63.
Senaṃ rakkhitu'mappañño-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṃ
Bhetvā
rājūhi mahitaṃ-dhanasāra'ñca paggahī
64.
Dakkhiṇasmiṃ
vihārasmiṃ-bhindi cetyaṃ durāsayo
Eva'maññe'pi bhinditvā-aggahī
dhanasañcayaṃ
65.
Karonta'mevaṃ
vāretuṃ-nāsakkhī'ghapurakkhataṃ
Rājā thūpārāmacetyaṃ-bhinnaṃ
pākatika'ṅkari
66.
Jito dāṭhopatissena-aggabodhi
disampati
Raṇasenaṃ sajjayituṃ-puna rohaṇa'meva'gā
67.
Tahiṃ
soḷasame vasse-vyādhinā pahaṭo mato
Tadā'nujo yuvarājā-kassapo
balavāhano
68.
Dāṭhopatissa'mapara-patīraṃ'va
palāpiya
Rajja'meka'ṅkāsi dīpaṃ-makuṭa'nne'va dhārayī
69.
Sataṃ
saṅgamato sassa-desetuṃ kibbisaṃ bhusaṃ
Ārāmavāpiyo vā'pi-kārāpayi hite
rato
70.
Mahāmahehi sakkāsi-mahācetittayaṃ puna
Thūpārāma'ñca
pūjesi-bhogagāmavarena'pi
71.
Yūpaṃ varicavaṭṭimhi-kāretvā
nāgasālakaṃ
Mahāniṭṭhilagāma'ñca-nāga sāla
nivāsino
72.
Therassa'dāsa'bhidhammaṃ-sāṭṭhakatha'manuttaraṃ
Tena
vācesu'paṭṭhāya-paccayehi yathārahaṃ
73.
Tato dāṭhopatisso
'tra-sena'mādāya āgato
Kassapenā'have naṭṭho-vasse
dvādasame'bhavi
74.
Kassapo dutiyo patta-vijayo'si
mahādhiti
Bhattaggaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa-vaḍḍhesi puññakāmato
[SL
Page 032.] [\x 32/]
75.
Dhammaṃ vācesi mānetvā-nāgasāla
nivāsinā
Pāliṃ likhāpayu'ddissa-kaṭandhakāra
vāsinaṃ
76.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṃ-kamma'ṅkā cetiye navaṃ
Tathe'va
kusala'ṅkāsi-pahūtaṃ bhūpatī'nisaṃ
77.
Bahulā tassa puttā'suṃ-māṇavho
pubbajo'bhavi
Chāpakattā puna tesaṃ-vasantaṃ rohaṇe
tadā
78.
Bhāgineyyaṃ samāhūya-mānaṃ puttehi rajjakaṃ
Tassa
nīyādayītvāna-tahaṃ saṅghaṃ
khamāpayī
79.
Dhamma'mevā'nuvattitvā-sabbaṃ saṅgaṇhi
sādaro
Yathākamma'magā rājā-navame hāyane paraṃ
80.
Mātulassa
mahārañño-kattabbaṃ katva sabbaso
Damiḷe nīharāpesi-jane saṅgayha
māṇakenā
81.
Nibbāsemā'ti'maṃ tasmiṃ-ṭhitasmiṃ bahi dāmiḷā
Puraṃ
gahetvānā'gantuṃ-hatthadāṭhassa pārato
82.
Pesesuṃ sāsanaṃ
sajju-māṇo'pi sāsanaṃ pitu
Pesesi rohaṇe sassa-nacirenā'gato
pitā
83.
Tato māṇo'bhisiñcittha-tātaṃ rajje sa 'dappulaṃ
Nikāyānaṃ
tisahassa-'madā saṅgaṇhi dīpake
84.
Hatthadāṭho damiḷānaṃ-sutvā
sāsana'māgato
Māṇo'pi pitaraṃ rājaṃ-rohaṇaṃ'va savatthukaṃ
85. Pesetvā
so pubbadesaṃ-gantvā vasi jane suto
Sattāha 'manurādhamhi-dappulo'kāsi
rajjakaṃ
86.
Rohaṇe vasamāno so-pālesi sāsanaṃ janaṃ
Tīni vassāni
rajja'ṅkā-yathākammaṃ gato paraṃ
87.
Pācīnāyaṃ vasaṃ māṇo-raṇaṃ
kātu'mupakkami
Hatthadāṭho'pi taṃ ñatvā-samāgañchi
mahābalo
88.
Tambalamhi mahāyuddhe-yodhā māṇaṃ
vināsayuṃ
Hatthadāṭho dāṭhopa-tisso sāvesi savhayaṃ
89.
Pitucchā
sūnuno agga-bodhissa yuvarājataṃ
Desa'ñca dakkhiṇa'ndāsi-nissite'pi
susaṅgahī
[SL Page 033] [\x 33/]
90.
Vihāre
abhayavho'kā-kappūra pariveṇakaṃ
Tipu thulla vihāraṃ hi-kārente theriyā
yatī
91.
Sīmāya'nto'ti vāresuṃ-kārayī sa'balā
tahiṃ
Pattanikkujjana'ṅkaṃsu-assaddho'ti vijāniya
92.
Katvāna
vividhaṃ puññaṃ-vyādhinā pahaṭo bhusaṃ
Navame hāyane rajjā-mato 'si mahipo
dayo
93.
Khaṇena sampatya 'pasavya yātraṃ
Payāti sabbā
acirappabhā'va
Tato paraṃ tāsu ratiṃ vihāya
Careyya dhammābhirato
hitatthi
Bhāṇavāraṃ sattavīsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse aṭṭha rāja dīpano nāma
Sattavīsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 034] [\x 34/]
Aṭṭhavīsatimo
paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Tato
catuttho'ssa'nujo'ggabodhi
Nāmena rājā sirisaṅghabodhi
Āsī dayālū sa'hi
puññakāmī
Yatīna 'bhattagga 'malokayittha
2.
hānantaraṃ 'dāni
yathārahaṃ so
Pāḷiṃ mahanti'mpica vaḍḍhayittha
Kāruñña sampūta mano
mahīpo
Māghātaka 'ṅkārayi atra dīpe
3.
Jiṇṇe vihāre
pariveṇakeca
Akāsi so pākatike manāpaṃ
Gāme adā bhogarahaṃ
karitvā
Saṅghassa dāse ca ṭhapesi kāmaṃ
4.
Guṇaṃ hi tiṇṇaṃ ratanāna
'magga'
Manussarante 'kavaliṃ gahetvā
Aka 'kkhamālaṃ kira subbato
'va
Pajā nuvattā ta 'mahesu 'mevaṃ
5.
Kamme niyutto'ssa hi
potthakuṭṭho māṭambiyaṃ geha 'makā padhānaṃ
Kappūranāme pariveṇa
kante
Yūpaṃ akā so damiḷo dhaneso
6.
Sa 'potthasāto dhajinī
patindo
Bhūpālanāmiṃ pariveṇa 'maggaṃ
So saṅghatisso'pyu 'pabhūmi
pālo
Kāresi sehāluparāja saññaṃ
7.
Jeṭṭhā mahesī pana tassa
jeṭṭhā
Rāmābhidhānaṃ pana bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Upassayaṃ kā'ssa adā
dvigāmaṃ
Dhātvālaya'ṅkā malayādhipo so
[SL Page 035] [\x 35/]
8.
So bodhitisso 'kari bodhi tissa
Vihāra 'maññe idha
maṇḍalīyā
Tathā 'kāruṃ bhūri vihāra rāme
Kālo ayaṃ puññamayo 'va
bhāsī
9.
Athā 'paraṃ bhūmipatī puḷatthī
Pura'ṅgato vāsa
'makappayittha
Rogenaphuṭṭho jana 'movaditvā
Diva'ṅgato soḷasamamhi
vasse
10.
Vicārayī rajja 'mato 'tra pottha-
Kuṭṭho 'pabhūpaṃ khipi
dāṭhasīvaṃva
Kārāghare 'rakkhaṇa 'mādisitvā
Raññā vinu
'bbiṃparibhuñjitu'ñca
11.
Sakkoti so datta 'mala'nti
netvā
Rājanvayiṃ taṃ abhisicca rajje
Nāmaṃ ṭhapetvā 'ssa
vicārayittha
Rājā vihāra'ṅkari so sanāmiṃ
12.
Datto sa'rājā
'dvisamaṃ'ca rajja
Makā tato'hūya'pi hatthadāṭhaṃ
Rajje'bhisiñci
sva'nusāsi bhūpaṃ
Māresi māsehi chahī'bhavasmiṃ
13.
Āsī mahā
sammata vaṃsa jāto
Sa'kassapassa ddutiyassa rañño
Putto samāno pana
māṇavammo
Rājā'tha laṅkā dharaṇī talasmiṃ
14.
Mahesi rañño
malayādhipassa
Dhītā'si saṃghā lalanā surūpā
Santo kumāro sa'hi
hatthadāṭha
Rājassa kāle 'gami jambudīpaṃ
15.
Sevitva rājaṃ
narasīha nāma'
Mārādhayī sabba pavuttiyā so
Piyā'ssa kantā catudhītaro
ca
Tahiṃ vijātā caturo ca 'pacce
[SL Page 036] [\x 36/]
16.
Evaṃ vasante narasīharaññā
Saddhiṃ raṇāyā 'gami
vallabhavho
Rājā'have tamhi sa'māṇavammo
Sena'mpi viddhaṃsayi
vallabhassa
17.
So māṇavammo'pi tahaṃ paṭuttaṃ
Dassesi dibbāna'raṇe
harī'ca
Tasmiṃ pamodo nara sīha rājā
Savāhanaṃ vāhini'massa
datvā
18.
Gacchāhi gaṇhāhi'ti rajja'māsuṃ
Pesesi laṅkaṃ puna
māṇavammo
Āgammi'maṃ saṃyuga'mārabhittha
Dāṭhopatissena parājito
so
19.
Etto tato para'magā sahāyaṃ
Disvā punā'rādhiya taṃ
narindaṃ
Sammā vupaṭṭhesi sa'yāva bhūpa-
Catukka'mā
yacca'mapekkhamāno
20.
Vārasmi 'masmiṃ pana māṇavammaṃva
Rajje
ṭhapessa'nti balaṃ sayoggaṃ
Datvāna nesī atha so saseno
Sindhu
'ntaritvo'ttara maggahittha
21.
Senā puraṃ
gantu'makhobhayitvā'
Rabhī suṇitvā iti pottha kuṭṭho
Mahā balo
paccupago'si sūro
So māṇavammo dvipa'māruhitvā
22.
Taṃ
potthakuṭṭhaṃ mahipa'ñca dvejjhaṃ
Palāpayī tassa narā palātaṃ
Taṃ
hatthadāṭhaṃ pana disva tassa
Sīsaṃ hagetvā'ssa ca dassayiṃsu
23.
Sa'potthakuṭṭho vigato mato'sī
Tato'tra dīpe sa'hi
māṇavammo
Ussāpayī chatta 'manappakāni
Puññāni 'kāsī atha kappa
gāmaṃ
[SL Page 037] [\x 37/]
24.
Sepaṇṇikākhya'ñca
vihāra'maggaṃ
Padhānarakkhe sirināma yūpaṃ
Kāresi jiṇṇe
saṭisaṅkharittha
So pañcatiṃsa ssarade para'ṅgā
25.
Tato'ccaye
pañcamako'ggabodhi
Tassa'trajo bhūpati āsi puñño
Kadambagona 'ñca
mahātalasmiṃ
So devapālīsu giriṃ pura'ñca
26.
Kāresi so antare
sobbhakamhi
Devaṃ vihāra'ṅkari rāja mātiṃ
Te paṃsukulīna 'ma
dāsa'vaḍḍha
Māna ñca yūpaṃ paṭisaṅkharittha
27.
Suvaṇṇa chabbīsa
sahassa mattaṃ
Samāpayitvā pati cetiyaddiṃ
Jiṇṇa'ñca sabbaṃ
paṭisaṅkharittha
Sa'pāṇiṇaṃ'dāsa'tha dāna bhaṇḍe
28.
Dayo mahāsena
vihārakassa
Karīya'dāsī vara tāla vatthuṃ
Sa'goṇḍigāmākhya saraṃ
vibhinnaṃ
Bandhāpayī sādhu pajāhitatthi
29.
Sayaṃ'va rajje
janatā'ssa sammā
Sovaggiyaṃ kamma'makāsi niccaṃ
Chavassa 'mevaṃ
sukaṭa'ṅkaritvā
Bhottuṃ'va'gañjī tidivaṃ vipākaṃ
30.
Tassā'nujo
'hosa'tha bhūmipālo
Sa'kassapavho tatiyo patīto
Mahājanaṃ saṅgahi
saṅgahehi
Pitā niyaṃ putta'miva'gga ceto
31.
hānantarādī dadi tassa
tassa
Māghātaka'ṅkārayi so'tra dīpe
Vāṇijjagāmo
pavana'ñca'kāsī
Sa'kassapācela padhānagehaṃ
[SL Page 038] [\x 38/]
32.
So heligāmamhi ca macchatitthe
Kāresi
vāse'mbavanopavanyaṃ
Eva'mpi aññe cakaritva puññe
Akāsi rajjaṃ chasamaṃ
manuññaṃ
33.
Tato kaṇiṭṭho'pi mahindanāmo
Sampattarajjo na mahī
kirīṭaṃ
Tassā'si mitto cirasatthuto hi
Mato purā'to na ca icchi so
taṃ
34.
Sa'ādipādo'vi ha rajja'maggaṃ
Vicārayī kassapa
nāmabhātu
So aggabodhiṃ suta'moparajje
hapetva'dāsī puna pubba
desaṃ
35.
Sutassa'dāsī pana dakkhiṇāsaṃ
Dasānakaṃ so garupāliyaṃ
hi
Dine dine dāpayī bhikkhuṇīna'
Mupassaya'ṅkāsi
sanāmadheyyaṃ
36.
Mahindatittho pavanaṃ sabhoga'
Maññāni'kāsī
vividhāni puññe
Katvāna rajjaṃ matimā tivassaṃ
Gavesayaṃ nāka'magā
sakhaṃ'va
37.
Mahinda putto karaga'mpi rajjaṃ
Pācīna desā
dhipatissa tassa
Chaṭṭhaggabodhissa padāsi pañño
Rājā silāmegha
samaññako'si
38.
Mahindaputtaṃ puna oparajje'
Bhisiñci kāle atha
gacchate'vaṃ
Āgamma rājaṃ pisunā raho'ghā'
Vocuṃ mahīpo paribhijji
tasmiṃ
39.
Viditva taṃ so sakadesa'māsu'
Māgamma saṅgaṇhi jane
tadāni
Balaṃ gahetvā 'rabhi sampahāraṃ
Bhīmaṃ 'si yuddhaṃ kadalī
nivāte
[SL Page 039] [\x 39/]
40.
Tahiṃ parājitva
raṇe'ggabodhi
Upāvanīso malayaṃ palāto
Tato kataññū saka
bhātuno'pa
Kāraṃ saranto malayaṃ sayaṃ'va
41.
Gantvā 'ggabodhiṃ
susamādiya'ggaṃ
Puraṃ gamitvā saka dhītu saṅghaṃ
Akā vivāhaṃ saha tena
tuṇṇaṃ'
Tato samaggā sukhitā vasiṃsu
42.
Kadāci saṅghā patino'ssa
agga-
Bodhissa dosā pituno niyogā
Sā pabbajī bhikkhuṇi
santikasmiṃ
Tassā tadā mātula sūnu bhūto
43.
Tahaṃ ta'mādāya
rahassa 'magga-
Bodhī kumāro tuvaṭaṃ palāto
Dhavoparājo sahitena
saddhiṃ
Yujjhitva gaṇhī bhariyaṃ'sa saṅghaṃ
44.
Vyāpāra ādi nimako
pavanyaṃ
Māṇa gga bodhū pavana'ñca tacchaṃ
So hatthi kucchimhi
punādipiṭṭhi
Vihārake kārayi citra yūpe
45.
Jiṇṇa'ñca so pākatikaṃ
karitvā
Yathā balaṃ sañcini puñña puñjaṃ
Bhūpo hi tāḷīsatimamhi
vasse
Rajjaṃ vicāretva diva'ṅgamittha
46.
Tato mahindassa
suto'ggabodhi
Rājā 'bhavī sattatamako 'parājā
Mahindaputtaṃ sakaṃ
'moparajje'
Bhisiñci rakkhī janasāsanaṃ so
47.
Jiṇṇo mahābodhi
ghare nava'mpi
Kammaṃ thira'ṅkāsi kalanda nāmaṃ
Ārāmakaṃ mallanila'ñca
kāsī
Salāka bhattaṃ dadi vaṃsikānaṃ
[SL Page 040] [\x 40/]
48.
Gilāna bhesajja'madā puḷatthi
Pure vasa'ṅkāsi pahūta
puññaṃ
Mato suto jīvati bhūpatismiṃ
Cuto'si rājā
chahihāyanehi
49.
Tato silāmegha suto mahindo
Vasundharindo
dutiyo'bhavittha
Pitussa kālamhi sa 'cakkapacce
hatvā vicāresi sayaṃ va
rajjaṃ
50.
Raññe matasmiṃ janake mahante
Titthe vasī so matimā
vinīto
Rañño'ccayaṃ cullapitussa sutvā
Nāseyyu'māsuṃ ta'ma
rīpura'ṅgā
51.
Saraṭṭhiyā maṇḍaliko 'ttarasmi'
Macchejja desa'ñca
karaṃ na 'daṃsu
Sutvā saseno 'va tahiṃ gamitvā
Sabbe'va te nimmathayī
nayaññū
52.
Matassa rañño 'ggamahesi guyhaṃ
Hantuṃ niyojesi
mahindabhūpaṃ
So taṃ viditvāna'pi tāya rakkhaṃ
Vidhāya gantvā 'ggahi
rajja'maggaṃ
53.
Vattu'ñca māretu'masakkuṇanto
Deviṃ saka'ṅkāsi
piyaṃ piyaṃ 'ca
Vijāyi sā sūnuvaraṃ'sa opa-
Rajjaṃ adāsī mahipo
sabhogaṃ
54.
Tato mahīpo dhajinī patissa
Kāle'ttano jātasutassa
yuddhe
Sūratta'mikkhitva sutaṃ hi senā
Pacce ṭhapesī suvidūra
dassī
55.
Tadā silāmegha mahīpatissa
Sa'bhāgineyyo'bhavi
dappulavho
Balaṃ samādayu'dakāḷavāpi
Mupāgami saṃyuga 'māsukātuṃ
[SL Page 041] [\x 41/]
56.
Sutvāna so taṃ mahīpo
saseno
Āgañji tesaṃ samaraṃ 'si bhīmaṃ
Ohīyamānaṃ dhajiniṃ
sakassa
Sa'dappulo 'vekkhiya sampalāto
57.
Suññaṃ puraṃ icca'pi
uttarīsā
Mantvā 'ggahesuṃ nagaraṃ pavīro
Gantvā puraṃ te
paṭibāhayitvā
Rajjaṃ vicāresi yathānayaṃ so
58.
Pattānubalyo
malayaṃ gato'ca
Dvebhāgineyye puna 'hūya rattiṃ
Sodappulo 'gamma puraṃ
saseno
Ugghosayanto parirundhi sīghaṃ
59.
Mahinda bhūnātha
'ruṇu'ggatamhi
Mātaṅga 'māruyha dhatāyudho'va
Yujjhitva nipphoṭiya
'rātisenaṃ
Pavedayī laddhajayo savittiṃ
60.
Parājito dappulako
sasena'
Mādāya 'gā rohaṇa 'meva pāto
Dverājaputte'ggahi
jīvagāhaṃ
Pācīnadesa'mpi susādhayittha
61.
Pubbamhi desamhi ṭhitā
'dipādā
Sagabha 'māhūya'pi rohaṇasmā
Katvāna sandhiṃ
saritātaṭamhi
Mahabbalā vāsa'makappayiṃsū
62.
Nisamma taṃ
bhūpati'nikajātaṃ
Lahuṃ bahummāra bhidhāna gāme
Nivesayī tesa'mubhinna
'mājī
Sudussahā'sī pana koviḷāre
63.
Tatrā'pi tesaṃ balasaṃhatiṃ
so
Rājā samugghātayi dappulo 'tha
Palātavā dvevihatā 'dipādā
Tahiṃ raṇe
laddhajayo babhūva
[SL Page 042] [\x 42/]
64.
Nirākula'ṅkātu'mimaṃ hi thūpā
Rāmamhi sabbaṃ atha bhikkhu
saṅghaṃ
So sannipātetvi'tare sapañño
Pavatti'mārocayi yutti
yutto
65.
Pasaṃsito tehi'pi dappulena
Sandhi'ṅkaritvā'ssatu
pāragaṅgaṃ
Datvā puraṃ'gamma vase'kachatto
Dāmavhaya'ṅkā
pariveṇa'maggaṃ
66.
Sannīratittha'ñca puḷatthisaññe
Pure karitvāna
'bhayuttaramhi
Mahādilekhaṃ pariveṇa 'miṭṭhaṃ
Kāresi so bhūpati
puññakāmī
67.
Tahaṃ tilakkheni'va vejayantaṃ
So nekabhūmaṃ
ratanavhayūpaṃ
Kāretva jambonada hema saṭṭhi
Sahassamattena muninda
bimbaṃ
68.
Kāresi cūḷāmaṇi saññutaṃ'va
Sabbopahārena karitva
pūjaṃ
Tasmiṃ cajī yūpamahe sa 'rajjaṃ
Rūpīmaya'ṅkārayi bodhi
sattaṃ
69.
Bimbaṃ hi taṃ bhikkhuṇupassayamhi
Rājā silāmeghabhidhe
ṭhapittha
Kāretva jiṇṇe 'nimisāna 'vāse
Taha'nta ha'ṅkārayi deva
bimbe
70.
So paṅgulānaṃ usabhe ca vuttiṃ
Dāsī gavaṃ khīragate 'va
sasse
Sahassa khettaṃ dadi kāḷavāpī
Nīrassa dhāraṃ
suthira'ṅkarittha
71.
Rañño tadā dhaññuparājaputto
Marittha
senāpati 'maññapaccaṃ
hapesi bhūmīpati oparajje
Pavattayī rajja
'manissaro'va
[SL Page 043] [\x 43/]
72.
Disampatī sādhu
vatā nuvatti
Vassāni vīsatya 'nisaṃ sa'rajjaṃ
Sammānu sāsittha
pajā'sute'va
Maññī diva'ṅgā 'ggasukha'nnubhottuṃ
73.
Sabbo'va satta
visaro dhana dhañña vittaṃ
Hitvā payāti satanuṃ dayita'mpi evaṃ
Ñatvā sato
dhiti yuto vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Kubbetha mutti matadaṃ satataṃ
hitatthi
Bhāṇavāra maṭṭhavīsatimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda
saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse navarāja dīpano nāma
ṭhavīsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 044] [\x 44/]
Ekūnatiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Atho sahasse tisate - eka paññāsame
jine
Dutiyo dappulo tassa - suto rājā'si kittimā
2.
Yuvarāja'makā
jeṭṭha - sutaṃ tassa mahīpati
hānantara'madā tassa - tassa 'nejo
yathārahaṃ
3.
Assosi rājā paccanto - kupito maṇi hīrake
Puttaṃ
senāpati'ñcā'suṃ - pesayī te upāgamuṃ
4.
Bhedakāmā tattha vatvā -
pisunā bhubhuje ubho
Bhindiṃsu verino hutvā - gaṇhituṃ
desa'mārabhuṃ
5.
Mahīpatī ti viditvā - gantvā ghātesi te
ubho
Saṃsametvāna taṃ desaṃ - puḷatthipura mā'gamī
6.
Rohaṇā
dhipatī dāṭhā - sīvassa sūnu khattiyo
Mahindo pituno sūro - sapatto bhūya
vegavā
7.
Upasaṅkami rājānaṃ - disvā tuṭṭho mahīpati
Saṅgaṇhi tena
metti'ñca - thira'ṅkātuṃ'sa dhītaraṃ
8.
Devanāmaṃ tassa datvā - pāhesi
rohaṇaṃ tato
Tahaṃ vasaṃ palāpesi - pitaraṃ
paratīrakaṃ
9.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo - jiṇṇe thūpe vihārake
Paṭimāyo
ca kāresi - gāme dadi tahiṃ tahiṃ
10.
Vejja sālā ca kāresi - pulatthi
pura puṅgave
Paṇḍāvi gāmamhi bhoga - gāma saññutakaṃ tathā
11.
Sammā
vinicchite aṭṭe - potthakesu likhāpiya
Ukkoṭana bhayā bhūpo - ṭhapesi rāja
mandire
12.
Paṅgula ndhāna 'sālāyo - kārayittha tahaṃ tahaṃ
Pubba
lekhe'pya 'vāretvā - sāsanaṃ paripālayī
[SL Page 045] [\x 45/]
13.
Mahesī cetiya ddīmhi - kaṇṭaka'ṅkāsi cetiyaṃ
Bhikkhuṇū
passaya'ṅkāsi - silāmegha samaññakaṃ
14.
Rājā dappula sela vhaṃ -
vāsa'mbuyyānake subhaṃ
Sena gga bodhināga'ñca - vāha dīpamhi
kārayī
15.
Puñña'ṅkatvā bahuṃ nekaṃ - 'vaniṃ bhutvā
yathākkamaṃ
Pariccaji bhuvaṃ bhūpo - pañca vassehi
puññavā
16.
Mahindo tatiyo āsi - rājātassa suto tato
So dhammika
silāmegho - dhammikattā 'ti vissuto
17.
Kātuṃ navaṃ hi ratana - pāsāde
'ti mano rame
Sadā dāpesi geṭṭhumba - daka vāraṃ
mahāmati
18.
Paṭisaṅkhārayī jiṇṇaṃ - cinitvā kusalaṃ bahuṃ
Catutthe
sarade rajjā - yathākammaṃ gato paraṃ
19.
Atha'ṭṭhamo aggabodhi -
kaniṭṭho tassa rājino
Chatta mu'ssāpayī rājā - sattānaṃ hita
'māvahaṃ
20.
Nāmena pituno ca'ssa - udaya ggādi bodhikaṃ
Kāresi
pariveṇa'ñca - kāretvā bhūta nāmakaṃ
21.
Sabhogaṃ sassa verassa -
bhikkhūnaṃ tisatassa ca
Adā vihāra cetyānaṃ - tasmiṃ tasmiṃ'ñca
gāmake
22.
Maccha maṃsa surā dīna - 'muposatha dinesu hi
Pura
ppavesaṃ vāresi - sovaggiya 'makā tathā
23.
Mātu paṭṭhāna nirato -
rājā'hāradinā sadā
Cetiyaṃ 'ca aho rattaṃ - patimānesi
mātaraṃ
24.
Katvāna vividhaṃ puññaṃ - mātaraṃ'va
upaṭṭhituṃ
Vasse'kādasame dibba - loka'ṅgami disampati
25.
Kaṇiyo
tassa tatiyo - dappulo 'sī 'tha bhūpati
Cāritta'mavivajjetvā - sammā rajjaṃ
vicārayī
26.
Tadā rohaṇa dhīsena - mahindena sunīhaṭā
Puttā rājāna
'magamuṃ - pavattī suṇi bhūpati
[SL Page 046] [\x 46/]
27.
Datvā rājā balaṃ tesaṃ - pitarā nesi yujjhituṃ
Tahiṃ raṇe
parājitvā - rājāna 'magamuṃ puna
28.
Mahindo ñātinā yena - yujjhanto
mari ñāti'pi
Tadārājā bhāgineyya - kittaggabodhino
sakaṃ
29.
Dhītaraṃ devā bhidhānaṃ - datvāna rohaṇaṃ 'nayī
Vāha dīpa
lavā rāma - pabbata'ṅkārayī subhaṃ
30.
Buddhaṃ sovaṇṇaya'ṅkatvā -
vihāre jeta nāmake
Bodhā vāse vaḍḍhayitvā - mahā
maha'makārayī
31.
Paṭisaṅkhari jiṇṇa'ñca - mahāpāḷi'ñca
vaḍḍhayī
Senāpati'ssa vajiro - kacchavā la'ñca kārayī
32.
Thūpā
rāme thūpa gharaṃ - hemaṭṭhikāhi chādayī
Kambu dvāre ca kāresi - tulā
bhāra'ñca dāpayī
33.
Rājā vasaṃ bherimaṇi - pāsāda nagare
vare
Rajjaṃ soḷasa vassāni - katvā'gami divaṃ
dayo
34.
Tatva'ggabodhi navamo - tassa putto'si patthivo
Rājā
samatta dīpamhi - pāpā cāraṃ nivārayī
35.
Yatī cullavihāresu - gantvā
mahā vihārakaṃ
Yāguṃ gaṇhanti taṃ sutvā - tibba nibbinna
mānaso
36.
Gāme tayo ca salila - cāra dāpiyabhūpati
Tahiṃ tahiṃ 'ca
yāguṃ hi - gahetuṃ yojayī sadā
37.
Sannipātetva dīpe'smiṃ - yācake
divasattayaṃ
Kambuṃ yathecchaṃ dāpesi - dukkhīnaṃ sāta'māvahaṃ
38.
Puñña pākaṃ padassetuṃ - tīhi vassehi rajjato
Dibbā 'vhayuṃ 'va mahipaṃ -
santataṃ dhamma cārinaṃ
39.
Tadaccaye tassa 'nujo - seno rājā'si
puññavā
Mahesī rājino saṅghā - 'bhavi kantā piyaṃvadā
40.
Mahindo
kassapo tassa - udayo 'tya 'nujā' bhavuṃ
Mahindo tesa ma'bhavi -
yuvabhūpatita 'nnugo
[SL Page 047] [\x 47/]
41.
Kadāci paṇḍu
mahipo - jambudīpā ihā'gato
Ārabhī gaṇhituṃ dīpaṃ - rājāsena'ñca
peseyī
42.
Paṇḍu rājo'ttaraṃ gaṇhi - vasantā damiḷā
tahaṃ
Tassā'nuyātā balavā - yujjhituṃ 'rabhi rājinā
43.
Dassesi
paṇḍu rājā'ttaṃ - senāya raṇa bhūmiyaṃ
Tato'pī'hāvatī senā - sīhalā 'suṃ
nirussukā
44.
Tahaṃ raṇe pabhijjitvā - palātārāja vāhinī
Taṃ sutvā
sāra'mādāya - bhūbhujo malaya'ṅgami
45.
Palātattā sasenāya - mahindo
yuvabhūpati
Hatthikkhandhe sayaṃ sīsa - 'mattano chindi
mānavā
46.
Kassapo ādi pādo'pi - yodhento puna saṃyuge
Mārito paṇḍu
bhūpena - sasenā pura 'maggahī
47.
Pure sāraṃ harāpesi - vihāre rāja
mandire
Sovaṇṇa bimbaṃ ratana - pāsādeca 'bhayuttare
48.
Paṇḍu
bhūpo sena raññā - sandhiṃ kātuṃ'mamaccake
Pesesi tattha taṃ tehi - bhūpo
suṇittha sāsanaṃ
49.
Sampaṭicchiya taṃ dūte - saṅgaṇhitvā
yathicchitaṃ
Hatthi dvaya'ñcā'bharaṇe - pesesi tassa
bhūpati
50.
Paṇḍu rājā tena tuṭṭho - nīyādetvā
puruttamaṃ
Nāva'māruyha sahasā - sampayāto sadesakaṃ
51.
Mahīpālo
puraṃ gamma - vasi tattha sabhātaraṃ
Mahādipāda 'mudayaṃ - katvā pādāsi
dakkhiṇaṃ
52.
Mahādipādo rogena - phuṭṭho kenaci
bhīrunā
Puñña'ṅkatvā na cirena - dayo
maccuvasa'ṅgato
53.
Kassapassā 'dipādassa - caturo sūnavo 'bhavuṃ
mahādipādaṃ jeṭṭhassa - senassa
dakkhiṇa'ñca'dā
54.
Rohaṇā dhīsa
kittagga - bodhino caturo sutā
Tisso ca dhitaro āsuṃ - mahindaṃ jeṭṭhakaṃ
sutaṃ
[SL Page 048] [\x 48/]
55.
Māretvā rohaṇaṃ gaṇhi -
pitucchā tassa bhātaro
Tasmiṃ ruṭṭhā bhaginiyo - dāya
bhūpa'mupāgamuṃ
56.
Disvā te bhūpatī'tī ca - mamāyanto
pavaḍḍhayī
Tesaṃ jeṭṭhaṃ kassapaṃ hi - desaṃ gaṇhitu
'pesayī
57.
Gantvā savāhano so'pi - hantvā taṃ 'gahi
rohaṇaṃ
Sena'ñca udaya'ñcā'pi - pakkositvāna bhātaro
58.
Tehi
saddhiṃ vasī tattha - rāja kaññāsu tīsu hi
Dāpesi uparājassa -saṅghā nāmaṃ
manoramaṃ
59.
Kaṇiṭṭhassu 'parājassa - mahindassa sabhātuno
Pādāsi
tissā nāma'ñca - kittā saññaṃ mahībhujo
60.
Bandhave dīpike cā'pi -
saṅgaṇhi saṅgahehi ca
Sele 'riṭṭhamhi ārāmaṃ - paṃsukūlika
bhikkhunaṃ
61.
Katvāna parihāra'ñca - dāpesi 'neka bhūmakaṃ
Jeta
vana vihāramhi - katvā pāsāda 'muttamaṃ
62.
Sabba so vaṇṇayaṃ buddhaṃ -
kāretvā tattha vaḍḍhayī
Abhayaddi vihāramhi - vīraṅkura
samaññakaṃ
63.
Katvāna theriyāna'ñca - dāpesi saṅgha senakaṃ
Deviyā
saha kāresi - āvāsa'nti manoramaṃ
64.
Kāretvā kesa dhātussa -
sovaṇṇaya karaṇḍakaṃ
Sammā pūjaṃ pavattesi - rajjenā'pi
cajīmato
65.
Puḷatthi nagare ramme - mahānettā cale
subhaṃ
Mahāpāli'ñca kāresi - vejja sāla'ñca pacchime
66.
Vihāre
uttare saṅghā - devī mahinda senakaṃ
Kāretvā vāsaṃ vāsesi - bhikkhavo sā
upaṭṭhahi.
67.
Bhaddo ca vajiro'maccā - uttaro cā'pi
rakkhaso
Pariveṇaṅkaruṃvāse - tannāmena ca laddhake
68.
Rājā puññaṃ
pavaḍḍhento - pulatthi pura muttame
Vasaṃ vīsatime vasse - gato dibba
sahavyataṃ
[SL Page 049] [\x 49/]
69.
Dhana'ñca dhaññaṃ
api jīvita'ñca
Ñātī samattaṃ acirantanaṃ hi
Vinassara'ntī satimā
saritvā
Virāga satto vicareyya sāre
Bhāṇāvāra
mekūnatiṃsatimaṃ.
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dīpavaṃse charāja dīpano
Nāmekūnatiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
---------------------
[SL Page 050] [\x 50/]
Tiṃsatimo paricchedo.
---------------
1.
Ahosi seno dutiyo
mahādi
Pādo tato mediniyā 'dhipo 'tra
Mahesi saṅghā 'bhavi tassa
rañño
Tasso 'parājā kaṇiyo mahindo
2.
Mahesi rañño 'kkhaya 'mattha
lakkhiṃ
Tisādhanā satti 'ca puñña vantaṃ
Sutaṃ pasūtā suta
kassapassa
Pādāsi so dakkhiṇa 'mopa rajjaṃ
3.
Mahinda bhātussu
'pabhūpatissa
Tissāya jātaṃ bhariyāya saṅghaṃ
So dhītaraṃ kassapa sūnuno
hi
Akā vivāhaṃ samaye 'ppamattaṃ
4.
Purā kilā'gammi'dha paṇḍu
rājā
Dīpaṃ vināsetva gahetva sāraṃ
Gato'ti sutvā viya lajjito so'
Macce
niyojesi bala'ṅgahetuṃ
5.
Tadā'gato paṇḍu kumārako'tra
Sakena raññā
paribhūtako'va
Disvāna taṃ tuṭṭhamano sasenaṃ
Camūpatiṃ pesayi tena
rājā
6.
Hantvāna paṇḍū mahipaṃ kumāraṃ
Rajje bhisiñcitva purā
'panitaṃ
Sāraṃ samattaṃ janataṃ gahetvā
Senāpati gañcha 'cirena
pīto
7. Bhūpo saseno jayapāna 'mevaṃ
Piva'ṅkarī pākatika'ñca
sāraṃ
Rañño yatī vīsatimamhi vasse
Te paṃsukūlā 'pagatā
vihārā
8.
Mahinda nāmo'pavanipatī'pi mahinda senaṃ
pariveṇaka'ṅkā
Rañño sa'tettiṃsatimamhi vasse
Mato'parājā 'su 'dayo
kaṇiṭṭho
[SL Page 051] [\x 51/]
9.
So loha yūpaṃ
paṭisaṅkharitvā
Vaḍḍhesi sovaṇṇamaya 'ñca bimbaṃ
Dhammena sodhesi tayo
nikāye
Akā vihāre paṭimā ca yūpe
10.
Sa'bhūmipālo puna
kāṇavāpiṃ
Bandhāpayī bhūri dhana bbayā'va
Cetyācale vejja khayaṃ
visālaṃ
Kāresi sammā nipuṇa ṅgavesī
11.
Saṅghā mahesī kira saṅgha
senaṃ'
Bhayaddike kārayi tuṭhaka vho
Sa'sena senā pati
nāmadheyyaṃ
Sabhoga'maggaṃ pariveṇaka' mpi
12.
Asse'va rañño'ddhani
nīlavāsa
Diṭṭhi vha vetulla puliṅga 'matra
Dīpe patītaṃ jalitaṃ
kathañci
Dharā tale pātu'bhavī kadā taṃ
13.
Kāle sirīhāsa
disampatissa
Sa'jambudīpe madhurā
puramhi
Sammittiyākhyanvayiko'siduṭṭho
Assaddhiye 'ko kira pāpa
bhikkhu
14.
Nīlambaraṃ pārupiyā 'tiratto
Gantvā sa'vesī sadumaṃ
pabhāte
Agā vihāraṃ tapaṭo'va sissā
Pucchiṃsu'kappo'ya'muda
ssubho'ti
15.
Tampākaṭattā'va pasaṃsitvā
Tassā'nisaṃsa'ñca
vadittha bhikkhu
Tabbāvakārā parama'nti nīlaṃ-
Sukāni 'yeva'ṅkira
pārupiṃsu
16.
Vesī surā cā'ti manobhavo ca
Paṇīta 'metaṃ
ratanattayaṃ hi
Bhuvī 'tare kāvamaṇī'va ta'nti
Viyākaritvā racayittha
ganthaṃ
[SL Page 052] [\x 52/]
17.
Tato sirībhāsa janādhipo
taṃ
Samekkhiyā 'kappa dhare ca ganthaṃ
Pakkhippa yūpe
nalakicca'māsuṃ
Karittha sesa'mpi'dha nesi koci
18.
Seno narindo
suta kitti tejo
Puññaṃ pahūtaṃ cini tāṇa hetuṃ
So pañcatiṃsa ssarade
janānaṃ'
Makāmakāmā jahi'maṃ'vani'mpi
19.
Tato'nujo tassu 'dayo
mahīpo
Āsī hitesī janatāya niccaṃ
Sabhātujaṃ kassapa
nāmadheyyaṃ
Mahādipāda'ṅkari bhūmipālo
20.
Sa'kassapavhassa
sabhātujasso'
Parājino dhītara'māsu senaṃ
Piya'ṅkarī so 'paratissa
savhaṃ
Dhāresi ñātī kata saṅgaho hi
21.
Suto mahindo
pavanīpatissa
Kittaggabodhī'gami rohaṇaṃ so
Tatra ṭṭhitaṃ mātulakaṃ
nihantvā
Sahatthaga 'ṅkāsi janaṃ vibuddhi
22.
Tasmiṃ pakuppitva
narādhipo taṃ'
Netuṃ niyojesi mahindasaññaṃ
Balaṃ gahetvā vajiragga
nāmā
Dhipena so'gañji ta 'maggahesī
23.
Taṃ netva raññonikaṭaṃ
mahindo
Nikkaṇṭaka'ṅkāsa 'tha rohaṇaṃ so
Tahaṃ'va'dhīso puna
sāsana'ñca
Vaḍḍhesi vāpī ca pabandhi sindhuṃ
24.
Rājā
tulāhāra'madāsi tīni
Kkhattu'mpi thūpopavane sa'thūpaṃ
Suvaṇṇapaṭṭena'pi
chādayittha
Kadambanajjaṃ thiranijjhara'ṅkā
[SL Page 053] [\x 53/]
25.
Pure vihāresu saresu jiṇṇe
Yūpesu sammā paṭi
saṅkharittha
So tiṃsalakkhaṃ pana vissajitvā
Diva'ṅgame 'kārasamamhi
vasse
26.
Tadaccaye kassapa nāmakhatto
Rājā catuttho 'bhavi
kassapassa
Sa'dakkhiṇa'ndā yuvabhūpatissa
Tissāya
'dāsa'ggabhiseka'miṭṭhaṃ
27.
Daṇḍissaraṃ sippina'matthikānaṃ
Dānaṃ
sadā dāpayi dānasoṇḍo
Tadā mahindo pana ādipādo
Raṭṭha'ṅgahetu'ṅgami
rohaṇasmā
28.
Sutvā mahīpo kupito anīkaṃ
Pesesi yujjhitva mahinda
nāmo
Taṃ 'jesi rājā puna tassa tātaṃ
Nesī
nivattetu'mago'parājā
29.
So kassapo taṃsunivattayittha
Datvāna
rājā sakadhītaraṃ'sa
Pesesi taṃ rohaṇa'manvayesu
Dussīlake tīsu
vinīharittha
30.
Sanāmakaṃ yūpa'makā'bhayaddī
Vihāra ramme mahipo
thalamhi
Jale ca pāṇīna'madā'bhaya'ñca
Cārittakaṃ rakkhi
purātana'mpi
31.
Upassayaṃ bhūpaki bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Kāresi senāpati
'laṅgaseno
Cetyācale'kā hadayuṇha nāmaṃ
Samudda selaṃ
pariveṇa'maggaṃ
32.
Bhesajja gehāni ca vejja sālā
Pure'nurādhe ca
puḷatthi saññe
Kāresi rājā puna rakkhasavho
Sacāra gāmamhi akā
vihāraṃ
[SL Page 054] [\x 54/]
33.
Seno mahālekha varo
sanāma
Sela'ṅkhaya'ṅkā mahipassa'macco
Sa'coḷarājā
pariveṇa'maggaṃ
Naṭṭhaṃ hi kāresi yathāṭṭhitaṃ'va
34.
Tīsu
nikāyesva'pi maṇḍapāni
Citrāni kāresi bahu'mpi puññaṃ
Katvā yaso sattarasī
samāyaṃ
Bhūpo yathākamma'magā parattha
35.
Tassa'trajaṃ pañcamaṃ
kassapa vhaṃ
Rajje'bhisiñci vīdita gga sattho
So dappula'ṅkā
yuvarāja'mādi
Pādaṃ sutaṃ cakka camū patindaṃ
36.
Sovaṇṇa paṭṭe
abhidhamma pāliṃ
Likhāpayī'dā parihāra'massa
Bhaṇī'bhidhammaṃ hi sabhikkhu
saṅgho
Ganthākara'ṅkā pariveṇa'maggaṃ
37.
Akā pure
vejjagharaṃ'bhayavhe
Sa'bhaṇḍikākhyaṃ pariveṇa seṭṭhaṃ
So sakkasenāpati
savha'maggaṃ
Sanāmaka'ṅkā vajirāpiyā'ssa
38.
Upassaya'ṅkāriya pāda
lañche
Adāsi sā theriya bhikkhuṇīnaṃ
Sakkavha senā patino
janentī
Sanāmakaṃ vāsa 'makāsi devā
39.
Rajjaṃ karonte mahipe'tra
dīpe
Yujjhitva coḷādhibhunā tade'va
Parājito paṇḍupatī'padāyo
Sandhāya
sena'ñci'dha pesayittha
40.
Datvā balaṃ bhūpati sakkasenā
Patiṃ
pamokkhaṃ puna paṇḍudesaṃ
Pesesi senāpati yodhamāno
Asakkuṇaṃ
jetu'mato'mayena
[SL Page 055] [\x 55/]
41.
Sa'sakkasenāpatino sutassa
Pitussa ṭhānaṃ dadi so
kavīso
Narissaro dhammapadassa aṭṭha-
Kathāya
gaṇṭhippada'muttama'ṅkā
42.
Dayo mahindo mahito va santiṃ
Lokassa
vuddhiṃ puna sāsanassa
Katvāna sovaggiya kamma'masmā
Para'ṅgato so
dasamamhi vasse
43.
Tasmiṃ mate dappulako catuttho
Vasundharindo'si
tato parājaṃ
Sanāmaka'ṅkā kusala'ṅkaritvā
So sattamāsehi
para'ṅgamittha
44.
Tadaccaye pañcama dappulavho
Tasso 'parājā'bhavi
bhūmipālo
Adā'dipādassu'dayassa rājo'
Parājitaṃ paṇḍupatī
kadāci
45
Desaṃ sakaṃ coḷabhayā jahitvā
Ihā 'gato tassa siri'mpi
datvā
Vāsesi taṃ so nagarā bahiddhā
Tade'ha khattā pabhavena
kena
46.
Paṇḍussa pāpenī 'ca viggahuṃ so
Alaṃ hi vāseni'ha
keraḷānaṃ
Ñattaṃ kirīṭādi'mahā nidhāya
Suniṭṭhite bhūpati
viggahe'tra
47.
Tato mahābodhigharassa gāma'
Madāsi senāpati
rakkhato'ssa
Akāsi vāsaṃ
sa'hi'laṅganāmo
Rājavhaya'ṅkā'timanohara'mpi
48.
Rāja pane'so
vividha'mpi puññaṃ
Katvāna raṭṭhaṃ munisāsana'ñca
Pāletva
sammā'matapāna'māga
Sahavyataṃ dvādasamhi vasse
[SL Page 056] [\x
56/]
49.
Tato dayo'sī dutiyo mahīpo
Senassa pādāsi atho
'parajjaṃ
Rājassa bhītā sacivā tapassa
Vana'ṅgatā rāju'pabhūpatī
ca
50.
Sīsāni tesaṃ pana chedayiṃsu
Tene'va nibbinnamanā
tapassī
Te rohaṇa'ṅgañchu pajā paruṭṭhā
Rājā khamāpesa'tha taṃ
viditvā
51.
Rājā tato pubbamahīpatīnaṃ
Cāritta'maggaṃ
paripālayitvā
Puñña'ñcinitvā tatiyamhi vasse
Kammaṃ yathā maccu mukhaṃ
payāto
52.
Tassa'ccayasmiṃ tatiyo sagabbho
Seno 'bhisekaṃ labhi
ādipādaṃ
Ako 'dayaṃ so yuvarāja'ma smiṃ
Narādhipo'posathiko
bhavitvā
53.
Akiñcanāna'mpi kahāpanānaṃ
Sahassa'mattā dadi
posathesu
Daṇḍissaraṃ dāna'madā sade'va
Sujiṇṇavāse
paṭisaṅkharittha
54.
Bhūpo'bhaya bbhūdhara cetiyasmiṃ'
Jire silā
pattharaṇāya sammā
Dāpesi tāḷīsa sahassa mattaṃ
Vāpīsva 'kā niddhamane
sujiṇṇe
55.
Mahāmatī 'neka vidha 'mpi puññaṃ
Katvāna sovaggiya
sātada'mpi
Vasundharindo navamamhi vasse
Sahavyata'ṅgañchi sudhāsinaṃ
so
56.
Tato'dayo so tatiyo'pabhūpo
Rājā'si laṅkā dharaṇī
talasmiṃ
Senā dipādaṃ upabhūpati'ṅkā
So majjako
middhasarūpako'si
[SL Page 057] [\x 57/]
57.
Coḷo
tato'tāra'mapekkhayaṃ'sa
Paṇḍuppadese abhiseka 'maggaṃ
Pattuṃ lahuṃ
netu'kirīṭakādiṃ
Pesesi dūte na dadī sa'rājā
58.
Atho
sa'coḷādhipati haṭhena
Ta'ṅgaṇhituṃ pesayi'yettha senaṃ
Paccanta dese
kupite tadāni
Senā patī'gañchi tahaṃ sametuṃ
59.
Camūpatī tattha
mato tato hi
Rājā gahetvā makuṭādi 'māsuṃ
So rohaṇa'ṅgañchi 'dha
coḷasenā
Pavesanaṃ no labhi sampalātā
60.
Tato vidūraggadhipassa
senā
Paccaṃ adā so viduragga nāmo
Coḷappadesaṃ vihanitva nītaṃ
Nesī'dha
taṃ'sesa'manappaka'mpi
61.
Mahāvihāre paṭimāya satthu
Cūḷāmaṇi'ṅkā
maṇiraṃsi sobhaṃ
Katvāna puññaṃ vividhaṃ mahindo
Vasse'ṭṭhame'gañchi paraṃ
sa'lokaṃ
62.
Nikhila dharaṇi pālā sampadaṃ
āpadassa
Pada'manisa'masāraṃ sañcinitvā manāpaṃ
Vapu'mpi pajahitvā
yantya'kāmā parattha
Iti sumariya satto buddhimā sañcareyya
Bhāṇavāraṃ
tiṃsatimaṃ.
-------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dīpavaṃse
Nava rāja dīpano nāma tiṃsatimo
Paricchedo.
------
[SL
Page 058] [\x 58/]
Ekatiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Pañca tiṃsatime pañca-sate sahassake
jine
Vassu'ssāpayi setāta-pattaṃ seno catutthako
2.
So kho
saddhamma nipuṇo-naradevo mahākavi
Mahinda'mādipādaṃ sa-yuvarāja'makā
sato
3.
Kabba satthe'pi kusalo-loha yūpe nisīdiya
Suttantaṃ vaṇṇayī
rājā-dāṭhā dhātu maha'ṅkari
4.
Kāretvā pariveṇa'mpi-sitthagāmaṃ
mahīpati
Tivassena diva'ṅgañchi-dibbāna'miva sāsituṃ
5.
Tassa'ccaye
mahindo so-yuvarājā catutthako
Rājā'si matimā vaṃse-kāliṅga cakka
vattino
6.
Jātaṃ kumārikaṃ agga-mahesi'ṅkāsi bhūpati
Tassā duvinnaṃ
puttāna-'mādipāda'madā dayo
7.
Akāsi dhītaraṃ so'pa-rājiniṃ
sumanoramaṃ
Yathāvidhi ṭhapesī'dha-vaṃsaṃ bhūpati
kovido
8.
Vallabho maddituṃ rajjaṃ-nāgadīpaṃ balaṃ tadā
Pesesi rājā
taṃ sutvā-senavhaya camūpatiṃ
9.
Yujjhituṃ pesayī tattha-gantvā senaṃ
camūpati
Nāsetvā vallabhā nīka-saṅgāma maṇḍalaṃ'gahi
10.
Mahīpā
vallabhādī'pi-jetuṃ patthiva'matra tu
Asakkontā narindena-karuṃ suhada
santhavaṃ
11.
Tene'va rājino tejo-jambudīpe'pi patthaṭo
Paṃsukūlika
bhikkhūna-'magadādī adā sadā
12.
Nikāyattaya bhikkhūnaṃ-dvikkhattuṃ
lābha vāsīnaṃ
Tulā bhāra'madā rājā-saṅgha bhoga'manāgate
13.
Na
gaṇhantū'ti mahipā-nidhāpayi silālipiṃ
Kāresi dhammamittena-abhidhammattha
vaṇṇanaṃ
14.
Vyatta bhikkhūhi vinayaṃ-dāṭhā nāgena dhīmatā
Vācesi
abhidhamma'ñca-mānento patthivo sato
[SL Page 059] [\x 59/]
15.
Suvaṇṇa māli thūpassa-mānetvā paṭṭa kañcukaṃ
Vatthāni
tassabhājetvā-bhikkhūnaṃ dāpayī dayo
16.
Hema sajjhuka
paṭṭehi-thūpārāmamhi cetiyaṃ
Chādāpetvāna pūjesi-yathārajjaṃ
mahāmati
17.
Jhāpitaṃ coḷa senāya-mandiraṃ
pādalañchane
Mahāpāḷi'ñca kāresi-dhamma saṅgiṇi mandiraṃ
18.
Mahā
mallaka sañña'ñco-passayaṃ kāriyā'riyaṃ
Bhikkhuṇīna'madā yūpaṃ-niṭṭhāpesi
maṇivhayaṃ
19.
Amaccā caturo tassa-pariveṇāni kārayuṃ
Rañño devī
kittināmā-pariveṇa'makā tathā
20.
Katvā catu vihāresu-maṇḍape
sumanohare
Dhātupūja'makā tattha-cāritta'mpi pavattayī
21.
Perito'pacitāneka-puññehi puñña mandiro vasse soḷasame dibba-loka'ṅgami
disampati
22.
Tadaccaye tassa suto-kāliṅga devi sambhavo
Seno
pañcamako rājā-āsi dvādasa vassiko
23.
Yuva rāja
padaṃ'dāsi-kaṇiṭṭhasso 'dayassa tu
Rañño senāpatī seno-pitu senāpatī
bhavi
24.
Senā patimhi paccantaṃ-gate udaya nāmakaṃ
Mahāmallaṃ
suttikāraṃ-senāpati'makā tadā
25.
Sutvā taṃ kupite sene-bala'mādāya
āgate
Palāto rohaṇaṃ rājā-sāmacco mandabuddhiko
26.
Damiḷa ppīḷitaṃ
raṭṭhaṃ-sāsana'ñca samekkhiya
Senena sandhiṃ katvāna-puḷatthi
pura'māgami
27.
Saraṃ mahesi'ṅkā senā-patino dhītaraṃ'nvayaṃ
Sā
vijātā kassapavhaṃ-puttaṃ gotta sarūpakaṃ
28.
Labhaṃ pāpiya
saṃsaggaṃ-majjaṃ pivi nirantaraṃ
Tato byāpanna citto'ca-kālaṃ khepayi
bhūpati
29.
Khayā'sanānaṃ padaviṃ-hitvāna dullabhaṃ varaṃ
Dasame
hāyane rājā-maccu vasa'mupāgami
[SL Page 060] [\x 60/]
30.
Mahindo pañcamo tassa-kaniṭṭho tadanantaraṃ
Anurādha pure
ramme-chatta'mussāpayī dayo
31.
Senena senāpatinā-nīta jātika
saṅkule
Kasirena tahiṃ rājā-dasa saṃvaccharaṃ vasī
32.
Rañño
jānapadā'peta-nītimaggassa sabbathā
Rāja bhāgaṃ no adaṃsu-vuttiṃ dātu'mpi no
sahi
33.
Keraḷā'laddhavaṭṭā te-rāja mandira dvārake
Dhatāyudhā'va
aṭṭhaṃsu-'mmaggato so viniggato
34.
Gantvāna rohaṇaṃ sīdu-selagāmamhi
bandhiya
Khandhāvāraṃ bhātujāyaṃ-deviṃ katvā tahiṃ vasī
35.
Matāya
tāya'cirena-dhītaraṃ bhātubhūpati
Mahesi'ṅkā tāya suto-jāto kassapa
nāmavā
36.
Kappa gallaka gāmamhi-tato katvā puraṃ vasī
Sesesu pana
ṭhānesu-añña maññaṃ 'dhipā bhavuṃ
37.
Ñatvā pavattiṃ taṃ coḷa-rājā
laṅka'mpi gaṇhituṃ
Mahābalaṃ pesaye'ttha-rohaṇa'ṅgami
vāhinī
38.
Chattiṃse hāyane rañño-rājabhaṇḍe va bhūpatiṃ
Sandilesaṃ
padassetvā-jīvagāhaṃ samaggahī
39.
Bhaṇḍe ca patthivaṃ seṭṭhe-pesayī
coḷarājino
Laṅkātale 'khilaṃ sāra-mo'jahārī'va
te'ggahuṃ
40.
Kumāraṃ kassapaṃ taṃ hi-vaḍḍento gopayuṃ
satā
Dvādasavassikaṃ coḷa-rājā taṃ gaṇhituṃ balaṃ
41.
Pesesi
rohaṇaṃ desaṃ-khobhesi tassa vāhinī
Kitti buddho'ti te 'maccā-coḷasenaṃ
vināsayuṃ
42.
Disvā kumāro jayino-'macce tāte'cchitaṃ
varaṃ
Gaṇhathā'ti brūvī buddho-gāmaṃ pāveṇikaṃ varī
43.
Saṅghikaṃ
kitti gahitaṃ-bhāgaṃ jahitu 'matthayī
Rājaputtā laddhavarā-'maccā vandiṃsu
pādake
44.
Coḷe dvādasa vassāni-vasitvāna
mahindako
Vasse'ṭṭhatāḷīsatime-diva'ṅgamī mahīpati
[SL Page 061] [\x
61/]
45.
Kassapassa kumārassa-vikkamabbāhu saññakaṃ
Katvānā'ṇāya
vattiṃsu-tassa sabbe'ha dīpikā
46.
So'bhisekaṃ na
patthesi-rājaraṭṭhassa 'bhāvato
Sañcinitvā dhanaṃ yoddhuṃ-saṅgaṇhi vāhiniṃ
bhusaṃ
47.
Saṃyugā rambha kālasmiṃ-vātataṅkena pīḷito
Mato
dvādasame vasse-samayoso 'sya'rājako
48.
Kitti nāmo
dināna'ṭṭha-nijāṇaṃ sampavattayī
Hantvāna taṃ mahālāna-kittivho
rājataṃ'ṅgami
49.
Rohaṇasmiṃ vasaṃ vasse-tatiye
coḷasaṃyuge
Parājito sahatthena-chetvā sīsaṃ mato sayaṃ
50.
Athe'ko
vikkamapaṇḍu-kāḷatitthe vasaṃ samaṃ
Rajja'ṅkā
jagatīpālo-rāmābhijaniko'bhave
51.
Ghātetvā vikkamaṇḍuṃ-rohaṇe
catuhāyanaṃ
Rajja'ṅkāresi taṃ colā-hantvā devi'ñca
dhītaraṃ
52.
Sāra'ñca pesayuṃ coḷaṃ-paṇḍusūnu
parakkamo
Vassadvaya'makā rajjaṃ-taṃ'mpi coḷā vighātayuṃ
53.
Tato
lokissaro senā-pati coḷabalaṃ'khilaṃ
Sammā'bhibhuya sahasā-sato
thiraparakkamo
54.
Rajja'mpatvā rohaṇasmiṃ-vasaṃ
kājaragāmake
Bahukkhattuṃ kittināma-kumārena parājito
55.
Khedaṃ
patto kitti khatta-'masakkonto'va jetave
Kittisesattanaṃ yāto-chassuvassāni
ṭhitvi'ha
56.
Pamādikā lobhavīmūhikā ca
Sabbe vināsaṃ
tuvaṭa'ṅgamenti
Icce'va 'maññāyi'tara'mpi kiccaṃ
Pahāya dīpe suratiṃ
kareyya
Bhāṇavāraṃ mekatiṃsatimaṃ.
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda
saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
Dasarāja dīpano
nāmekatiṃsatimo
Paricchedo.
--------
[SL Page 062] [\x 62/]
Battiṃsatimo paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Mahāpañño
mahābhāgo-kittināmo patāpavā
Āsi khatto'ssa vaṃsādi-pavatti ri'ha
vuccate
2.
Rājā bhijana samabhūta-mahinda vhaya rājino
Devalā
lokitā cā'suṃ-duve mātula dhītaro
3.
Pasūtā kassapa saññaṃ-paṭicca
mātulattajaṃ
Putte duve moggallāna-loka vhe lokitā
sute
4.
Moggallāno jeṭṭhasuto-mahāsāmī'ti vissuto
Guṇasārehi sāro
so-vāsaṃ kappesi rohaṇe
5.
Nattā dāṭhopatissassa-rañño pabbaji
sāsane
Patthasenāsane vutthaṃ-pāsāde kārite sayaṃ
6.
Selantarā
punā'netvā-yatindaṃ taṃ vasāpayī.
Selantarasamūho'si-yato bhikkhu
samūhito
7.
Devālaye tato rattiṃ-bhikkhuṃ vāsetva
ekakaṃ
Vibudhānumataṃ taṃ'va-mūlaṭṭhāne
ṭhapāpayuṃ
8.
Yathānusāsanaṃ tesa-'me va vattanti
patthivā
Dāṭhopatissanvayajaṃ-bodhiṃ paṭicca lokitaṃ
9.
Dhitaraṃ
buddhanāmā sā-alabhittha manoramaṃ
Moggallānassa taṃ'dāsi-sā taṃ paṭicca
kitti ca
10.
Mittā mahindo ce'te'te-rakkhito caturo jane
Alattha
jeṭṭha putto so-kitti terasa vassiko
11.
Sikkhita
dhanusippe'ko-mahāvīro mahābalo
Laṅkaṃ kathaṃ gahessa'nti-saṅkappo
manaso'bhavi
12.
Tade'ko buddharājo'ti-lokasenānino bhayā
Malayā
cala pādesu-cuṇṇa sāla vhaye vasī
13.
Kittissa sūra
virattaṃ-saṃvaccharika nāyakā
Saṅghā sutvāna so kitti-sevitabbo'ti
nicchiya
14.
Dūte tadantikaṃ nesi-sutvā tassa vaco lahuṃ
Gehā agā
sarīvagga-piṭṭhigāmaṃ dhanuddharo
[SL Page 063] [\x 63/]
15.
Vasaṃ tahaṃ pesayitvā-sevake diṭṭha saṃṭṭhitaṃ
Jetvā bodhi
vāla gāmaṃ-cuṇṇa sālaṃ samāgato
16.
Tatra ṭṭhito vasa'ṅkāsi-mālayaṃ
visayaṃ lahuṃ
Kittāmaccassa tanayo-devamallo'pi rohaṇaṃ
17.
Gantvā
kumāraṃ sampassi-saseno sādaraṃ dayo
Khatto paṇṇarasa vasso-bandhitvāna
'siputtikaṃ
18.
Ādipādattanaṃ gamma-hirañña
malaya'ṅgato
Khandhāvāraṃ sa'bandhesi-tato remuṇa
pabbate
19.
Tatthā'pi saṃyuge loka-nātha senānino balaṃ
Pamaddiya
sakaṃ kitti-ppatāpaṃ vaḍḍhayī bhusaṃ
20.
Kassape'ko kesadhātu-nāyako
rohaṇe tadā
Nijāṇaṃ vattayī coḷa-sāmanto taṃ pavediya
21.
Puḷatthi
nagarā'gañchi-yoddhuṃ kājara gāmakaṃ
Kesadhātu raṇe hetvā-dāmiḷaṃ vāhiniṃ
lahuṃ
22.
Yojetvā rakkhake rakkha-silā sīmāya nibbhayo
Pāvekkhi
kājaraṃ gāma-'mādipādo'pi taṃ suṇi
23.
Nihantuṃ kesadhātuṃ so-'nīka
sannahi tejavā
Kesadhātu suṇitvā taṃ-sippatthala
'mupāgami
24.
Pañca yojana raṭṭhiye-jane cā'diya vegasā
Samāsanne
rājasute-so gato khadiraṅgaṇiṃ
25.
Soḷasavassiko kitti-gato kājara
gāmakaṃ
Kesadhātu'pi chammāsa-'manubhotvāna rohaṇaṃ
26.
Saṃyugāya
tahaṃ'gañjī-rājasūnussa vāhinī
Kesadhātu siraṃ chindi-tahiṃ saṅkula
saṃyuge
27.
Yuvarājā sa'vijaya-bāhū'ti vidito
tahiṃ
Bheri'ñcarāpiyā'macce-ṭhapento'pi padantare
28.
Coḷe
maddītu'mavani-pāla raṭṭhā dhivāsino
Upāye yojayī coḷa-rājā sutvāna taṃ
tathā
29.
Senāniṃ pesayī datvā-puḷatthi purato balaṃ
So gantvā
kājara ggāmaṃ-duppasayha'nti jāniya
[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
30.
Sadesaṃ puna rā'gañchi-yuvarājā savāhinī
Sippatthale vasaṃ
rañño-rāmañña visaye jane
31.
Dhanajāta'ñca pesesi-mahaggha vasanā
dihi
Puṇṇā'va tariyo ye'ttha-nesi tuṭṭho sa'bhūmipo
32.
Vasi
tammala gāmasmiṃ-karonto jana saṅgahaṃ
Aññamaññassa bhinnattā-rāja raṭṭhiya
rantuno
33.
No dadiṃsu karaṃ coḷa-bhūpo datvā balaṃ tahaṃ
Pesesi
sacivaṃ so hi-mahātittha samotari
34.
Kamena
rohaṇa'ṅgantvā-ravidevacale vasaṃ
Ake'kādasame vasse-coḷe'bhimaddituṃ
tadā
35.
Mahādipādo dugga'ṅkā-paluṭṭha pabbate
vasī
Taha'māju'bhayesaṃ'si-kharā nāsesi dāmiḷe
36.
Palāyamānaṃ
senāni-'manubandhiya senino
Sīsaṃ tamba viṭṭhi gāme-gaṇhū'pakaraṇehi
ca
37.
Tato senānumatiyā-puḷatthi pura'muttamaṃ
Gato khatto
vāhiniyā-taṃ sutvā coḷa bhūpati
38.
Gaṇhituṃ khattiyaṃ tibba-kopo
laṅkaṃ mahabbalaṃ
Pesesi bāhujo ta'ñhi-ñatvā
senāpatiṃ'nayī
39.
Saseno pana senindo-'nurādha pura
santike
Vattesi yuddhaṃ coḷehi-raṇe khattabalaṃ pati
40.
Pahāya
nagaraṃ khatto-villikābāṇaka'ṅgami
Hantvā 'macce duve tattha-ṭhitvā
vātagiri'ṅgato
41.
Yodhento tattha temāsaṃ-paṭibāhesi
dāmiḷe
Māritassa raṇe kesa-dhātunetussa sodaro
42.
Saraṃ nāsaṃ tassa
ruṭṭho-gutta sālaka maṇḍalaṃ
Khohesi yuvabhūpālo-gantvā maccutthale
tadā
43.
Senā nivesa'ṅkāretvā-khadiraṅgaṇi duggato
Palāpetvāna
kubula-gallā taṃ sampalāpayī
44.
Palāyanto
sa'coḷāna-'mupantika'mupāgami
Khattiyo tambala ggāme-kāretvā duggamaṃ balaṃ
[SL Page 065] [\x 65/]
45.
Gantvāna so mahānāga-kulavhaya pure
vasaṃ
Coḷehi yujjhituṃ senaṃ-sajjesi thiravikkamo
46.
Dakkhiṇāsaṃ
vasaṃ kattu-pavīṇe sacive duve
Pesesa'ññamahāmacca-yugaṃ coḷe
pamaddituṃ
47.
Tuvaṭaṃ sindhu nikaṭa-mahā panthamhi pesayī
Nītā te
dakkhiṇaṃ'maccā-coḷasenā nivesane
48.
Bhūrī vasaṃ karitvāna-mahā
tittha 'ṅgamuṃ lahuṃ
Sindhu velañjase'maccā-pesitā ca tahiṃ
tahiṃ
49.
Senānivese lumpetvā-puḷatthi pura santikaṃ
Āgamma pesayuṃ
dūte-khattiye'tu'ti tejavā
50.
Yāteha'maccehi dvīsu-kata'maccanta
sūrataṃ
Sutvā sannayha senaṅgaṃ-coḷe ummulitu'ṅgami
51.
Bandhāpesi
tahaṃ khandhā-vāraṃ coḷā'tivikkamā
Puḷatthi nagare sabbe-samo sariṃsu
yujjhituṃ
52.
Bahiddhā purato coḷā-katvā saṅkula saṃyugaṃ
Parājitā
puraṃ gantvā-dvāra koṭṭhaka nissitā
53.
Sāddha māsaṃ pavattesuṃ-gutta
dvārā'pi saṃyugaṃ
Puna khattā nūvattā te-ravideva
calavhayā
54.
Puraṃ pacissa varaṇa-'mullaṅghitvāna sajjukaṃ
Samūlaṃ
dāmiḷaṃ senaṃ-ghātayuṃ pattasañjayo
55.
Sāṇāya vijayabāhu-pure
bheri'ñcarāpayī
Coḷarājo'hīnamano-senā puna
napesayī
56.
Māsattaya'matikkamma-vandanīye'bhivādayaṃ
Puḷatthi
pura'māgañchi-tadā'dimalayo suto
57. Balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā
purantike
Andu gāma'mupāgañchi-dhajiniṃ'dāya yujjhituṃ
58.
Khatto
gantvā ta'mū hacca-puḷatthi pura'māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṃ
tato
59.
Saṃladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse
chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine balanetā khattiyassa-verī hutvā
purantike
Andu gāma'mupāgañchi-dhajiniṃ'dāya yujjhituṃ
58.
Khatto
gantvā ta'mū hacca-puḷatthi pura'māgato
Vidhāya rajja kiccāni-vidhivedi tahiṃ
tato
59.
Saṃladdha saṅgāma jayo-kittimā muttimā suto
Sahasse
chasate vasse-sampatte navame jine
[SL Page 066] [\x 66/]
60.
Mahāmahenā'nurādha-pure'bhiseka maṅgalaṃ anubhotvā
tato'gamma-puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
61.
Nāmenā'si sirīsaṅgha-bodhī'ti
vidito yaso
Vīrabāhuṃ'nujaṃ so'pa-rajje'bhisicca dakkhiṇaṃ
62. Datvā
kaṇiṭṭha bhātussa-jayabāhussa rohaṇaṃ
Adā ta'mādipādatte-ṭhapetvāna
yathāvidhi
63.
hānantarāni'maccānaṃ-pavecchiya
yathārahaṃ
Yathāyutti karaṃ rajje-gahetuṃ viniyojayī
64.
Chatta
gāhaka netā ca-dhamma gehaka nāyako
Bhātaro seṭṭhi nātho'ti-tayo rañño bhavuṃ
ripū
65.
Te palātā jambudīpa-'mekūna visa hāyane
Āgammi'ha
rohaṇa'ñca-malayaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ tathā
66.
Parivattayiṃsu rājā-gantvā
malaya rohaṇe
Ghātetvā ripavo vūpa-samesi samaye'cite
67.
Dakkhiṇaṃ
samaṇī bhātu-vaṃsajaṃ savicaṃ lahuṃ
Pesetvā samare verī-uttāsetvāna
sūlake
68.
Nirātaṅkaṃ sa'kāretvā-puḷatthi nagara'ṅgato
Coḷadese
ṭhitā līlā-vatiyā saha dhituyā
69.
Muñcitvā jagatī pāla-mahesī coḷa
hatthato
Laṅka'māgamma laṅkindaṃ-passi so suddhavaṃsataṃ
70.
Ñatvā
līlāvati'ṅkāsi-mahesiṃ sā yasodharaṃ
Dhītaraṃ labhi bhūpālaṃ-paṭicca
merukandaraṃ
71.
Dhītara'ñca viracamme-'dā sā labhi
dvidhītaro
Jeṭṭhā līlāvatīnāma-sugalā'sī kaṇiṭṭhikā
72.
Kāliṅga
rāja nvayajaṃ-tiloka sundariṃ varaṃ
Vaṃsaṭṭhitiṃ'pekkhayaṃ
so-mahesiyatte'bhisecayī
73.
Subhaddā sumittā loka-nāthā ca
ratanāvalī
Rūpavatī'ti'mā pañca-vijātā dhītaro'pi sā
74.
Puttaṃ
vikkamabāhū'ti-labhittha puñña lakkhaṇaṃ
Paṇḍurañño'nujaṃ mittaṃ-sakaṃ'dāsi
mahīpati
[SL Page 067] [\x 67/]
75.
Sā māṇābharaṇo
kittī-sirimegho'ti vissuto
Sirivallabho'tesūnū-pasūtā sūkatī
tayo
76.
Suhaddaṃ vīrabāhussa-sumittaṃ jayabāhuno
Pādāsi
māṇābharaṇe-dhaññaṃ ca ratanāvaliṃ
77.
Lokanāthaṃ
kittisiri-meghavhassa adā yaso
Matāya rūpavatiyā-sugalaṃ
sirivallabhe
78.
Rājadevī bandhumadhu-kaṇṇavādī nujaṃ subhaṃ
Adā
vikkamabāhussa-sutāriṃ'bhijanatthiko
79.
Tato
vikkamabāhussa-līlāvati'mpi kāminiṃ
Pādā saddhiṃ'sabhogena-ñātijanahite
rato
80.
Cirassaṃ parihīnaṃ'dhi-karaṇassa vinicchayaṃ
Yathāvidhi
pavattesi-mahipo nāyakocido
81.
Puḷatthinagare ramme-purārakkhāya
cu'ṇṇataṃ
Pākāraṃ digghikāyā'mā-thira'ṅkārayi
bhūmipo
82.
Tade'pasampadā kamma-gaṇa pūraka
bhikkhunaṃ
Appahonakatāyā'nu-ruddha rājantīkaṃ lahuṃ
83.
Nareso
rāmañña raṭṭhaṃ-dūte nayittha sopade
Saṃyama guṇa sampanne-viññāta
piṭakattaye
84.
Pañca vīsati matte'pi-bhikkhavo thera
sammate
Ānāpetvā tato sammā-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
85.
Dāpetvā
kulaputtānaṃ-mānetvā piṭakattayaṃ
Kathāpetvāna jotesi-muninda sāsanaṃ
varaṃ
86.
Bahūvihāre kāretvā-puḷatthi pura
puṅgave
Nikāyattayavāsīnaṃ-'madā bhogehi'nekaso
87.
Kāretvā danta
dhātussa-pāsāda'ntimanoharaṃ
Mahāmaha'ñca kāresi-santataṃ'va
yathāpurā
88.
Tulābhāra'ñca tikkhattuṃ-daṇḍissaraṃ patissamaṃ
Adā
likhāpayitvāna-saṅghassa piṭakattayaṃ
89.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷa
rājūhi-pesite'ha pahenake
Ādiyitvā'gatā dūtā-rājino'daṃsu
laddhake
[SL Page 068] [\x 68/]
90.
Tesa'mubhinnaṃ
sakkatvā-tesā'do sakadūtake
Kaṇṇāṭadūtehi samaṃ-pesayī
sapahenake
91.
Coḷo sīhala dūtesu-pattesu visayaṃ sakaṃ
Chedāpetvā
kaṇṇanāsā-virūpe'kāsi dūtake
92.
Disvā tathā'gate dūte-dosuddīpita
mānaso
Sajje tvā dāmiḷe dūte-kantā pasādhanehi ca
93.
Tuyhaṃ rajje
mamaṃ vā'tha-yadi'cche yujjhituṃ yahiṃ
Coḷarāje'tvi'daṃ vatvā-pesesi dūtake
lahuṃ
94.
Vijayabāhu bhūpassa-vikkamātisayassa tu
Bhītiye'ha
balassā'pi-viggahenā'ji no'bhavi
95.
Bandhāpayī mahāheḷi-pabhutī vāpi
soḷasa
Bhinnā ca vāpiyo tatra-tatra pākatikā'kari
96.
Pabandhiya
vibhinnaṃso-tilavatthuka mātikaṃ subhikkha'ṅkari nīrenava-pūretvā
maṇi
hīrakaṃ
97.
Sirīpāda ppaṇāmāya-gacchantā
mānusa'ñjase
Kilamantu'timā dāna-vuttiyā sumanaddike
98.
Datvā
giḷīmalaya vhaṃ-silālekhaṃ ṭhapāpayī
Mahāvāse pañca
akā-mātāpitāna'lāhane
99.
Dhīro vihāre bahavo-paṭisaṅkhāsi
jiṇṇake
Pariveṇa'ṅkā vijaya-bāhuṃ so tittha
gāmake
100.
Mahākavī'dāsi'neka-kāveyyesu hite rato
Paveṇi gāmaṃ
sadhanaṃ-rājā maccādi sūnunaṃ
101.
Siloke racite sutvā-yathāraha'madā
dhanaṃ
Bhūpo'pi sīhala kabba-racaneso
mahāmati
102.
Vīrabāhū'parājāca-baddhaguṇa vihārake
Bandhesi
cetiyaṃ coḷa-nāsitaṃ vāpikaṃ tahiṃ
103.
Raññe samanusāsante-'parājini
mate sati
hapesi jayabāhuṃ so-'parajje yati kāmato
104.
Datvā
vikkamabāhussa-ādipāda padaṃ yaso
Tassa'trajassa pādāsi-rohaṇaṃ
gajabāhuno
[SL Page 069] [\x 69/]
105.
Tahaṃ gantvā
mahānāga-kulavhaya puraṃ tato
Katvāna rājadhāniṃ so-vasi tattha
yathāruci
106.
Rājā sirīsaṅghabodhi-vijayabāhu vikkamo
Ciraṭṭhitika
kiccāni-akāsi loka sāsane
107.
Sa'pañcapaññāsasamaṃ'va āṇā-
Cakkaṃ
pavattetva vasundharindo
Samavhito devagaṇena dibba-
Rajja'mpi kātuṃ'va
diva'ṅgamittha
Bhāṇavāraṃ battiṃsatimaṃ.
----------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse sirisaṅghabodhi
Vijayabāhu
rājappavatti dīpano nāma
Battiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
-----------------
[SL Page 070] [\x /]
Tettiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1.
Mittā'nujaṃ
bhūpatino suta'ssā
Tayo ca'maccā yatayo ca sabbe
Mahādipādassa tu
rohaṇasmiṃ
hitassa 'nārociya rāja nāsaṃ
2.
Saṅgamma mantetva'tha
laṅka rajje'
Bhisevana'nduṃ yuvarājino te
Adaṃsu
māṇābharaṇū'parajjaṃ
Tayo sagabbhā jayabāhunā'mā
3.
Puḷatthi nāmā
nagarā sasenā
Gaṇhāma taṃ vikkamabāhu khattaṃ
Vinikkhamuṃ so puna taṃ
suṇitvā
Purā viniggamma sakā'tivego
4.
Pitussa
āḷāhaṇaṭhāna'mattā
Disvā vinodessa'mitī'ti sokaṃva
Gacchaṃ puḷatthiṃ
nagaraṃ saseno
Pathantarāḷe bala'mā gataṃ so
5.
Disve'kavīro kata
sampahāro
Palāpayitvāna diso disaṃ te
Parājite sodariye
tayo'pi
Laṅajjayo yāva chavāra'mattā
6.
Sāmaccajīvo sa'puḷatthi
saññaṃ
Pura'ṅgamī tāta susāna bhūmiṃ
Passaṃ daraṃ cetayi
saṃjahitvā
hānantaraṃ'dā sacivesu sammā
7.
Bhātūhi māṇābharaṇavhayo
so
Sarohaṇaṃ dakkhiṇapassa'māsuṃ
Sahatthaga'ṅkatvi'ti
vīrabāhū
Suto'vakittissirimeghadhīse
8.
Raṭṭhaṃ sahassassa ca
dvādasa'ttā
Datvā tahaṃ taṃ vasituṃ niyujja
So kho mahānāga kula
ppurasmiṃ
Vasī sirīvallabha nāmadheyye
[SL Page 071] [\x 71/]
9.
So bāhujo'dā'ṭṭhasahassa raṭṭhaṃ
Sa'uddhanadvāra bhidhāna
gāmaṃ
Katvā vasī tamhi tu rājadhāniṃ
Mātā ca mittā
jayabāhurājā
10.
Kittissirī megha sakāsakamhi
Vasiṃsu te
sodariyā'parajjū
Issā parā vikkamabāhu raññā
Vinikkhamuṃ vāhiniyā hi
yoddhuṃ
11.
Ñatvāna taṃ vikka bāhu bhūpo
Gamittha tesaṃ 'bhimukaṃ
saseno
So dakkhiṇasmiṃ pana bodhisenā-
Valavha gāme samare
jinittha
12.
Pañca yojanavhayamhi raṭṭhake
Te palāyu'māsu duggamaṃ
tato
Sattavo'nubandhi gaṇhitu'mpi te
Āriyo tu vīradeva
pākaṭo
13.
Sahatthaga'ṅkattu'masesa laṅkaṃ
Mahādititthaṃ 'vatarī
sacakko
Kaḷyāṇito ta'ñca suṇitva rājā
Pāvekkhi mannārama
nāmagāmaṃ
14.
Māresi yuddhe paṭu vīradevaṃ
Pahāya chandaṃ samare
sagabbhā
Vasiṃsu raṭṭhesu sakesu eka-
Cchattaṃ pabhū no caturo'pi
kātuṃ
15.
Pavaḍḍhitaṃ taṃ vijayādibāhu
Rājena lokaṃ pana
sāsana'ñca
Dubbuddhayo hāpayu'matra dīpe
Buddhādibhoge
api'hacca'nagghe
16.
Pādā'nujīvīsu ca vikkamādī
Bhujo pajeso hi
puḷatthi saññe
Pure videsīna'madā bhaṭānaṃ
Bhūrī vihāre'pi sadhātuka'gge
[SL Page 072] [\x 72/]
17.
Sa'pattadhātussa ca
dantadhātu
Varassa dinne maṇimuttake'pi
Sovaṇṇabimbe ca vichejja
kāmaṃ
Vayaṃ nayī titthakaro'va tuccho
18.
Disvā yatī
sāsanaloka'mevaṃ
Naṭṭhaṃ vinibbinnamanā'ggapattaṃ
Dāṭhābhadanta'ñca
samādiyitvā
Lahu'ṅgamuṃ rohaṇa'ma ggabuddhiva
19.
Mittā ca devī
jayabāhu rājā
Kāla'ṅkaruṃ rohaṇake tadāni
Devī ca māṇābharaṇassa
mittā
Pabhāvatī dve ratanāvalī sā
20.
Sutaṃ pasūtā'mita puñña
lakkhaṃ
Seṭṭhaṃ kumāra'mpi satejakittiṃ
hapetva laṅkaṃ'khila jambu
dīpaṃ
Sameka chatta'ṅkarituṃ samatthaṃ
21.
Tassā'risammaddana
dīpabāhā-
Yogā parakkantibhujo'ti saññā
Anvattha'mā sī'tha paraṃ
'satāto
Mato'si māṇābharaṇo narindo
22.
Kittissirī megha samañña
bhūpo
Jeṭṭhassa raṭṭhaṃ pana ādiyitvā
Taṃ rohaṇaṃ'dā
sirivallabhassa
Dve dhītaro'dāya piyaṃ kumāraṃ
23.
Gantvā
sirīvallabha santikamhi
Vasī mahesī ratanāvalī sā
Tato parakkantibhujo
kumāro
Sajātabhūmi'ṅgatavā vasittha
24.
Rajjaṃ vicāretva
samekavīsa
Vassāni so vikkamabāhu rājā
Paraṃ yathākamma 'magā'ssa
putto
Āsī'bhabāhū dutiyo narindo
[SL Page 073] [\x 73/]
25.
Itthaṃ hi tasmiṃ gajabāhu raññe
Puḷatthi saññe nagare
vasante
Dve bhātaro yujjhiya tena saddhiṃ
Gamuṃ parājitva sayaṃ
purāni
26.
Tato sirīvallabha maṇḍaleso
Loka'mpara'ṅgañchi sake
purasmiṃ
Kittissirī megha naresa ñatte
Dhañño parakkantibhujo
kumāro
27.
Pavaḍḍhayaṃ sikkhita sippa satthā'
Gatāgamo cheka taro
nayamhi
Mahosadhādibbhuta sūravīra-
Seṭṭhāpadānāni suṇitva
tehi
28.
Samo na hessaṃ mama jātiyā'la
Ma'tra ṭṭhito ce'pi
manorathassa
Na hehitī siddhi'ti rājaraṭṭha-
Ppayāna'māsuṃ
pavara'ntya'vecca
29.
Gharā'bhinikkhamma sa'jāti rattiṃ
Raho kumāro
badalatthalavhaṃ
Pāto'va gāma'ṅgami dīghamaggaṃ
Khepetva senāpati
saṅkhasañño
30.
Rajjassa sīmācarime vasanto
Paccuggamitvā
sahasā'darena
Paṭiggahesī puna tappayānaṃ
Rājassa'nārociya
icca'vecca
31.
Pāhesi dūte mahipassa tena
Kata'mpi taṃ vañcana'māsu
ñatvā
Ghātāpayī nīkapatiṃ 'sa vitta-
Rāsiṃ niyojesi bhaṭe
gahetuṃ
32.
Kittissirīmegha vasundharindo
Taṃ gaṇhituṃ pesayi
cakkajātaṃ
Palāpayitvāna sukhena senaṃ
Tato kumāro siriyālagāmaṃva
[SL Page 074] [\x 74/]
33.
Atikkamitvā
siriyālaselā-
Sanne'ti sannaddharaṇāyudho'va
Buddhavhagāmaṃ
samupāgamitvā
Tahaṃ vasī kañci dinaṃ vidhiññū
34.
hitassa
kāḷassarake 'bhabāhu-
Rājassa senāpatino'saya'mpi
Pesesi ñātuṃ manujaṃ
salekhaṃ
Senāpati'gamma mahīpasūnuṃ
35.
Samādaro passi paṭicca
paṇṇaṃ
Maṃ passitu'ñcā'gamanaṃ vara'nti
Saṅgaṇhi taṃ sādhu sudhī
pasanno
Upāgamī so gajabāhubhūpaṃ
36.
Paccuggamitvā mahipo
kumāra'
Māropayitvā saṭhitaṃ mahebhaṃ
Pamodavā pāvisi rājagehaṃ
Vasaṃ
tahaṃ so caturo upāye
37.
Pesetva lekhaṃ janikāya tuṇṇaṃ
Nijānujaṃ
bhaddavatiṃ kumāriṃ
Ānāpayitvā gajabāhu rañño
Samappaya'tthaṃ
nijahatthaga'ṅkā
38.
So kañcikālaṃ nivasaṃ bahiddhā
Tammaṇḍalīyesu
vipakkhapakkhe
Ñātu'ñcinitvā nijasāmibhatti
Purassare
keca'higuṇṭhike'va
39.
Sāmuddikaññū viya keci vejja
Nibhe'va mādi
purise pavīṇe
Aññātavesena tahaṃ taha'mpi
Pesesi vuttanta 'mavedayuṃ
te
40.
Kumāraseṭṭhassa tu vikkamādi
Guṇassilāghaṃ kathitaṃ
janehi
Sutvā narindo gajabāhusaṅkaṃ
Janesi tasmiṃ puriso
mahā'yaṃ
[SL Page 075] [\x 75/]
41
Ñatvāna dussaṅka 'mimaṃ
pahāya payāna'magga'nti vicintayitvā
Pure taraṃ sassa balaṃ
janādi-
Padavhaṭhānaṃ pahiṇitva bhūpaṃ
42.
Upāgamitvā sajane'pi
daṭṭhuṃ
Gacche'ti vatvā yuvarājaraṭṭhaṃ
Rattiṃ'bhinikkhamma purā
saravha-
Gāma'ṅgato vāhiniyā samaṃ'va
43.
Kittissirī megha pabhū
pavīṇa
Kumārapattiṃ pana sutva rañño
Gharaṃ sametū'ti
kumārañattaṃ
Pāhesi dūte'mhi vilambamāne
44.
Upāgamitvā ratanāvalī
taṃ
Ādāya dassesi mahīpatissa
Samekkhiyā'modamano
kumāra'
Mavoca'maccābhimukhamhi'yitthaṃ
45.
Tumhe kumāraṃ
anuvattathe'ti
Tesaṃ hi nīyyātayi taṃ tato hi
Kittissirīmeghanarissaro
so
Mato sikhīkicca 'makā'ssa dehe
46.
Tato kumāro
sivasaṃsinī'va
Nakkhattayogamhi mahādipādaṃ
Patvā padaṃ taṃ
gajabāhurañño
Ñāpesi māṇābharaṇassa cā'pi
47.
Saṅghayha'macce
padavippadānā
Rajjassa sīmāya samantakūṭā
Āsāgarappattanato
sasenaṃ
Nivesayī tatra ca tatra yoggaṃ
48.
Samattalaṅka'ṅkira chatta'me
kaṃ
Kattu'mpi'dhiṭṭhāya sadhaññake hi
Sabbādi'middhaṃ vijitaṃ
sakassa
Kātuṃ viditvā la'mitī'dipādo
[SL Page 076] [\x 76/]
49
Āhūya'macce sarakhātakādiṃ
Bandhāpiyā'suṃ kasi kamma
vuddhiṃ
Kattuṃ niyojesi vana'mpi vuṭṭhi
Jātaṃ vinā lokahitaṃ
parittaṃ
50.
Mā gañchi sindhuṃ maṇihemajāta-
ṭhānaṃ ṭhapetvā
aparatra khette
Kārāpituṃ vedayi te sajīvā'
Rabhiṃsu vaḍḍhetu 'mato
salokā
51.
Setummukhā jajjaranāmanajjā'
Rattakkaravhā
sutakoṭṭhabaddhaṃ
Bandhāpayitvā suthiraṃ gabhīraṃ
Sumātika'ṅkārayi
setumaggaṃ
52.
Ubhosu passesu mahāṭaviṃ'sā
Chedāpiyabbīhi
sahassavāhe
Khette pavattāpayi'dāni so kho
Deso kasīyā vidito 'si
kamme
53.
Parakkama ssindhu mahāsarādī
Ekūna tāḷīsa pamāṇa
vāpī
Bandhāpayitvā paṭisaṅkharitvā
Saṃvaḍḍhayī dhañña siriṃ
vara'mpi
54
Muttā maṇibhādi vaṇijjadabbe
Tarīhi
desantarakesu'neke
Pesetva vittaṃ pacuraṃ
cinitvā
Raṇatthiko'nekavidhāyudha'mpi
55.
Kaṇṇāṭa coḷā di padesa
vāsī
Raṇe pavīṇe ci'dha ānayitvā
Senāninaṃ cheka sahassa saṅkhe
Cakke
padatvā'bhavasañcaye'pi
56.
Paccādiyitvā
malayādirāja
Senānino'nekasahassasenā
Datvāna ratta kkura vāka
raṭṭhe
Nivesayī taṃ damiḷāna 'mīsaṃ
[SL Page 077] [\x 77/]
57
Laṅkā mahālāna di lamba kaṇṇa
Vaṃsubbhave pañca kumāra
seṭṭhe
Sahassa saṅkhe 'jibhaṭe pavīṇe
Visuṃ visuṃ moriyaraṭṭhato
hi
58.
Ānāpayitve'kapadesakamhi
Nivesayī tappamukhe
vidhiññū
Abbhantare bārasa maṇḍalīye
Katve'ka'me kassa hi
sūravīre
59.
Bhaṭe sahassāni duve duve'dā
Nisāraṇe
jekasahassa'mekaṃ
Sajjetva candā tapa cāpa dhārī
Sa'camma vammā di'madāsi
tesaṃ
60.
Kāretva kammappaṭavo'va vyādha
Sahassasaṅkhe'pi
yathānurūpaṃ
Satyādikaṃ tesa'madā'dipādo
Pacceka'mattha'ñca bala'mpi
dvejjhaṃ.
61.
Katva'ggamaccesu ṭhapesi dvīsu
Vibhajja sabbaṃ
vijita'mpi raṭṭhaṃ
Samaṃ ṭhapesī gaṇakesu dvīsu
Kamāgatesu sacivesu
khatto
62.
Samuddarodhe ratanākaramhi
Raṭṭhe
mahāmālayike'taramhi
Visu'ṅkaritvā'khilasāraṭhānaṃ
So'vantaraṅgaṃ
padavi'mpi katvā
63.
hapesi'yekaṃ sacivaṃ matīmā
Sa'daṇḍanāthaṃ
gajabāhurañño
Āhūya rakkhaṃ malayaṃ gahetvā
Dātuṃ niyojesa'tha
saṅgahetvā
64.
Mahādipādassa vaco'tigāḷhaṃ
Rakkho paṭiggayha
sa'yujjhiyā'suṃ
Nihacca verī atha dumbarādī
Raṭṭhāni gaṇhī sacive ca sūre
[SL Page 078] [\x 78/]
65
Tasmiṃ pasanno'ca ta 'mā
nayitvā
Sa'kesadhātvīsapadaṃ padatvā
Pesesi rañño gahitu'ñca
raṭṭhaṃ
Jayaṃ labhī majjhima vaggayuddhe
66
Sa'lokajitvāṇa suto ca
rakkha-
Laṅkādhinetā bala'mādiyitvā
Hūkittilaṅkāpabhunā
sahe'va
Yujjhitva taṃ ghātiya rerupalliṃ
67.
Raṭṭhaṃ'gahesuṃ
sa'mahādipādo
Samantamallaṃ savasaṃ'va sāmā
Netvāna datvā mahatiṃ
siri'mpi
Ta'ṅgaṇhituṃ yojayi kosavaggaṃ
68.
So cu'tturāmallaka
vissutādī
Mahāhavaṃ katva ripū nihacca
Ta'mādiyiṃsū malayaṃ
samattaṃ
Nirākula'ṅkārayi sutthira'ñca
69.
Sa'rājaraṭṭhaṃ
gajabāhurājā
Sakaṇṭaka'ṅkā puna ādipādo
Niyojayī daṇḍapatī
sametuṃ
Likhitvu'pāyaṃ samarassa sāmaṃ
70.
Sāmantakānaṃ pana
dāpayitvā
Laṅghetu mā rekhalava'mpi jātu
Niyojayī ta'ñca
paṭicchayuṃ'te
Camūpatī mālayarāyarākhyo
71.
Tammalla vāḷāna
ṭhita'mpi kombā-
Bhiññaṃ raṇesaṃ gajabāhurañño
Taṃ chattagāhādhipatiṃ
sasenaṃ
Palāpayī yujjhiya gaṇhi duggaṃ
72.
Tato vikikkhamma
savābhinī so
Nāvāhi muttā kara santikaṭṭhaṃ
Saṅkamma tatra ṭṭhitakena
daṇḍā-
Dhipena yujjhitva jale vijesi
[SL Page 079] [\x 79/]
73.
Atho parakkantibhujassa tassa
So rakkhadivānabhidho
sajīvo
Gokaṇṇamaccaṃ asakiṃ sacakkaṃ
Raṇātisūraṃ samare
vijesi
74.
So ādipādo kira laṅkanātha
Senāninaṃ
jānapadavharaṭṭhaṃ
Pesesi so sājipavīṇako'va
Mahābhavaṃ katva tahaṃ
taha'mpi
75.
Gantvā'ggahī taṃ
gajabāhurājā
Devādilaṅkādhipati'ñca'maccaṃ
Verī nisedhāya'pi
dāṭhabhārā
Macca'ñca pesesi bala'ñca datvā
76
Laṅkādhinātho samaraṃ
hi tehi vattetva tejetva yagāllaṭhānaṃ
Gaṇhī tato so gajabāhubhūpo'
Pāyena
taṃ sassa vasa'mpi kattuṃ
77.
Paheṇake tassa
mahagghikāni
Accantabhatyā pahiṇī sajīvo
So tāni pesesi
sasāmino'tha
Disvāna tuṭṭho'ssa hi peseyī te
78.
Niyoga'māgamma
parakkamādi
Bhujassa devo sacivo'tisūro
Kāḷassarorūsaritāya
hāri'
Māyāma hatthadvisata'ntisattiṃ
79.
Taṃ vitthata bbīsati
hattha matta
Mahodalābaddha'managgha setuṃ
Kaṭṭhammaya'ñcā'pi
catubbidhena
Balena gantabba'makārayittha
80.
Sāmantake keci tahaṃ
ṭhapetvā
Nikkhamma senāpati tattha tattha
Mahāhavaṃ vattaya
'maggadugge
Gahesi duggāni nava'ñca'kāsi
[SL Page 080] [\x 80/]
81
Rājā sasāmantaka rāmanīla-
Giriṃ pamokkhe api
ta'nnihantuṃ
Pesesi terī nikaṭaṃ ubho'tra
Pavattayiṃsū dhajinī
mahājiṃ
82.
Sāmantakaṃ nīlagiriṃ sayodhaṃ
Māretva yuddhamhi
kaḍakkuḍavhaṃ
Yodha'ñca aññe ca hi jīvagāhaṃ
Gahetva pesesi sasāmino
te
83.
Mahinda macco sacivāna'mesaṃ
Pavikkamaṃ
sutva'bhijātamāno
Puraṃ'nurādhaṃ panagayha demi
Datvā paṭiññaṃ
bala'mādiyitvā
84.
Gantvā'nurādhākhyapurāvidūre
Vattetva yuddhaṃ
ripavo vijitvā
Gaṇhī puraṃ rohaṇakādhipaccaṃ
Gato sa'māṇābharaṇo hi
rañño
85.
Sāmantakehī bahuso tadāni
Yujjhitva sampatta
parājayo'ca
Raṇe manaṃ chaḍḍhiya rājinā'mā
Sandhi'ṅkaritvā vasi kañci
kālaṃ
86.
Tato parakkantibhujassa thāmaṃ
Sutvāna sandhiṃ
gajabāhurañño
Pahāya sandhāna'makā dipāda-
Varena vāsa'ṅkatavā
tathe'va
87
Laṅkādhināthappamukhā camīsā
Pavattayuṃ te
gajabāhunā'jiṃ
Puraṃ palāta'ñca puḷatthisaññaṃ
Bhūpaṃ'gahesuṃ atha
jīvagāhaṃ
88.
Jayaddhatā maṇḍalikā sayodhā
Gehesu dvarāni ca
bhindiyā'suṃ
Vasuṃ vilumpuṃ pana nāgarā te
Maccā ca sambhūya bhusaṃ
paruddhā
[SL Page 081] [\x 81/]
89
Gantvāna
māṇābharaṇopakaṭṭhaṃ
Nivedayitvāna'tha taṃ pavattiṃ
Āyātu amhehi pagayha
rajjaṃ
Demā'ti sāhāyya'mayācayiṃsu
90.
Sutvāna'maccehi ca
mantiyā'suṃ
Rājaṃ pamocetu'mivā'gamitvā
Vattetva yuddhaṃ kaṭṭhina'mpi
senaṃ
Nāsetva gaṇhittha puraṃ manuññaṃ
91.
Vītikkamitvā
katipāha'mitthaṃ
Sāmantake so gajabāhurañño
Hantvā mahīpaṃ pana
kārabhāraṃ
Pavesayitvā'ggahi vittarāsiṃ
92.
Karaggata'ṅkatva
thira'nti rajja'
Maññāya sīghaṃ dasanaggadhātuṃ
Sa'pattadhātu'ñca
samātara'ñca
Sarodha'mānāpayi rohaṇasmā
93.
Hantuṃ mahīpaṃ
sakamātuyā'mā
Raho sa'mantetva upakkamittha
Upadduto so
gajabāhurājā
Satāṇa'māyāciya ādipādaṃ
94
Pesesi
guyhaṃ'nucare'tikhinna mano vinaṭṭhesu balesu yuddhe
Mocetu'metaṃ
kasiru'ttari'mpi
Modetva'macce padavippadānā
95
Savāhinī pesayi te
pura'mpi
Rodhetva yujjhitvi'bhabāhurājā
Pamocito tehi
sajīvakehi
Palātavā'sī sa'hi koṭṭhasāraṃ
96
Pavattayanto samaraṃ
mahantaṃ
Raṇe mate cakkapatimhi tatra
Asakkuṇanto vasitu'mpi
dāṭhā
Dhātu'ñca pattaṃ sakamātara'ñca
[SL Page 082] [\x 82/]
97
Suddhantaka'ñcā'diya rohaṇaṃhi
Gato'si māṇābharaṇo
sa'rattiṃ
Mahāhavaṃ katva'sakiṃ
sahattha
Gata'ṅkata'ñcā'ggapuraṃ'nukampo
98
Saṅghassa'nuññāya
mahādipādo
Datvāna dantibbhujarājino'tha
Saka'ñca raṭṭhaṃ'pagato'si
dhīmā
Dayāparattaṃ'chariyaṃ pabhussa
99
Gaṅgātaṭaṃ katva'tha
rājadhāniṃ
Sukhaṃ vasī so gajabāhu bhūpo
Tato'pi
māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rājena sandhiṃ pana
kattukāmo
100
Pāhesu'do'pāyana'massa sandhi'
Maniccha'māgañchiya
maṇḍaliddiṃ
Vihāraka'mme pana rājaraṭṭhaṃ
Dinnaṃ
parakkantibhujādhipassa
101
Pāsāṇa piṭṭhamhi
likhāpayitvā
Gaṅgātaṭāke nivasaṃ tadāni
Nipīḷite'kāyarujāya
rājā
Bāvīsavassāni mato vasitvā
102
Sambhūya'maccā
gajabāhurañño
Athe'tumāṇābharaṇo'ssa dūte
Sampesayuṃ so matasāsanaṃ
hi
Sutvā parakkantibhujo bala'mpi
103
Sannayhu'pāgañchi
puḷatthisaññaṃ
Puraṃ tato'maccagaṇā
sabhattā
Rajjibhisekaṃ'suvidhātu'mevā'
Yāciṃsu'nekabbidha
dassanena
104
Paṭiggahetvā subhasūcake taṃ
Nakkhattayoge makuṭaṃ
sirasmiṃ
Dhāretva rājābharaṇābhibhūsī
Padakkhiṇa'ṅkāsi puraṃ
viyi'ndo
[SL Page 083] [\x 83/]
105
Tato'pi
māṇābharaṇādipādo
Rajjatthiko'nekabalaṃ gahetvā
Sa rājaraṭṭhābhimukho
payāto
Raññā parakkantibhujena vassaṃ
106
Tahaṃ tahaṃ vattayi
saṃyugaṭṭha-
Paññāsamatta'mpi ca tatra tatra
Raṇesu
sampattaparājayo'va
Manaṃ jahāsī samare'yatiṃ so
107
Tato
parakkantibhujā pajesā
Mahabbhayā jātamayena phuṭṭho
Maccantikasmiṃ
nijasūnu'magga'
Māhuya kittissirimeghanāmaṃ
108
Sadā
parakkantibhujena vutta
Kkamena vatta'ssa'nukūlako'va
Vatvāna
evaṃ'sa'sahaṃ'vatejaṃ
Para'ṅgamī loka'mimaṃ
jahitvā
109
Nisammatassaccayataṃ sa'sīghaṃ
Bhūpo parakkantibhujo
vidhiññū
Kittissirīmeghakumārahāri'
Mānāpayī sannikaṭaṃ
yasassī
110.
Atha saciva samūho saṅgamitvā namitvā
Naravativaraṃ
taṃ yāci moḷīsiva'mpi
Vihitu'subhamuhutte laṅka'mekātapattaṃ
Kariya
dutiyavasse'kā dutiyābhisekaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ
tettiṃsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
pañcarāja dīpano nāma
Tettiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 084] [\x 84/]
Catuttiṃsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1
Pattā bhiseko
vasudhādhipo so
Vossagga saṃsattamano'nukampo
Vassāpayaṃ
cāgapavuṭṭhi'maggaṃ
Sampūrayī
jīvamanassarāni
2
hānantarā'dāsya'rahesu pīto
Bheri'ñcarāpetva
vaṇibbake'pi
Samāharitvā puna tesu sammā
Tadā
tulābhāra'madā'nucassaṃ
3
Sampatthayaṃ sāsana suddhi
vuddhiṃ'
Tekicchake duppaṭipatti yutte
Vajjetva vaṃsattitayaṃ
samagga'
Makā payāsena sahaṃ sudukkhaṃ
4
Sālā catasso'pi catummukhā
so
Kāretva majjhe'nudinaṃ purasmiṃ
Akampito bhikkhugaṇassa pañño
Dānaṃ
pavattesi samatta
yuttaṃ
5
Kāretva'nekassatasaṅkharogī
Vāsappayogga'mpi visāla
sālaṃ
Tadattha'maggosadha vitta dhañña
Rāsiṃ ṭhapasī uda vejja
vuttiṃ
6
Tato parakkantibhujo pajeso
Nāmāvasesaṃ nagaraṃ
puḷatthiṃ
Kāretu'māsuṃ'rabhi rāmaṇeyyaṃ
Visālaka'ñcā'tha samantato
hi
7
Parikkhipitvā pana khandhavāraṃ
Purassa pākārabhicakkato
hi
Vitthiṇṇa pākāra niyūra'muccaṃ
Kāresi goraṃ
saradambudaṃ'va
[SL Page 085] [\x 85/]
8
Khudda'mpi
pākāratayaṃ tato hi
Parikkhipitvā'nukamaṃ sa'racchaṃ
Kārāpayī gabbha
sahassa sobhiṃ
Pāsādikaṃ sabbadhi satta bhūmaṃ
9
Sa'vejayanta vha
mahīpa gehaṃ
Māpesi rājā viya vissakammo
Sarassatīmaṇḍapa sañña
vesma'
Makārayī kappadumena bhāsiṃ
10
Sa'maṇḍapa'ṅkāriya
rājavesī
Bhujaṅganāma'ñca sudhammatulyaṃ
Disampati
mandirasantikasmi'
Muyyānaka'ṅkārayi nandanaṃ'va
11
Dhamme vinīto
sa'mahinda nāmo'
Macco'ggasaddhammasuphassitassa
Dāṭhā bhadantassa tu
vaḍḍhanattha'
Manuggahenā'vanipassa sammā
12
Suvaṇṇa
chaddappaṭihāra vāta
Pānūpasobhiṃ bahi rantarāḷe
Susaṅkatā'neka vicitta
kammaṃ
Pāsādaka'ṅkāsi harīgiriṃ'va
13
Patibbatā rūpavatī
surūpā
Vasundharādhīsamahesikantā
Suvaṇṇayaṃ thūpavaraṃ
mahantaṃ
Majjhepurekārayi dassaneyyaṃ
14
Tibhūma pāsādatayena sammā
Laṅkīkataṃ sannikaṭe
pavittaṃ
Veḷuvanesīpatanavhakosi-
Nārabbihārattayanātha'maggaṃ
15
Na'rājavesībhujaga'ñca
rāja-
Kulantakākhyaṃ vijitaṃ tathe'va
Nānappakāra bbisikhā
vicittaṃ
Kāresi sākhānagarattaya'ñca
[SL Page 086] [\x 86/]
16
Pure puḷatthimhi sa'rājadvārā
Dikaṃ sa
cātuddasadvārahāriṃ
Purā tikhuddaṃ purapuṅgava'ñca
Sajjesi dibbaṃ nagaraṃ
viye'vaṃ
17
Vināsayuṃ coḷabalā'nurādha-
Pura'mpi taṃ
bhūpati'macca'mekaṃ
Ānetva sammāpaṭisaṅkharitvā
Yathāpurā sajja samādisī
so
18
Tato paṭiggayha mahīpadesaṃ
Pura'ṅgamitvāna
yathe'vapubbe
Pākāra racchopavanādi sabbaṃ
Kāresi'macco na cirena
sādhuṃ
19
Parakkamākhyaṃ nagaraṃ narindo
Laṅkīkata'ṅkāsi
purassirīhi
Tahaṃ tahaṃ'maccagaṇā pajāyo
Gaṇhantva'pīḷetva'disī
kara'nti
20
Matamhi māṇābharaṇe'ssa mātā
Sāmantakānaṃ sugalā
girāyo
Nisamma sā dāmarikā'va hutvā
Raṇaṃ'rabhī ce'pi
parājayo'ssa
21
Patta'ñca dāṭhāpavara'ñca dhātuṃ
Samādiyitvā
varajambudīpaṃ
Palāyituṃ sogatabhūbhujassa
Pesesi dūte turitaṃ tahiṃ
sā
22
Parakkamabbāhu vasundharindo
Ñatvāna taṃ cakkapatiṃ
sa'rakkhaṃ
Ānetva gantvo'bbhuta sattu dāvā
Nalaṃ sunibbāpaya
pattivuṭṭhyā
23
Icce'va'mā dissiya datva senaṃ
Niyojayī rohaṇakaṃ
payātuṃ
Tahaṃ tahaṃ so gatavā raṇesu
Laddhajjayo devimukha'mbhigañchi
[SL Page 087] [\x 87/]
24
Bhūtādhikārippamukhe'tha
senā-
Nāthe'pi pāhesi vijetave taṃ
Mahābhava'ñcā'bhavi
tesu'bhosu
Dhātudvayaṃ yujjhiya gayha seṭṭhaṃ
25
Nivedayuṃ
bhūpatino ta'matthaṃ
Sutvā'bhisitto'va'matena rājā
Lahuṃ panetuṃ vara
dhātu dvandaṃ
Pesesi dūte sacivopakaṭṭhaṃ
26
Sandesa'mākaṇṇiya'nīka
nāthādhikārino dhātuyugaṃ puḷatthiṃ
Pura'mpavesetumane'kamaccaṃ
Rakkhāya
yojīya mahāmahena
27
Mañjudhikārissa sakāsa'māsuṃ
Sampesayuṃ
so'ñjanakammanāthaṃ
Paccuggamitvā mahati'ñca pūjaṃ
Pavattayaṃ yojiya
dhātuguttaṃ
28
Dhātudvayaṃ sambhamapubbako'va
Pesesi rañño tuvaṭaṃ
sakāsaṃ
Sutvāna dhātvānayanakkamaṃ so
Mayā suladdhaṃ vata
jīvita'nti
29
Pamodito bhūpati sīghasīghaṃ
Nahātavā so
suvilepalitto
Sumaṇḍito laṅkata sūnu macca
Purakkhato yojana matta
ṭhānaṃ
30
Paccuggamitvā paṭhame'va
dhātu
Padassane'nekamahagghikena
Muttāmaṇādiccana bhūrivatthu
Jātena
mānetvu'da dhātu dvandaṃ
31
Aṅgīrasasmiṃ dharamāni'ca'gge
Mudāhi
sandassita sambhamo'va
Sabhaṃsudhammaṃ viya dantadhātu
Gharaṃ pure kāriya
sādhu majjhe
[SL Page 088] [\x 88/]
32
Dhajappatākādihi
nijjarinda
Vīthiṃ'va pajjaṃ samalaṅkaritvā
Khaṇāpiya'ggaṃ'rumaṇiṃ
sugandha
Cuṇṇena pūretva tahaṃ pasatthaṃ
33
Vaḍḍhetva sammā
radadhātusāmiṃ
Caṅgoṭakasmiṃ ratanammayamhi
hapetva taṃ hemamaye
samugge
Nidhāya pattaṃ pavara'ñca dhātuṃ
34
Sovaṇṇaye
cakkacatukkakasmiṃ
Patiṭṭhite maṇḍapake'sanasmiṃ
Vaḍḍhetva gantvā nagaraṃ
mahena
Dāṭhaggadhātussadanaṃ vicittaṃ
35
Vaḍḍhetva dhātūyugalaṃ
sapañño
Puḷatthisaññe nagare narindo
Sabbatra so sattanisaṃ
padīpa
Pūjāvidhi'ṅkārayi gāravena
36
Tato sayodhā sacivā'ssa rañño
mahāhavaṃ bhiṃsanaka'ṅkaritvā
Sajīvagāhaṃ subhalaṃ pamokkha-
Macceha'mā
gayha disampatissa
37
Upānayiṃsū nikaṭaṃ tathe'va
Nikkaṇṭakaṃ
rohaṇaka'ṅkaritvā
Atippamodo mahipo salokaṃ
So sāsanaṃ rakkhi dayo matīmā
38
Rāmañña laṅkīya janā samattā
Accantamittā pana sogatattā
Vasiṃsu
dvīsū visayesu bhūpā
Tathā sade'vā'su'mato sucetā
39
Raññā
parakkantibhujena sandhiṃ
Rāmaññabhūpo sucirāgata'mpi
Tāyaṃ athe'kaṃ
samayaṃ hi kaṇṇa-
Japāna'mākaṇṇiya bhāratiṃ so
[SL Page 089] [\x
89/]
40
Laṅkinda dūtesu ca dīyamānaṃ
Vuttiṃ purāṇaṃ
parihāpayitvā
Vikkīyamāne'pi gaje bahiddhā
Māvikkiṇantū'kari
sammati'mpi
41
Satassa vā rūpiya tikkalānaṃ
Gajā sahassassa purā
sukītā
Dvayassa vā tehi tayassa vā'pi
Ito sahassāna'tu
vikkiṇīyā
42
Durāsayo so parimāṇa'mevaṃ
hapesi vitta'ñca karī ca
nāvā
Laṅkesa dūtehi vilumpayitvā
Tesa'mpi'kā'nekavidhaṃ
papīḷaṃ
43
Rāmaññadesaṃ'vanipo gataṃ so
Vācissarāceravaraṃ
tathe'va
Taṃ dhammakittiṃ vidūraṃ sachidda
Nāvāya vissajjayi
sāgarasmiṃ
44
Kambojadesa'mpati rājakaññaṃ
Laṅkādhinā pesayi taṃ
pasayha
Rāmaññarājā'vaharī sa'tena'
Nekabbidhaṃ
kāritavippakāraṃ
45
Sutvā parakkantibhujo sajīve
Āhūya rañño
arimaddanassa
Gāhaṃ'thavā hiṃsanataṃ vidheyyaṃ
Iccā'ha so rosa sikhī
paditto
46
Tahiṃ ṭhito so damiḷādhikārī
Paṇāya mā
yojayitū'payātuṃ
Mahāsajīveha'la'micca'voca
Sutvā pasanno'ssa giraṃ
mahīpo
47
Nāvā ca'nekā satasaṅkhakāyo
Sampādayitvā pana
pañcamāsā
Samāharī pallava vaṅka titthaṃ
Samappahoṇaṃ cita
sambala'mpi
[SL Page 090] [\x 90/]
48
Yuddhāyudhā
dopakarañña'māsuṃ
Samāharitvā sabale bhaṭese
Raṇāya yātuṃ
damiḷādhikāriṃ
Samappayitvā'disi ta'ñca sabbaṃ
49
Tarīsu āropiya
taṃ samaggaṃ
Samaṃ'va pesesi samudda majjhe
Rayena gacchaṃ taraṇī
samūho
Taso sa'dīpo nanu dissate'va
50
Taṃsaṃ viruddhena
samīraṇena
Kāci bbidesaṃ pavisiṃsu kāci
Naṭṭhā samudde
'katariṭṭhitā'pi
Bhaṭo'tariṃsū kira kākadīpaṃ
51 Pavattayitvā samaraṃ
tahiṃ te
Taddīpike gaṇhiya jīvagāhaṃ
Laṅkādhināthassa padassayiṃsū kitti
ppuraddippamukhā suvīrā
52
Te pañcanāvāsu bhaṭā pavīṇā
Rāmaññadese
kusumavhatitthaṃ
Samotaritvāna dhatā yudhā'suṃ
Raṇa'ṅkarāṇā bhayajaṃ
kurūraṃ
53
Tahaṃ'have'neka sahassa saṅkhaṃ
Balaṃ hanantā'va
maduddhate'bhā
Sikhiṃ khipannā pana gāmakesu
Rajjassa bhāgaṃ
suvināsayiṃsu
54
Samotaruṃ ye damiḷādhikārī
Mukhyā'pi papphāla
samavha titthaṃ
Bhīma'ṅkarontā samaraṃ samaggā
Rāmaññabhūpa'ñca
vighātayiṃsu
55
Sahatthagaṃ 'tho ramaṇa'ṅkaritvā
Laṅkissarāṇāya
taha'mpi bheriṃ
Carāpayuṃ tamhi bhayādhutā te
Sambhūya sabbe'va
sumantayitvā
[SL Page 091] [\x 91/]
56
Sama'mpati'mhehi tu
yāvadicchaṃ
Paṭṭhāyi'to 'bhe nayituṃ karatthaṃ
Laṅkādhipassā'nugatā'va
ṭhātuṃ
Kāmatta'mācikkhiya
sambhamena
57
Laṅkāmahīpappaṭighānala'mpi
Nibbāpayitvāna dayāya
saṅgho
Khamāpayātu'vanipassa niccaṃ'
Nusāsakaṃ bhikkhugaṇaṃ
salekhe
58
Pāhesu 'māsuṃ 'vanatā'va dūte
Saṅghassa vācāya
sanuddayāya
Mudutta'māgamma mahāmahīpo
Sa'saccasandhāna'makāsi
tehi
59
Coḷiyarājā kulasekharākhyo
Raṇatthiko
vāhiniyā'gamitvā
Parakkamākhyassa'tha paṇḍurañño
Puraṃ parundhī madhuraṃ
gahetuṃ
60
Sa'jambudīpe saraṇāraha'mpi
Rājaṃ adisvā saraṇaṃ
raṇāya
Yācitva laṅkādharaṇīsañattaṃ
Pāhesi dūte tuvaṭaṃ
dharāpo
61
Nisamma tesaṃ vacanaṃ sa'laṅkā
Dhipo anāthassa'pi
appatiṭṭhā
Nayujjate jātvi'ti mādisassa
Viññāya
laṅkāpuradaṇḍanātha
62
Māretva rājaṃ kulasekharākhyaṃ
Parakkamaṃ
paṇḍupatiṃ sarajje
Ehī patiṭṭhāpiya'icca'voca
So daṇḍanātho
mahipāṇa'mevaṃ
63
Samādiyā'jikkhamavāhinīyā
Purakkhato'pāga
mahādititthaṃ
Tadantarasmiṃ kulasekharena
Gantvāna paṇḍūmahīpaṃ
pura'ñca
[SL Page 092] [\x 92/]
64 Sayaṃ gahīta'nti suṇitva
raññā
Taṃ vaṃsajassā'pi gahetvarajjaṃ
Detū'ti so'tho
viniyojito'va
Paṇḍussa raṭṭhe talabilla titthaṃ
65
Samotaritvāna
tahiṃ ṭhite'piva
Palāpayitvā damiḷe'tra titthe
Senānivesa'ñca karīya
ghore
Cattāri vattetva raṇe pavīro
66
Gantvā balaṃ dāmiḷakaṃ hi
pañca
Sāmantakehī saha pañca yuddhe
Katvāna rāmissara'maggahī
so
Tahiṃ'have katva navā'tibhīme
67
Mahāraṇasmiṃ dasame
silādi-
Meghappamukhyeva cha'tha pañcake ca
Sāmantake jetvu'da
dāmiḷese
Rāmissarā yojanikamhi ṭhāne
68
Patiṭṭhita'ṅgañchi
sa'kundukālaṃ tatrā'bhavasmiṃ damiḷe pahūte gahetva laṅkāya purā
hi
tehi
Vidārite kārayituṃ'ruthūpe
69
Laṅkādhipāṇāyi'dha
pesayitvā tahaṃ parakkanti pura ppasiddhaṃ
Senānivesa'ñca
pabandhayitvā
Punappunaṃ ghoraraṇa'ṅkarittha
70 Coḷīyake jetva'tha
paṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Hatthaggata'ṅkāsi matassa rañño
Paṇḍussa sūnuṃ malaye
nilīna'
Mānesi pesitva sa'lekhahāraṃ
71
Akiñcanassā'gamana'mpi
vīra-
Paṇḍussa'dhīrassa tadā vaditvā
Laṅkā mahārāja varassa laṅkā
Puro
sa'paṇṇaṃ pahiṇī pasatthaṃ
[SL Page 093] [\x 93/]
72
Sallakkhiyā'sesa bhiseka yogge
Pasādhanādīni'pi
pesayanto
Rajje'bhisiñcassu kumāraka'nti
Pāhesi dūte
duratikkamāṇo
73
Haṭṭho kumāro hi paheṇakaṃ taṃ rañño disaṃ natva
paṭiggahesi
So daṇḍanātho atha gaṇhituṃ sem-
Ponmāri'māsu'ṅgami
vikkameso
74
Duggaṃ purā gaṇhitu'māgatā'pi
Yujjhitva tibbaṃ
dvisamaṃ gahetuṃ
Coḷā na sakkhiṃsva'ridappadārī
Te sīhalā'ddhaṃsa'mahassa
kālaṃ
75
Nā'tikkamitvā varaṇe duve ca
Bhinditva cattāri ca
gopurāni
Duggaṃ paviṭṭhā satasaṅkhiye'pi
Māretva'neke
damiḷe'ggahesuṃ
76
Atho parakkantabhujena raññā
Jagajjayākhyo
dhajinī patī'pi
Nīto upatthambhayituṃ'sa laṅkā-
Purantikaṃ so samare
pavīro
77
Samāgato 'bho'pi tahaṃ tahaṃ hi
Parājitaṃ taṃ
samaresva'tho'pi
Raṇāyu'pāgaṃ kira rājinavhaṃ
Puraṃ pasajjaṃ
kulasekharākhyaṃ
78
Bhūpaṃ palāpetu'maraṃ purasmā
Bahī'bhavaṃ
bhiṃsanaka'ṅkariṃsu
Bhītā sabhūpā damiḷā puranto
Pidhāya dvārāni ṭhitā
ahesuṃ
79
Te daṇḍanāthappamukhā'tidakkhā
Yodhā sasajjā varaṇaṃ
purassa
Dvāra'ñca bhetvā pana rājinanto
Patvā balaṃ dāmiḷakaṃ nihantvā
[SL Page 094] [\x 94/]
80
Puraṃ'gahesuṃ
kulasekharavho
Rājā palāto sahasā purasmā
Laṅkissarāṇāya tu
vīrapaṇḍuṃ
Rajje'bhisiñcetu'mathā'rabhiṃsu
81
Bheriṃ carāpetva pure
samagge
Sāmantake cakkapurakkhate'pi
Te
sannipātetva'bhiseka'maggaṃ
Kārāpayuṃ paṇḍukumārakassa
82
Atho
palāto kulasekharo so
Yuddhāya senaṃ pabalaṃ
cinitvā
Duggā'gamitvā'dhipatihi saddhiṃ
Parājito sīhalikehi
yuddhā
83
Tato saseno sakamātule dve
Tesaṃ bala'ñcā'pi bahūhaye
ca
Gahetva coḷādhipatī samatte
Agā palaṅkoṭṭa samañña
ṭhānaṃ
84
Laṅkāpuravho ca jagajjayo ca
Gantvā tahaṃ yujjhiya tena
yodhe
Ghātetva rāja'ñca palāpayitvā
Sātaṃ palaṅkoṭṭa
'maraṃ'gahesuṃ
85
Taṃ sīhalīyā'pa'nu bandhayantā
Vinibbhayā te
caturā ca coḷaṃ
Gantvāna yujjhitva'tha coḷa senā
Ghātetva rājaṃ
kulasekharākhyaṃ
86
Palāpayuṃ ponamarāvatīyā
Parājaye'so carimo'ssa
nūna
Laṅkāpure bhīmaparakkamo
so
Sa'sampahārabbijayaggahītaṃ
87
Vasaṃ'ṅgatassa'gga yasa
nnigāla-
Dharāyarassa ddadi
coḷadesaṃ
Akaṇṭaka'ṅkatvu'dapaṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Sato parakkanti bhujassa
rañño
[SL Page 095] [\x 95/]
88
Kahāpaṇe
savhasamaṅkite'va
Raṭṭhe tahaṃ voharituṃ niyujja
Coḷā ca paṇḍūvijitā
gahīte
Bhūrī manusse karino haye ca
89
Pesesi laṅkaṃ tuvaṭaṃ
tadāni
Rājā parakkantibhujo vijetā
Sapaṇḍuraṭṭhajjitisūcakaṃ hi
Katvāna
paṇḍubbijaya'nti gāmaṃ
90
Bhovādinaṃ
positacāgaveto
Ta'middha'maggaṃ'khilakālika'ñca
Katvā adā dīnahite
patiṭṭho
Kadā'diso dissati'dātadabbo
91
Vidita vanipatī bhā nanta
dappugga kumha
Puṭanabalamigindekapparakkantabāhu
Dharaṇipati
silokāyā'jiyā so jayaggaṃ
Samabhilasi tu rajje gaṇhituṃ no
nikantyā
Bhāṇavāraṃ catuttiṃsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
mahā
parakkamabāhubhūpatidisāvijayādidīpanonāma
Catuttiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 096] [\x 96/]
Pañca tiṃsatimo
paricchedo. -------------------
1
Atho mahīpo samara
ssama'mpi
Vinodayitvā muni sāsanassa
Suddhi'ñca vuddhiṃ sucira
ṭṭhiti'ñca
Sa'kattukāmo vinaye nayaññuṃ
2
Sataṃ mahā kassapa thera
pādaṃ
Dhura'ṅkaritvā parisuddha sīlaṃ
Vaṃsattaye bhikkhu gaṇaṃ
pavittaṃ
Susannipātetavu'pasampa da'ñca
3
Kāretva vassaṃpati sabba
saṅghaṃ
Sambuddha kāle'va pavattayittha
Adhī'ritaṃ kañci'pi
sāsanassa
Lokassa vuddhi kiraya'massa rañño
4
Bhūpo'sabhūrī sata
saṅkhiyānaṃ
Tappassinaṃ jetavanaṃ vihāraṃ
Nidassituṃ
jetavanassiri'va
Kāresi citra ati vimhitaṃ'ñca
5
Sārīsūta tthera
varassa tatra
Sahammiyaggabbha sulaṅkata'mpi
Pāsāda'magga'ñca tivaṅka
bimba
Sāmissa tannāma gharaṃ mahagghaṃ
6
Kāresi nettagga rasañja
naṃ'va
Miginda rūpādihi bhāsura'mpi
Vaṭṭaṃ subhaṃ selamayaṃ
vicittaṃ
Dantagga dhātu ssadanaṃ visālaṃ
7
Tahiṃ ghare pañca sata'ñca
vīsa'
Māḷāhaṇavhaṃ pariveṇa ma'ggaṃ
Kāresi tattho'ru subhadda
rūpa-
Vatya gga thūpe ca duve mahindo
[SL Page 097] [\x 97/]
8
Tato'pi laṅkātilakaṃ paṭīmāva
Ghara'ñca savhaṃ paṭimaṃ
ṭhita'ñca
Sajīva buddhā yatakaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi laṅkā tilako
matīmā
9
Sīmaṃ mahantiṃ api khaṇḍa sīmā
Tisso ca bandhāpayi
pacchima'ñca
Salaṅkataṃ'rāma'mathu'ttaraṃ so
Kāresi 'rāmañca
vibhediya'ddiṃ
10
Sa'paṇḍu rajjā damiḷe gahīte
Visālatāya
ttisatādhika'ñca
Sahassa hatthaṃ damiḷoru thūpaṃ
Kāresi
kelāsa'mivā'parañca
11
Suvaṇṇamālī ca'bhayaddiko'ca
So jetavanyaṃ
maricā di caṭṭi
Thūpe vare neru sarikkhake'te
Vasundharindo
paṭisaṅkharittha
12
Rājā purā coḷa vidārita'nnu
Hatthassataṃ'keka
mukhā samantā
Vitthiṇṇakaṃ tattaka'muccato'pi
Pāsāṇa thamhe chasataṃ
sahassaṃ
13
Nidhāya gabbhassata saṅkhiyehi
Vibhūsitaṃ sobhana
nekabhūmiṃ
Taṃ lohapāsādavaraṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi kāmaṃ
'chariyāvahantaṃ
14
So saṭṭhi pāsādapabhāsuraṃ
hi
Sepaṇṇipupphavhaya yūpa 'maggaṃ
Naṭṭha'mpi pāsāda varaṃ
mahinda-
Senā samaññaṃ pana kārayittha
15
Parakkameso vanipo
matīmā
Sa'rāja raṭṭhamhi tahaṃ tahaṃ hi
Kāresi ye'kūna sataṃ
nave'pi
Thūpe ca tesattatimatta cetye
[SL Page 098] [\x 98/]
16
Sataṃ mahīpo chasahassaka'mpi
Bimbālaye
sampaṭisaṅkharitvā
Nave ca jiṇṇe tisataṃ paṭīmā
Gehe ca kārāpayi suddha
buddhi
17
Chasatti 'ñcā'pi catussataṃ hi
Nānappakārappaṭima'kkha
hārī
Vāse yatīnaṃ dvisata'ñca tiṃsaṃ
Kāresi
vāsattha'masesapīne
18
Rammā chapaññāsatidhammasālā
Kāresi rājā
nava caṅkameva
Sata'ñca cottāḷisa gopurāni
Tathā sataṃ dvānavutiṃ
vicitre
19
Pupphāsanoke caraṇe ca satta
Saṭṭhi'ñca'tho terasa deva
vesme
Āgantukatthaṃ'pavane manāpe
Sa'bārasa kkārayi
vikkamindo
20
Sālā'tithinaṃ dvisata'ñca tiṃsaṃ
Kāresi citrā vara
dhamma sālā
Ekūnatiṃsa'ñca guhe 'katiṃsaṃ
Pañco'pavanyo ca
tithīna'sālā
21
Paññāsa'mekaṃ sura mandirāni
Navādhikaṃ
sattati'meva jiṇṇe
Tato ca aññe paṭisaṅkharitvā
Mahāsayo sañcini
puñña'mevaṃ
22
Dayāparo so vijite'tra sassa
Samiddhi
siddhi'ñca'bhipatthayāno
Vāpiṃ parakkatti samudda sañña'
Maññaṃ samuddaṃ
viya vissuta'ñca
23
Vāpiṃ
parakkantitaḷākanāmaṃ
Parakkamassāgarasavhavāpiṃ
Saraṃ
mahindāditaḷākasaññaṃ
Kārāpaya'ññā pacuro'ru vāpī
[SL Page 099] [\x
99/]
24
Sahassa'mekādhikasattati'ñca
Catussataṃpallalake
matīmā
Kāresi rājāmaṇibhīrakādi
Mahāsare pākatika'ñca
jiṇṇe
25
Sa'satta saṭṭhi'ñca catussata'mpi
Naṭṭhā nuvāpī ca bahū
saresu
Jiṇṇāni ṭhāne tisataṃ sahassaṃ
Thira'ñca pañca nnavutiṃ
manuññaṃ
26
Bandhāpayī khuddaka mātikāyo
Pañca ssata'ṅkā
catutiṃsati'ñca
Tīni ssataṃ kho tisahassamattā
Naṭṭhā'pi'kā pākatikā
mahīpo
27
Vibhūsitaṃ puppha phalākulahi
Terūhi kāresi
sa'nandanavhaṃ
Uyyāna'maggaṃ atha nāḷikera
Rambhādi sāle pati
lakkhaka'mpi
28
Ekeka vaggā pana
ropayitvā
Lakkhavha'muyyāna'makārayī taṃ
Atvattha saññāya suvissutaṃ
so
Saṅghassa'dānī yasasa'gga yāto
29
Uyyāna khātehi'parehi
laṅkaṃ
Salaṅkata'ṅkā sa'tha laṅka nātho
Tahaṃ tahaṃ no yuva rāja
raṭṭhe
Kāresi'neka bbidha kicca jāte
30
Sajātaṭhāne sata vīsa
hattha
Tuṅga'ñca sūtīghara thūpa rājaṃ
Bāvīsa cetye ca sata'ñca
bimbā
Laye guhāpañcadasa'ssu'kāsī
31
Sa'rohaṇasmiṃ janikāya
sassa
Susāna ṭhāne pana khīra gāme
Ārohato hattha sata'ñca vīsaṃ
Kāresi
thūpaṃ ratanāvalivhaṃ
[SL Page 100] [\x 100/]
32
Thūpe
vare soḷasa satta bodhi-
Gehe ca koṭṭhe puna tattake'pi
Citre titāḷīsa
dvibhūma bimbā
Laye ca kāresi dvidhammasālā
33
Thūpe ca
bimbāvasathe ca bodhi-
Koṭṭhe ca dhātū nilaye guhāca
Dīghe ca yūpe vara
dhamma sālā
Sa'caṅkame vāsa ghare maroke
34
Āgantukoke varaṇe ca
dvāra-
Koṭṭhe ca potthāvasathe 'pareca
Saṅkhārayitvā uruvela
saññe
Mahāsare khuddakavāpiyoca
35
Bandhesi pāsāṇamayā
paṇālī
Kāretva bhūrī matimā cirassaṃ
Pavattinaṃ
sāsanaloka'māsu'
Makārayī vikkama sāli bhūpo
36
Sataṃ pasattho suta
kassapavho
Dhīmā mahāsāmi tipeṭake ca
Satthantarasmiṃ nipuṇo'va
bālā-
Vabodhana'ṅkāsi pajā hitāya
37
Sa'laṅkiko dhamma yaso
vipassi
Rūpāvatārassuta sakkatīyaṃ
Ganthaṃ varaṃ vyākaraṇaṃ 'sa
rañño
Kāle pasatthaṃ vyaracittha sabbhi
38
Itthaṃ visuddha matimā
sakala'mpi laṅka'
Mārāma thūpa paṭimā ghara gabbharehi
Vejjālayā tithi
nikāya sudhamma sālā
Uyyāna khāta sarasādihiva'laṅkarittha
39
Dibbā
surā sura raṇe'tipurā jiniṃsu
Yuddhaṃ sace puna'pi hehiti
rajjato'ssa
Tettiṃsame siri parakkamabāhurājaṃ
Vasse pavīra pavaraṃ nu
samavhayiṃsu
[SL Page 101] [\x 101/]
40
Kāme samappita
mane vibudhe pamatte
Nānāvidhesu kusalesu hitāvahesu
Sikkhāpituṃ diva'magā
viya puññasippī
Kasmā nu patthivacaraṃ na samādiseyyuṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ
pañca tiṃsatimaṃ. -----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
mahā parakkama bāhu bhūpatino
Loka sāsana kicca dīpano nāma pañcatiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 102] [\x 102/]
Chattiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
-----------------
1.
Tadaccaye tassa rañño-bhāgineyyo
sahassake
Sattasatekatālīsa-mite sambuddha hāyane
2
Sato
vijayabāhū'ti-vissuto dutiyo sudhī
Laṅkā dīpe patthivo'si-kavi ketu yaso
cayo
3
Tadā dayo parakkanta-bhujindena damāya ca
Kārā gāresu
nikkhitte-jīve mocesi modato
4
Kurumāno rāja savha-manvatthaṃ'va sakaṃ
sakaṃ
Tesaṃ tesa'madā gāma-kkhettādiṃ sa'disampati
5
Ādiṃ vijaya
bāhū'va-papitā sassa māgadhaṃ
Pesetvā ramaṇindassa-lekhaṃ sakhyaṃ ghaṭesi
so
6
Sāsanaṃ joyatī bhikkhū-'paṭṭhahī paccayehi ca
Manu
nīti'mavokkamma-lokaṃ rañjesi vatthuhi
7
Parakkama bhujaṃ
rāja-mupagantuṃ'va mātulaṃ
Cinanto vividhaṃ puññaṃ-samaṃ rajja'makā
pabhū
8
Mahinda sañño kāliṅgo-mittaddūbhi mahīpatiṃ
Ghātetvā
rajja'makari-pañcāhaṃ sammatiṃ vinā
9
Mahindaṃ chaṭṭhamaṃ hantvā-rañño
vijaya bāhuno
Kittinissaṅka nāmo'pa-rājā kāliṅgiko tato
10
Pattā
bhiseko so rajje-puḷatthi pura puṅgave
Silāmayaṃ danta dhātu-ghara'ṅkāresi
bhūbhujo
11
Khaṇḍa phullaṃ saṅkharitvā-ratanāvali
cetiyaṃ
Salaṅkarittha sovaṇṇa-thūpikāya naruttamo
12
Sābhidhānaṃ
vihāra'ñca-pāsāda sata bhūsitaṃ
Kāretvā bhikkhu saṅghassa-nīyyātayi
mahāsayo
13
Hema sajjhu
bbhāsabhitti-thamhātimattābhāsuraṃ
Kambucchaddiṭṭhikaṃ
kantaṃ-hiṅgulammayabhūmikaṃ
14 Kāretvā jambukoḷavhaṃ-vihāraṃ tatra
citrakaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpesi paṭimā-sovaṇṇiyā tisattatiṃ
15
Tato soṇṇa
girī jambu-koḷo'ti vidito tahiṃ
Rañño dārumayaṃ bimbaṃ-kammanta
paridīpakaṃ
[SL Page 103] [\x 103/]
16
Disampati
manakkāraṃ-ṭhapesa'jjā'pi dissate
Pañcakkhattuṃ pativassaṃ-tulā bhāra'madā
sato
17
Soṇṇa tissaṃ maṇicoraṃ-gaṅgā taṭavhayaṃ padiṃ
Vāpiyo tā
pabandhesi-sadā jana hite rato
18
Dakkhiṇe sindhu dese'va-likhitvā
tambasāsane
Gāma bhūmi ppadānaṃ hi-ādi'mārabhi bhūbhujo
19
Vidhāya
vividhaṃ puññaṃ-navame hāyane dayo
Nara devo deva piyo-gami deva
sahavyataṃ
20
Tadaccaye tassa suto-vīrabāhu disampati
Katve'kaṃ'va
nisaṃ rajja-'māyuṃ jahāsa'kāmato
21
Akā vikkamabāhū'ti-patthivo dutiyo
atho
Kittinissaṅka bhūpassa-rajjaṃ māsattayaṃ'nujo
22
Hantvā taṃ
kittinissaṅka-rājino bhaginī suto
Navamāsaṃ'vanipati-rajja'ṅkā
coḍagaṅgako
23
Tassa cakkhu'ppāṭayitvā-'vanipaṃ apanetva'tho
Kitti
senā patī rañño-parakkama bhujassa tu
24
Kāresi tisamaṃ
rajjaṃ-līlāvati mahesiyā
Tade'va racayī kabba-tilakaṃ koci
paṇḍito
25
Tato yāhasa mallavho-okkāsa kulajo pabhū
Dvicassaṃ
rajja'makari-ta'mpanetvā mahabbalo
26
Āyasmanta vha
senānī-kittinissaṅkadeviyā
Kaḷyāṇavatiyā rajjaṃ-kārāpayi
chahāyanaṃ
27
Sā rājinī paṇṇa sāla-gāme saka
samaññikaṃ
Vihāra'ṅkārayī khandhā-vārābhijana sambhavo
28
Āyasmanto
camupati-valligāme vihārakaṃ
Sanāmapariveṇa'ñca-kāresi
kusalatthiko
29
Catubbaṇṇa'ñca saṅkiṇṇaṃ-katvā'saṅkiṇṇakaṃ
tadā
Dhammādhikaraṇa'nnāma-niti sattha'makārayī
30
Athā'yasmanta
senānī-dhammāsoka samavhayaṃ
Temāsikaṃ'bhisiñcitvā-samaṃ rajjaṃ vicārayī
[SL Page 104] [\x 104/]
31
Tato kumāro'ṇīkaṅgo-sabalo'gamma
coḷato
Puḷatthi nagarādhīsaṃ-dhammāsokaṃ mahīpatiṃ
32
Sāyasmantaṃ
nihantvāna-so sattarasavāsaraṃ
Rajja'ṅkā atha tasse'va-camūnakka
balādhipo
33
Hantvā'ṇikaṅga mahipaṃ-purā rājiniyā samaṃ
Kantāya
līlāvatiyā-rajja'ṅkārayi sundaraṃ
34
Tato lokissara
khyāto-bhūbhujo'dāya dāmiḷaṃ
Āgammi'dha'khilaṃ laṅkaṃ-savase vattayaṃ
pabhū
35
Nava māsaṃ sāsi rajjaṃ-puḷatthi nagare subhe
Tadā
parakkanta camū-pati rāja gga deviyā
36
Lilāvatyā satta
māsaṃ-rajja'ṅkārāpayī puna
Athā'gamma parakkanta-paṇḍu rājā
savāhinī
37
Līlāvatiṃ'panetvāna-senāpati'ñca vikkamaṃ
Rajja'ṅkāsi
tivassaṃ sa-'puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
38
Atha laṅkā pajā
jāta-kibbisene'va sabbaso
Laṅkā laṅkāra pāsāda-phuliṅga sannibho
pabhū
39
Kāliṅga vaṃsajo māgha-nāme'ko patthivo balova
Catu vīsa
sahassa cci-yodhe'dāyi'dha'gamma so
40
Laṅkā rajjaṃ
nipīḷetuṃ-niyojesi tahaṃ tahaṃ
Tato kharā mahā yodhā-'maccānaṃ'chindayuṃ
dhanaṃ
41
Vihāre paṭimā vāse-dhaṃsesuṃ pubba rājunaṃ
Kitti gatta
nibhe tuṅge-ratanāvalī mukhyake
42
Pātentā cetiye
dhātu-satthussa'ntaradhāpayuṃ
Mocetvā rajjuto seṭṭha-potthake vikiruṃ
tadā
43
Bhinditvā dhātu gabbhe ca-dhanasāraṃ samaggahuṃva
Loka'ñca
sāsanaṃ yodhā-nāsayuṃ māraseni'ca
44
Nirundhiya puḷatthi vha-puraṃ
paṇḍū parakkamaṃ
Patthivaṃ parigaṇhitvā-tassu'ppāṭiṃsu
locane
45
Muttā maṇi veḷuriyā-dikaṃ vittaṃ vilumpayuṃ
Kāliṅga
māghaṃ rajje'ha-'bhisiñciṃsu yathā ruci
[SL Page 105] [\x 105/]
46
Laṅkaṃ hattha gata'ṅkatvā-puḷatthi nagare vasaṃ
Laṅkā laṅkata
kantāya-kudiṭṭhi visa lakkhaṇe
47
Janaya'ñca catu
bbaṇṇaṃ-saṅkiṇṇa'makarī tadā
Gāma kkhettādikaṃ sabbaṃ-sīhalā
dhīna'muttamaṃ
48
Sakīyāna'madāpesi-vihārā yatanāni ca
Pariveṇe ca
yodhānaṃ-vāsāya parikappayī
49
Tadā mahāsayā therā-dayā
vācissarādayo
Bhītiyā māghato danta-dhātuṃ patta'ñca
satthuno
50
Samādiya puḷatthivha-purā kuntamalavhaye
Dese nidhāya
ṭhānamhi-kheme pāra'ṅgamuṃ sayaṃ
51
Pasayha me'vaṃ katvāna-māgha nāma
mahīpati
Laṅkā rajja'makāresi-saṃvacchare'kavīsatiṃ
52
Tadantare durā
rohe-'rātīhi subha pabbate
Puraṃ katvā subho sena-pati tattha vasaṃ
disaṃ
53
Sāsana'ñca susaṃrakkhī-govindaddimhi rohaṇe
Puraṃ katvā
bhuvenaka-bhujo'dipāda bhūpati
54
Vasaṃ tahaṃ sāsana'ñca-raṭṭhaṃ pālesi
bhattiyā
Saṅkha nāmo cakka pati-maṇimekhala vissūte
55
Vijite tuṅga
gaṅgādi-doṇiddimhi puraṃ varaṃ
Kāretvāna vasaṃ tamhi-gopesi loka
sāsanaṃ
56
Lambakaṇṇakula bbhūta-saṅgha bodhi tvayāgato
Rājā
vijayabāha vhova-ribhayā'tha tahiṃ tahiṃ
57
Vana dugga'mupāgamma ciraṃ
tattha vasaṃ sayaṃ
Vanni rājattanaṃ patvā-'macce
sihalike'khile
58
Savase vattayaṃ sassa-senāya
parivārito
Nikkhamitvā tato'rāti-balaṃ
saṃyugasajjitaṃ
59
Dhaṃsayanto yathākāmaṃ-nivasante tahiṃ
tahiṃ
Palāpesa'khile yodhe-dāmiḷe'pitato tato
60
Jambudoṇi cale
katvā-māyāraṭṭha'makaṇṭakaṃ
Vidhāya nagaraṃ rammaṃ-rajja'ṅkāsi vasaṃ
tahaṃ
[SL Page 106] [\x 106/]
61
Suto vijayabāhū'ti-tatiyo
dharaṇissaro
Purā pāraṃ gate there-vācissaravhayādayo
62
Pesetvā
sacive'bhiññe-puna'vhāpesi sambhamaṃ
Natvā'gate mahāthere-pucchi dhātudvayaṃ
kuhaṃ
63
Asukasmi'nti vutte tu-pitiyā puṇṇa mānaso
Purakkhatvā
mahāthere-sa'kuntamalayā calaṃ
64
Saseno'gami dāṭhā ca-patto dhātu yugaṃ
tahaṃ
Disvā'matābhisitto'va-mahena mahatā sutaṃ
65
Jambudoṇi puraṃ
netvā-mālūra sikharu'ṇṇate
Pākāra gopurā dagga-parihāra
samaññutaṃ
66
Divāgataṃ vyamha'miva-dāṭhādhātu gharaṃ varaṃ
Kāretvā
tattha vaḍḍhesi-dhātu dvandaṃ sa'puññavā
67
Dhātu tāṇā
dhissarānaṃ-yatīnaṃ sādhu sīlinaṃ
Nānā pāsāda sambhāsaṃ-saṅghā rāma'ñca
kārayi
68
Datvā dāna gga vaṭṭa'ñca-paṭṭhapī'nuddayo tadā
Pūjā
vidhiṃ pavattetuṃ-vavatthāpayi patthivo
69
Nāsitānā'rīhi
dhamma-pasattha bahu potthake
Sutvāne'ti sādhu sīgha-lekhanābhiññake
tato
70
Saddhe pasanne pacure-sannipātetva bhūpati
Likhāpayī
tepiṭakaṃ-sammā sambuddha bhāratiṃ
71
Asamaggaṃ samagga'ñca-kāretvā
bhikkhunaṃ gaṇaṃ
Sattāha'mupasampatti-maṅgalaṃ kārayī
sudhī
72
Kāresi saka saññāya-'rāmaṃ vijaya sundaraṃ
Tato vattala
gāmasmiṃ-vihāraṃ vijayabbhujaṃ
73
Kaḷyāṇi nāme viddhastaṃ-vihāre
damiḷehi so
Bandhāpetvā mahā thūpaṃ-kāresi soṇṇa
thūpikaṃ
74
Tathe'va māyā raṭṭhasmiṃ-jiṇṇe ca paṭimā ghare
Vihāre
pariveṇe ca-pāsāde paṭisaṅkhari
75
Rañño parakkanta bhujo-bhuvaneka
bhujo sutā
Tesu parakkanta bāhuṃ-'trajaṃ sapuñña lakkhaṇaṃ
[SL Page
107] [\x 107/]
76
Saṅgha rakkhitābhidhāna-mahā sāmi
padhānake
Nīyyādetvāna saṅghasmiṃ-vijayabāhu bhūbhujo
77
Puna
tassā'pi dāṭha gga-patta dhātu yugaṃ tathā
Saṅgha'ñca sakalaṃ
laṅkaṃ-nīyyadetvā'nusāsayī
78
Vidita samaya sattho puñña pūgaṃ
cinitvā'
Yati phala'miti kaṅkhaṃ laṅka pāmokkha khette
Naravara varabījaṃ
nikkhipitvāna nāka'
Magami catu samaṃ so patthivo katva
rajjaṃ.
Bhāṇavāraṃ chattiṃsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda
saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse cuddasa rāja dīpano nāma
Chattiṃsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 108] [\x 108/]
1
Atho tassa'ccaye
rañño-parakkamabhujo suto
Dutiyo sahasse satta-sate
catunavutime
2
Hāyena paṭhamaṃ rajjā-bhiseka maṅgalaṃ varaṃ
Kāresi
jambudoṇīyaṃ-purisaṃ mahatā mahā
3
So kalikālasāhicca-sabbaññū paṇḍito
iti
Samaññaṃ'labhi paññāta-paṇḍitattā
disampati
4
Yuvarajje'bhisiñcitvā-bhuvanekabhujaṃ'nujaṃ
Rajjabhāga'madā
tassa-sirimā dharaṇissaro
5
Vidhātukāmo dasana-dhātumānana
'mādito
Rājamandirañattasmiṃ-dāṭhādhātugharaṃ
varaṃ
6
Kāretvā'nagghikaṃ dāṭhā-dhātuṃ māḷuva pabbatā
Samānesi
jambudoṇi-puraṃ mahussavena so
7
Yathākkamaṃ
maṇisoṇṇa-sajjhumayakaraṇḍake tayo kāresi dhātussa-maṇinā
dhāraka'mpi
ca
8
Tato dhātumahaṃ katvā-dāṭhādhātuṃ
sapāṇinā
Samādaraṃ samādāya-saṅghamajjhamhi satthuno
9
Guṇaṃ
saṃvaṇṇayaṃ sacca-kiraya'ṅkā pāṭihāriyaṃ
Dāṭhā dhātu sāmi varo-sādhu dasseyya
me iti
10
Ta'ṅkhaṇaññe'va dasana-dhātu
kararavindato
Vehāsa'muggamitvāna-canda lekhe'va pīvaraṃ
11
Māpetvā
mārajī rūpaṃ-chabbaṇṇa buddha raṃsiyo
Vissajjetvāna
kasiṇa-pura'mohāsiya'bbhutaṃ
12
Pāṭiheraṃ padassetvā-sajanaṃ mahipaṃ
bhusaṃ
Vimbhāpayanti nabhaso-'ruyha rañño kareṭhito
13
Jīvitaṃ vata
me ajja-saphala'nti mudā vadaṃ
Dhātu pādaṃ samuggesu-vaḍḍhetvā
paṭipāṭiyā
14
Patiṭṭhāpiya dhātvagga-karaṇḍaṃ dhātu
mandire
Dhātupūja'ṅkāsi rājā-sattāhaṃ modamānaso
15
Tato mahājanā
sabbe-sabhikkhū maharājini
Pasannā'tisayaṃ'hesuṃ-patāpāvanatā'ttano
[SL Page 109] [\x 109/]
16
Sesā narādhipā tassa-paṇṇākārāni
pesayuṃ
Tesaṃ camū sasenā ca-sannipātetva ekato
17
Senānivese
kāretvā-tatra tatra ṭhite hi ca
Balakkāra'ṅkarontehi-dāmiḷehi
viyujjhiya
18
So'ppāṭetvā'rāti rañña-thambhaṃ samūlakaṃ
lahuṃ
Nikkaṇṭaka'ṅkā siriyā-laṅkāvanitalaṅkitaṃ
19
Kāretu'middhaṃ
laṅkaṃ tu-samāraddhe'ssa rājino
Vasse'kādasame canda-bhānū'ti vidito
tadā
20
Jāvake'ko mahīpālo-laṅka'motari senayā
Maya'mpi
sogate'tya'mha-māyaṃ vidhāya jāvakā
21
Yodhā visa vididdhehi-bāṇehi
diṭṭhadiṭṭhake
Jane nipīḷayantā te-nāsayuṃ laṅka maṇḍalaṃ
22
Raṇāya
jāva yodhehi-vīrabāhu dharāpatiṃ
Bhāgineyyaṃ sahabalaṃ-pesesi
sīhavikkamaṃ
23
Dāruṇo so vīrabāhu-sobbhānu raṇa pesalo
Candabhānuṃ
bhusaṃ rundhī-saṃyugambarapaṅgane
24
Yodhe pavīre laṅkīye-niyojīya
tahaṃ tahaṃ
Yujjhitvā jāvake yodhe-ghātetvā secake
bhaṭe
25
Palāpesi atho deva-puraṃ gantvāna kesavaṃ
Dibbaṃ
natvā'bhipūjesi-tahaṃ nandana saññakaṃ
26
Pariveṇa'ñca
kāretvā-jambudoṇi puraṃ puna
Gantvā parakkantibhujaṃ-passi rājā'pi
pitimā
27
Tato mahīpati loka-sāsanodayike subhe
Kicce'rabhī
kārayituṃ-dayā sampuṇṇa mānaso
28
Purā'rātīha'vahaṭe-'nvayappaveṇike
subhe
Gāma kkhettā dayo tesaṃ-tesaṃ dāpesi sāminaṃ
29
Vihāra
cetiyā yatte-bhoge pādā sanantane
Panodiyā'lajjī gaṇaṃ-sāsanaṃ
parisodhayī
30
Atho sīla samiddhe tu-tipeṭaka dhare yatī
Coḷato
netvi'dhā'kāsi-samaggaṃ sāsana dvayaṃ
[SL Page 110] [\x 110/]
31
Tamba raṭṭhe lajji bhikkhu-gaṇesu seṭṭhata'ṅgataṃ
Dhamma kitti
ssutaṃ thera-'mānetvā
samupaṭṭhahi
32
Mahātherānaṃ'maṭṭhanna-'maṭṭhāyatana vāsinaṃ
Gāmā
raññika therānaṃ-nivāsā raha rāmake
33
Kāretvā bahavo'dāsi-cinitvā
gāma raññake
Yo dhutaṅga dharā tesaṃ-puṭa bhatta
mahīdhare
34
Kāretvā 'rañña vāsaṃ so-datvā
tesa'mupaṭṭhahī
Idhā'gamadharā dīpe-viralā'ti dharāpatī
35
Samatta
potthake jambu-dīpā'netvā yaticcayaṃ
Dhamme paṭutaraṃ sabba-satthesu ca sa
'kārayī
36
Yuvarājaṃ'nujaṃ sassa-bhuvanekabhujaṃ budho
Kosalaṃ
kārayī tīsu-piṭakesu ca sundaraṃ
37
Vācetvā taṃ thera dhammaṃ-suṇataṃ
bhikkhūnaṃ tahaṃ
Saṅgha majjhe padāpesi-thera
sammuti'muttamaṃ
38
Kāretva'ṭṭhasu
vāresu-saṭṭhitthambhaniketanaṃ
Vicitta maṇḍape tamhi-yathābuḍḍhaṃ
tapodhane
39
Nisīdāpiya vattento-maha'magga'ñca
paccahaṃ
hānantara'madāpesi-bhikkhūna'ñcayathārahaṃ
40
Dāpetvā
sāmaṇerāna-'mupasampatti'muttamaṃ
Bhūpo aṭṭhu'pasampatti-maṅgala'ṅkārayī
tadā
41
Atho sayañjāta
pure-sirivaḍḍhananāmike
Mahāvihāra'ṅkāresi-vihāraṅgehi
bhāsuraṃ
42
Jambudoṇi purā yāca-seṅkhaṇḍa sela
ṭhāniyaṃ
Kāretvāna'yana sammā-samaṃ bheri talopamaṃ
43
Vicitta
toraṇā dīhi-sajjāpetvā salaṅkate
Mahārathe'ropayitvā-dāṭhā patta gga
dhātuyo
44
Mahena mahatā netvā-sirivaḍḍhana vissūtaṃ
Puraṃ vihāraṃ
majjhamhi-mahaggha maṇimaṇḍape
45
Buddhāsana matthakasmiṃ-patiṭṭhāpiya
mānanaṃ
Kāretvā katipāhaṃ tā-jambudoṇi puraṃ nayī
[SL Page 111] [\x
111/]
46
Sirivaḍḍhana pure ramme-parakkama bhuja
vhayaṃ
Pariveṇa'ñca kāresi-pāsāda panti bhūsitaṃ
47
Yuvarājena
tannāmaṃ-bhuvaneka bhuja ssutaṃ
Kāresi pariveṇañca-yūpa maṇḍapa
maṇḍitaṃ
48
Hatthi sela pure rājā-tannāmaṃ yuva rājinā
Mahā
vihāra'ṅkāretvā-tatthe'vā'ti mano haraṃ
49
Mahā mahinda
bāhū'ti-pariveṇa'ñca kāriya
Raññā yaṭālatissena-kalyāṇi pura
puṅgave
50
Yūpaṃ kārāpitaṃ jiṇṇaṃ-pañca
bhūmaka'muttamaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī sammā-atho
pākatika'ñca'kā
51
Sayita ppaṭimoka ñca-tivaṅka
paṭimālayaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayitvā'tra-mahācetiya cavvaraṃ
52
Puthūlehi
chādetvā-vidhāpiya samattalaṃ
Maṇḍapaṃ kārayī assa-pūrato'ti
manoramaṃ
53
Tato goṭhābhaya vhena-rājinā kāritaṃ
purā
Vaṭṭadhātugharaṃ hattha-vanagalla vihārake
54
Kārāpayī'naggha
hema-siṅgika'ñca tibhūmakaṃ
Tahaṃ sapitubhūpatta-bhāva nikkhepa
bhūmiyaṃ
55
Kārāpetvā cetiya ggaṃ-aṭṭhaṃsa paṭimā layaṃ
Vidhāpiya
tahaṃ bimbaṃ-ṭhapāpayi silā mayaṃ
56
Mahākassapa therassa-mahākhīṇā
savassa tu
Dāṭhādhātu pane'kākī-bhīma tittha vihārake
57
Vattatī'ti
suṇitvā so-bhūbhujo tuṭṭha mānaso
Samaṃ senāya gantvāna-sampūje'si
dinattayaṃ
58
Atha deva pure rājā-jiṇṇaṃ hari surā layaṃ
Sutvā
vyamhaṃ'va kāretvā-navaṃ sasirikaṃ puraṃ
59
Vidhipetvā pati
samaṃ-'sāḷhi maṅgala'mussavaṃ
Niyojesi
pavattetuṃ-devaccana'makārayī
60
Patthivo'ccanta pāmojjo-'sakiṃ
rajjena pūjituṃ
Cintetvā rāja bhavanaṃ-vejayantaṃ'va kāriya
[SL Page
112] [\x 112/]
61
Dibbaṃ puraṃ'va'laṅkatvā-puraṃ sīhāsane
vare
Danta dhātuṃ ṭhapetvāna-mahāpūjā pavattayī
62
Atho rājā
caturaṅga-senāya parivārito
Sumana ddiṃ yaso gamma-vanditvā pada
lañchanaṃ
63
Taṃ samantā janapadaṃ-ratanā kara bhūsitaṃ
Dasa gāvuta
matta'mpi-sirīpādassa'dā sato
64
Atho so dharaṇī pālo-cinituṃ puñña
sampadaṃ
Devappatīrājamaccaṃ-kattu'mpi loka saṅgahaṃ
65
Niyojesi
sasaññāya-so vā'do sacivo dayo gaṅgā siri puraṃ gantvā-sumanānimisassa
tu
66
Kārāpetvā varaṃ rūpaṃ-'laṅkatvā ratanādihi
Ta'mādāya
samantaddiṃ-'gami setū ca kārayaṃ
67
Sirī pādaṃ namassitvā-pūjetvāna
samādaraṃ
Dibba bimbaṃ tahaṃ pāda-cetiyā jira
kuñjare
68
Patiṭṭhapetvā caraṇa-lañcha cetiya maṇḍapaṃ
Kārāpetvā
taṃ samantā-caraṇa'ñcā'pi bandhayī
69
Sirīpādappanāmāya-janānaṃ
gacchataṃ bhusaṃ
Phāsuyā'ddha'ñca
kāresi-vissāmasadanānica
70
Pāsāṇa rohaṇe tattha-tattha bandhāpayī
lahuṃva
Likhipetvā 'khilaṃ vuttiṃ-silāthamhe
ṭhapāpayī
71
Gantvā'tha sacivo hattha-vanagalla vihārakaṃ
tubhumaka'ñca pāsādaṃ-kāretvā rājino
varaṃ
72
Āgamma'nomadassissa-mahāsāmissa taṃ dadi
Paṭṭhapetvā
dānavaṭṭaṃ-silālekhaṃ ṭhapāpayī
73
Athā'macco bhīmatittha-paṭṭanaṃ gatavā
tahiṃ
Kāḷī nadī mukhe setuṃ-'kāsi chāsītihatthakaṃ
74
Kadalī sena
gāmasmiṃ-sālaggāmāpagāyaca
Sāla pādapa sobbhe ca-setu bandhāpayī
yaso
75
Sacivo bhīma tittha vhā-vihārā'kāḷa sindhuyā
hāne'pi yojanā
yāte-nāḷikera samākulaṃ
[SL Page 113] [\x 113/]
76
Mahuyyānaṃ parakkanta-bhuja rājā bhidhānato
Kārāpayi pāṇi
gaṇa-hitatthi mahatu'ssahā
77
Chedāpetvāna likuca-vanaṃ saṃvasathaṃ
subhaṃ
Kārāpetvāna paṇasa-kānanaṃ puna ropiya
78
Tahaṃ tibhūmaṃ
paṭimā-gharaṃ rāma'ñca rammakaṃ
Bodhi cetiya pākāra-saññuta'ṅkārayī mato
79
Saya'ṅkate patirāja-pariveṇe'dhipokavi
Siddhanta
saṅgaha'ṅkāsi-sīhalaṃ saddalakkhaṇaṃ
80
Parakkamabhujo rājā-pūtakitti
kaviddhajo
Kabbacūḷāmaṇiṃ kabbaṃ-kabbānaṃ'va siromaṇiṃ
81
Visuddhi
magga byākhyāna-'mathe gambhīra gabbhitaṃ
Vinicchayassa
viniye-byākhya'ṅkāya'ttha sūcakaṃ
82
Mayūrapāda vha pari-veṇe'dhīso
yatissaro
Pūjāvalī dhamma ganthaṃ-tade'vā'kā sabhāsato
83
Vyattā
vyaracayuṃ dhīrā-thūpavaṃsaṃ tathe'va ca
Vihāramhi vaṃsaṃ hattha-vanagalla
samaññake
84
Dhammakitti ssuto thero-sirimeghādi vaṇṇato
Paṭṭhāya
yāva dutiya-parakkamabhuja vhayaṃ
85
Pavatti maggaṃ
laṅkāyaṃ-saṅghaṭṭiya yathākkamaṃ
Antogadha'ṅkāsi mahā-vaṃsamhi
suddhabuddhiyā
86
Athe'kadā tu laṅkāyaṃ-yena kenaci hetunā
Samatta
tāpako gimho-āsi dubbhikkha bhīti ca
87
Bhūpo vatthuttayaṃ
nātha-devādayo mahiddhike
Pūjetvā bhikkhu saṅghena-paritta'ñca
bhaṇāpiya
88
Radadhātuṃ puraṃ ramma-kāretvā
padakkhiṇaṃ
Samadhiṭṭhahi devotu-vassatū'ti mahādayo
89
Ta'ṅkhaṇa
ññe'va pāvassi-vassanaṃ gajjayaṃ nabhaṃ
Bhūsayaṃ sassa
sampattiṃ-dubbhikkhassa'pahāsayaṃ
90
Kavissaro parakkanta-bāhu rājā
mahāsayo
Pāva vuddhattanaṃ nīyyā-detuṃ rajjaṃ sakaṃ puna
[SL Page 114]
[\x 114/]
91
Bhāgineyyaṃ vīrabāhuṃ-tathā vijayabāhu ca
Bhuvanekabhujavho ca-tathā tilokamallako
92
Parakkamabbāhu
sañño-jayabāhā bhidho tathā
Icce'te pañca
putteca-samāhūyo'vaditva'tha
93
Mahājanaṃ mahāsaṅghaṃ-sannipātetva
sādaraṃ
Ko ve'tesaṃ rajjayoggo-sahatiṃpucchi patthivo
94
Mahā
saṅgho tahaṃ'voca-bhūpe'te ca mahādhitī
Bhāgadheyyā rajjayoggā-'bhavuṃ
tathā'pi jeṭṭhako
95
Suto vijayabāhavho-rajjakkhamo 'ti
tagguṇaṃ
Saṃvaṇṇayaṃ para'mpī'daṃ-rajja'meva na kevalaṃ
96
Pāletuṃ
jambudīpa'mpi-vijjate subha lakkhaṇaṃ
Sutvā bahū guṇe tassa-bhāsassu
temitakkhako
97
Sutaṃ vijayabāhū'ti-viditaṃ'hūya sādaraṃ
Samāsane
samīpasmiṃ-nisīdāpiya patthivo
98
Akāritaṃ sayaṃ sabbaṃ-loka sāsana
kāriyaṃ
Kattabba'nti puḷatthivhaṃ-nagara'mpi yathā purā
99
Purā
dāṭhā dhātu ghare-danta patta gga dhātuyo
Patiṭṭhāpaya tatre'ti-nivediya
mahāmati
100
Pubba rāja gga nagare-'bhiseka
maṅgalussavaṃ
Kattu'micchāmī'ti vatvā-rajjaṃ ṭhapesi
takkare
101
Atho vijayabāhū'pi-paṭissutvā tathe'ti so
Rājino pituno
rajja-bhāraṃ vahi disampati
102
Mā hotu pituno rañño-soko
'trajaviyogajo
Parakkamabhujavho ca-jayabāhū'ti
dve'nuje
103
Rājantike nivāsetvā-ato tilokamallakaṃ
Pakkosetvā
jambudoṇi-purā ā dakkhiṇaṇṇavā
104
Tadantarappadesaṃ'sa-datvā rakkhāya
rājino
Koḷambanagarā sanne-mahāvattala gāmake
105
Niyojetvā
bhuvaneka-bāhuno'ttarakaṃ disaṃ
Datvā taṃ rakkhituṃ vāsaṃ-kāresi subha
pabbate
[SL Page 115] [\x 115/]
106
Atho so vijayo
vīra-bāhunā saha sajjito
Caturaṅgabalaṃ gayha-nikkhamī purato
tato
107
Mahāduggaṃ vātagiriṃ-gantvā bhūdharamuddhani
Rājāgāra'ñca
kāretvā-pitudattaṃ mahāddhanaṃ
108
Nidhabhitvāna'padatthaṃ-tahiṃ
ṭhapesi sopuna
Kāretvā tattha rāma'ndā-sumaṅgala yatissare
109
Atha
gaṅgāsiripuraṃ-gantvā tatra purātane
Nigamaggāmapāsāda-vihāre khaṇḍa
phullakaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī bhūpo-sinduravāna savhaye
110
hāne
vihāra'ñca vana-ggāmapāsāda'muttamaṃ
Pariveṇa'ñca abhaya-rājanāmaṃ
sa'kārayī
111
Atho hatthi ssela puraṃ-gantvā cullapitussa
tu
Rañño'ttabhāva nikkhepa-ṭhānaṃpassiya dukkhito
112
Tahaṃ tibhūmakaṃ
bhūpo-munelaya'mudu'ttamaṃ
Kāretvā buddhapaṭimaṃ-cullapitu
sarikkhakaṃ
113
hapesi rūpaṃ kāretvā-sabbā bharaṇa saññutaṃ
Tannāma
pariveṇa'ñca-kāresi tattha khattiyo
114
Tato nikkhamma
mahipo-senaṅgehi purakkhato
Subhācalapuraṃ'gañchi-purā yuddhe
palāpito
115
Puna'rapya'vanī pālo-candabhānu suvissuto
Paṇḍuppabhuti
raṭṭhehi-mahāsenaṅga'mādiya
116
Otaritvā mahātitthaṃ-sajāvakabhaṭo
bahū
Sīhale ca vasī katvā-gantvā subhagiriṃ puraṃ
117
Khandhāvāraṃ
tahaṃ bandhī-tadā vijayabāhu'pi
Sammantitvā vīrabāhu-nāmena
vīrasālinā
118
Gantvā sena'mpi sajjetvā-raṇāya
candabhānunā
Dhajiniṃ tassa rundhitvā-pavattesuṃ
mahāraṇaṃ
119
Candabhānubhaṭā yācuṃ-saraṇaṃ'ṅke tahaṃ raṇe
Ito
ci'to'pare yodhā-dhāviṃsva'tha bhayadditā
120
Hantvā bahū bhaṭe
tamhi-candabhānuṃ palāpiya
Jayacchattā dikaṃ tassa-sabbaṃ gaṇhiya bhūpati
[SL Page 116] [\x 116/]
121
Mahārājantikaṃ nesi-taṃ khila'ñca
mahādhanaṃ
Laṅkaṃ vijitasaṅgāmo-'kātapatta'makā lahuṃ
122
Athā'pi
taṃ pura'mucca-varaṇapparikhāvutaṃ
Sajjetvā bhūpapāsādaṃ-kāripayi
manoramaṃ
123
Subhācale bhuvaneka-bhujaṃ sahajakaṃ pana
hapesa'tha
mahīpālo-'nurādhapurapuṅgavaṃ
124
Gantvāna thūpārāmādi-cetiyānaṃ
samantato
Saṃvaḍḍhitaṃ mahāraññaṃ-chedāpetvā mahīpati
125
Navakammāni
kāretvā-thūpānaṃ sādhu sabbathā
Pituraññā
samāraddhaṃ-ratanāvalicetiye
126
Katvāna'niṭṭhitaṃ sabbaṃ-navakammaṃ
suniṭṭhitaṃ
Kattukāmo lahuṃ sippī-janaṃ yojiya
sikkhitaṃ
127
Takkārāpana bhāraṃ hi-saṅghe ṭhapetva sambhamaṃ
Tato
puḷatthi nagaraṃ-'gañchittha tattha vaḍḍhitaṃ
128
Mahāvanaṃ
visodhetvā-mahārājassa'nuññayā
Visāradehi sippīhi-siddhaṭṭhānāni
pubbike
129
Rājamandira pākāra-gopurapparikhādikaṃ
Sabbaṃ
kārāpayitvāna-yathāpurā puruttamaṃ
130
Puraṃ puraṅga saññuttaṃ-katvā
niṭṭhāpayī pabhū
Pure tahaṃ siriṃ
disvā-asahanti'marāvatī
131
Adissamānā'pagatā-viyā'bhiseka
maṅgalaṃ
Kātu'māgacchatu'dāni-piturājantikaṃ lahuṃ
132
Dūtaṃ pāhesi
nikhilaṃ-vatvā vuttiṃ yathākkamaṃ
Sutvā dūtamukhā sabbaṃ-pīto
cakkapurakkhato
133
Mahussavena so mūla-rājadhāni'magā yaso
Rājā
vijayabāhū'pi-paccuggantvā'nayī pabhuṃ
134
Ramme pure rājino
'tha-'bhisekamaṅgalussavaṃ
Pavattayittha sattāha-yathākāmaṃ
yathākamaṃ
135
Vīrabāhuṃ rājaraṭṭhe-nivattetvāna
satthuno
Dhātuye'nemi rājena-jambudoṇipura'ṅgami
[SL Page 117] [\x
117/]
136
Jambudoṇi purā'yāva-puḷatthi pura kuñjaraṃ
Samīkataṃ
mahāmaggaṃ-'laṅkaritvāna 'nekadhā
137
Mahārathe
mahagghasmiṃ-saṇṭhapetvā dvidhātuyo
Pavattento mahāpūjaṃ-mahena tā puraṃ
nayī
138
Purātane dhātughare-pallaṅke ratanammaye
Patiṭṭhāpayi
dhātvagge-vattamāne mahussave
139
Tato paṭṭhāya'nudinaṃ-'neka
pūjāvidhiṃ mudā māsattayaṃ pavattesi-rājañño 'timanoharaṃ
140
Atho'pasampadaṃ seṭṭhaṃ-maṅgalaṃ tattha bhūpati
Sahassatitthe
kāretuṃ-pūjāvatthuṃ mahagghikaṃ
141
Saṭṭhitthambhālayaṃ netvā-yatayo
sīlasampadā
Sannipatantū'ti vatvā-dūte pāhesi
sabbadhi
142
Samāgataṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ-samupaṭṭhiya
sādaro
Pavattesa'ddhamāsaṃ so-upasampattimaṅgalaṃ
143
Tato
paraṃmahāsāmi-padādiṃ yatinaṃ varaṃ
Dāpesi vijayabāhu-bhūpo sāsana
māmako
144
Pitupatthiva saññāya-loka sāsana saṅgahaṃ
Katvāna
taṃ'khilaṃ rañño-nivedesi mahāmati
145
Itthaṃ gatta pavutti
citta'makhilaṃ lokamha'tho sāsane
Yojento janayaṃ'bhivuddhi'manisaṃ patta
gga puñña ssiri
Nīyyādetva sutassa rajja'matulaṃ dibbattanaṃ
hāyane
Pañcattiṃsatime parakkamabhujo laṅkissaro'gā
sudhī
Bhāṇavāraṃsattatiṃsatimaṃ
---------------
Itisajjanānanda
saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse paṇḍita parakkamabāhu bhūpassa
Rajjappavatti dipano
nāma sattatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 118] [\x 118/]
Aṭṭhatiṃsatimo paricchedo ------------------
1.
Tadaccaye
jeṭṭhasuto hi tassa
So bodhi sattavhasuto catuttho
Laṅkissaro'sī
vijayādibāhu
Rajjaṃ'nusāsaṃ dvisamaṃ manuññaṃ
2
Kārāpita'ttena
atho puḷatthi
Pure vasī sāsanavuddhisatto
Tadāni mittaddubhi mittanāmo
Senāpatī'bbhantarikaṃ'va rañño
3
Laddhā sakhaṃ tassa padatva
lañcaṃ
Dāsena tene'kadinamhi ratto
Bhūpaṃ nighātāpayi rajja lobhā
Sutvā
pavattiṃ ta'maraṃ'sa rañño
4
Khatto sagabbho bhuvanekabāhu
So
jambudoṇinagarā subhaddiṃ
Duggaṃ pura'ṅgā atha jambudoṇi
Pura'ṅgamitvā
sa'himittanāmo
5
Sīhāsane bhūpati mandirasmiṃ
Nisajja
rājābharaṇābhibhāsaṃ
Dassesi sabbassa sayaṃ'va attaṃ
Sapakkhikā te sacivā
samecca
6
Saṅgaṇhituṃ saṃyugasena 'māsuṃ
Bhatippadānena
samārabhiṃsu
Sattassatā ṭhākurakādyarīya
Khattā bhaṭā ta'ñca
paṭikkhipitvā
7
Ta'ṅkāraṇā mittamukhe vadema
Itī'rayitvā puna
rājavesmaṃ
Gamiṃsu tasmiṃ ṭhakuro abhīto
Yodho'sinā
mittavamūpatissa
[SL Page 119] [\x 119/]
8
Sīghaṃ tva'raṃ
chindi samāgatehi
Kasmā tvaye'taṃvihita'nti puṭṭho
Pune'dame'vaṃ
bhuvanekabāhu
Khattassa'ṇāyā'ti kataṃ vadittha
9
Hotū tathā
taṃ'riyakhattiyāte
Ekī bhavitvā bhuvanekabāhuṃ
Pabhuṃ subhā bhūdharato hi
jambu
Doṇīpuraṃ netva 'bhisiñcayiṃsu
10
Pattābhiseko
bhuvanekabāhu
Rājā tato
vetanadānato'pi
Senaṅga'mattānupavattana'ṅkā
Rajjatthike'tho pana
pāratīrā
11
Kāliṅgarāyārapadhānake 'trā'
Gate bhaṭe
sīhalavaññabhūpe
Sabbe'panoditva'tha sabbalaṅkaṃ
Nibberikaṇṭa'ṅkari
sabbathe'va
12
Tahiṃ vasitvā sa'hi kañci
kālaṃ
Subhācala'ñcārupura'ṅkaritvā
Vasaṃ tahaṃ sassa pite'va
saddho
Tipeṭakaṃ viññūjanehi sammā
13
Lekhāpayitve'ha tahiṃ tahiṃ
hi
Vihāraseyyosu patiṭṭhapesi
Rājā puḷatthinagarā sa'danta-
Dhātuṃ
varaṃ netva subhācalasmiṃ
14
Pure ṭhapetvā'nudinaṃ mahantaṃ pūjāvidhiṃ
vattayi sādaro'va
Vāresu'nekesu'pasampada'ñca
Kārāpayī
maṅgala'mussavena
15
Subhaṃ bhusaṃ so bhuvi bhūri maggaṃ
Cinitva
sammā bhuvanekabāhu
Laṅkissare'kārasavassa'mevaṃ
Rajja'nnusāsitva sivaṃ
diva'ṅgā
[SL Page 120] [\x 120/]
16
Asse'va rañño
samayamhi paṇḍu
Desīyako so'riyacakkavatti
Suto'taritve'ha puraṃ
subhaddiṃ
Gantvā bhadantaṃ dasanaggadhātuṃ
17
Sāraṃ
dhana'ñcā'pigahetva sabbaṃ
Gantvāna paṇḍuvisayaṃ tadāni
Pabhussa tasmiṃ
kulasekharākhya
Rañño adāsī varadantadhātuṃ
18
Atho
catutthabbījayādibāhu
Rājassuto'ṇhaṃ'va nivārayanto
Dovo parakkantibhujo
tatīyo
Ussapayī seṭṭhasitātapattaṃ
19
Paṇḍuṃ
purānīta'managghadāṭhā
Dhātuṃ bhadantaṃ'bhijanāgata'mpi
Sāmaṃ
vinā'netu'mupāya'mañña'
Mapassayaṃ kehici sikkhitehi
20
Yodhehi
saddhi'ṅgami paṇḍuraṭṭhaṃ
Disvāna paṇḍūmahipaṃ kathañci
Tosetva raññā'diya
danta dhātuṃ
Laṅkaṃ paviṭṭho sa'puḷatthisaññe
21
Pure
puraṅgaggagate purāṇe
Dāṭhaggadhātvāvasathamhi kante
Patiṭṭhapetvā
dvijadhātu'maggaṃ
Kāresi dhātūpacitiṃ pahūtaṃ
22
Puññaṃ cinitvā
vividhaṃ mahīpo
Diva'ṅgatopañcamahāyanamhi
Vuttho puḷatthivhapure
'sa'panto
Āsī parakkantibhujo pajeso
23
Tadaccayā'tho
bhuvanekabāhu
Subhaddi dhisa ppaṭhamassa rañño
Suto dutīyo
bhuvanekabāhu
Khatto dvipaddivhapure'si bhūpo
[SL Page 121] [\x
121/]
24
Rājaggasampatyucitaṃ'nuvassaṃ
Kāretva so moḷisivaṃ
visiṭṭhaṃ
Atho'pasampattimahaṃ hi jeṭṭha
Mūlamhi
māsamhipavattayittha
25
Sāhassikānaṃ satataṃ yatīnaṃ
Puññatthiko
paṭṭhapi pākavaṭṭaṃ
Cinitva puññaṃ dvisamaṃ sa'rajja'
Mevaṃ'nusāsitva
gamittha maccuṃ
26
Atho'trajo tassa parakkamādi-
Bhujo catuttho
vidito kavī'ti
So hatthiselavhapure vasanto
Rajjaṃ vicāresi
siva'ṅkarāṇo
27
Tahiṃ narindo dasanaggadhātu
Gharaṃ sa'kāretva
tibhūma'maggaṃ
Dhātudvayaṃ satthuradaggapattaṃ
hapetva
tasmiṃ'paciti'ṅkarittha
28
Vasundharindo'nudinaṃ radopa
Hārussavaṃ
sādhu pavattayittha
Sabhāsato'ssa'ddhani dantadhātu
Vārittanāmaṃ
viracittha ganthaṃ
29
Coḷīya desā gata'matra nānā
Bhāsāsu
satthantarakesu'bhiññaṃ
Rañño garuttamhi ṭhapetva thera'
Mekaṃ tato
theravarā narindo
30
Paññāsa pañcassata jātakāni
Sātthaṃ samuggayha
sabhāsato'va
Yathākkamaṃ te parivattayitvā
hapesi lekhāpiya
sabbadhī'ha
31
Yaṃ titthagāme pavare vihāre
Kāresi rājā
vijayādibāhu
Yūpo'si dīgho parijiṇṇa ko so
Tahaṃ parakkanti bhujo narindo
[SL Page 122] [\x 122/]
32
Dīgha'mpi pāsādavaraṃ
dvibhūmaṃ
Kāretva tasmiṃ pariveṇanetu
Sa'kāyasatthitthavirassa
suddha
Sīlassa pādāsi kavissarassa
33
So sāsanassa 'bbhudayaṃ
samicchaṃ
Vāresva'nekesu'pasampada'ñca
Kāresa'tho
pañcasahassanāḷī
Kerāgayuttaṃ pana
titthagāme
34
Kāresi'yārāmavara'mpi vaṇṇu-
Ggāme vihāramhi
sanāmadheyyeṃ
Dvibhūmakaṃ dīghamanuññayūpaṃ
Kāretva saṅghassa padāsi
bhūpo
35
So rājagāma nnikaṭe narindo
Ghanādinandaṃ siri
mukhya'maggaṃ
Vihārakaṃ viddūma nāmagāme
Kāretva coḷīyagarussa
'dāsī
36
Māyādhanavhe vijite nava'mpi
Puraṃ vidhāyā'maramandiraṃ
hi
Kāretva tasmiṃ harirūpahāriṃ
hapetva vattesi baliṃ
mahantaṃ
37
Lokassa so sāsanakassa vuddhiṃ susādhayaṃ'nekavidha'mpi
puññaṃ
Katvā narindo vibudhavhito'va
Dibbattana'ṅkā
sakakammasādiṃ
38
Tadaccaye vaññasuto tatīyo
Rājā bhavīso
bhuvanekabāhu
Tassa'ccaye pañcamako mahīpo
Rajja'nnusāsī
vijayādibāhu
39
Hatthācalaṭṭhāniya pacchimassa
Rañño piyā yonaki
kucchi jāto
Vatthādhibhū sūnu ca bhūmapagga-
Mahesiyā sīhalikāya
putto
[SL Page 123] [\x 123/]
40
Duve 'bhavuṃ tesu ca
vatthusāmī-
Baṇḍāranāmo sacivopakārā
Laddhāna rajjaṃ janikāya
laddhiṃ
Dulladdhikaṃ gaṇhi tato'ppasannā
41
Sabbe sajīvā pana
buddhabhattiṃ
Jahāsi yo so idha rājatāya
Mantetva'yoggo,ti kathañci
āsuṃ
Mārema taṃ nicchiya hatthisele
42
Paritta maṇḍappa
vara'ṅkaritvā
Tahaṃ parittaṃ suṇitu'nti netvā
Māretva pātetva'calā ta'mā
suṃ
Rajje'bhisiñciṃsva'paraṃ kumāraṃ
43
Atho catuttho
bhuvanekabāhu
Gaṅgā sirivhe nagare manuññe
Rajja'nnusāsitva catuttha
vasse
Sa'kitti sesattana'māga rājā
44
Senāpatī sinduravāna
gāme
Sepaṇṇisele'bhinavaṃ vihāraṃ
Kāresi
laṅkātilaka'mpisenā-
Laṅkāranāmo kusalesi niccaṃ
45
Senāni
so'vanipatissa bala'mpi laddhā
Sambuddha sāsana varassa
visuddhi'mattā
Kāresi bhūpasacivā kusala'ṅkaritvā
Sagga'ṅgamuṃ
cinuthapuñña'manantada'mbho
Bhāṇavāra
maṭṭhatiṃsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
Navarājadīpanonāmaṭṭhatiṃsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 124] [\x
124/]
Ekūnatāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1.
Atha
pañcamako rājā-parakkantibhujavhayo
Pañca vassaṃ rajja'makā-gaṅgā siri pure
vasaṃ
2
Vuttho devappure koci-dhīmā yatipatī
tadā
Setacchadavhasandesaṃ-akāsi sumanoharaṃ
3
Vikkamabbāhu
bhūpālo-tatiyo'sitadaccaye
Pañca rasa samaṃ rajja-'ṅkāsi rājā tahaṃ
vasaṃ
4
Bhūpo so cetiye'kasmiṃ-sirivaddhana ṭhāniye
Patta dhātuṃ
munindassa-pavaraṃ sunidhāpayī
5
Asse'va rañño samaye-girivaṃsā
bhisambhavo
Pabhurājā'si'laggakko-nāranāmo mahāyaso
6
Perādoṇi
sucikhyāte-pure vāsa'makappayī
Patīci dadhi sāmanta-desaṃ gepayituṃ
puna
7
Rayiggāme vasī so hi-kaḷyāṇī nagarantike
Dārūrugāme
mahati-taḷāke varaṇādihi
8
Bhāsuraṃ nagaraṃ rammaṃ-jayavaddhana
vissutaṃ
Dugga'ñca katvā matimā-puna tattha vasī ciraṃ
9
Uttarasmiṃ
disā bhāge-dīpe'smiṃ koci desako
Damiḷānaṃ'bhavā'yatto-yāpāpaṭṭana
vissutaṃ
10
Tesaṃ padhāna nagara-'māsitatrā'dhipo tadā
Ariyo
cakkavattī'ti-vidito'nariyo pabhū
11
Rajje'smiṃ sīhale sālā-vatthusmiṃ
madhugāmake
Koḷamba nagare tesu-ṭhānesu janataṃ bhusaṃ
12
Gāhāpayaṃ
karaṃ niccaṃ-pīḷesa'dhika dāruṇo
Tadā'lakissaro
vīro-sabalocakkavattinā
13
Yujjhitvā ta'ñca
senaṅgaṃ-palāpetvā'riyassahi
Karaddānaṃ nivattesi-'rātikaṇṭaṃ
vinodayī
14
Tassa rañño'ccaye senā-laṅkārassa satīmato
Bhāgineyyo
pañcamako-bhuvanekabhujavhayo
[SL Page 125] [\x 125/]
15 Gaṅgā siri
pure rājā-bhavi saddhā guṇā layo
Bhikkhavo sannipātetvā-dussīle vicinitva
so
16
Uppabbājetva munino-sāsanaṃ parisodhayī
Sajjhu satta
sahassena-sajjetvā sampuṭaṃ tahaṃ
17
Vaḍḍhesi rada dhātvaggaṃ-saddhā
bhatti purassaro
Bhūbhujo carime kāle-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
18
Vasaṃ
vīsatime vasse-maccuvasa'mupāgami
Tadā'pi
pabhurājoso-lakissarasamavhayo
19
Rayiggāme vasī niccaṃ-cinanto puñña
sañcayaṃ
Tasse'va rañño samaye-buvanekabhujassatu
20
Nattā garuḷa
cerassa-dhīmā kavissaravhayo
Akā mayūra sandesaṃ-pajja kabbaṃ
sabhāsato
21
Bhuvanekabhuje bhūpe-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyaṃ
Gate sālo
tassa rañño-senālaṅkāra puttako
22
Dutiyo vīrabāhū'ti-suto gaṅgā sirī
pure
Rajjaṃ patto'si so tassa-jeṭṭho sodariyo tadā
23
Vīrālakissaro
nāma-kumāro sanujassa hi
Rajjaṃ gaṇhitu'māgamma-rayiggāmapure
raṇe
24
Parājito'va so vīro-jambudīpa'magā tadā
Pañcame
saraderājā-vīrabāhu diva'ṅgami
25
Asse'va rājino'sāna-kālamhi
devarakkhito
Jayabāhu mahāthero-akā nikāya saṅgahaṃ
26
Jambudīpaṃ
tadā yāto-so vīrādyalakissaro
Laṅka'māgamma vijaya-bāhunāmena
vissuto
27
Chaṭṭho so bhūpatī hutvā-jayavaddhana ṭhāniye
Vasī tadā
cīna senā-pati ciṃhl̥ samavhayo
28
Pūjā dabbe samādāya-siddhaṭṭhānāni
vandituṃ
Laṅkādīpaṃ samāyāto-dhajiniṃ ta'ñca
gaṇhituṃ
29
Rājo'ssahittha senānī-kathañci sabalo tato
Muñcitvā
nāma'māruyhi-'parasmiṃ samaye'ttano
[SL Page 126] [\x 126/]
30
Kataṃ khepaṃ saraṃ yuddha-sena'mādāya
cīnato
Koḷambatittha'māgamma-etha gaṇhatha suṅkake
31
Dūtaṃ pāhesi
rājassa-tassa vañcaka senino
Saddahitvā giraṃ bhūpo-tacchato
taraṇi'ṅgami
32
Pasayhaṃ taṃ gayha pabhuṃ-nesi nāvāya
cīnakaṃ
Akā'lakissaro rajjaṃ-pabhurājā'tha hatthagaṃ
33
Lamba
kaṇṇanvaya jaya-mālappiyā kaliṅgajā
Devī sunettā bālatte-ṭhitaṃ
puttaṃ'ribhītiyā
34
Vidāgamavihārādhi-patino therasāmino
Nīyyādesi
mahāthero-gopesi taṃ kumārakaṃ
35
Tasmiṃ soḷasavassaṃhi-patte
vuttanta'mādito
Kumārassa mahāthero-mahāmacce'vadittha so
36
Sacivā
taṃ paṭiggayha-pabhurājaṃ'lakissaraṃ
Hantvā rajjaṃ
kumārassa-samappesuṃsamādarā
37
Rayiggāme vasaṃ tīni-vassāni
jayavaddhanaṃ
Pura'ñca rājavesma'ñca-kāretvā
cetiyādayo
38
Sogatasmiṃ sahassasmiṃ-vasse
navasatepuna
Aṭṭhapaññāsame
chaṭṭho-parakkamabhujavhayo
39
Jayavaddhanapure
ramme-rajjābhiseka'muttamaṃ
Patvā lokaṃ sāsana'ñca-kātuṃ'rabhi
savuddhikaṃ
40
Muninda rada dhātussa-narindo mandiraṃ
tahaṃ
Kārāpesi tibhūmaṃ so-dassaneyyaṃ manoramaṃ
41
Maṇikkhacita
sovaṇṇa-samuggesu catusva'pi
Dāṭhādhātubhadantaṃ hi-saṃvaḍḍhesi
yathākkamaṃ
42
Niccaṃ pūjussavaṃ dhātu-sāmindassa
pavattayī
Bhikkhūnaṃ tīsu raṭṭhesu-saṅgaha'ṅkāsi
sabbadā
43
Samātatthāya tannāmaṃ-pappaṭabbipine
subhaṃ
Sunettapariveṇa'ñca-saṅghārāma'ñcasundaraṃ
44
Kāretvā'dāsi
saṅghassa-gāmakkhetta samaññutaṃ
Tepiṭakaṃ sāṭṭhakathā-ṭīkaṃ sādhu likhāpiya
[SL Page 127] [\x 127/]
45
Sāsanappaggaha'ṅkāsi-mahiyaṅgaṇacetiye
Khaṇḍaphullaṃ
pākatikaṃ-gaṇḍalādoṇiyādisu
46
Kāresi'nekavāresu-upasampattimaṅgalaṃ
Pūjāvidhiṃ
pavattento-kāresi samahaṃ bhusaṃ
47
Tadā rañño'trajaṭṭhāne-vaḍḍhito
campakavhayo
Kumāro seṭṭhasenānī-yāpāpaṭṭana
dhīpatiṃ
48
Mahābalaṃ'riyacakka-vattiṃ damiḷanāyakaṃ
Parājetvā
ta'ñca desaṃ-gaṇhi so sīhavikkamo
49
Tuṭṭho rājā tena
tassa-taddesādhipatittanaṃ
Adā tato'parasmi'mpi-samayasmiṃ
narissaro
50
Pūretvā nāvaṃ vāṇijja-bhaṇḍānaṃ yāpapaṭṭanaṃ
Pesesa'tha
vīra rāma-mālarāyara vissuto
51
Coḷādhipatiko
yāpā-paṭṭanantikasāgare
Sabhaṇḍaṃ taraṇiṃ gaṇhi-kuddho taṃ sutva
bhūmipo
52
Satasaṅkhā'pi nāvāyo-sasenā pesayī tahaṃ
Sīhalā pabalā
yodhā-māretvā coḷadhissaraṃ
53
Coḷaraṭṭhe katipaye-pure gaṇhiṃsu
pesale
Tatoppabhūti'dhā'nesu-karaṃ te
paṭivaccharaṃ
54
Rājino'ssa'ddhani laṅkā-dīpo
satthātapenaca
Pajjalittha bhusaṃ satthā-gamadhārīhi
viññuhi
55
Sunetta pariveṇādhi-patimaṅgala savhayo
Mahāsāmī
suvidito-dhamma sattha visārado
56
Paññāto padumavati-pariveṇādhipo
sato
Kavīso vanaratana-samañño saṅghabhūpati
57
Tittha gāmamhi
vijaya-bāhu saññā suvissute
Pariveṇe'dhibhū dhīmā-nimuggo sattha sāgare
58
Rāhulo saṅgharājāca-chabbhāsā paramissaro
Kavayo'ccādayo
loka-sāsanaṃ jotayuṃ tadā
59
Tesaṃ kavī nāma seso-vattamāne'pi
rāhulo
Demaṭāna byāta gāme-khandhāvāra nvaya bbhavo
[SL Page 128] [\x
128/]
60
Vikkamabbāhu saññassa-maṇḍalesassa atrajo
Parakkama
bhujindassa-sutaṭṭhāne pavaḍḍhito
61
Mahāvīdāgamatthera-varasissosuvissuto
Saṃvuttho tittha
gāmasmiṃ-kavi ketū 'sikittimā
62
So
pañcikāpadīpa'ñca-kabbasekhara'muttamaṃ
Sārikā nāma sandesaṃ-pada sādhana
ṭīkakaṃ
63
Pārāpatavhasandesaṃ-jana sota
rasāyanaṃ
Bhāsāsatthantaravuddhi-siddhi'miccha'makā
bhusaṃ
64
Lokopakāra kattāca-raṇasgallṚtivissuto
Yatissaro
santhavidū-sataṃ majjhe virājito
65
VŚttŚvṚ sāmipādo
ca-guttilakkabbakārako
Buddhasataka'ñca
vutti-ratanākarapañcikaṃ
66
Tathāyovuttamālākhyaṃ-'kā
sirīrāmacandako
Kavibhāratī ca tittha-ggāmasāmissa
sissakā
67
Dhammakittinvayā yāto-vimalakitti vissuto
Mahāthero
viracittha-saddhammaratanākaraṃ
68
Parakkantibhujindagga-dhītūlakuḍayappiyo
Nannūrutunayārmantī-nāmāvali'makā
tadā
69
Nareso ratanamālā-nighaṇḍuṃ vyaracittha so
Kokilassuvahaṃsā
di-sandesā'pya'bhavuṃ tadā
70
Parakkamabhujo rājā-katvā 'nekavidhaṃ
subhaṃ
Dvipaññāsatime vasse-kittimā tidiva'ṅgami
71
Paputto tassa
dutiyo-jayabāhu tadaccaye
Patvā laṅkādhipacca'ṅkā-rājā rajjaṃ
dvihāyanaṃ
72
Atho campaka paññāto-yāpā paṭṭana
dhissaro
Sabalo'gamma rājānaṃ-jayabāhuṃ
nighātiya
73
Bhuvanekabhujavhena-chaṭṭhamena suvissuto
Rājā hutvā
sattavassaṃ-rajja'ṅkāsi yathāmati
74
Tade'va dutiyo vīdā-gamo mettiya
savhayo
Mahāthero buddhaguṇā-laṅkāraṃ racayī varaṃ
[SL Page 129]
[\x 129/]
75
Vaḍḍhito'pi tassa suta-ṭṭhāne pabhu tadaccaye
Kavittā
sattamo vidvā-parakkantibhujavhayo
76
Khattorajjaṃ
pāpuṇitvā-jayaddhanaṭhāniye
Vasaṃ rajjaṃ'nusāsittha-dasa saṃvaccharaṃ
sato
77
Vara mati karuṇādī sagguṇassampayātā
Nicita kusala kammā
sāsanaṃ jotayitvā
Avanipati samattā rañjayitvāna
lokaṃ
Surapura'mupagañchuṃbho bhajavho
sivaggaṃ
Bhāṇavāramekūnatāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse dasarāja dīpano
Nāmekūna tāḷīsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 130] [\x 130/]
Cattālīsatimo
paricchedo.
------------------
1
Dvisahassattiṃsatime-sogate vīra
vissuto
Parakkantibhujo khatto-aṭṭhamo paṇḍita
ssutaṃ
2
Parakkantibhujaṃ hantvā-jayavaddhanaṭhāniye
Rajjaṃ
sīhāsanāsīno-bāvīsatisama'ṅkari
3
Asse'ca rājine'kūna-vīsatimamhi
hāyane
Jambudīpe'kadesamhi-govadesādhipo tadā
4
Don [f]prunsiskl̥
da almṚdā-patikāl jātiko'ttajaṃ
Don ll̥ransu da almṚdā-samaññaṃ
taraṇipatiṃ
5
Māhammadika nāvāyo-gaṇhituṃ pesayi'ssa'tha
Aṇṇavo
tiṇṇa nāvāyo-salila bbhama peritā
6
Anapekkhamānā gālu-pura
tittha'mupāgamuṃ
Tadā laṅkāya vāṇijje-payutā caturā
bhusaṃ
7
Muslimjanā'bhavuṃ tasmiṃ-ṭhitā te bhaya tajjitā
Māyāvino
sīhalinda-rañño'ggapuṭa bhedanaṃ
8
Gālūpura'nti vatvāna-almṚdā nāvikā
dhibhuṃ
Mahīpo'tya'paraṃ tasmiṃ-dassetvā vañcayuṃ tadā
9
Patikāl
desiko rāja-patirūpa'ñca koṭṭhakaṃ
Yāci bandhitu'mokāsaṃ-laddhā taṃ
modamānaso
10
Idhā'do tassa sampatta-dīpako pala
thambhakaṃ
Patiṭṭhapetvā kañca 'ddhaṃ vasitvā'gā sadesakaṃ
11
Atho
vīraparakkanta-bāhurañño'trajo varo
Dhammassūto parakkanti-bhujo hi navamo
dayo
12
Jayavaddhana pure bhūpo-āsi sodariye nijo
Devappure vasaṃ
desaṃ-rakkhittha vijayabbhujo
13
Ll̥ransu da almṚda
vha-patikāljātikassi'to
Purāgamanato bhāvaṃ-laṅkāyā'naggha
vatthunaṃ
14
Aññāsuṃ patikāljantū-tato laṅkaṃ
sahatthagaṃ
Kattukāmā'bhavuṃ buddhe-dvisahassekasaṭṭhime
[SL Page
131] [\x 131/]
15
Ll̥pl̥sl̥rasda albargṚ-riya vho
patikālvaro
Nāvādhipatiko satta-rasa nāvā samaññuto
16
Bandhituṃ
koṭṭhakaṃ satta-satasenāhi nibbhayo
Koḷamba tittha'māgamma-māndhituṃ'rabhi
koṭṭhakaṃ
17
Sīhalā tattha vuttantaṃ-sabba'ntaṃ
nijarājino
Nivedayiṃsu bhūpo'pi-sāmacce yuva patthive
18
Samāhūya
pavattiṃ taṃ-vatvā sampati ki'mpana
Kattabba'nti amātehi-mantayī
sa'narādhipo
19
Tato cakkāyudhavhe'ko-pavīṇo pabhuko tahiṃ
hito
tesaṃ bhāva'mupa-parikkhissaṃ samabruvi
20
Taṅkhaṇaññe'va
rājena-āṇatto tuvaṭaṃ pabhu
Aññātakena
kappena-koḷambapura'muttamaṃ
21
Patvā tesaṃ nisagga'ñca-samparikkhiya
sabbaso
Vāḷattaṃ patikālnāma-janānaṃ raṇa sūrataṃ
22
Ñatvā laṅkinda
nikaṭa-'māgammā'mhehi yujjhituṃ
No sakkā tehi'mā jātu-vāso sāmaggiyā
varo
23
Iccā'rocayi so rājā-sāmacco tassa maññanaṃ
Paṭigaṇhi tato
tehi-saddhiṃ sāmaggi'tu'ttarā
24
Vāṇijjāya tu koḷamba-pure koṭṭha'ñca
khuddakaṃ
Bandhituṃ bhaṇḍavāsa'ñca-tesaṃ
dātuṃ'vakāsakaṃ
25
Laṅkāyā'rāti sampatti-vāretabbā'ti tehi
tu
Itī'disā paṭiññā'pi-ubhinna'mabhavī tahiṃ
26
Bhaṇḍāgāra'ñca
koṭṭha'ñca-bandhitvālahu'matthiraṃ
Vāṇijjāya payojetvā-sajātijanataṃ
bhusaṃ
27
Atha albargṚriyādhi-vacano patikālpabhū
Sabhāgineyyassa
juvan-silvṚrā nāmikassa tu
28
Nīyyādetvā sahakoṭṭhaṃ-senaṃ
romānupūjakaṃ
Nivattāpiya senānī-gocaraṭṭha'magā puna
29
Tato
paṭṭhāya laṅkāya-purā romapurā gatā
Romānu laddhi vallī'si-janayantī dale
tatā
[SL Page 132] [\x 132/]
30
Tato parasmiṃ tatiye-vasse
biraṭl̥bhidhānake
Patikāl yuddha senādhi-patismiṃ 'gamma
koṭṭhakaṃ
31
Sutthiraṃ bandhituṃ'raddhe-māhammadika jantunaṃ
Vañca
vācā nisāmetvā-vāretuṃ koṭṭha bandhanaṃ
32
Rājā dhammaparakkanti-bhujo
saṃyuga vāhiniṃ
Pesesi tatra tuvaṭaṃ-tathā'pi pakikāl
janā
33
Sīhalaṃ yuddha senaṅgaṃ-palāpesu'manussahaṃ
Tato
paṭṭhāyu'bho sāmaṃ-vattayuṃ aciraṃ'ca te
34
Kāle'smiṃ
tambapaṇṇimhi-badulla pubhdaiane
Gaṅgāsiripure perā-doṇi devapuresu
ca
35
Narādhipā maṇḍalikā-sādhipacca'mapekkhakā
Asamaggā tattha
tattha-ruciṃ vāsa'makappayuṃ
36
Tato'rātibalaṃ vuddhi-'magā sabbattha
sabbaso
Sīhalā abalā kiṃ hi-parādhīnaṃ vinā siyā
37
Bāvīsatisamaṃ
rajjaṃ-'nusāsitva
yathābalaṃ
Accaya'ṅgā'vanipati-dhammaparakkamabbhujo
38
Tato
devapure vuttho-vijayabāhu sattamo
Jayavaddhanavhe seta-cchatta'mussāpayī
pure
39
Pubbarañño samayasmiṃ-vattitaṃ
bala'mappakaṃ
Vaḍḍhayanto'dāni sindhu-nikaṭasmiṃ navaṃ
navaṃ
40
Desaṃ pasayha'māyatta-'makaruṃ pakikāl janā
Patiṭṭhapesuṃ
vāṇijja-sālāyo ca tahaṃ tahaṃ
41
Ghātesuṃ sīhale bhūrī-dhanasāraṃ
vilumpayuṃ
Sīhalā dhīnataṃ lesa-matha'mpi namamaññare
42
Tato
ruṭṭhā tesu bhusaṃ-palāpete'mito lahuṃ
Daddallamānā kopena-rayena daḷha
mānasā
43
Aṇṇavantikadesamhi-sīhalīyā samosaṭā
Visasahassa
ppamāṇā-bhaṭā nānāyudha'ndharā
44
Gantvā koḷamba koṭṭhaṃ
taṃ-parikkhepuṃ samantato
Sarāsanehi vijjhantā-hanantā sallakehi
ca
[SL Page 133] [\x 133/]
45
Paharantā laguḷehi-kaṭṭhinaṃ
dussahaṃ raṇaṃ
Pavattayuṃ pañcamāsaṃ-pīḷayuṃ patikāl
jane
46
Accanta byasanā pannāva-kocin nagarato
puna
Taraṇīyā'gatāyā'suṃ-laṅkiketepalāpayuṃ
47
Vijayabāhu
rājassa-paṭhamāya mahesiyā
Bhuvanekabāhu rayi-ggāmabaṇḍāra
nāmako
48
Māyādhanū'ti tanayā-bhaviṃsu bhāgadheyyakā
Mahesiyā
matāya'ssā-'nayī deviṃ paraṃ piyaṃ
49
Jīvantesu sattajesu-sacivehi
sa'mantiya
Attaccaye mahesīyā-dutiyāya
sagabbhakaṃ
50
Devarājavhayaṃ rajje-sāmika'ṅkāsi dummano
Taṃ
ñatvāna kumārā te-jayavaddhana ṭhāniyā
51
Palāyitvāna seṅkhaṇḍa-sela
puṅgava ṭhāniye
Vikkamabbāhu rājamhā-laddhopakārato
bhusaṃ
52
Tato'gamma puraṃ hattha-gataṃ katvāna rattiyaṃ
Solaman
nāma dheyyona-māhammadanarenabhi
53
Ghātāpayiṃsu'vanipa-'mevaṃ
sa'catuhāyanā
Puraṃ jayavaddhanavhaṃ-hitvā
maccupura'ṅgami
54
Bhuvanekabhujo jeṭṭho-kumāro sattamo tahiṃ
Laṅkā
sīhāsanā sīno-pite'vā'sa'tidubbalo
55
Rayiggāmādibaṇḍāra-kumāro
rayigāmake
Māyādhanavhayo khatto-kārite attanaṃ
subhe
56
Sītāvakapure cā'suṃ-patthivā sahajā ubho
Bhuvanekabhujo
bhūpo-'napekkhiyā'nuje pabhū
57
Patikālikehi'mā mettiṃ-vattetvā
rajja'muttamaṃ
Pasāsitu'mārabhittha-accanta kupito
tahiṃ
58
Māyādhanavho'vanipo-bhūpaṃ'panetu'rajjato
Yonakādhipatismā'pi-laddhopakārako
balo
59
Sarayiggāmabaṇḍāra-rājo'va jayavaddhanaṃ
Puraṃ rodhetva
kalahaṃ-tikkhattu'ṅkāsi rājinā
[SL Page 134] [\x 134/]
60
Nāhosi saphalo tassa-kathañcana parakkamo
Bhuvanekabhujo
rājā-asuto dhītaraṃ sakaṃ
61
Samuddādeviṃ vedheya-baṇḍāra khattiyassa
tu
Piya'ṅkari piyo tassā-dhammapālavhayo suto
62
Rājā nattu sakaṃ
rajja-'māyattaṃ kattumānaso
Dhammapālappamāṇena-rūpaṃ kaṭṭhamayaṃ
subhaṃ
63
Mahaggha ratanubbhāsaṃ-sovaṇṇamakuṭaṃ varaṃ
Kāretvā
sellappu nāma-āraccila mahāsayaṃ
64
Dhura'ṅkatvāna patikāl-dese lisban
puruttamaṃ
Pesetvā te tatra raññā-jl̥n samaññena
dhīmatā
65
Pañcāsītyadhikasmiṃ dvi-sahasse
munivacchare
Piḷandhāpayi makuṭaṃ-dhammapālassa bimbake
66
Donjuvan
ityabhidhānaṃ-paraṃ'dāsi tadussave
Patikālindass rajja-'mida'māya
ttakaṃ'disi
67
Visuddha buddha saddhamma-suddha laṅka'mpi
sabbaso
Micchāladdhi kālaṅkehi-lakkhituṃ romapūjake
68
Tena
sellappu nāmena-samaṃ mahāsayenaca
Pesesi patikālrājā-sādhirajja
balatthiko
69
Bhuvaneka bhujo kāsā-samuddanikaṭe sute padese pūjakā
tattha-tattha te samayaṃ sakaṃ
70
Gāhāpayuṃ daḷhabhatyā-desetvā
laṅkike jane
Bandhetvā palliyo tesaṃ-thiraṃ vāsa'ṅkaruṃ
tadā
71
Romānupūjako[f]prunsis-kṣāviyarnāma
vissuto
Mannāramappadesamhi-siva bhatti jane bahū
72
Saladdhi'mpāpayī daḷha-parakkamena nūtanaṃ
Tadā
yāpāpaṭṭanasmiṃ-'dhipo sankiḷināmiko
73
Siva bhatti paro bhūpo-sajāti
janataṃ bhūsaṃ
Laddhiyā tāya
vāretu-'mussahī'pya'phalo'bhavi
74
Romānupūjakānaṃ hi-paskoli'ti
samavhayo
Dvisahassekanavuti-mattamhi munihāyane
[SL Page 135] [\x
135/]
75
Pūjakehi dvīhi samaṃ-uddharaṭṭha'maghaṃ bhusaṃ
Gantvā
sirivaddhanavha-purasmiṃ jayavīrakaṃ
76
Rājaṃ samupasaṅkamma-sādhetuṃ
devamandiraṃ
Laddhāvakāsorājasso-'pakārā'yatanaṃ
thiraṃ
77
Bandhāpiya tahaṃ vāsī-saladdhiyā samappituṃ
Yatayī rājinī
tasmiṃ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṃ
78
Athi'pi māyādhanuko-bhūpo
saṃkuddhamānaso
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-bhāgaṃ yujjhiya
rajjato
79
Katvā'yattaṃ sakaṃ rundhi-jayavaddhana
ṭhāniyaṃ
Govādhipatinā nītaṃ-dakèsṭrl̥ nāma seninaṃ
80
Laddhāna
sājisenaṅgaṃ-bhuvanekabhujissaro
Māyādhanuṃ
palāpetvā-yāvasitāvakāparaṃ
81
Ahāsi dhanasāra'ñca-sañcitaṃ
rājamandire sītāvakapuraṃ rammaṃ-nāsesi cittitaṃ
bhusaṃ
82
Bhuvenakabhujaṃ rājaṃ-sattarasasamaṃ sakaṃ
Rajjaṃ bhuttaṃ
sevakenava-māresa'tha kumantanā
83
Itthaṃ mahīpā saka rajja
lakkhiṃ
Nubhottu'magga'mpi yathābhilāsaṃ
Asakkuṇantā'va
suladdhi'māyuṃ
Jahiṃsu bho mājahatha'ggadiṭṭhiṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ
cattāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janeka dīpavaṃse
paraṅgiyāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Cattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 136]
[\x 136/]
Ekacattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo
-------------------1
Pañcāsītyadhike vasse-'pagate
dvisahassake
Saṅghabodhitvaye jāto-vīravikkama vissuto
2
Seṅkhaṇḍa
sela nagare-patthivo'si mahābalo
Jane saṅgayha
vatthūhi-puñña'ñcinitu'mārabhi
3
Rāja mandira sāmante-dhātu vaḍḍhetva
cetiyaṃ
Kāretvāna tadāsanne-dvibhūma'natimanoramaṃ
4
So'posatha
mālaka'ñca-bhūrī saṅghaniketane
Kāretvā yatinaṃ'dāsi-potthake ca
likhāpayi
5
Sambuddhapaṭimāyo ca-kāresi dhātusampuṭe
Samantakūṭaṃ
gantvāna-vanditvā padalañchanaṃ
6
Varamaggaṃ sādhayituṃ-duggamaggaṃ
visodhiya
Sātatthaṃ gacchataṃ tasmiṃ-parattha
sukhakāmato
7
Kāresa'smehi sopāne-kāretu'mupasampadaṃ
Tīsu raṭṭhesu
yatayo-nimantetvā mahāmahaṃ
8
Pavattento dhammakitti-mahātheraṃ dhuraṃ
varaṃ
Katvāna nadiyaṃ bhikkhu-saṅgha'ñca
pañcatiṃsatiṃ
9
Dāpesu'pasampada'ñca-niccaṃ
puññaparāyano
Dasavassamattaṃ puññaṃ-katvā para'magā
ito
10
Tadaccaye tassa suto-jayavīra iti ssuto
Rājā abhavi
seṅkhaṇḍa-selavha pura
puṅgave
11
Bhuvanekabhujindassa-sattamassa'ccayena taṃ
Don juvan
dhammapālavhaṃ-kumāraṃ patikāl janā
12
Pañcanavutime vasse-dvisahasse
mahesino
Jayavaddhanavhayasmiṃ-pure
rajje'bhisiñcayuṃ
13
Sabhāturājino maccu-payāna'ñca
pavattitaṃ
Sutvāna sabbaṃ vuttantaṃ-māyādhanavhayo
pabhū
14
Bhaṭasenaṅga'mādāya-rajjaṃ gaṇhitu mānaso
Purantika'magā
tasmiṃ-dhammapālapitā tadā
[SL Page 137] [\x 137/]
15
Vedheyabaṇḍārabhidho-māyādhanudharāpatiṃ
Palāpesa'tha
yujjhitvā-tato'cirena mantiya
16
Dulladdhitāye'dha rañño-jayavaddhana
ṭhāniye
Muninda radadhātvaggaṃ-rājarājūhi gopitaṃ
17
Rahasse'va
samādāya-yatayo sabaravhaye
Gāmappadese labuja-gāme
vihārapuṅgave
18
Kārite dvijadhātussa-mandirasmiṃ
manorame
Vaḍḍhetvā'pacitiṃ sammā-vattayiṃsu yathābalaṃ
19
Atho
rañño'ccayaṃ dūta-mukhā nisamma vegavā
Govādhipati nl̥rl̥ñño-samañño
sena'mādiya
20
Toḷambapura'māgamma-pathe rakkhāya
vāhiniṃ
Nivattāpiya sabhaṭo-jayavaddhanaṭhāniyaṃ
21
Patvā tahiṃ
ṭhite mukhye-bandhāpetvāna sīhale
Pavisitvā rājagehaṃ-cirassaṃ sañcitaṃ
dhanaṃ
22
Pasayhaṃ paharī sabbaṃ-vimbhitā janatā tahiṃ
Bhītā palātā
tasitā-māyādhanu'mupāgamuṃ
23
Māyāvī sa'hi
nl̥rl̥ñño-sakhya'māvediyā'paraṃ
Dhammapālaṃ
pavāretvā-yuddhasenaṅga'mādiya
24
Sītāvakapuraṃ pacca-'gañchi 'ṅa
kalahaṅkaro
Māyādhanū vanipatī-taṃ sutvo'paparikkhiya
25
Tahaṃ
jaya'mapassanto-puraṃhitvā'pagā tadā
Puraṃ pāvekkhi patikāl-pati assāmikaṃ
subhaṃ
26
Rājagehe'mupāvissa-mahagghaṃ dhanasañcayaṃ
Nippabhīto
samādāya-koḷambapura'māgato
27
Vedheyo
pakikāljāti-janānaṃ'nucitakirayā
Saṅkuddho'dikkhamāno so-gālūpura
padesakaṃ
28
Gacchanto sammukhībhūte-palliyo vā'pi
bhattike
Vināsetvā sadevīyā-pañcayojanaraṭṭhake
29
Pèlanda iti
vikhyātaṃ-patvā saṃvasathaṃ subhaṃ
Thiraṃ puraṃ karitvā taṃ-tatthā'vasi
yathāruci
[SL Page 138] [\x 138/]
30
Tadā
koḷambanagare-'dhipo so patikālvaro maddituṃ
vedheyabalaṃ-māyādhanavharājinā
31
Paṭissava'ṅkāsi lahuṃ-tato
māyādhanavhayo
Saputta rājasīhena-sahe'va patikālbalaṃ
32
Gahetvā
vedheyarāja-'manubandhi mahabbalo
Hitvā niyaṃ puraṃ rammaṃ-vedheyo rakkhaṇaṃ
sakaṃ
33
Gavesayaṃ devamajjha-desa'ṅgami
tahaṃ'dhipaṃ
Edirīmanusūravhaṃ-rājaṃ ghātetva kenaci
34
Samussahi
tahiṃ bhūpo-bhavituṃ mūḷhamānaso
Tasmiṃ mārāpane rājaṃ-saṅkuddhā janatā
tadā
35
Māyādhanavharāja'ñca-patikāl
jātike'pica
Samāyācu'mupakāraṃ-sarantyā'guṃ
sudussahaṃ
36
Vedheyabhūpo ta'ññatvā-tato 'gā yāpapaṭṭanaṃ
Tahiṃ
damiḷarājena-mettiṃ vaḍḍhetva so vasī
37
Tato kenaci ṭhānena-kupito
vedhayavhaye
Ghātāpayī taṃ damiḷa-rājā'tisaya
kakkhalo
38
Vedheyassa yathā gattaṃ-'yattaṃ damiḷa
rājino
Saya'ñcitaṃ dhanadāraṃ-tathā tassā'bhavī
tadā
39
Vedheyamaraṇaṃ sutvā-māyādhanu narādhipo
Patikālpabhunā
saddhiṃ-kataṃ paṭissavaṃ jahi
40
Palāpetuṃ sa'laṅkāya-patikāljanataṃ
lahuṃ
Thiraṃ katvā sakaṃ rajjaṃ-rājasīhassutena'mā
41
Asakiṃ
patikālavha-janaṭṭhānesu yujjhiya
Asampattajaye'kasmiṃ-kāle
māyādhanutrajaṃ
42
Rājasīhakumāraṃ taṃ-sasenaṃ tehi āhavaṃ
Kattuṃ
peseyi koḷamba-puraṃ pati pathantare
43
MullṚriyavhagāmasmi-'mubhinnaṃ
kharasaṃyugaṃ
Bhavī tasmiṃ rājasīha-kumārassa bhaṭā
balā
44
Ghātesuṃ patikālpāṇī-bhūrī tatra sara'mpi ca
Tesaṃ rattena
lulitaṃ-soṇava ṇṇā'si sabbaso
[SL Page 139] [\x 139/]
45
Punā'pi rājasīhavho-kumāro
thiravikkamo
Mahāsenaṅga'mādāya-jayavaddhanapaṭṭanaṃ
46
Koḷambanagara'ñcā'pi-rodhetvāna
samantato
Vāretvā pana panthesu-gamanāgamana'mpica
47
Vattesi
tumulaṃ yuddhaṃ-'rātīhi catumāsakaṃ
Tahaṃ parājayaṃ
passaṃ-pakikālanikādhipo
48
Seṅkhaṇḍasela nagare-jayavirassa
rājino
Dūte pāhesi turitaṃ-senaṃ netuṃ raṇāya so
49
Pañca sahassa
ppamāṇaṃ-pesesi paṭuvāhiniṃ
Rājasīhakumāro taṃ-sutvā dūta mukhā
padaṃ
50
Sīghaṃ sītāvakapuraṃ-'gamāsi
sahavāhinī
Donjuvandhammapālavho-patthivo jayavaddhanaṃ
51
Puraṃ
pahāya pāvekkhi-koḷambanagaraṃ bhayā
Kārite'ttāna'muddissa-tahaṃ patissave
vasaṃ
52
Yathākāma'masakkonto-rajjaṃ bhottuṃ
sa'dukkhito
Parādhīno'va sarade-dasame accaya'ṅgami
53
Saya'ṅkate
saṃyugasmiṃ-patikāljanatāya'mā
Parājayo jayavīraṃ-nissāyā'sī'ti
cintiya
54
Saṅkuddhamānaso yuddha-sena'mādāya
bhiṃsanaṃ
Jayavīrapatthiva'nnu-bandhitvā sirivaddhanaṃ
55
Puraṃ
patvā rājasīho-kumāro tena yujjhiya
Bhūbhujaṃ taṃ parājesi-jayavīro
palātavā
56
Sadhītuyā sayaṃ patvā-mannārama padesakaṃ
Romaladdhiṃ
samādāya-donpilip iti vissuto
57
Dhītā dl̥nakatirīnā-iti nāmā piyaṃ
vadā
Tesaṃ vase vasī tasmiṃ-yathāniyati dukkhito
58
Samaraticaturo
so rājasīho kumāro
Gamiya sapituraññā tatra
tatrā'jiyā'suṃ
Satatavijayagāhī sakkarenā'tidaḷho
Nijapituvararājaṃ hantva
rajjaṃ gahittha
Bhāṇavāramekatāḷīsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti
sajjanānandasaṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sīhalaparaṅgi
Saṅgāma dīpano nāmeka
tāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 140] [\x 140/]
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo
-------------------
1
Pañcavīsatime
vasse-satasmiṃ dvisahassake
Atho'tra rājasīhavho-chatta'mussāpayī
sitaṃ
2
Ye keci rajjassā'yattaṃ-vadanti te 'khile nije
Sagabbha
pamukhe sabba-paṭhamaṃ mārayī tadā
3
Sītāvakapure cāsaṃ-kurāmāno
pane'kadā
Datvā dānaṃ mahāthere-pitu ghātaka kibbisaṃ
4
Nāsemi'ti
kathaṃ pucchi-desetvā dhamma'muttamaṃ
No sakkuṇiṃsu'rādhetu-duṭṭhacittaṃ
visāradā
5
Kataṃ saya'maghaṃ sakkā-no'ti nāsetu
'mīritaṃ
Daṇḍappahaṭa sappo'va-suṇantokupitobhusaṃ
6
Pucchitvā
sivabhatte'pi-nāsetuṃ sakkuṇoti taṃ
Iti sutvā'mata'miva-sivabhatti'magaṇhi
so
7
Ghātento bhikkhavo dhamma-potthake cā'pi jhāpayaṃ
Bhedāpento
subhe'rāme-uppannaṃ sumanācale
8
Yojesi lābha'mādātuṃ-sivatāpasake
tadā
Micchidiṭṭhi samādānā-nāsesi muni sāsanaṃ
9
Patthivassa
kharattasmiṃ-dulladdhigahaṇe tathā
Ahesu'mappiyā bhūrī-ratā sugata
sāsane
10
Athā'pi sakalaṃ laṅkaṃ-nirātikaṇṭakaṃ thiraṃ
Kattukāmo
mahāsenaṃ-nānāyudhe ca pācure
11
Samādāya 'gato sīghaṃ-koḷamba pura
puṅgavaṃ
Samantato rodhayitvā-'rātīhi bhiṃsanaṃ raṇaṃ
12
Vattesi
samare vatta-mānasmi'muddharaṭṭhiyā
Janayuṃ kalahaṃ taṃ hi-sutvā koḷamba
saṃyugaṃ
13
Pahāya pāvekkhi sena-'mādiyitvo'ddha raṭṭhakaṃ
Sametvā
taṃ kalakalaṃ-tasmiṃ mukhya'nti saṅkayā
14
Perādeṇi rāja
vaṃse-sambhutaṃ vīrasundaraṃ
Baṇḍāraṃ sacivaṃ yuddha-sūra'māhūya vañcato
[SL Page 141] [\x 141/]
15
Māresi niddayo tasmi-'māgusmi'ñca
tadattajo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra nāmo-koḷambanagaraṃ varaṃ
16
Āgamma kittu
samayaṃ-samādāya'ttano pitu
Kata'māguṃ saraṃ donjl̥n-saññāya vidito
vasī
17
Rājasīhavhayaṃ
rājaṃ-paccuddharaṭṭhapāṇinaṃ
Viditvāna'ppasādattaṃ-patikāljanatādhipo
18
Donjl̥n
koṇappubaṇḍāra-kumāraṃ raṇasūrinaṃ
Donpilip iti nāmena-jayavīrassa
rājino
19
Bhāgineyya kumārena-saddhiṃ mènḍl̥sa nāmikaṃ
Senāpatiṃ dhuraṃ
katvā-datvā sena'ntivikkamaṃ
20
Sirivaddhana ṭhānīyaṃ-nayī
vela'mudikkhayaṃ sampattesu puraṃ tesu-ṭhitā sīhalikā tahiṃ
21
No
virodha'madassesu-tahaṃ tesaṃ kathañcana
Tasmiṃ pilipkumārassa-rājattaṃ
patikāljanā
22
Jl̥n samañña kumārassa-senāpati dhuraṃ
tathā
Parināmiya'tho'gañchuṃ-sītāvakapuraṃ pati
23
Don jl̥n koṇappu
baṇḍāra-senānī patthivaṃ sakaṃ
Don pilip iti vikhyātaṃ-ghātetvā'bhavi
bhūbhujo
24
Tato so patikāljantu-sattū ri'va vicintiya
Hantuṃ taṃ
janataṃ tasmiṃ-cinteyā'dhika vikkamo
25
Patikāljanatā tasmiṃ-ṭhānaṃ
ñatvā lahuṃ lahuṃ
Palātā koḷambapura-'māsuṃ sabhītikā
tato
26
Rājasīho dharaṇipo-sabba'ntaṃ'vecca tacchato
Varime vaye
ṭhito ce'pi-samara kkara kaṇḍuniṃ
27
Vinodetuṃ'va nibbhīto-'citasīha
parakkamo
Koṇappubaṇḍāra sañña-pabhusattiṃ
pamaddituṃ
28
Senāparivuto gacchaṃ-mahānagara desakaṃ
Pathantare
balanavha-ṭhānantike mahābhavaṃ
29
Koṇappubaṇḍārakassa-camūhi saha
vattayī
Rājasīho sīhabalo-parājito raṇā'tigo
[SL Page 142] [\x
142/]
30
Petaṃgoḍa vhayuyāne-pādābādhena pīḷito
Ruvanvèlla iti
byāta-gāmasāmantake kharā
31
Vedanā vediyamāno-ekavīsati
vaccare
Kittisesattanaṃ'gañchi-samare maccuno tathā
32
Atho donjl̥na
bhiññāto-vimaladhammasūriyo
Iti seṅkhaṇḍaselasmiṃ-setacchattaṃ pure
tahaṃ
33
Dvisahasse sate yāte-pañcatiṃsati vacchare
Samussāpiya
kittussa-samayaṃ navakābhidhaṃ
34
Jahāsi seṭṭhanagaraṃ-parikkhippa
samantato
Kāretvā pana pākāraṃ-mahantaṃ sahakoṭṭhakā
35
Nivesetvā
rakkhabhaṭe-bale tahiṃ tahiṃ thiraṃ
Lokasāsana saṅgāhaṃ-kattuṃ'rabhi jane
suto
36
Dāṭhādhātuṃ munindassa-vicāretvā kuhiñci'ti
Vihāre
labujaggāme-iti sutvāna patthivo
37
Amatenā'bhisitto'va-pīto
samandirantike
Dvibhumaṃ
dhātusadanaṃ-kāretvā'timanoramaṃ
38
Gāhāpetvā tato dhātu-bhadantaṃ
sambhamaṃ pure
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātupāsādaṃ-pūjāvidhiṃ
pavattiya
39
Namassitvā patidinaṃ-cāritta'ñca yathāpurā
Pavattetuṃ
niyojesi-saddhābhatti purassaro
40
Virodhī'riva
maññanto-patikāljanatāyatu
No jahī paṭighaṃ bhūpo-cirabaddhaṃ
kathañcana
41
Athā'parasmiṃ samaye-koḷamba patikālpati
So
'[f]prunsisku da silvākhyo-govādhipatino lahuṃ
42
Sattiṃ
vimaladhammassa-rājino madditummano
Ñāpesi bhaṭasenaṅgaṃ-pesetuṃ nipuṇaṃ
raṇe
43
Govādhibhū'ticaturaṃ-lopassl̥sā samavhayaṃ senāniṃ pamukhaṃ
katvā-datvāna mahatiṃ
camuṃ
44
Sace
laṅka'ṅkareyyāsi-sāhatthika'manūnakaṃ
Bhāgineyyassa te dl̥na-katarīnābhidhaṃ
piyaṃ
[SL Page 143] [\x 143/]
45
Jayavīrāvanipati-dhītaraṃ
bhariyattane
Samappiya piyaṃ laṅkā-rajjaṃ dassa'nti pāvadi
46
Tabbācā daḷhaceto so-sl̥sā camupatī tato
Sabalo
bhāgineyyena-saddhiṃ
nānāvidhāyudhe
47
Samādāyā'vatiṇṇo'va-mannāramappadesakaṃ
Kumāriṃ
katirīnavha-'mānetvā sirivaddhanaṃ
48
Puraṃ pati
gamissanto-madhuggāmassa santike
Vīsasahassappamāṇa-senāya
parivārito
49
Jayavīrādi baṇḍāra-vissute'ko pabhūvaro
Samāgamma
sl̥sa yuddha-camuyā'gā purammukho
50
Vuttantaṃ taṃ'khilaṃ
sutvā-vimaladhammasūriyo
Jayavīramhi
senindaṃ-bhedesisamupāyato
51
Sl̥savhayo cakkapati-jayavīrassutaṃ
pabhuṃ
Ghātesa'sipahārena-tato sīhalikā bhaṭā
52
Bhītā palātā
sl̥savhaṃ-hitvā āsuṃ tahaṃ tahaṃ
Kupite'ke balā
yodhā-rājāna'mupasaṅkamuṃ
53
Balanavhaṃ sampahāra-dharaṇiṃ
pakikālbale
Sampattasmiṃ sasenāniṃ-senaṃ haniṃsu
sīhalā
54
Sajīvagāhaṃ subhagaṃ-kumāriṃ dl̥nakatiranaṃ
Gahetvāna
mahesitte-ṭhapesuṃ maharājino
55
Athe'kadā gocaraṭṭha-desādhīso
purā'gataṃ
Samuccinitvā senāniṃ-balaṃ datve'ha
pesayī
56
Donjeraṇīml̥daasa-vṚdū'ti viditaṃ tahaṃ
Samuccinitvā
senāniṃ-balaṃ datve'ha pesayī
57
Tambapaṇṇiṃ samotiṇṇo-karāṇo
ninditakirayaṃ
Sīhala bbijaya bbhūmiṃ-balanavhaya
duggamaṃ
58
Bahukkhattuṃ'gammatatra-janānaṃ sakajātinaṃ
Bahunnaṃ
māraṇaṃ sutvā-daḷhatāya'ttano'nisaṃ
59
Jayo vā maraṇaṃ hotu-hanissaṃ
sīhale'khile
Yuddhasajjo sasenāya-sayaṃ'si parivārito
[SL Page 144]
[\x 144/]
60
Pavattayuṃ sīhalehi-tahaṃ bhiṃsanakaṃ raṇaṃ parājitā
palāyiṃsu-asavṚda vha vāhinī
61
Senāpatī asavṚdū-nāmiko'dhika
kakkhalo
Vimaladhammasūrassa-bhūpassa bala'makkhamo
62
Bhūpaṃ
rahasi māretuṃ-yojesi caraporise
Kumantanaṃ khara'meko-mudalī
rājabhattiko
63
Viññāpesī rājino'tha-te'pi
mānusaghātake
Balanavhaya duggamhi-ghātesuṃ
rājaporisā
64
Jahāsa'thu'ddharaṭṭhāsaṃ-patikāljanatā
ito
Samuddanikaṭe dese-vāsaṃ sutthiraka'ṅkari
65
Purā yati
vihiṃsāya-sopasampada bhikkhunaṃ
Vihīnattā'va vimala-dhammasūriya
bhūbhujo
66
Rakkhaṅga desaṃ pesetvā-'macce saddhe
pavīṇake
Nandicakkādayo'netvā-bhikkhavo sīlabhūsane
67
Gaṇṭhamba
sañña titthasmiṃ-mahāvāluka
sindhuyaṃ
Kāretvānu'dakukkhepa-sīmāmālaka'muttamaṃ
68
Dvikasahassassatato-'paritāḷisavacchare
Kulaputtu'pasampanne-kāretvā
bahayo sato
69
Pabbājetvā guṇī bhūrī-tathe'va kulaputtake
Saddho
dhammarato sammā-rakkhi sugatasāsanaṃ
70
Chatāḷīsatime vasse-satasmiṃ
dvisahassake
l̥landanāma paññātā-patīvidisikā janā
71
Sattattarīhi
sampattā-laṅka'motaru'muttamaṃ
Nāvikādhipatī jl̥ris-cènspīlbarjan
itissuto
72
Patvā puraṅga
sampannaṃ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaṃ
Vimaladhamma sūravha-'mupasaṅkami
patthivaṃ
73
Paṭiggahetvā taṃ sammā-tabbijitesu
vattanaṃ
Rajjakkama'ñca talladdhiṃ-raṇavutti'ñca pucchi
taṃ
74
Kathāya sampayogena-rañño bhāva'ñca vediya
Palāpetu'ñca
laṅkāya-patikāljanataṃ lahuṃ
[SL Page 145] [\x 145/]
75
Sāhāyya'mattano rañño-nekatiko nivediya
Bandhituṃ koṭṭhakaṃ
laṅkā-janehi saha nibbharaṃ
76
Payojetuṃ vaṇijjaṃ co-'kāsaṃ yāci
narissaraṃ
Rājā pamudito tasmiṃ-dadi
tassā'vakāsakaṃ
77
Sammadātisayo vèns pil-barjan
nāvikanāyako
Saya'mpi patikālīya-janānaṃ paṭipakkhataṃ
78
Ñāpetuṃ
rājino tesaṃ-tisso taraṇiyo'ṇṇave
Pasayhaṃ paggahetvāna-'vanipaggassa tā
dadi
79
Padassetvāna sambhatta-ta'mitthaṃ nāvikādhipo na cirena sakaṃ
desa-'magamāsi hite rato
80
Taññatte hāyane tesa-'meko sī
bl̥ldavāḍi'ti
Vissuto taraṇidhīso-laṅka'māgamma
laddhake
81
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ṭhānīye-rājāna'mupasaṅkami
Saṅgaha'ṅkāsi
mahipo-ta'magghaṃ paṭigaṇhiya
82
Tato so nāvikādhīso-paṭhamaṃ gahitā
tarī
Anārociya bhūpassa-vossajī sakakāmato
83
Ta'mavecca'situṃ
bhūpo-pācidesa'mupāgami
Tadantare da vāḍnāmo-samupāgamma
patthivaṃ
84
Taraṇīyo no sandaṭṭhu-'mayācitthe 'tu bhūbhujo
Taṃ
paṭikkhipi bhūpālo-'vatthocitavacīhi ca
85
Tahaṃ taripatī
majja-matto'sabbhagiraṃ vadi
Ta'ṅkhaṇa ññe'va kupito-tasmiṃ dubbaca jātike
86
Bhūpo taṭataṭāyanto-daḍḍho khāṇu'va tinduko
Bandhathi'maṃ
sārameyya-'miccu'vāca pabhāvacā
87
Ta'ṅkhaṇaṃ'vanipasse'ko-bhaṭo
ghātesi dubbacaṃ
Yoggaṃ kiraya'mimaṃ'voca-pīṭars
upatarīpati
88
Bhūpo puna puraṃ gantvā-cinitvā kusalaṃ
bahuṃ
Nijaṃ'nujaṃ pabbajita-'muppabbājesi taṃ paṭuṃ
89
Niyojiya
nije rajja-bhāre yuttiyuto budho
Vasse dvādasame bhūpo-yathākamma'magā paraṃ
[SL Page 146] [\x 146/]
90
Itthaṃ bhūpatayo visiṭṭhamatiyā yu
ttā'pi laddhiṃ sivaṃ
Hitve'ke siriyāmadena
muditā'nīghaṃ'nubhutvāni'ha
Ekacce balino samādiya varaṃ laddhiṃ satā'smiṃ
sukhaṃ
Vinditvāna para'ṅgamiṃsu satimā medho kare diṭṭhijuṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ
dvitāḷisatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
l̥landāgamanādi dīpanonāma
Dvicattāḷīsatimoparicchedo
[SL Page
147] [\x 147/]
Ticattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo
-------------------
1
Tadaccaye tassa
suto-māyādhanū'pabhūpati
Ūvadesādhipo rañño-kaṇiṭṭho
cā'tivikkamo
2
Senāratanavikhyāto-rajje sāmitta 'mabravuṃ
Siyā yadi
raṇaṃ tesaṃ-patikāljanatāya tu
3
Parihāni pathā patti-bhaveyyā'ti
vicintiya
Viditā katirīnā'ti-lokanāthā mahesikā
4
Rajjaṃ
sayaṃ'nusāsanti-sacive 'pi samāniya
Rajjassa patirūpattaṃ-sassa sassa
pakāsituṃ
5
Nivedayī kila tesa-'mubhinnaṃ'dhika sattinaṃ
Sabhaṃ
samupasaṅkante-hanitvā sāyakena taṃ
6
Ghātesi māyādhanukaṃ-senāratana
khattiyo
Rajja'maggahi so rañño-deviṃ
katirinavhayaṃ
7
Mahesitte'bhisiñcitvā-hāyane
dvisahassake
Sogatasmiṃ sate satta-tāḷīsame'si bhūpati
8
Pattābhiseko
so rājā-puññakammaparo dayo saṅgaṇhi janataṃ niccaṃ-saṅgahehi
catūhi'pi
9
Dāṭhā dhātu bhadantassa-cāritta'mavilaṅghiya
Pūjāvidhiṃ
pavattesi-siva magga rato sudhī
10
Rajjato pañcama vassa-ppamāṇe
rājino sakaṃ
Puraṃ patya'savṚdavho-patikālpati
kakkhalo
11
Mahāsamara senāya-gamittha parivārito
Taṃ
suṇitvā'risenāya-thāmattaṃ
ca'ttanobalaṃ
12
Dubbalatta'mavekkhitvā-patthivānaṃ siraṃ
viya
Dāṭhādhātuṃ pañcasata-raṭṭhaṃ vaḍḍhetva
duggamaṃ
13
Khemaṭṭhāne sugopetvā-'paciti'ṅkāsi gāravā
Rañño
jeṭṭhasutaṃ hattha-sāra'ñca gabbhiniṃ
nijaṃ
14
Mahesi'ñcā'diyitvāna-tato'gā mahiyaṅgaṇaṃ
Saseno
patikālindo-asavṚdavhayo atho
[SL Page 148] [\x 148/]
15
Mahāpura'mupāvissa-'nagghikaṃ rājamandiraṃ
Jhāpetvā
balanaṭṭhāne-balakoṭṭha'ñca bandhayī
16
Lokanāthā
rājadevī-mahiyaṅgaṇakuñjare
Subhasūcakanakkhatte-rājasīhavhayaṃ
varaṃ
17
Rajjakkhamaṃ mahātejaṃ-pasūtā tanayaṃ piyaṃ
Verijeṭṭho
tadā rattiṃ-supinaṃ passi bheravaṃ
18
Paṭipakkhajanā sabbe-supinā
bhayatajjitā
Palāyiṃsu puraṃ hitvā-jāta teja ggi
dayhitā
19
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-lokanāthā mahesiyā
Jeṭṭho suto mato
rāja-suriyo pubbarājino
20
Tena sokāturā devī-katirīnavhayā
matā
Atho sampattasamayaṃ-viññāya'khila'mādiya
21
Sirivaḍḍhana
ṭhānīyaṃ-patvā sabbaṃ yathāpurā
Kattu'mārabhi sambuddha-dvijadhātuṃ
samāniya
22
Vaḍḍhetvā dhātugehasmiṃ-pūjāvidhiṃ
pavattayī
Patthivassa'ṭṭhamavasse-daboskl̥varsamavhayo
23
l̥landanāvikādhīso-ṭhānīyaṃ
sirivaddhanaṃ
Patvā laṅkissarenā'tha-paṭiñña'ṅkāsi
sāsayā
24
Vattetuṃ patikālpāṇi-gaṇehi saha
saṃyugaṃ
Patthivassu'pakārassa-karaṇāya paṭissavaṃ
25
Dadi
so'landasenānī-tasmiṃ tuṭṭho mahīpati
Koṭṭiyāravhaṭhānasmiṃ-bandhituṃ
koṭṭhakaṃ thiraṃ
26
Sāmaggiyā'va laṅkīya-janehi saha
santataṃ
Vāṇijja'ñca payojetu-'mokāsaṃ
dadi'nuddayo
27
Accantasammado
bhūpo-tasmi'molandadhissaraṃ
Rañño'nusāsakanibhaṃ-nivattāpayi
sappure
28
Patikāljātikā tasmiṃ-kāle catusahassakaṃ
Senaṅga'mpi
datvāna-simankorasa nāmikaṃ
29
Senāni'mappasiddhena-maggena
koṭṭiyārakaṃ
Pesayuṃ te tahaṃ patvo-'landakoṭṭha'ñca rakkhake
[SL
Page 149] [\x 149/]
30
Nāsayiṃsu bhaṭe tasmā-saṅkuddho mahipo
tadā
Pañcasahassappamāṇā-senāyo ca'nayī tahiṃ
31
Palāyuṃ
patikālavhā-ṭhānaṃ taṃ hitva vegino
Tesaṃ bahūni vatthūni-bhaṭe cā'diya
pācure
32
Seṅkhaṇḍasela'māyātā-pura'māsuṃ sadesikā
Atho'pu'bho
saṃyugāya-sañciniṃsu mahabbalaṃ
33
Mahesiccayato sassa-sokasallena
sallito
Senāratana rājindo-gelaññenā'si pīḷito
34
Gelaññaṃ rājino
sutvā-pakikāljātikā janā
Disādhipatinā hṚrat-nāmena saha
rājino
35
Kumantayitvā bhūpassa-tanaye cū'varaṭṭhake
Yuvarāja'ñca
ghātetuṃ-yatayiṃsva'tha kakkhalā
36
Taññatā mahipo
itthaṃ-kumantanakare'pare
Tāsetuṃ taṃ disādhīsaṃ-hṚratsaññaṃ
hanāpayī
37
Taddesikā tato ruṭṭhā-'rātī hutvā'va rājino
Janayuṃ
kalahaṃ bhīmaṃ-patikāljātikā api
38
Samāgatā tesa'māsu-'motāra'mpi
gavesakā
Pesetvā mahipo senaṃ-samesi kalahaṃ
lahuṃ
39
Bhūpasse'kādasamasmiṃ-vacchare patikāljane
Palāpetu'mito
maññaṃ-daboskl̥var mahāsayaṃ
40
Taddesaṃ raṇasenaṅga-'mānetuṃ pesayī
sato
Landesikā tena saddhiṃ-kattuṃ ne'cchuṃ paṭissavaṃ
41
Tato so
nāvikādhīso-ḍenmākavhayaraṭṭhakaṃ
Patvāna tasmiṃ'dhipati-catutthaṃ kirasṭiyan
sutaṃ
42
Rājaṃ samupasaṅkamma-sappayāna'mavoca'tha paṭiggahetvāna
tassa-yācanaṃ guligèḍ iti
43
Senāniṃ vissutaṃ pañca-raṇanāvā
padāpiya
Boskl̥varnāmikenā'smiṃ-pesesi sara'māyatiṃ
44
So phuṭṭharogo
boskl̥var-suvissuta mahāsayo
Tariyaṃ mato'dhā'gacchaṃ-guliguḍ iti seniyo
[SL Page 150] [\x 150/]
45
Samotiṇṇo piyaṃ laṅkaṃ-rañño
sorasavacchare
Passi bhūmipatiṃ seṭṭha-purasmiṃ taṃ
samādaraṃ
46
Paṭigayha saṅgaha'ṅkāsi-sammā tathā'pi buddhimā
No
icchi mahipo tassa-paṭiññaṃ paṭigaṇhituṃ
47
Tato senāni
boskl̥var-mahāsayatarisva'pi
Paharitvā vatthujātaṃ-sakaraṭṭha'magā
tadā
48
Samantato vattamāne-patikālkoṭṭhake thire
Udikkhamāno
landesi-sāhāyya'mpi apassayaṃ
49
Samaraṃ saṅakulaṃ kattu-maññamāno
disampati
Sīghasīghaṃ mahāsenaṃ-sajjesī'dhikavikkamo
50
Tadā'dho
raṭṭhiyā dve'pi-mudalindā mahāsayā
Bhūpālapakkhā rahasi-'bhaviṃsu
thiramānasā
51
Ittha'mbhūtaṃ mahussāhaṃ-bhūpatissa cirantanaṃ
Ñātā
konstantīnudasā-patikāladhipo tva'raṃ
52
Yuddhasenaṅga'mādāya-mahantaṃ
balavikkamo
Rañño catubbīsatime-majjhadesaṃ gamitva so
53
Nāsesi
taṃ disaṃ gāma-vilopako'va takkaro
Dubbalattā'vanipassa-bhaṭehi tehi
yujjhituṃ
54
Ūvaraṭṭhaṃ palāto'si-saseno mahipo lahuṃ
Patikāladhipo
rājaṃ-nānubandhiya paccuhaṃ
55
Passaṃ nivattittha tasmiṃ-kāle
govādhipo'tra tu
Patikālpatino'yattaṃ-kātuṃ
laṅkaṃ'vilambitaṃ
56
Pesesyā'ṇa pamādasmiṃ-dosa'ñcā'ropayī
bhusaṃ
Rañño chabbīsatimasmiṃ-patikālpatiko
lahuṃ
57
Bāvīsatisahassassa-ppamāṇe sikkhite raṇe
Bhaṭe
samādiyitvāna-badullanagara'ṅgato
58
Puraṃ taṃ paharitvāna-sīhalehi
bhayānakaṃ
Vattesi saṃyugaṃ
daḷhaṃ-'raññadoṇivhabhūmiyaṃ
59
Paraṅgikā tamhi
rattiṃ-pāpuccāraṇakammunā
Devasaṃyācanenā'pi-vītikkamuṃ
bhayadditā
[SL Page 151] [\x 151/]
60
Disampatibhaṭā
tasmiṃ-vijayo no bhave iti
Maññamānā jayugghosa-'mugghosayiṃsu
sammadā
61
Pabhāte samare vatta-māne katipayā satā
Paraṅgijanataṃ
hitvā-mudalindāmahāsayā
62
Bhūpabbalaṃ
samāyātā-raṇachekā'tivikkamā
Tesaṃ donkosmovjaya-sekharākhyo
suvissuto
63
Mudaḷindo paraṅgīya-bhaṭassa sahasā siraṃ
Chedāpetvā
saṅkunā taṃ-dassesu'kvippa nibbhayo
64
So rājapakkhapātatta-'mitthaṃ
viññāpayī tadā
Sajātikajanā sabbe-ta'ṅkhaṇaṃ rājapakkhikā
65
Bhavuṃ
paraṅgikā tesa-'manapekkhiya jīvitaṃ
Pavattayuṃ raṇaṃ rāja-senāya bhiṃsanaṃ
kharaṃ
66
Mahipassa'ttajo rāja-sīho sūro
kumārako
Raṇabhūmiya'mattānaṃ-dassento pabale bhaṭe
67
Yathāyoggaṃ
niyojesi-sosattarasavassiko
Dutiyo divase yuddhe-bherave
samupaṭṭhite
68
Konstantīnudasānāma-patikālpatinā
samaṃ
Tassā'khila'mpi senaṅgaṃ-vināsayiṃsu sīhalā
69
Tato paṭṭhāya
tu laṅka-'māyattaṃ kattukāmatā
Nā'bhavittha paraṅginaṃ-vighātā satti
sabbaso
70
Sīhaparakkamo rāja-sīho kumāravissuto
Sighaṃ
senaṅga'mādāya-karakaṇḍuṃ'vanodituṃ
71
Patto mahāvaṇṇunajjā-nikaṭasmiṃ
paraṅginaṃva
Balakoṭṭhe'pi paggaṇhi-tato
koḷambakoṭṭhakaṃ
72
Samantato'va rundhitvā-sabalo
yujjhituṃ'rabhi
Patikālpatino maccuṃ-ñatvā govidhipo
tato
73
Kocinnagarato cā'tra-mahatiṃ yuddhavāhiniṃva
Sattavīsatime
vasse-rājino pesayī lahuṃ
74
Patte tasmiṃ yuddhabale-palātā
sīhalā'bhavu
Ninayiṃsu ubho kiñci-kālaṃ sāmaggiye'kadā
[SL Page 152]
[\x 152/]
75
Saṃsayaṃ maraṇe mañña-māno mantetva'maccake
Sasantake
pabbatādi-parikkhitte ca raṭṭhake
76
Vibhajja tīsu
pattesu-likhāpiya'visesato
Sabhāturājino putte-tanayaṃ
ca'ttano'rasaṃ
77
Samānetvā tāni patte-dāṭhaggadhātusantike
hapetvā
te bhāgadheyyo-gāhāpesi
yathāpihaṃ
78
Kumārasīhavhayassa-tadu'caraṭṭhakaṃ
tathā
Vijayapālasavhassa-mātulaṃ raṭṭhakaṃ
subhaṃ
79
Pañcuddharaṭṭhakaṃ rāja-sīhassa sakasūnuno
Sampatte'vaṃ
viloketvā-mudito'si mahīpati
80
Ta taṃ raṭṭhaṃ samāyātaṃ-kumārānaṃ
yathāvidhi
Accantakaruṇo tesaṃ-'dāsi bhūpo tadatthiko
81
Iti
dharaṇiya'massaṃ'rātikaṇṭe pahūte
Atisaya'mapanetvā
sodhayitva'ggarajjaṃ
Anubhaviya yathāsaṃ tiṃsavassaṃ hi senā-
Ratana
jagati pālo dibbaloka'ṅgamittha
Bhāṇavāraṃ
titāḷīsatimaṃ.
---------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
senāratana
Rājadīpano nāma titālīsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page 153]
[\x 153/]
Catucattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo
--------------------
1
Tadaccayasmiṃ
dutiyo'trajo'ssa
Raṇe pavīno sutarājasīho
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure
varasmiṃ
Rājā'si rañjesi jane sa'dānā
2
Te bhāgiyā rājasutā
mahīpā
Yathāvidhippattadisāsu tāsu
Payambutulyā satataṃ
samaggā
Tebhātikā vāsa'makappayiṃsu
3
Sāmaggi'missaṃ bhavi ce
pavattā'
Paraṃ paraṅgī manujo'nukampo
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure naresaṃ
Taṃ
rājasīhaṃ samupāgamitvā
4
Sugandhi nīra'mpi ca gandhasāra
Sāraṃ
haya'ñcā'dadi bhūpatissa
Pīto mahīpo'pi pavecchi dantiṃ
Sa'taṃ gahetvā'ga
kadambatitthaṃ
5
Bhūpā suladdhaṃ dviradaṃ digūda
MṚll̥ paraṅgī
dhipatī pahāsi
So vāṇijo sassi'bha gaṇhitatta'
Mācikkhi rañño'bhimukhamhi
ṭhitvā
6
Sa'vimbhito taṃ sutavā narindo
Pavuddharoso dviradaṃ
para'mpi
Datvā'ssarakkheni'tarena saddhiṃ
Dayodasampūtamano
nayittha
7
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye diguda-
MṚll̥pabhū vikkiṇituṃ haye
dve
Mahāpuraṃ nesi purā kata'mpi
Sara'mpahārī turage
sa'bhūpo
[SL Page 154] [\x 154/]
8
Dvipe vare teni'dha
pesite no
Dassa'nti vāhe vadathā'didesa
Te vāṇijā sappabhuno
varassa
Viññāpayuṃ taṃ nikhilaṃ pavattiṃ
9
Pavattijāta'ñca suṇitva
sādhuṃ
DigudamṚll̥ patikāl patindo
Padittaghāto'rabhi
rājinā'tho
Jayatthiko so tumulaṃ hi
yuddhaṃ
10
Sadesadesantarikaṭṭhavīsa
Sahassamattaṃ
bala'mādiyitvā
Seṅkhaṇḍasela ppura sannikaṭṭhaṃ
Payāsa'bhīto'va dhatāyudho
so
11
Tadā pavīro vijayādipāla-
Khatto'dhipo
mātularaṭṭhakamhi
Samādiyitvā mahati'ñca sena'
Mupāgamī
patthivapakkhiko'va
12
Patte patīkālanike videsī
Bhayāvahantaṃ
balanavhaduggaṃ
Paṭicca lesaṃ paṭighaṃ visāla
Senāvināsāya raṇaṃ
rabheyya
13
Ta'mīrayitvāna na yuttaka'nti
Parakkamo bhūpati
rājasīho
Tappūjakaṃ nesi digudamṚla-
Pabhussa ñattaṃ
paṭiyātu'metto
14
Lava'mpa'sallakkhiya taṃ
digūda
MṚlavhayo'pāharituṃ narindaṃ
Kharāya senāya samaṃ
puraggaṃ
Pāvekkhi nāddakkhi puramhi kañci
15
Disampati so
tadahe'rināsa
Kirayāvidhānaṃ'virataṃ karāṇo
Nīlambuṭhānamhi vasī'va
sīho
Tadā paraṅgī jana sañcayasmiṃ
[SL Page 155] [\x 155/]
16
Pura'mpi jhāpetva parikkamante
Gannl̥ruvavhe'ribale
samantā
Bhūpabbhaṭā rundhiya sampahāraṃ
Dātuṃ'rabhiṃsū satataṃ
ripūnaṃ
17
Samuddhato so patikālpatindo
Vinibbidho pakkhahato'va
pakkhi
Kharaṃ raṇaṃ tatra 'sahaṃ mahīpaṃ
Yācittha sāmaṃ pamukhaṃ
panetvā
18
Duṭṭhassa mānammanaso
kathañci
Giraṃ'gaṇetvāna'nivattayitvā
Yoddhuṃ nivedesi
savāhinīnaṃ
Pavattayuṃ bhiṃsanaka'mpi yuddhaṃ
19
Sāyambhave'smiṃ
dvisahassake'he
Satekasītīsarade pabhāte
Sanetarā'mā
patikālpajāyo
Haniṃsu tettiṃsajane vihāya
20
Sajīvagāhaṃ gahite
paraṅgi
Jane samatte vijayādipāle
Bhūpe nivattāpayi guttiyā te
Tato
paraṃ mocayi maṇḍaleso
21
So rājasīho kupito tato
taṃ
Khatta'ṅgahetuṃ vijayādipālaṃ
Senaṃ niyojesa'tha taṃ
viditvā
Paraṅgiñatta'ṅgami so'tivegova
22
Tadā paraṅgīhi'pi
vītachando
Govavhayaṃ maṇḍaliko saraṭṭhaṃ
Nīto'pi kittussamaya'mpi
gayha
Mato tahaṃ maccadhipo'sa'kāmā
23
Gannl̥ru saṅgāma purā
kumāra-
Sīho sa'ūvādhipatī mato'si
Tato'ddharaṭṭhe kasine'kasāmī'
Bhavī
virājī sirirājasīho
[SL Page 156] [\x 156/]
24
Paraṅgipāṇīna'bhave'ha vāso
Sāmaggi no hehiti tāva
sādhuṃ
Tīretva ittha'mpi saritva etto
Palāpituṃ te sari
rājasīho
25
Manorathaṃ pūrayitu'mpi kāmaṃ
Sute
betāvivhapuramhi'dhīsaṃ
Sohajja'molandajanāna'maggaṃ
Yācitva dūte'nayi
rājasīho
26
Atho betāvīpuradhissaro so
Pāhesi senādhipatiṃ
idhe'saṃ
Taṃ seniyo gammi'ha passi tena
Paṭissava'ñcā'kari
rājasīho
27
Laṅkāya te nīharituṃ paraṅgi
Jane'tra rañño gahite ca
koṭṭhe
Dātuṃ mahīpo samaramhi vitha
Bbaya'ñca kattuṃ
sirirājasīhova
28
Landesikānaṃ satataṃ vaṇijjaṃ
Laṅkāya sabbattha
payojitu'ñca
Ubbāhituṃ romanupūjake'tā
Bhavuṃ paṭiññā ca thirā
dvipakkhe
29
Yathāpaṭiññaṃ dhajinīhi vèsṭar-
Volḍsavhayo cakkapatī
raṇasmiṃ
Supesale'so dvisahassakamhi
Sate
dvyasītimmitahāyanasmiṃ
30
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo sabalo'va pācī
Disāya
koṭṭhe patikāl pajānaṃ
Yujjhitva sabbe'ggahi'to parasmiṃ
Tathe'va vasse
madhugāmakoṭṭhaṃ
31
Paraṅgi landesi videsikānaṃ
Sāmaggi mattaṃ
ci'dha kiñcikālaṃ
Pavatta'māsī dvisahassakamhi
Satasmi'mekūnasatamhi vasse
[SL Page 157] [\x 157/]
32
Sasīhalo landa sakhā ji
senā
Vīsaṃ sahassaṃ thala nīrato'pi
Parikkhipitvā'va kadamba
koṭṭhaṃ
Paraṅginaṃ'daṃsu pahāra'māsuṃ
33
Verī bha dappa ssira piṇḍa
bhedī
Miginda tulyo siri rājasīho
Gāme vasaṃ raggahavattanāme
Bhaṭe
payojesi raṇe'tisūro
34
Vattetva yuddhaṃ tumulaṃ bala'mpiva
Hanitva
sesa'ñca palāpayitvā
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṃ suthiraṃ visālaṃ
Haṭhaṃ mahehāya
sudaṃ'gahesuṃ
35
Saṃvacchare'to dutiye paraṅgi
Janehu'dagga
puthulaṃ kata'mpi
Koṭṭhaṃ'gahuṃ yāpanika'ntimaṃ
hi
Vāsāvasānaṃ'bhavi'tro'tra tesaṃ
36
Atho raṇe paggahite'ggakoṭṭhe
Landesikā bhūpatino padāye
Yathāpaṭiññaṃ nikatā na dajjuṃ
Tato'bhavuṃ
te ripavo'ññamaññaṃ
37
Aṅgīrasasmiṃ dvisahassake dvi-
Satamhi vasse
tatiye robaṭnl̥ks
Nāmiṅgirīsinvayiko satāto
Sakattariṃ pākatikaṃ
pabhaggaṃ
38
Kattu'mpi laṅkāyi'dha koṭṭiyāra
Titthāvatiṇṇo bhami'to
ci'toca
Purāvidesīna'mihā'gatānaṃ
Sasaṃsayo nekatikehi
bhūpo
39
Paggaṇhituṃ te tuvaṭaṃ niyogaṃ
Nayī tato nl̥ks pamukhe
gahetvā
Disāpatī majjhadisaṃ pavesī
Nivattayī sorasa'kekagāme
[SL Page 158] [\x 158/]
40
Yuvassa nl̥ksnāmavarassa
tāto
Tato mato'sī dutiyamhi vasse
Suto robaṭnl̥kssusu
vīsavassaṃ
Vasitvi dhā'gā niliye'ṅgalantaṃ
41
Mahāsayo nl̥ks vidito
tahiṃ so
Bhūpassa bhāvaṃ atha tassa rajje
Pakāsakaṃ gantha'makāsi
tassa'
Nusāsako bhūpatino sira'nti
42
Tassu'ddhaṭaṃ
māna'matikkama'nti
Tato bhuvī daḷhataro'pi koci
Disampatī no'ti siyā
sa'gatthe
Nidassitā tena'vicārakena
43
Tathā'pi vutto
sirirājasīho
Rājā kurūro na bhave kathañci
Kāṭhiñña jotī ca
videsikānaṃ
Pajjālito cetasi bhūpatissa
44
Etto purāṇe
dvisahassakasmiṃva
Satamhi tettiṃsatimamhi vasse
Rèl[f]pic samañño
paṭhamāgato'tra
Mahāsayo iṃgirisī'ti
maññuṃ
45
Nekacca'molandapajāya tibbaṃ
Saraṃ'sahanto'vanipo
sakīyaṃ
Janaccayaṃ daṭṭhu'makāmakāmo
Viyā'tidaḷha kiraya
tapparo'si
46
So rājadhāniṃ pavaraṃ pahāya
Parissamaṃ vissamituṃ
mahīpo
Nīlambuke saṃvasathe manuñño
Sātaṃ
vasittho'hitabhārako'va
47
Tahaṃ vasaṃ so dvisahassake
dvi
Sate'ṭṭhamasmiṃ munihāyanamhi
Pure'nuvassaṃ'va kata'mpi
sāḷha
Mahussava'ṅkattu'nadajji bhūpo
[SL Page 159] [\x 159/]
48
Taṃ'rabbha jīvā mahipe tadāni
Purādhivāsī
kupitā'timattaṃ
Bhūpaṃ nihantu'ñca kumantayitvā
Nīlambuke
rājagahaṃ'varundhuṃ
49
Tato palāyato jagatīpatī so
Siluddhasaññaṃ
balakoṭṭha'maggaṃ
Duggaṃ satāṇaṃ pihayaṃ rayena
Pāvekkhi dhīro tuvaṭaṃ
nilīno
50
Rājaddubhī te kalahe pamokkhā
Sīghaṃ puraṃ'gamma
mahīpasūnuṃ
Sukhedhitaṃ pūtayasaṃ kumāraṃ'
Bhisiñcituṃ taṃ yatayiṃsu
rajje
51
Tathā'pi so rājasuto vidūra
Dassī paṭikkhippa
mahipañattaṃ
Gato nilīyā'si tato'pi bhītā'
Tivimbhitā medhagikā
palātā
52
Tasmiṃ vivāde samite narindo
Te rājadohī kalahe
padhāne
Jane ca bhūrī yatayo ca keci
Gahetva ghātāpayi saṅkite
te
53
Tato'paraṃ rājasuto cirassaṃ
Kuhiṃ gato'tī na ca koci
macco
Aññāsi bhūpaṃ'va vinā pane'ke
Mārāpito'tī vanipena
maññuṃ
54
Tato parasmiṃ sarade'ṭṭhamamhi
Pransanvaye'ko
dhajinīpatindo
Laṅkāvatiṇṇo'bhavi monsīyarda
Lāhe'ti khyāto samare
pavīṇo
55
Pāhesi rañño nikaṭaṃ'padāya
Samaṃ sadūte tuvaṭaṃ
satīmā
l̥landiyānaṃ disata'mpi tesaṃ
Saritva sammāpaṭigaṇhi te
tu
[SL Page 160] [\x 160/]
56
So seniyo seṭṭhakulaṃ
lenl̥rl̥l
Mahāsayaṃ pesiya bhūpañattaṃ
Kirayāparo kicca'midha
bbidhāya
Sīghaṃ pune'tu'ṅgamisindhudesaṃ
57
Mahīpatiṃ so'pagato'pi
tassa
Tāruññamānuddhatamussitattā
Bhūpaṃ ca'nandiṃ nigaḷe
sahatthe
Pāpesa'pubbaṃ'carimaṃ hate'hā
58
Kadāci laddhā mahipā
mohoṭṭāl-
Padaṃ sadesiṃ parinīya kantaṃ
Duve labhī
sūnuvare'parasmiṃ
Sagottikā'jjā'pi padissare'tra
59
Munindavasse
dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi tevīsatime tato'pi
Virodha'molandajane
pavattaṃ
Sametukāmo samupāya'maggaṃ
60
Vīmaṃsayitvā sutatappatī
vènva-
Joyinsamañño pabhu bhūpatissa
Paheṇake pesayi'nagghike
ca
Rājappacārehi pathe ṭhitehi
61
Tassū'padā tā paharitva
dūtā
Palāpitā pāranadiṃ pasayha
Tenā'pi landesipatissa ceto
Ratho
nahosī saphalo kathañci
62
Assa'ṅanī'landapatī vènādī
Joyinssamañño
rayiklopvènādī
Joyinssuvikhyātabhidho loranspīl
Nāmo'ti'hā'suṃ viditā
tayo'me
63
Tade'va bhūpassa nuti'ñca tanvaṃ
Sandesa'maggaṃ
subhatambacūḷaṃ
So'laggiyabbaṇṇamukhādi vaṭṭi
Mahāsayo'kāsi
sabhāsato'va
[SL Page 161] [\x 161/]
64
Bhūrī vihāre
varacetiye ca
Vijjānikāye paṭisaṅkharitvā
So sāsanaṃ paggahakaṃ
vidhāya
Lokatthasiddhi'ṅkari bhūmipālo
65
Sayaṃ kumāraṃ carime
muhutte
Guttaṃ padassesi pajāpamodā
Savimhayā taṃ makuṭassa
sāmiṃ
Kumāraseṭṭhaṃ paṭigaṇhi sammā
66
Thāmā rāti mahā mahīruha
cayaṃ ummūlayanto bhusaṃ
Verabbo pavano'va vīrapavaro yuddhe'tisūro
sadā
Bhutvā rajja'mimaṃ siriṃ sitayasopaññāsamedvādhike
Vasse
savhayasesata'ṅgami suto so rājasīho dayo
Bhāṇavāraṃ
catutāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
putugīsi vāsāvasānādi dīpano nāma
Catucattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL
Page 162] [\x 162/]
Pañcacattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo
---------------------
1
Vasse muninde dvisahassake
dvi
Satamhi sattādhikavīsatīme
Tassa'trajo kho vimalādidhamma-
Sūro
kumāro dutiyo'tha rañño
2
Rājā'si seṅkhaṇḍagirīpurasmiṃ
Nītāya
pubbe madhurāpurasmā
Mahesiyā bhūpatino pitussa
Jāyattane paṭṭhapi
dhītaraṃ so
3
Pattābhiseko jinasāsanasmiṃ
Pamodito so
janacittakunde
Vikāsayanto'va dhuvaṃ dharāpo
Dhammena gopesi samena
rajjaṃ
4
Giraṃ saranto carimaṃ pitussa
Rañño sarajja ssamayaṃ
samattaṃ
Sāmaggiyā so ninayī ripūhi
Tadā pajāyo sukhitā
vasiṃsu
5
Saddho sa' bhattosamayamhisatthū
Tibhūmakaṃ dhātugharaṃ
manuññaṃ
Kāretva pañcādhikavīsatīyā
Sahassarūpīhi varaṃ
samuggaṃ
6
Limpetva soṇṇena mahagghikāni
Khacāpayitvā ratanāni
tamhi
Vaḍḍhetva dāṭhāpavaraṃ bhadantaṃ
Mahāmaha'ṅkāsi
samānanaṃ'va
7
Tadā'dhisīlihi manuññalaṅkā
Rittā'si taṃ'vekkhiya
sopadagge
Sandesa'magga'ñca daditva'macce
Rakkhaṅgadesaṃ pahiṇittha
rājā
[SL Page 163] [\x 163/]
8
Santānatherādiyatī'dha'netvā
Tettiṃsake terasame'ssa
rañño
Gaṇṭhambatitthamhi mahāpurasmiṃ
Najjaṃ'dakukkhepaka
sīmagehe
9
Dāpetva sikkhaṃ kula puttakānaṃ
Pure'va vuddhiṃ
munisāsanassa
Kubbaṃ sanāmiṃ paṭhamaṃ mahīpaṃ
Nidassayī sakakirayayā
satānaṃ
10
Itthaṃ tadā so vimalādidhamma-
Sūro nareso vividha'mpi
puññaṃ
Cinitva bāvīsatimamhi vasse
Kammaṃyathā'gañchi
phala'nnubhottuṃ
11
Tadaccaye vīraparakkamādi-
Narindasīho mahipassa
sūnu
Mahāpurasmiṃ sitachatta'magga'
Mussāpayī
pāṇihitaṃ'vahanto
12
Nītā vinītā madhurāpuramhā
Kumārikā tassa
mahesikā'sī
Purantike'rūru savantitīre
Uyyānavāmamhi
sanālikere
13
So kuṇḍasālādhivacaṃ hi sākhā
Puraṃ samiddhaṃ
pavidhāya tamhi
Vasī tato tassa hi kuṇḍasāla-
Rāje'ti bhatyā puna
vohariṃsu
14
Pure tahaṃ saṅghaghare vareca
Kāretva vāsāpiya
samāṇere
Dānādipuññaṃ satataṃ'va kubbaṃ
Saddhamma ganthe ca likhāpayī
so
15
Purā kataṃ dhātugharaṃ satāta
Raññā'si jiṇṇaṃ navakaṃ
dvibhumaṃ
Kāretva citraṃ radadhātugehaṃ
Pūjāvidhiṃ vattayi'nekadhā
so
[SL Page 164] [\x 164/]
16
Saṅgayha bhikkhū kulaputtake
ca
Pabbājayitvā kusalaṃ cinanto
Samantakūṭādivisuddhasiddha-
ṭhānāni
gantvā padasā'bhivandi
17
Athe'kadā bhūparipūpadhāne'
Kacce
nihantvā mahipaṃ sarajje
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṃ ṭhapetuṃ
Kumantayuṃ
duṭṭhamanā kurūrā
18
Tathā'pi rājaddubhinaṃ mahehā
Nāhosi tesaṃ
saphalā kathañci
Paṭṭīyabaṇḍārabhidhaṃ gahetvā
Ghātesi tuṇṇaṃ'si hatā
tato'sā
19
Narindasīho'pi pite'va'landa
Janehi sāmaggiparo
vasittha
Mahesiyā tassa matāya'yīsāk-
Ogastiramp'landapatī'si
sokī
20
Tade'va gannl̥ru varaṃdhi vāsī
Thero'vanīpācariyo
sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo saniruttiyā'va
Samuggakabbaṃ viracittha
citraṃ
21
Tato garuttaṃ gatavā'ssa rañño
So sāmaṇero
saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Sammāvayātāgamasaddasattho
Sāratthasaṅgāhabhidha'ñca
ganthaṃ
22
Purā parakkantibhujassa
jambū-
Doṇippurādhippatino'ddhanī yaṃ
Thero
sa'pañcappariveṇasāmī
Bhesajjamañjūsa'makāsi ganthaṃ
23
Tadattha
byākhyānavaraṃ'rubodhi-
Vaṃse madhūratthapakāsinī'ti
Katvā tayo'me
sakabhāsato'va
Jotesi sammā munisāsana'mpi
[SL Page 165] [\x 165/]
24
Narindasīho pana sīhalīyā
Nvayabbhavo so carimo
narindo
Tettiṃsavassamhi silokasesa
Ttana'ṅgamī puññacayaṃ
cinitvā
25
Tadaccaye tassa mahīpatissa
Mahesiyā sodariyo
sabhāgo
Sirippatītabbijayādirāja-
Sīhābhidheno'rupure'si
rājā
26
Rañño mahesī madhurāya nāyak-
Dāranvaye sambhavikā'si
kantā
Purā sivo ce'pi sa'gayha buddha
Laddhiṃ mahīpo thirabhatti
saddho
27
Tathe'va devī pajahitva micchā-
Diṭṭhiṃ samādāya
sudassanaṃ hi
Dhuvānuyātā'vanipassa sādhu
Kirayāya
sambuddhamamādhikā'sī
28
Saṅgayha jīve satataṃ saputte
Pite ca
pālesi bhusaṃ'va dātā
Vihāracetyupavanāni buddha-
Bimbe ca
kāresi'mataṅgavesī
29
Sakkassa
dāṭhaṃ'viratādarena
Pūjesi'nekabbidhinā mahipo
Disampatismiṃ
sitasakkirayāya
Janā manāpā pacurā
bhaviṃsu
30
Dhātvālayasmiṃ'bhinavamhi dhātu
Vaḍḍhāpanenā'pi
bhaveyya deso
Itī'ritaṃ so vitathā gahetvā
Kāretu'maññaṃ nagaraṃ
tato'gā
31
Tade'kadā vattakarā samecca
Mahabbalā
dhātusamugga'maggaṃ
Pavāyamuṃ'vāpurituṃ'ca rattiṃ
Tesaṃ
pane'hā'pagatā'phalā'sī
[SL Page 166] [\x 166/]
32
Gamitva
maccā tuvaṭaṃ pavattiṃ
Nivedayuṃ bhūpatino mukhamhi
Vegena patvā mahipo
mahesī
Guṇaṃ bhaṇanto mahati'ñca pūjaṃ
33
Pavattayaṃ gayha
samuddikaṃ hi
Tasmiṃ khaṇasmiṃ vicarī samuggaṃ
Udikkhamāno
dvijadhātu'maggaṃ
Pamodavācaṃ samudāharittha
34
Janādhipo
pubbikabhūbhujo'va
Supesalaṃ taṃ saraṇaṅkarākhyaṃ
Saṅgayha sammā
catubhāṇavāre
Byākhyaṃ likhāpesi sabhāsato
so
35
Cirādhivāsū'parimamhi raṭhe
Janā paraṅgī'ti sutā
saladdhiṃ
Asse'va rañño'ddhani sīhalehi
Mūlappadānā ca
samādapetuṃ
36
Parakkamuṃ guyha'manārataṃ taṃ
Ñatvā narindo
nikhilaṃ pavattiṃ
Vāse ca tesaṃ sakapotthake ca
Nāsetva te cā'pi palāpayī
so
37
Tade'pasampannayatīhi laṅkā
Suññā'ti sutvā saha
pābhatehi
Datvāna sandesavaraṃ sajīve
Jinatraje
netu'mayojjhadesaṃva
38
Pesesi bhūpo dasanaggadhātuṃ
Vaḍḍhetu
'māsuṃ'va diyaḍḍhahatthaṃ
Harīmayaṃ sampūṭakaṃ manuññaṃ
Kāresi
muttāmaṇibhāsura'mpi
39
Visuddhi'maggaṃ jinasāsanassa
Samesayaṃ
so'mita puññalakkhi
Rajjaṃ pabhutvā'ṭṭhasamaṃ narindo
Pahāyi'maṃ
maccupura'ṅgamittha
[SL Page 167] [\x 167/]
40
Tadaccayasmiṃ dvisahassake dvi
Satamhi vasse
navutimmitamhi
Sālo'ssa kintissirirājasīha
Saññāya khyāto'si'ha
bhūmipālo
41
Tassā'si devī madhurāya nāyak-
Kāranvaye sambhavikā
surūpā
Pattābhiseko'hitabuddhabhatto
Kattuṃ'rabhī
sāsanavuddhikicce
42
Rajjā mahīpo saradamhi chaṭṭhe
Syāmāvanīpassa
tu dhammikassa
Sapābhate'maccavare sa'sīghaṃ
Pese
tvu'pālīthavirādibhikkhu
43
Samānayitvā ruciramhi pupphā-
Rāme
nivāsetva supīṭṭhahitvā
Uposathāgāravaramhi kante
Narissaro
sambhamapubbikena
44
Sammāvinītassaraṇaṅkarādi
Tapassinaṃ
suṭṭhu'pasampada'mpi
Dāpesi pīto mahatā mahena
Pabbājayī bhūrikulatraje so
45
Atho pavīṇe vinaye ca dhamme
Satthantarasmiṃ
saraṇaṅkarākhyo
Bhikkhumhi vyatte varasaṅgharāja-
Padaṃ padāsī satimā
mahīpo
46
Puññatthiko bhūpati bhūrirāme
Sajjhuvihārādivare
sujiṇṇe
Dhanabbayā nekavidhabbidhānā
Manoharaṃ so
paṭisaṅkharittha
47
Pahūta vittabbayato'pi gaṅgā
Rāmaṃ manuññaṃ
vipula'ṅkaritvā
Mānetva niccaṃ
varadantadhātuṃ
Pavattayī'sāḷahimahaṃ'nuvassaṃ
[SL Page 168] [\x
168/]
48 Purā sivānaṃ datta'mpi bhāraṃ yatinaṃ mahantaṃ
Datvā mahīpo
taha'mañjasa'mpi sātagga'micchaṃ svayana'ṅkarittha
49
Tadā
parakkantibhujaddutīya-
Raññā'ssa bhūpassa hi
yāvakālaṃ
Laṅkaggavaṃsakkathanaṃ samecca
Saṃlikhya'sesaṃ
mahatīhayā'va
50
Samubbhavo tibboṭuvāva gāme
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro
visiṭṭho
Kavī mahāvaṃsa samañña
ñāte
Tihāsika'ntogadhaka'ṅkarittha
51
Sumaṅgalo theravaro'ssa
saṅgha
Rājassa sisso'gatadhammasattho
Milindapañhaṃ
madhuratthavādiṃ
Sabhāsato so
parivattayittha
52
Baṇḍāranāmo'ttaragāma jāto
Sa'mañjariṃ
kārakapupphakānaṃ
Racittha pattāyamalekhako'pi
Kabbammaṇikuṇḍalakaṃ
manuññaṃ
53
Kaḷiṅgasaññaṃ baraṇaggaṇītā
Cero sa'sandesa'makā
kavīso
Tathe'va dhīrā pacurā hi dhamme
Ganthe ca kabbe
racayiṃsu'neke
54
Ciraṃ samaggā vasitā'pi
landa
Jano'dadhibhyāsikapāṇina'mpi
Dhana'ñca dhaññaṃ paharitva
tehi
Pavaḍḍhayiṃsū kalaha'nti mattaṃ
55
Rājā'pi
kittissirirājasīho
Taddesa'māgamma padaṃ gavesaṃ
Saṅkuddhaceto
pana'landiyehi
Paviggaha'ṅkāsa'sahaṃ takicce
[SL Page 169] [\x
169/]
56
Saṃvacchare sorasamamhi
rañño
Landesisenā'ṭṭhasahassamattā
Mahāpuraṃ gamma puraṃ
gahetvā
Vināsayuṃ yakkhacamū'va verī
57
Kālasmi'masmiṃ
madhurāsidese
Iṃgirasidhīso'tra mahīpañattaṃ
l̥landiyehī samare
pavatta
Mānamhi sāhāyya'mavedayanto
58
Senāpatindaṃ payibas
samaññaṃ
Pesesi so'pāgami medinīpaṃ
Tenā'pi saddhiṃ'vanipo
paṭiññaṃ
Kāsī sa'taṃ'tikkami kenacī'va
59
Athā'gato'landapatī'pi
vènèk-
Samaññavā sīhalikehi saddhiṃ
Paccatthiko bhūya'pi
majjhadesaṃ
Vināsayī pesiya bhūrisenā
60
Tato'pi pacchā'gatavā dayo
plèk-
Landesidhīso'vanipena tassa
Ekūnavīsa ssarade paṭiññaṃ
Vidhāya
sāmaggivasā vasittha
61
Asse'va rañño carimamhi
kāle
Siyāmupālinvayikā yatīsā
Sīmāvivādaṃ'vagamitva
nānā
Bhaviṃsva'the'ke yatayo vipassī
62
Saññāpayiṃsū
kusumādirāmā
Bhidhānato sādhu nijaṃ nikāyaṃ
Tathā'pare vyattayatī
hayaddī-
Nāmā nikāyaṃ pana vohariṃsu
63
Tato'pyu pālinvayato
pabhinno
Kaḷyāṇisāmaggisabhāti'añño
Seṭṭho nikāyo'bhavi te
samattā
Rājantu'pālinvayikā hitāya
[SL Page 170] [\x 170/]
64
Sambhatto'mitasattamatthanikaraṃ vissajjiyā'saṃ
jahaṃ
Sambuddhāgamasuddhivuddhipabhavaṃ kiccaṃ karitvā'nisaṃ
So
kittissirirājasīhamahipo tettiṃsavasse'ccayaṃ
Yāto bho kusalaṃ cinitva
vividhaṃ niccaṃ bhajavho sivaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ
pañcatāḷīsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dīpavaṃse caturājadīpano nāma
Pañcacattāḷīsatimo paricchedo
[SL
Page 171] [\x 171/]
Chacattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Tato'nujo tassa
mahīpatissa
Suvissuto rājadhirājasīho
Vināyakasmiṃ dvisahassake
ti-
Satamhi tevīsatimamhi
vasse
2
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgasmi'
Mussāpayī
seṭṭhasitātapattaṃ
Sayaṃ kavittā janatāya niccaṃ
Mane gahetuṃ yatayī
pavutyā
3
Cārittamagga'ntipurāgata'mpi
Anakkamanto
varadantadhātuṃ
Pūjesi saṅghaṃ satatādarena
Santappayī so
catupaccayehi
4
Asse'va rañño dutiyamhi vasse
Desamhi'dhīso
madhurāsisañño
Mèkārṭnisāmiṅgirisinvaye'ko
Laṅkāya'molandapajāya'yatte
5
Dese
gahetuṃ satariṃ manuññe
Hiyussamaññaṃ taraṇīpati'ñca
Savāhiniṃ seniya'māsu
hèkṭar-
Manrl̥bhidhāna'ñci'dha
pesayittha
6
Te'gammi'dha'ṅgīrasijanā
tikoṇa-
Mālavhakoṭṭhaṃ'gahu'māsu'masmiṃ purāmahīpaddhani rājinā'mā
Kataṃ
paṭiññaṃ payibas sutena
7
Kathañci vītikkamitāya
raññe
Sañjāta'mappīti'maraṃ nudetuṃ
Tathe'va
bhūpārihi'raddhayuddhaṃ
Nivedayaṃ tassa ca saṅkhya'maggaṃ
[SL Page
172] [\x 172/]
8
Sampekkhayaṃ so hi
mākārṭnisāmi
Seṅkhaṇḍaselappurapuṅgavasmiṃ
Mantīsabhaṃ dūtavaraṃ
pavīṇaṃ
Boyiḍsamavhaṃ tuvaṭaṃ nayittha
9
So'pāgamitvā mahipa'mpi
passi
Tathāpi pubbe vihataṃ saranto
Paṭissavaṃkattu'ma nicchi
kañci
Boyiḍsamaññāgamanaṃ'si tucchaṃ
10
Hiyussamaññe nacirena
sindhu
Desaṃ payāte puna'retu'masmiṃ
Sa[f]prṚnsamañño pana
pransagotto
Nāvādhipo'gamma haṭhaṃ
karitvā
11
Palāpayitve'ṅgarisīpajāyo
Tikoṇamālaṃ paharitva
koṭṭhaṃ
Ussāpayī pransadhajaṃ tato'hā
Iṃgirasinaṃ sā saphalā
nahosi
12
Tadā patīcibbisayesu yuddhe
Pavattitasmiṃ samathaṃ
payāte
Tikoṇamālaṃ
udakoṭṭhaka'mpi
Landesikāyatta'mahosa'nīhaṃ
13
Bhūpassa'tho
pañcarasassa māya'
Miṅgīrasivaṃsappabhavo raṇeso
Hl̥barṭsamañño
madhurāsidhīso
Nayi sṭuvarṭseniya'matrasīghaṃ
14
Senāpatī'gammi'dha
sājiseno
Yujjhitva so tīni ca
sattahāni
Tikoṇamālaṃ'gahi'landinaṃ
Tato'paraṃyāpanapaṭṭana'mpi
15
Tathe'va
koṭṭhaṃ madhugāmakamhi
Paggaṇhi koṭṭha'ñca kadambatitthe
Landesidhīso
apavīṇa jl̥vān-
Engalbèkavho puna kāḷatītthaṃ
[SL Page 173] [\x
173/]
16
Gālūpura'ñcā'pi mahādititthaṃ
Nīyātayī'yujjhiya sassa
kāmā
Ciraṃ pavattā pana'landasatti
Ito para'ṅgā
parihānikoṭiṃ
17
Pattā'pa'nāthatta'mapetatejo'
Landajjanā keci
betāvidesaṃ
Gamiṃsu etto'ddhaṭa mānasā'suṃ'
Pare dhurī cā'pi
cirādhivāsī
18
Sātaṃ pihentā pamukhe'ha engal-
Bèkādayo bhūri
sapūjakāca
Accantapāguññavaṇijjajīvā
Vasiṃsu
sakhyā'bhinavādhipena
19
Yāvajja tesaṃ 'nvayikā samudda sakāsadesesu
padissare'tra
Kālasmi'mesaṃ vividhāni dhañña
Vaggā'bhavuṃ bhūri
tadaggupāyā
20
Te kho vaṇijjaṃ'ca tadāgama'mpi
Samphātikattuṃ
yatayiṃsu bhīyo
Koḷambanāme nagaramhi repra-
Mādū janā drappavi'tipalli
āsī
21
Purā puramhā jayavaddhanavhā
Mahehayā puttalama
ppasiddhā
Tehā'yate'kā parikhā nikhātā
Yāvajja sādissati
sātthikā'va
22
Iṃgīrasihatthaggata bhūmibhāga
Rakkhābalaṃ
pubbadisāya tāya
Vattittha vāṇijjasabhā ya'yattaṃ
Saṃvacchare sorasamamhi
rañño
23
Laṅkāya sāyattapadesalesaṃ'
Rabhitva pātuṃ
madhurāsidhīso
Çnḍrūssamaññaṃ sutanītivediṃ
Pesesi'dhā'suṃ cinituṃ
kara'mpi
[SL Page 174] [\x 174/]
24
Mahāsayo'gammi'dha
bhāva'mappa'
Mamaññamāno'va purāgata'mpi
Kamaṃ vivajjetva
kara'ṅgahetuṃ'
Rabhī yathe'vaṃ madhurāsi dese
25
Tathe'va so
saṃcinane karassa
Yutte purā sīhalike pahāya
hapesi tasmiṃ damiḷe
dhuramhi
Tato'timattaṃ kupitā sadesī
26
Janā tadāni'ṅgi risīhi
saddhiṃ
Karuṃ mahantaṃ kalahaṃ kurūraṃ
Parakkamā taṃ mahatā
sametvā
Nayaṃ purāṇaṃ puna saṇṭhapittha
27
Jl̥rj savharañño tatiyassa
byāto
Pāpiṭ samañño sacivo padhāno
Laṅkāpavattiṃ nikhilaṃ
samecca
Pācīnavāṇijja
sabhāya'yattā
28
Laṅkā'panetve'ṅgarisīkirīṭā
Dhīna'ṅkarī dūravidū
sajīvo
Laṅkaṇṇavā sanna padesa bhūrī
Bhāga'mpi gopete'muda
ppavīṇaṃ
29
Disampatiṭṭhārasamamhi pṚdrik=
Nl̥rt
nāmavaṃsādhipatiṃ'nayi'dha
Patvā pabhuttaṃ paṭhamāgato si
Iṃgīrasidhīso
paṭu pālanasmiṃ
30
Tade'va jāto karatitthagāme
Dhammādirāmatthaviro
yatīso
Sudukkaraṃ bārasakabba'maggaṃ
Viracca rañño parināmi
modā
31
Dhammādinando kiramavhagāmu
Bbhavo vipassī ca
sabhāsamālyaṃ
Maṇimaṇivho yati sālièllṚ
Muttāvaliṃ kabba'makāsi
dhīro
[SL Page 175] [\x 175/]
32
Satthantarasmiṃ caturo
surūpo
Visārado rājadhirājasīho
Kārāpitasmiṃ sakabhāturaññā
Savantirāme
varacetiya'ñca
33
Pure manuññe sirivaddhanasmiṃ
Manoramaṃ sampati
dissamānaṃ
Kārāpayī maṅgalamaṇḍapa'ñca
So jātaka'ṅkā'sadisa'ñca
kabbaṃ
34
Vidita vividha sattha saṃvinīto
Muni samayā hita bhatti
yutti yutto
Vitata sita siloka saṃhati'ṭṭhā
Rasasaradaṃ'nubhavitva rajja
sātaṃ
35
Sa kata siva phala'nnubhottu'metto
Kavisiri
rājadhirājasīharājā
Diva'magami sukhābhilāsino bho
Cinutha'nisaṃ kusalaṃ
matappada'mpi
Bhāṇavāraṃ chatāḷīsatimaṃ
---------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse iṃgīrasi landesi saṅgāmadīpano
nāma
Chavattāḷīsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 176] [\x 176/]
Sattacattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo.
---------------------
1
Tassa'ccaye'vanipatissa
sutassa'bhāvā
Tabbhāgineyya'makhilaggasajīvamatyā
Maññaṃ'yati'mpi
piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajje'bhisiñci sukumāra susuṃ
kumāraṃ
2
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassatikassateka
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade
upapajja rajjaṃ
Savhaṃ pahāya paṭhamaṃ iti kannasāmī
Byāto'si so'ti
sirivikkamarājasīho
3
So sogato'va munino
dasanaggadhātuṃ
Muttāmaṇīhi vividhehima hagghikehi
Mānetva sādhu yatayo
catupaccayehi
Saṅgaṇhi pāṇinivaha'ñca
yathāmanāpaṃ
4
So'rūdhikārapiḷimāditalavvamacco
Rañño'ggabhāra'makhilaṃ
vahi nūtanattā
Bhūpassa bandhubabhavo makuṭassa sāmi-
Bhāvappavādaka jane
nayi kāragāraṃ
5
Tesaṃ hitatthi'manisaṃ
dutiyādhikāraṃ'
Rèvvāvalavhaya'maghātayi so rahassaṃ
Rajja'nnupekkhamanaso
dharaṇīsasālo
So muttusāmi gami iṅgirisīsakāsaṃ
6
Āsī tadā
pulinatitthamanuññagāme
Rāme'mba rukkhavidite pavare
patīto
Saddhādhano'mitaguṇo caturo sasatthe
Dhammamhi
ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇero
7
Tasmiṃ vihārarucire vasato
upāḷī-
Vaṃsamhi pabbajita cullapitussa ñatte
So akkharādisamayaṃ puthuko
samāno
Uggaṇhi sādhu nacirena savattajātaṃ
[SL Page 177] [\x 177/]
8
Kālasmi'mamhi suta bl̥vala gāmajāto
Dhammādinanda yatiso'gata
dhammasattho
Gacchaṃ puraṃ puravaraṃ sirivaḍḍhanākhyaṃ
Pāvekkhi'maṃ
kavivaro karuṇo vihāraṃ
9
Nevāsikena katasaṅgahako yatīso
Matto
pasannamanaso'va tadantikaṭṭhaṃ
Tabbhātujaṃ
dayitavutti'mavekkhiyā'suṃ
Pabbājituṃ ta'mabhiyāci sabhāgadheyyaṃ
10
Taṃ tassa'dāsi sukhitaṃ yatino tapassa
Mātāpitunna'manujānanato
pamodo
Tene'va so saha yatī paṭipajja dīgha'
Maddhāna'māga
sirivaḍḍhanaṭhāniyaggaṃ
11
Tasmiṃ tadāni nagare
kusumādirāme'
Dhīsassa seṭṭhasaraṇaṅkara saṅgharañño
Sikkhāpayitva tuvaṭaṃ
varasekhiyādiṃ
Pabbājituṃ ta'maddi subhagaṃ kumāraṃ
12
Pabbājayitva
ta'masesa visesasaṅgha-
Rājā dayo matimataṃ pavaro paratthi
Taṃ gopayaṃ
thiraguṇaṃ vinaye ca dhamme
Sikkhāpayī vividhasatthacayamhi
sammā
13
So kho vasaṃ taha'masaṅkhata magga'mesī
Sattassamaṃ
vinayanītiyuto vinīto
Cheko tato gamiya sassa varaṃ vihāraṃ
Kālaṃ'nayī
sugatatantigiraṃ vadanto
14
Sikkhāpayaṃ labhiya
sissagaṇetapassī
Sampūrayaṃ saya'manārata'maggasīlaṃ
Seṭṭhopasampada'mahaṃ
visadaṃ'timattaṃ
Lacchaṃ kathaṃ matimato'ssa'bhavī vitakko
15
Itthaṃ gatamhi samaye sa'bhisāmaṇero
Battiṃsavassavayako
upasampadaggaṃ
Kālo'ti'dāni pariyesitumaññamāno
Assa'ddhanī'vanipatissa
sadāyakena
[SL Page 178] [\x 178/]
16
Santena tena sahabandhu
sajīvakena
Tassodarena vijayassirivaddhanena
Paññātamaccapavarena'ca
saddhikena
Aññehi sabbhi katasaṅgahako vipassī
17
Dhammissare
dvikasahassatikassatadvi
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade varasāmaṇere
Pañcā'pi'dāya
matimo'da tayo gahaṭṭhe
Āruyha nāva'mupasampada'mesayāno
18
Sindhuṃ
taraṃ sapariso'va vajaṃ maramma
Rammaṃ puraṃ samupagañchi
tahaṃtadāni
Setebhasāmigarudhammajanādhipādhī-
Rājavhayo'vanipatī kari
sādhu rajjaṃ
19
Tassa'ggabhūmipatino'pya'nusāsako
hi
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhikadhammacamūpatī'ti
Khyāto
sato'bhayavibhaṅgadharo'ggasaṅgha
Rājāvasaṃ ratanabhummiyaso
vihāre
20
Samphassitaṃ munivarena saritva
laṅkaṃ
Siddhatthasāsanariyaṃ supatiṭṭhita'mpi
Kātuṃ kadā katha'mahaṃ puna
ce labheyyaṃ'
Bhiṇhaṃ vihāsi matimā manasīkaronto
21
Etto gate'pi
sagihī cha ca sāmaṇere
Disvāna pucchiya'khila'mpi pavattijātaṃ
Sutvā
pasannamanaso sucirāgate hi
Ñātī piye'va sajano paṭigayha
sammā
22
Setībhasāmimahipassu'da'rocayitvā
Sakkāritamhi mahipena
subhe vihāre
Vāsetva te dharaṇī pā pana saṅgahesi
Pabbajayī puna'pi chassu
gaṇāvanīpo
23
Māsattayaṃ sva'vavaditvu'pasampadagga-
Pekkhekaritva
samayo mahipe'ti'dāni
Dātu'mpi tesa'mupasampada'māha rañño
Rājā tu te
garumahena mahīpagehā
[SL Page 179] [\x 179/]
24
Magga'mpi
laṅkariya bhūpati samhamena
Nesī
suvaṇṇaguhasavhayabaddhasīmaṃ
Ñāṇābhivaṃsagaṇabhūpapamokkha
bhikkhu
Paṇṇāsa sādhikagaṇā hi
vipattimuttaṃ
25
Sampattiyutta'mariyaṃ guhakambusīmaṃ
Saṃsuddha
sīlakiraṇā'va samosariṃsu
Laṅkāgatesu pamukhaṃ pada'mesayantaṃ
Saṅgho
sa'ñāṇavimalavhayasāmaṇeraṃ
26
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhivacena hi
saṅgharañño'
Pajjhāyakena upasampada'massu'kāsī
Tacchaṃ'va
pañcaitare'pyu'pasampadāya
Sampaṭṭhapesi visado tadahe'va
saṅgho
27
Itthaṃ tadā garuvihārakulāgata'mpi
Laddhā
susuddha'mupasampada'magga'mamhe
Pāmokkhajīvitaphalaṃ'ti labhimha
pīti
Pāmojja'matra yatayo guṇino pavinduṃ
28
Te kho tadā tipiṭakaṃ
munivutti'maggaṃ
Sammuggahetva nikaṭe varasaṅgharañño
Tassā'pi bhūmipatino
ca sadīpayāne
Dīpetu'satthusamayaṃ samayo idāni
29
Patto
nivediya'bhiyacu'mudā'vakāsaṃ
Thero ca bhūpati ca
saṅgahakārake'saṃva
Kālo'ti vediya
mudā'khiladhammapotthe
Sandesa'magga'mupasampadadipaka'ñca
30
Tasse'va
ñāṇavimalavhayatissa seṭṭha
Netuppada'ñca atha rājagaruddhura'ñca
Muddāya
lañchiya mahīpatino tadāni
Datvaggasārapamukhehi
marammikehi
31
Vyattehi tīhi pabalehi yatīhi seyya
Sikkhāratehi
nipuṇehi visāradehi
Laṅkāya sāsanavarassa
munissarassa
Ditti'ñcagutti'maparaṃ vihituṃ'nayiṃsu
[SL Page 180]
[\x 180/]
32
Aṅgīrase dvikasahassakatesate cha
Tāḷīsamamhi sarade
tari'māruhitvā
Sikkhāratā nayayutā nirupaddavāte
Koḷambatittha'managhā'va
samotariṃsu
33
Patvā'mbarukkhaviditaṃ pavaraṃ vihāraṃ
Byātorudīpa
nadiyā sukataṭṭakasmiṃ
Datvo,pasampada'matho
kulaputtakānaṃ
Sampaṭṭhapī'marapuravhanikāyaseṭṭhaṃ
34
Khīṇāsaveni'dhapurā
hi mahāmahinda-
Therena sādhu nihito'ru vihāravaṃso
Thero purā'marapure'ha
mahādisāmī
Tabbaṃsa'mādiyatahi'ṅgami'gamma laṅkaṃ
35
Tassa'nvayamhi
dasamo pariyatticheko
Thero'si yo guṇasi'rīti abhinnavaṃso
Tasse'va
sissapamukho sa'hi saṅgharājā
Ñāṇābhivaṃsadhivaco'si visārado
hi
36
Sisso'ssa ñāṇavimalo
garunetupādo
Heṭṭhuddharaṭṭhavisayesavi'ha suddhavaṃsaṃ
Sampaṭṭhapittha
paṭhamaṃ'va tato hi mūla
Vaṃso nikāya'miti ajja'pi voharanti
37
Taṃ
dvissahassatisataṭṭhakasaṭṭhimasmiṃ
Vasse jinassa garunetudhuraṃ
para'mpi
Pāpetva ñāṇavimalaṃ thaviraṃ'sa èḍvarḍ
Bāns savhalaṅkadhipatī
dadi rājalekhaṃ
38
So kho tadāni piḷimāditalavvamacco
Rajjā'panetva
sirivikkamarājasīhaṃ
Iṃgīrasiyadhīnamahipo'va
mahāpurasmiṃ
Rajjaṃ'nusāsitu'matho pacūrūpakāraṃ
39
Icchaṃ
sahe'ṅgīrasidhipena ca pṚdirik nl̥rt
Nāmena lekhakavarena boyiḍ
sutena
Vāraṃ sakiṃ rahasi'kāsi susaṅkathā'pi
Nāhosi tassa saphalā hi kathā
kathañci
[SL Page 181] [\x 181/]
40
Pacchā'pi rājanikaṭe karituṃ
paṭiññaṃ seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṃ varadūta'mekaṃ
Sampesitu'ñca niyamo abhavī
dvipakkhe
Bhūmissarassa dutiye sarade payāte
41
Nl̥rtnāmiko
pabhuvaro'tra savāhiniṃ mèk
Ḍl̥valsutaṃ balapatiṃ mahipopakaṭṭhaṃ
Pesesi
taṃ patipuraṃ pavaraṃ cajantaṃ
Vāresu'māsu bhaṭakā
ratanorudese
42
Rañño mahāsacivako paṭigayha seniṃ
Dassesi
bhūmipatino puna saṅkathā'sī
Bhūpo'pya'jāniya rahassakathaṃ
kathañci
Thāmaṃ sakaṃ thiratara'nti sa'maññamāno
43
Tassa'tthanā tu
paṭiyādiyituṃ asakku
Ṇeyyatha'māha matimā sacivānumatyā
Senāpatī sagamane
kira kiñciattha-
Sāra'mpa'disva paṭiyāha kadambatitthaṃ
44
Kopetva
iṃgīrasijane mahipena saddhiṃ
Saṅgāmayeyya samare taha'māsu bhūpaṃ
Hantvā
yathābhimata'maggabalaṃ vidhāya
Sakkoti kātu'mucita'nti
paṭissava'mpi
45
Cintetva bālisamano
sa'mahādhikāro
Iṃgīrasidhīnamanujāna'gatāna'muddhaṃ
Raṭṭhaṃ
mahammadikavāṇijakāna'matthiṃ
Bhūpabbhaṭehi
kamukādi'mahāpayittha
46
Ñāpesi ce
vasumatīdhipatissa'yuttaṃ
Lesa'mpi nābhavi payojana'matra kiñci
Ruṭṭho'va
iṃgīrasidhīpo asaki'mpi vāraṃ
Vajjāni sīhalajanehi kate
nisamma
47
Bhūpassa pañcamasamāya'rabhitva yuddhaṃ
Mèkḍl̥valavha
dhajinīpati mukhyasenaṃ
Bārbuṭ camūpatipadhānaraṇānika'ñca
Pesesi'yāsu
sirivaddhanaṭhāniyaggaṃ
[SL Page 182] [\x 182/]
48
Daḷho'bhaye balagaṇā nagaraṃ surammaṃ
Sīghaṃ samosaru'matho
nagaraṃ vihāya
Bhupappadhānajanatāgamanaṃ samecca
Nl̥rtnāmaiṃgīrasidhipo
tuvaṭaṃ vidhiññū
49
Sāmitta'mīrita'mito'pi pure'ha rajje
Taṃ
muttusāmi'midha netva'bhisicca rajje
Iṃgīrasidhīsabhimata'mpi
yathāpaṭiññaṃ
Saddhiṃ'va tena kari sutthiraka'nti maññaṃ
50
Ñatvāna
ta'ñcapiḷimāditalavva macco
Kuddho'pi iṃgīrasijanappabalaṃ tihantuṃ
Maññaṃ
tadāni samupāya'mavecca mīgas
TènnṚbhidhānasacivaṃ
dutiyādhikāraṃ
51
Mèkḍl̥valavhadhajinīdhibhunā samaṃ yaṃ
Kattu
kathaṃ kira niyojayi tesu'bhosu
Āsī kathe'ha mahipaṃ
lahu'miṃgirasīnaṃ
Nīyāditu'ñca piḷimāditalavvamaccaṃ
52
Sammā
tathu'ttamakumārasamavhayena
Rajje'bhisiñcitu'matho suta muttusāmiṃ
Taṃ
yāpapaṭṭana'mito nayitu'ñca mūlya'
Miṃgrīsinaṃ patisamaṃ dadituṃ
tathe'va
53
Mèkḍl̥valavhayakusūla'muda ttikoṇa
Mālañja sa'ñca
paṭipādayitu'ñca tuṇṇaṃ
Yuddhaṃ nivattayitu'mādiniyoga yuttaṃ
Te kho
ubho'thira'makaṃsu paṭiñña'mevaṃ
54
Cintetvi'ma'mpi suthira'nti
samandasenaṃ
Bārbuṭsamaññadhajinīpatikaṃ purasmiṃ
Tāva nnivattiya
kadambapuraṃvaraṃ mèk
Ḍl̥valmahācamupatī gami so
asaṅko
55
Nl̥rtnāmiko pabhuvaro'piyathāhaṭaṃ'va
So jambudoṇinagare
sacivādhipassa
Samma'ca tassa'bhimukho kari taṃ paṭiññaṃ
Tasmi'mpi nāsi
saphalā garumantino'sā
[SL Page 183] [\x 183/]
56
Bārbuṭcamūpativaramhi matamhi mṚjar
ḌṚvissuto'ssa padaviṃ
pavaraṃ'si yāto
Koṭṭhe ripūna,muparīvijitamhi bhūrī
Yujjhitva sīhalabhaṭā
pahariṃsu sīghaṃ
57
Rājassa pañcamasamāyahi sattamasmiṃ
Māse
mahāpuravaraṃ parirodhayitvā
Verīhi yujjhiya
lahuṃ'dhikadubbalattaṃ
Pāpesu'miṃgīrasibhaṭe
sakadesikāte
58
Tasmi'ṅkhaṇe camupatī kira ḍṚvināmo
Sāmaṃ
pavedaya'maraṃ dhavaladdhaja'ñca
Ussāpayī kharataraṃ samaraṃ
taha'mpi
Tuṇṇaṃ nivattiya'khilā'va'bhavuṃ samaggā
59
Yuddhe tadāni
samite puna muttusāmiṃ
Senaṃ raṇopakaraṇe ca
samādiyitvā
Koḷambanāmanagaraṃ kira ḍṚvsaññe
Senādhipe vajati
sindhutaṭantikasmiṃ
60
Bhūpālasevakagaṇā bhimukhappayātaṃ
Ḍevī ca
mūpati'mayācu'da muttusāmiṃ
Taṃ no dade yadi jano naca koci muñce
Iccā'ha
bhūpabhaṭatā'tihaṭṭhaṃ karāṇā
61
Ullaṅghituṃ pana
niyoga'masakkuṇanto
Nīyātayī'vanipatissa janāna'māsuṃ
Taṃ te'pibhūmipatino
nikaṭaṃ nayiṃsu
Ghātāpayī narapatī atha muttusāmiṃ
62
Sese'pi
iṃgīrasijane puna ānayitvā
ḌṚvivhaya'ñca
sutaramliraṇādhipa'ñca
Hampirascamūpativara'ñca vinā samatte
Pātetva te
pana haniṃsva'dayā papātā
63
Muñcitva tesva'pagato bhaṭakohi
bānsli
Nāmo'ti mattathiramèkḍovalavhakoṭṭhaṃ
Gantvā
tahaṃ'dhipatimèjtaraṇīpatindaṃ
Sabbaṃ pavatti'mavadittha tato
rasena
[SL Page 184] [\x 184/]
64
Nikkhamma mèjtaripatī
sabalo tikoṇa
Māla'ṅgamittha puna grānṭ samarādhipo va
So
jambudoṇibaladuggama koṭṭhaka'mpi
Hitvā'su'māga suthiraṃ hi
kadambakoṭṭhaṃ
65
Itthaṃva iṃgirasibale'pagatu'ddharaṭṭhā
Te'to
palāpayitu'māsu'midāni kālo
Cintetva sīhalabhaṭā hi
parakkamattā
Iṃgīrasidhīna visayesu
samosariṃsu
66
Koḷambakoṭṭha'mapi gaṇhitu'māgatāya
Senāya
saddhi'mavanīpati rājasīho
Gañchi patīci visayaṃ raṇasajjito'va
Haṃvèlla
nāma balakoṭṭhasakāsakamhi
67
Bhīmaṃ raṇaṃ bhavi tahaṃ hi parājito
so
LevkṚdisādhipatikaṃ palipāṇasaññaṃ
Taṃ lekhaka'ñca dhajinīpatayo
raṇamhi
Kammaññiyā na abhaviṃsvi'ti mārayittha
68
Bhītyā palāyati
mahīpatirājasīhe
Maggamhi molligoḍanāmayuvā'ssarañño
So sammukhībhaviya
sādhu'mupaṭṭhahittha
Rājā tatoppabhuti tamhi bhusaṃ
dayo'si
69
Rājassa chaṭṭhasarade'vanipassa'dhīna
Desesu
yaddha'manisa'ṅkarituṃ niyogaṃ
Iṃgīrasisenadhipatīna'makā sadhīso
Sāṇaṃ
paṭikkhipi punā'su vidhānavedī
70
Jl̥nsṭan samaññataraṇīdhipatī
tadāṇaṃ
Ñatvā virodhiya raṇaccaturaṃ bala'ñca
Gayhā'gamittha
sirivaddhanaṭhāniya ggaṃ
Rittaṃ tadāni nagaraṃ
janatāya'vekkhi
71
Kiñcā'pi iṃgirasibalaṃ tidaha'mpa'dissa
Māno'va
sīhalabhaṭehica rujjhamānaṃ
Disvā puraṃ sahabhaṭehi lahuṃ
palāto
Sāphalya'matra gamane na ca kiñci tassa
[SL Page 185] [\x
185/]
72
Dosaṃ vinicchiya taha'ṅgamane tadātaṃ
Mocesi bhūmipatino
pana sattamasmiṃ
Vassu'ddharaṭṭhiyajano'da raṇa'ṅkariṃsu
Laṅkā
vasantatilake'va sama'ṅgamittha
73
Icce'te dhanalolupā vasumatīdhīsā
ca aññe pabhū
Heṭhentā janataṃ bhusaṃ kharataraṃ
saṅgāma'motiṇṇakā
Attattha'mpi parattha jāta'makhilaṃ hāpenti mūḷhā
viya
Kattabbaṃ kusalaṃ vimuttimatadaṃ dantindriyehī'nisaṃ
Bhaṇāvāraṃ
sattatāḷīsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dīpavaṃse sirivikkamarājasīha rajjappavatti
Dīpanonāma sattacattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo
[SL Page 186] [\x 186/]
Aṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo
paricchedo.
---------------------
1
Idha'ṇṇavantike dese-'dhīse
nl̥rtnāmike gate
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'maṭṭhatāḷīsa
sammite
2
Sambuddhavacchare tl̥mas-mṚṭlanḍkhyāto varo
pabhū
Ihā'dhipaccaṃ patvā'ga-so dhīmā romaladdhinaṃ
3
Yā'landiyehi
paññattā-purā paññattiyo'bhavuṃ
Viruddhaṃ taṃ'khilaṃ taddhaṃ-paṭikkhipittha
sabbaso
4
Tasse'va'ṅgīrasidhīsassa-sīhalehi tadā kira
Nāhosi
paṭipakkhattaṃ-sāhāyyaṃ vā kathañcana
5
Samaye rājasīhassa-kappāsīgāma
sambhavo
Dhammakkhandho'ti paññāto-buddhimā yatipuṅgavo
6
Laddhā
syāmanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
Tasmiṃ nikāye netutta-'mupāgami
yathāvidhi
7
Daḍallanāmagāmasmiṃ-vālukārāma vissute
Vasantasmiṃ
vihārasmiṃ-yatinderāmaṇeyyake
8
Marammavisayaṃ
gantvā-laddhuṃsuddhopasampadaṃ
Tassā'sā manaso
āsi-sāsanaṭṭhiti'micchato
9
Ṛdriyan da ābṚravrāja-pakkhena dhīmatā
satā
Mudalindena cā'pya'ñña-janehi katasaṅgaho
10
Samaṃ catūhi
bhikkhūhi-sāmaṇerehi dvīhi'pi
Tathā tīhi gahaṭṭhehi-gālutitthā
yatissaro
11
Dvisahasse tisatasmi-'mekapaññāsasammite
Sogate hāyane
nāva-'māruyha tuvaṭaṃ subhaṃ
12
Patvā'marapuraṃ rāja-sambhamena
sadāsayo
Maṅgalavhaṃ baddhasīmaṃ-parivārena'gā mudā
13
Tahaṃsaṅgho
saṅgharāja-padhāno upasampadaṃ
Punasikkha'ñca'dā tesaṃ-raññā ca
saṅgharājinā
14
Sakkato'nekavidhinā-dhammakkhandho
yatissaro
Laṅka'māgamma sahasā-akā sāsanasaṅgahaṃ
[SL Page 187] [\x
187/]
15
Yasassī puna netādi-padāni paṭipajja so
Dhīmā vyatto
sakaṃ bhāraṃ-sakasisse nivesayī
16
Tadantevāsiko
bodhi-pādatthalavhagāmajo
Sumano nāma vikhyāto-yati dhīmā
supesalo
17
Ādo'pasampadānīta-mūlavaṃsika bhikkhuhi
Samaggībhūya
sammoda-māno vasi dayāparo
18
Athā'parasmiṃ samaye-iṃgīrasyadhipatī
yatiṃ
Taṃ mahānetupadaviṃ-pāpayittha yathāvidhi
19
Tasmiṃ mahānetu
pāde-pālente jinasāsanaṃ
Sīmāvivāda'māpannā-nānatta'magamuṃ
yatī
20
Tatopaṭṭhāya ekacce-yatayo
thiramānasā
Sirisaddhammavaṃso'ti-nikāyaṃ ñāpayuṃ sayaṃ
21
Kārente
rājini rajjaṃ-rājasīhe parantape
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṃ-laddhā
pabbajja'muttamaṃ
22
Attuḍāvaitikhyāta-gāmasañjātako
sudhī
Sīlādiguṇasampanno-sade'va
sādhumānito
23
Dhammarakkhitatissākhyo-sāmaṇero
susikkhito
Gantvo'pasampadaṃ suddhaṃ-rammaṃ'marapuraṃ
varaṃ
24
Laddhukāmo mokkhamaggaṃ-gavesaṃthiramānaso
Katopakāro
saddhehi-sāmaṇerehi
dvīhi'pi
25
Dvisahassattisateka-paññāsatimavacchare
Tuvaṭaṃ
nāva'māruyha-taritvāna'ṇṇavaṃ
varaṃ
26
Marammanagaraṃ'gañchi-setībhasāmirājino
Gāravena subhaṃ
suddhaṃ-suvaṇṇaguhasaññakaṃ
27
Baddhasīmaṃ samānetvā-te kho
sivagavesino
Saṅgho ñāṇābhivaṃsavha-saṅgharāja
padhānako
28
Suddhopasampadaṃ tesaṃ-dadittha mahatā'darā
Ciraṃ
tahaṃ samuggayha-saddhammavinayaṃ vasaṃ
29
Kālaṃ'vekkhiya so
dhīro-laṅka'māgamma phāsukaṃ
Pabbājetvo'cite saddhe-upasampādayī
bahū
[SL Page 188] [\x 188/]
30
Dhammarakkhitatissākhya-sambhūto'bhijano'jja'pi
Tannāmena
nikāyo'tra-vattate
hitasiddhiyā
31
Tadāsyāmanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajja'ñcu'pasampadaṃ
Laddhāna
katalūgāma-sañjāto suddhamānaso
32
Guṇaratanavikhyāto-yati
suddhopasampadaṃ
Laddhukāmo vasaṃ mramma-visayāgata
bhikkhunaṃ
33
Nisāmetvā vuttijātaṃ-taha'mpi gamane thiraṃ
Mānasaṃ
bandhi saṃsuddhā-bhisandhi satimā dayo
34
Virāgasatto so
satta-sāmaṇere samādiya
Dvisahasse tisate'ka-paññāsamamhi
sogate
35
Samāruyha taraṃ sindhuṃ-tiṇṇo rāmaññadesake
Rammaṃ
puravaraṃ haṃsā-vatiṃ'gamittha saddhayā
36
Rañño'numatiyā
suddhaṃ-kaḷyāṇināmavissutaṃ
Sīmaṃ netvā sīhalīya-yatayo
rājasambhamā
37
Medhānandavhapaññāta-mahānetupadhānako
Saṅgho tesaṃ
suvisadaṃ-pādāsi upasampadaṃ
38
Vyatto sudhī atho laṅka-'māgamma
kulaputtake
Pabbājetvā bahunna'ñca-dadi
suddhopasampadaṃva
39
Itthaṃ yatindo kaḷyāṇi-vaṃsaṃ paṭṭhapi
buddhimā
So'yaṃ nikāyo dīpe'smi-hitatthaṃ vattate'jja'pi
40
Mate
mīgastènnanāme-dutiyasmiṃ'dhikārini
Taddhurasmiṃ
piḷimādi-talavvṚadhikārino
41
Bhāgineyyaṃ
suviditaṃ-èhèḷṚpoḷasaññakaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpiya
khyātassa-molligoḍasamaññayā
42
Mantissa
ciramittassa-sattayojanaraṭṭhakaṃ
Vibhajitvā pālanatthaṃ-pādāsi
dharaṇissaro
43
Tapputhakkaraṇe ruṭṭhā-janakāyā tadā tahiṃ
Kalahaṃ
vaḍḍhayuṃ tattha-piḷimāditalavvako
44
Mahāmatto sakabhāgi-neyyassa ca
satīmato
Ratvattaitivikhyāta-disāpatissa sassa ca
[SL Page 189] [\x
189/]
45
Taddesaṃ paṭipādetuṃ-pāṭibhogaṃ narissaraṃ
Kārāpetvāna
kalahaṃ-samathaṃ turitaṃ nayī
46
Janito so kalakalo-tenā'ti saṅkayā
tahaṃ
Sandeho cā'ppasādo ca-rañño
dvittiguṇā'bhavuṃ
47
MṚṭlanḍnāmādhipe yāte-yo'hā'dhipatita'ṅgami
So
mṚjar janaral vilsan-vikhyāto satimā pabhū
48
Dvisahasse
tisatasmiṃ-catupaññāsame jine
Sarade laṅka'māgamma-manuññaṃ
sapariggahaṃ
49
Desaṃ pālesi majjhatta-tāyarañño dayāparo
Bhūpo
tadāni seṅkhaṇḍa-siluccayapure vare
50
Mahādahaṃ
manuñña'ñca-pattirippū'tivissutaṃ
Vicittaṭṭhaṃsakaṃ vāsaṃ-kārāpayi
dhanabbayā
51
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-piḷimāditalavvako
Mahāmacco iha
rajje-'dhīnataṃ'pekkhayaṃ'nisaṃ
52
Kittissirīrājasīha-rañño ñātiṃ
paputtikaṃ
Satrajassa piyattena-parinetuṃ
disampatiṃ
53
Samāyācittha'vakāsaṃ-tenā'pi bhūpatī
bhusaṃ
Saṅka'māgamma sahasā-āhūya mantimaṇḍalaṃ
54
Bahūni tassa
vajjāni-padassetvāna mantinaṃ
Dosā dosaṃ vinicchetuṃ-pavāresi
sajīvake
55
Vinicchaye tahaṃ desa-dūsitattaṃ'timattakaṃ
Ñāpayuṃ taṃ
'maccagaṇā-buddhimantā sarājino
56
Tato'pya'tisayaṃ kuddho-mahipo
dūṭṭhamānasaṃ
Mahāmattaṃ tassa dhurā-'panesi tuvaṭaṃ tadā
57
So'pi
kovapasaṃ yāto-nibbhayo vīravikkamo
Mārāpituṃ'vanipatiṃ-kumantayi
bhaṭehi'pi
58
Muhandiraṃ dhuraṃ dhāriṃ-jāvamānavakaṃ
tathā
Jāvikabbhaṭasaṭṭhi'ñca-tosetvā
lañcadānato
59
Ratti'mekasmi'mahani-rājamārāpane thiraṃ
Niyojayī te
tadahe-rājā jāgariko'bhavī
[SL Page 190] [\x 190/]
60
Dhurandharo jāviko so-bhayato sampalātavā
Koḷambanagaraṃ
gañchi-jātajīvitasaṃsayo
61
Ñatvā kumantanaṃ bhūpo-tappadhāne'khile
jane
Gāhāpayitvā piḷima-talavvapamukhe lahuṃ
62
Chedāpayī
tesa'mutta-maṅgāni rājadohinaṃ
Mahāmattasuto tasmiṃ-vadhattha'mpi
niyāmito
63
Tampattavāro'posatha-divaso'bhavi so tato
Mutto'pi
tassa sabbattha-jāta'ṅkā rajjasantakaṃ
64
Tatopaṭṭhāya mahipo-bhītiyā
saṅkayā'nisaṃ
Samayaṃ vītināmesi-dukkhitu'mmattako
viya
65
Mahāmattassa bhagini-sutattā sacivaṃ pati
ÇhèḷṚpola
vikhyātaṃ-vimatiṃ janayī bhusaṃ
66
Tathā'pi
pakkhapātitta-'mattano'pekkhayaṃ sayaṃ
Patiṭṭhāpayi
taṃ'maccā-dhipaccasmiṃ'dhikārinaṃ
67
Unambuvedhikārismiṃ-mate
molligoḍavhayaṃ
Dutiyādhikāri'ṅkāsi-hitamittaṃcirantanaṃ
68
Vilsanbyāte
iṃgirīsi-dhipatismiṃ gate pūna
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-pañcapaññāsame
jine
69
Saṃyugasmiṃ sunipuṇo-bravunrīgnāmavissuto
Ihā'dhipaccaṃ
patvā'ga-sādhīnaṃ paripālituṃ
70
Tasmiṃ
pabhusmi'māyāte-raññosadesavāsihi
Vaḍḍhi veraṃ bhusa'missa-phandanānaṃ,va
santataṃ
71
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāto-sacivādhipatī'nisaṃ
Rājaddubhikirayā
kattuṃ-'rabhi mātulako yathā
72
Saṃvacchare cuddasame-rājasīhassa
rājino
Kittissirīrājasīha-mahipāniyamo suto
73
Yuvā
vāhalabaṇḍāra-nāmo mahādhikārinā
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāta-sacivena
samaṃ'nisaṃ
74
Rājaddohikakiccāni-vidhātuṃ'ñca kumantayi
Mārāpayī
patthivo taṃ-ñatvā kumantanaṃ lahuṃ
[SL Page 191] [\x 191/]
75
Paṇṇarasamavassamhi-rajjā'vanipatī
sakaṃ
Nāyakkāranvayāyātaṃ-cāritta'manugopiyā
76
Akāsu'payamaṃ
sassa-duvebhaginiyo tato
Tadavissambhite'macce-èhèḷṚpolamukhyake
77
Visayesu sakīyesu-sassa sampatti'muttaraṃ
Kātuṃ yātuṃ
niyojesi-niyogacaturo pabhū
78
ĀhèḷṚpolamantīso-sadesaṃ
sabaravhayaṃ
Gato saṃvasathā tattha-vasi rājaṃ pakopayaṃ
79
Raññā
nivedito ce'pi-marāliyakarassa ca
Taha'mappesane kuddho-'vanipo taṃ saraṃ
vasī
80
Tappadesajanā tassa-dose bhūrī'nisaṃ'nisaṃ
Nivedayuṃ
bhūpatino-patipuṭṭhuṃ'khilaṃ tahaṃ
81
Niyogaṃ tassa
pesesi-sīgha'metū'ti bhūpati
Samātulaṃ panā'hūya-kataṃ tassā'khilaṃ
saraṃ
82
Sakhyato rājinā saddhiṃ-paṭipakkhatta'muttamaṃ
Iti
cintiya'maccādhi-patirājāṇa'makkami
83
Patiṭṭha'manapekkhanto-bravunrīgpabhunā
samaṃ
Samatthatta'ṅkāsi tadā-sacivādhipatī thiraṃ
84
Taddesaṃ
pāpayaṃ sabbaṃ-riputtaṃ rājinā bhusaṃ
Janayaṃ kalahaṃ niccaṃ-balaṃ saṃhari
sūrinaṃ
85
Itthaṃ virodhe bhūpassa-tassā'pi vidite sati
Mahāmattaṃ
sakadhurā-'panetvā puttadārake
86
Kārāgāramhi tuvaṭaṃ-nivesāpiya
bhūpati
Sacivādhipacce molli-goḍavhaṃ ṭhapayī puna
87
Maddituṃ veri
pabalaṃ-mahāmaccaṃ savāhiniṃ
Nayittha sabaraggāmaṃ-so gantvā kalahaṃ
tahiṃ
88
Saṃsametvā kalakala-'ṅkārino pacure jane
Paggaṇhi tuvaṭaṃ
sattu-sattiṃ maddiya sabbaso
89
Gahite te kalahiye-paññāsapamite
jane
Vinicchiyā'dhikaraṇaṃ-mārāpayittha niddayo
[SL Page 192] [\x
192/]
90
ÇhèḷṚpoḷamantīso-tāṇa'manvesayaṃ viya
Palātavā'si
koḷamba-nagaraṃ nagaruttamaṃ
91
Purā jātaṃ
kalakalaṃ-sattayojanaraṭṭhake
Vinicchinitve'ha
lahuṃ-āhèḷṚpolamantino
92
Bhāgineyyaṃ mātulākhya-disādhipatitaṃ
gataṃ
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyātaṃ-mānavaṃ sacivaṃ api
93
Pussèlla iti
paññātaṃ-disādhipatikaṃ tathā
Paraṇātalavikhyāta-'mupanetuttagaṃ
yatiṃ
94
Rājaddubhī'ti saṅkāya-niddose te tayo
jane
Mārāpayī'pasavyattā-pūretuṃ'va manorathaṃ
95
Rājā'nibbutaghātaggi-kārāgāre nivesite èhèḷṚpolamantissa-āhuya
puttadārake
96
Dosādosaṃ vinicchetuṃ-'rabhittha sabhatiṃ
tahiṃ
Kumārihāmī'ti sutā-èhèḷṚpolamantino
97
Piyā kannā
paṭutarā-niddosattaṃ samabrūvī
Tathā'pi vibudhe cā'pi-vedhayanto
sudāruṇo
98
Māretuṃ te niyojesi-vindituṃ viya
sammadaṃ
Devasaṃhindavikhyātaṃ-ṭhānaṃnetvā saputtakaṃ
99
Nīyātayuṃ
taṃ vanitaṃ-vadhakassa vadhāya ca
Rājā'pi māraṇaṃ
tesaṃ-pattirippuddhabhūmiyaṃ
100
Mahecchayā ṭhito'dikkha-māno'si
janatāmukhe
Tassā jeṭṭho suto nīto-vadhatthaṃ
sakamātaraṃ
101
Dhāvitvā sahasā'liṅgi-ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva vegavā
Dutiyo
tanayo tassā-jātiyā navavassiko
102
Sagabbha piya mābhāyi-marato
pakatiṃ tava
Padassemī'ti vatvāna-laṅghitvā
vadhakāmukhaṃ
103
Chinda
ekappahārena-gaḷa'mukkhippa'bhīruko
Ekakhaggappahārena-vadhakassa'ssa
gīvato
104
Siro mutto khaṇe tasmiṃ-bhūmiyaṃ pati taṃ'bhutaṃ
Passa
sīhalachāpassa-rattassa rayagāmitaṃ
[SL Page 193] [\x 193/]
105
Paṭhamassa'ttajassā'pi-tatiyāya ca matthake
Chindi sute
catutthasmiṃ-thaññaṃ pivati mātuyā
106
Ta'muddharitvā
sahasā-chindisīsa'mudukkhale
Pakkhepiyo'da
koṭṭetuṃ-niyoga'ṅkā'ssamātuyā
107
Kumārihāmi kantā taṃ-kātu'mpa'sahatī
ṭhitā
Vītikkamasi ce ta'ñhi-rājāṇaṃ sapavassa
taṃ
108
Dassa'ntya'voca bhūpālo-kulamānī kulabbadhū
Musalaṃ'dāya
pātesi-so'dukkhalamhi kheditā
109
Visaññikā mediniyaṃ-pati bhūpatiko
tato
Matto titto gato
rāja-mandiraṃ'sa'tikakkhalo
110
Sutabbiyogabbhavadukkhasaṃhati'
Mavindamānaṃ'ticiraṃ'va
sundariṃ
Kumārihāmiṃ āhèḷṚpolappiyaṃ
Piya'ñca mantissa'nujassa tassa
hi
111
Mantissa pussèlladisāpatissa tu
Piya'ñca so
sīhalanītiyā'nugo
Saramhi bl̥gambaranāma vissute
Timujjitā kāriya tā
hanāpayī
112
Samosaṭā tatra janā
bhayaṅkaraṃ
Kirayaṃ'tidukkhāvaha'mikkhamānakā
Sapiṃsu rañño vilapiṃsu
rodakā
Bhavī tadā taṃ'va puraṃ matālayo
113
Mantissaro
sa'èhèḷṚpolanāmacheko
Sāpaccadārasaraṇamhi pavattijātaṃ
Sutvā'ssu
mocaya'maghaṃ'va roborṭ bravunrīg
Desādhipantika'magā sakatāṇa
pekkho
114
Gantvāna rakkhasanibhaṃ'vanipaṃ hi rajjā
Yācittha
nīharitu'maggupakāra'māsuṃ
Cintetva
so'bhimatasādhaka'mekadūta'
Massāsayittha samayocitabhāratīyā
[SL
Page 194] [\x 194/]
115
Laṅkākāmini dhītunattuhanane sāmissa kuddhā
bhusaṃ
Rodanti nayanodakaṃ'dhikadukā sampaggharanti dhavā
Pekkhanti
paviyoga'māsi nacirenā'ssā pihe'ddhā'bhavī
Sādhu sabbhi samāgamitva hitadaṃ
mettiṃ bhajavho'nisaṃ
Bhāṇavāra
maṭṭhatāḷīsatimaṃ
----------------
Itisajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse
sirivikkamarājasīha
Rājāmaccānaṃ vipakkhatādi dīpano
nāmaṭṭhacattāḷīsatimo
Paricchedo
[SL Page 195] [\x 195/]
Ekūnapaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Kāmitā'laṅkatā laṅkā-kāminī
rājarājuhi
Sakanta'manapekkhanti-sampatī've'satī'paraṃ
2
Tassā'sayaṃ
viditvā'va-bravunrīgvidito pabhu
Uddharaṭṭhaṃ samāyattaṃ-kattuṃ kālo'ti
vediya
3
Yuddhopakaraṇaṃ sabbaṃ-sampādetuṃ'rabhī
lahuṃ
Tasse'va'ṅgirasidhīsassa-yoddhu'muddhaṃ hi
raṭṭhake
4
Yathocitaṃ padassetvā-āhèlṚpola vissuto
Mantiso'dāsi
saṇṭhānaṃ-lañchetvāna'khilaṃ kamaṃ
5
Tade'va jl̥nḍoyilnāmo-kamanvesī
mahāsayo
Molligoḍasajīvādhi-patino lekhane'nisaṃ
6
Pesetvā
pakkhapātittaṃ-kattuṃ yatayi'nekadhā
Vaccharasmiṃ bhūpatino-pathe sorasame
sati
7
Vāṇijjāyo'ddhavijitaṃ-gatānaṃ rājaporisā
Bhaṇḍake
paharitvāna-heṭṭhāraṭṭhiyamānuse
8
Nesuṃ'vanipatīñatta-'miṅgirīsivarā
iti
Rājā tesaṃ kaṇṇanāsā-chedāpetvāna pesayī
9
Panthe'kacce matā
sesā-iṅgirīsyadhipantikaṃ
Patvā'vocuṃ kata'māguṃ-dāruṇaṃ dukkhitā
bhusaṃ
10
So pabhū kupito tena-lajjito ciya
cintayaṃ
Samaraṃ'pekkhitaṃ'raddhuṃ-tuvaṭaṃ taṃ
padaṃ'bhavi
11
Samattaṃ yuddhasenaṅga-'maṭṭhadhā vibhajitva
so
MṚjarhukādisenānī-pamukhe'nīkasañcaye
12
Koḷamba gālu
purato-tikoṇamālato tathā
Maḍakalapukoṭṭhamhā-madhugāmā
mahāpuraṃ
13
Pesesi sīghaṃ èhèḷṚ-polamantissaraṃ api
Saddhiṃ
koḷambasenāya-nayittha nayakocido
14
Koḷambapurato yāte-balesītāvakaṃ
puraṃ
Patte rañño bhaṭā tehi-yujjhiṃsu
raṇasūrino
15
Taha'miṃgīrasisenānī-rājinā saha yujjhituṃ
Dvisahasse
tisatasmi-'maṭṭhapaññāsasammite
[SL Page 196] [\x 196/]
Hāyane
sogate yuddhaṃ-pakāsesi yathāmati
Kurūratararājamhā-jane
mocetukāmato
17
Yuddhaṃ'rabhimha no rajjaṃ-'dātuṃsīhalikaṃ
subhaṃ
Dīpeti pākaṭaṃ paṇṇe-samarapparidīpake
18
Tatoppabhūtito
sīha-liyāpāṇigaṇā tahiṃ
Tahiṃ majjhattataṃ'vekkha-yiṃsu tacchaṃ'va
cintiya
19
GanṚtènna itikhyāta-ṭhāne molligoḍavhayo
Mahāmacco
iṅgirīsi-seniyena samaṃ sato
20
Saṅgamma'ññātavesena-saṅkatha'ñca
pavattayī
Iṃgīrasipabalā senā-parikkhepuṃ
mahāpuraṃ
21
Mollīgoḍavhayo seṭṭha-macco'pi
iṅgirīsinaṃ
Adhīna'tta'magā rājā-kiṅkare sampatī iha
22
Mahipo
taṃ'khilaṃ sutvā-mahāpuravara'mpi ca
Pahāya sañcitaṃ vatthu-jātaṃ palātavā
kuhaṃ
23
Ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva iṃgīrasi-dhīso'pi caturo
raṇe
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagaraṃ-pāvekkhi sanikaṃ
subhaṃ
24
Sādhīnatta'ṃgirasidhīso-sabaraggāmakādinaṃ
Abuvī'tho
sīhalīyā-maccā'maññu'ñca sāpadaṃ
25
Dūraṃ dūraṃ palāyātuṃ-purā
rāja'mpi gaṇhituṃ
Mahāsenaṃ
pesayittha-kālavediṃ'girasidhipo
26
Senāyi'māya èhèḷṚ-polamantissaro
tathā
Jl̥nḍl̥yilitivikhyāta-manti ce'ti
duve'gamuṃ
27
ÇhèḷṚpolamaccena-pesito
vīravikkamo
Eknèligoḍapaññāto-mohoṭṭāladhurandharo
28
Uddhapiṭṭhāraccigehe-gallèhŚvatthugāmake
Bhūpama'ggahi
devīhi-dvīhi saddhiṃ nipīlayaṃ
29
Rattiṃ bhuñjati iṃgīrasi-dhīso
sutvāna taṃ
bhusaṃ
Paggharanto'vahāsassū-pītivāca'mudāhari
30
Pativīnāsu
jātīsu-tīsu maccā'tivikkamā
Laṅkaṃ manuññaṃ gahituṃ-tisatassamato paraṃ
[SL Page 197] [\x 197/]
31
Vāyamitvā'pi nosakkā-dhiti vo
saphalā'bhavī
Tato'modaṃ
pavedemi-para'mpiti'mudāhari
32
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṃ
sīhalabhūpatiṃ
Sabandhuṃ gahitaṃ sāji-bhaṭena
raṇasūrinā
33
MṚjarhuknāmavikhyāta-senādhipatinā
samaṃ
Koḷambakoṭṭhaṃ pesesi-iṃgīrasipabhūko lahuṃ
34
Aho manoramā
laṅkā-laṅkike manujādhame
Tissāye'va yathākāmaṃ-yātā
parakaraṃ'si'raṃ
35
Ittha'miṃgīrasyadhīnatta-'muddharaṭṭhe gate
sati
Sīghaṃ sīgha'meṅgalanta-rajjabala'mito paraṃ
36
Thiraṃ
kattuṃ'rabhitvāna-sirivaṭṭhanaṭhāniye
Maṅgalaṃ maṇḍapaṃ
citra-'miṃgīrasijananāyakā
37
Sīhaliyā sajīvā ca-kāmato'ca
samosaruṃ
Tahiṃ nisajja mantetvā-laṅkāya pālanakkamaṃ
38
Sampāditaṃ
paṭiñña'ñca-paṇṇaṃ vācetva sabbaso
Taha'mbhāvaṃ
kathāpesi-sīhalīyaniruttiyā
39
Samattā tā paṭiññāyo-sampaṭicchiya
kāmato
Adhirajje'ṅgalantamhi-'dhīsassa tatiyassa
tu
40
Jl̥rjmahārājino pakkhā-bravunrīgviditopabhū
Mantī ca
jl̥nḍoyilkhyāto-jṚmssadarlanḍ
mahāsayo
41
Sīhalajanapakkhamhā-èhèḷṚpolamanti ca
Molligoḍasamañño
ca-duve'dhikārino
tathā
42
Piḷimāditalavvākhyo-moṇarāvilasaññako
Ratvatttisemañño
ca-tathā mollgoḍavhayo
43
DūllŚvabhidhānoca-mīllavādhivaco
tathā
Galagamavhavikhyāto-galagoḍavhayo iti
44
Disāpatī ci'me
sabbe-samattajanakāmato
Dvisahasse
tisatasmi-maṭṭhapaññāsasammite
45
Sambuddhe hāyane patte-māse
phagguṇanāmike
Patte paṭissave hattha-saññāyo paṭṭhapuṃ tahiṃ
[SL
Page 198] [\x 198/]
46
Ta'ṅkhaṇa'ññeva seṅkhaṇḍa-selavhe
purapuṅgave
Ussāpesi'ṃgirasidhajaṃ-vattamāne
jayussave
47
Dvādasaha'matikkanta-'midaṃ rajja'marājikaṃ
Tatiya
jl̥rj mahārañño-samappayiṃsu sabbaso
48
Tato
paṭṭhāye'ṅgalanta-mahārājāṃ mahāvidhiṃ
Sarājavasato maññuṃ-sīhalā
mahatā'darā
49
Salaṅkate dvādasahi-kāraṇehi paṭissave
Patte sace
bhaveyyā'pi-dosādosaṃ kathaṃ kathaṃ
50
Tahaṃ
sāmaññadhippāyo-bhavate'vaṃ yathāvidhi
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīharājo'si
kakkhalo
51
So'panīto'tra rajjasmā-tassa kassaci
ñātinaṃ
Sīhāsanādhīnatā'si-vāritā sā'pi sabbaso
52
Tassa rañño
bandhavāna-'miho'pagamanaṃ paraṃ
Paṭikkhittaṃ
vino'kāsaṃ-sabbathā'pekkhatā'yatiṃ
53
Ito
paṭṭhāyu'ddharaṭṭha-rajja'meṅgalantasāmino
Jl̥rjmahārājino sammā-sabbathā'va
pavāritaṃ
54
Sogatānaṃ yathāsīsaṃ-sade'ca gopitaṃ
varaṃ
Sayambhūsāsanaṃ sammā-pāletabbaṃ
yathāpurā
55
Rājarājamahāmaccā-dīhi pubbe supūjitā
Mānitā yatayo
sabbe-gopetabbā hi sādhukaṃ
56
Rakkhitā vaḍḍhitā'rāma-cetiyāyatanāni
ca
Cārittaṃ pubbikaṃ sammā-pāletabbaṃ yathā tathā
57
Yaṃ
ya'maṭṭīyitabbaṃ'si-kaṇṇanāsādichedanaṃva
Samattaṃ tādisaṃ kammaṃ-kārene'va
nivāritaṃ
58
Vinā laṅkesānumatiṃ-manujassa nijecchayā kenā'pi sasanaṃ
sabbā-kārene'va nivāritaṃ
59
Purāpavattitaṃ nīti-'manugantvā tahiṃ
tahiṃ
Niyogaṃ ṭhapayī tamhi-kātuṃ'dhikaraṇaṃ subhaṃ
60
Pālanatthaṃ
sarajjassā-'viheṭhiya mahājanaṃ
Yathocitaṃ sañcinituṃ-karaṃ paṭṭhapayī nayaṃ
[SL Page 199] [\x 199/]
61
Kāraṇehe'vamādīhi-tadāni
paṭipāditaṃ
Paṭissavaṃ patta'māsī-sundaraṃ vā asundaraṃ
62
Rajjaṃpati
sīhalīya-dhissarāna'mpi yā pihā
Tā'sā'suṃ vihatātesa-'miha sampati kā
kathā
63
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhaṃ paravasa'ṅgataṃ
Dasamāsādhikaṃ
kālaṃ-koḷambapurapuṅgave
64
Vāsetvā saha
ñātīhi-velll̥rnāmasuvissutaṃ
Pāpayittha mahāduggaṃ-tahiṃ so vyādhinā
haṭo
65
Vasitvā soḷasavassaṃ-laṅkāra'jja'midaṃ yathā lokantaraṃ gato
hitvā-sabandhujanataṃ api
66
Yuddhe'raddhe buddhabhattā-jīvitaṃ viya
gopitaṃ
Dāṭhādhātuṃ munindassa-nīhariṃsu mahāpurā
67
Patte
paṭissave sammā-sammatasmi'ṅgirasijane
Vissāsatta'mupāyāte-mahena mahatā
hitaṃ
68
Dadantaṃ dantadhātvaggaṃ-sundaraṃ
dhātumandaraṃ
Vaḍḍhetvāna yathāpubbe-pūjāvidhiṃ
pavattayuṃ
69
Bravunrīgvidito laṅkā-dhīso'pi tadahe mudā
Tahaṃ
ṭhapesa'ccaniya-vatthuṃ dhātussa gāravā
70
Atho mollgoḍaādi-sacivānaṃ
yathāpurā
Adhikārādipadavī-'dāsi laṅkissaro
dayo
71
ÇhèḷṚpolamantīso-parināmita'mattano
Mahādhikārapadaviṃ-paṭikkhipi
sakāmato
72
Tade'ṅgalanta rajjassa-pālane tapparo sudhī
VṚlssamañño
kumāro hi-jl̥rjmahāmahipaṃ
pati
73
ÇhèḷṚpolamantissa-muttāmaṇisalaṅkataṃ
Hemadāma'ñca
gīvāya-piḷandhetuṃ tathā paraṃ
74
Sañña'ñca maḍuvṚgāma-kammalekha'nti
gāravaṃ
Gāmaṃ gabaḍa sañña'ñca-pariccajiya pesayī
75
Tato
mānuddhate uddha-raṭṭhiye kulike tathā
Yate'kacce nasakkā'suṃ-tosetu'mpi
navannayā
[SL Page 200] [\x 200/]
76
Kāle
vajante'va'mevaṃ-vellassajananāyakā
Pīḷayuṃ yonake tattha-gaṇhantā'nucitaṃ
karaṃ
77
Pīḷitā te janā sabbe-tato
mocetukāmato
Hāḍītividitānīka-patino sakhyato paraṃ
78
Laṅkindassa
nivedetvā-dhurā yāciṃsu sundaraṃ
So puno'paparikkhitvā-hajjināmassa
dhīmato
79
Muhandiraṃ nāmadhuraṃ-varaṃ'dāsi dayāparo
Tato vellassa
desīyā-kulikā kupitā bhusaṃ
80
Tiyaḍḍhavassaṃ
iṃgīrasi-sīhalīyesu'bhosu'pi
Pakkhesu sammā sāmaggi-pavattittha
yathārahaṃ
81
Dvisahasse
tisatasmi-'mekasaṭṭhimahāyane
Abhavittho'ddharaṭṭhasmiṃ-bhaṇḍana'ntibhayānakaṃ
82
So'ya'miṃgīrasinaṃ
sabba-balaṃ vidahituṃ'cito
Dāvaggi viya saṃvaḍḍhi-medhago tuvaṭaṃ
bhusaṃ
83
Vellassavanadesasmi-'meko nibbhītiko naro
Sañcari satataṃ
ki'nnu-yatīhi parivārito
84
Saññāpayanto attānaṃ-devanāmena
kenaci
Rajja'mākaṅkhamāno'va-tadā kimata sañcarī
85
Vuttho
vilsannāmakhyāto-badullapuṭabhedane
Taddesapālako dhīmā-vuttantaṃ nikhilaṃ
tahaṃ
86
Dūtammukhā nisāmetvā-hajjināma'ntivikkamaṃ
Taṃ
devanāmaviditaṃ-gahetuṃ pesayī lahuṃ
87
Sajātikabhaṭehe'va-saddhiṃ
hajjisamaññako
Sīghaṃ gaccha'ntarāmagge-gahito sīhalehi so
88
Taṃ
yonakaṃ vīranaraṃ-vane devantikaṃ lahuṃ
Nipīḷetvā pesayiṃsu-sīhalīyabhaṭā
carā
89
Taṃ sutvā vimhito vilsan-disādhīso mahādhiti
Senaṅga'mpi
samādāya-gami vellassadesakaṃ
90
Vīmaṃsitvā kāraṇāni-tahaṃ puna puraṃ
sayaṃ
Gacchanto vana panthena-jalaṭṭhāne
pipāsito
201
91
Nivattittho'dakaṃ pātuṃ-dvīhi
jāvakajātihi
Gacchantaranilīne'ko-tahiṃ vilsanmahāsayaṃ
92
Māresi
sīghaṃ vijjhitvā-muslimsamānasevakā ta'ṅkaruṃ
paṭibhātya'tra-kopetu'miṃgirasijane
93
Tato vilsansamaññassa-dhuraṃ
patto mahāsayo
Sl̥ṭars suvissuto dhīmā-mīllavhadisāpatiṃ
94
Dhūrato
tassa vuddhattā-'panetvā pana taṃ dhuraṃ
Kèppeṭipolasaññassa-sacivassa
pavecchiya
95
Sametu kalahaṃ taṃ hi-vellassavipinaṃ nayī
Gate
tasmiṃ kañci'pekkha-māno so sacivo'yatiṃ
96
Tahaṃ
kalahakārīnaṃ-pamukho viya cintiya
Asallakkhiya rājāṇaṃ-tesa'manto gadho
bhavi
97
Mèkḍonolnāmasenānī-mahāsenaṃ
samādiya
Vellassavanadesābhi-mukho'gañchi vinibbhayo
98
Gacchati
vanamaggena-kodaṇḍehi dhuvaṃ dhuvaṃ
Vijjhiṃsu gamikā tassa-pātayiṃsu
mahāsilā
99
Tathe'va seṅkhaṇḍasela-purato dhajinīpati
Raṇasenaṃ
samādāya-gami vellassa desakaṃka
100
Samosaṭe'khile tamhi-tumūle
pabale bale
Vellassavanadesasmiṃ-mèkḍonolnāmaseniyo
101
Adhīrattaṃ
pāpayitu-kāmato tappadesike
Dippamāne hutāsamhi-dārupakkhipanaṃ
viya
102
Tato kopagginā ditta-janakāyā tahiṃ tahiṃ
Dippamāne
hutāsamhi-dārupakkhipanaṃ viya
103
Kupitā'tisayaṃ
tesaṃ-ḍayhamānagharesu ca
Jotijālā passamānā-kalahaṃ dāruṇaṃ
karuṃ
104
Bahusva'pi padesesū-'pariraṭṭhe tahiṃ tahiṃ
Kolāhalo'yaṃ
tuvaṭaṃ-saṅkulo'sī'tipatthaṭo
105
Medhage'smiṃ sīhalīya-sacive pacure
tadā
Vinā molligoḍakhyātaṃ-mahādhikārinaṃ paṭuṃ
[SL Page 202] [\x
202/]
106
Sīghaṃ sīghaṃ gahetvāna-rājaddubhi'ti saṅkayā
Kārāgāraṃ
nivesesu-'miṃgīrasijananāyakā
107
Kèppeṭipolavikhyāto-sacivo
thiravikkamo
Kalahabbhaṭasenādhi-pati
nibbhītiko'bhavi
108
Vaḍḍhamāne kalakale-niṭṭhure'tisayaṃ
tadā
ÇhèḷṚpolamantindaṃ-gayha koḷambaṭhāniyaṃ
109
Nesuṃ nomocayuṃ
jātu-sattasaṃvaccharāni'ha
Vāsāpetvā
murisiyas-nāmadīpa'mapāpayuṃ
110
Pavattamāne'va'mevaṃ-tumule kalahe
tadā
Iṃgīrasipamukhā senā-patayo'pi tahaṃ tahaṃ
111
Saṅgamma
saṃsayādhūta-mānasā iha sampati
Mantayuṃ kassa vijayo-bhave nanu
parājayo
112
Maḍugallaitikhyāto-mantindo nibbhayo
tadā
Kèppeṭipolanāmena-sacivena samāgami
113 Kalahe'dhipatī
deva-nāmena vidito naro
Sirivikkamādirāja-sīhañātī'ti
ñāpitaṃ
114
Vilbāvagāmasambhūtaṃ-dorṚsāmī'tivissutaṃ
Nijecchayā
vane rajjaṃ-pāpetvā sundarālaye
115
Vāsāpayittha so
rājā-viya'maccapadāni'pi
Dātuṃ'rabhī tassa
janā-rājasammānana'ṅkaruṃ
116
Tato'parasmiṃ samaye-tasse'va dutiyaṃ
pana
Patto'dhikārataṃ manti-maḍugallabhidhānavā
117
DorṚsāmīti
viditaṃ-taṃ bhupappatirūpakaṃ
Kèppeṭipolasañña'ñca-nigaḷesu
khipāpayī
118
Te ubho vañcakā kasmiṃ-kāle kathaṃ tato
kharā
Nañāyate vimuttā'ti-kathañcana tato paraṃ
119
DorṚsāmiṃ
sāhasikaṃ-gahetvā jīvagāhakaṃ
Seṭṭhādhikaraṇaṃ netvā-vinicchiya
yathāvidhi
120
Niyāmitaṃ māraṇāya-mahārañño'nukampayā
Mocetvā
maccuto kārā-gāra'māsuṃ nivesayī
[SL Page 203] [\x 203/]
121
Kalahe'rabhite dāṭhā-dhātugehe
mahārahe
Vārivaḍḍhanamaccoso-èllṚpolasamaññavā
122
Dāṭhādhātuṃ
gahetvāna-dhātuṃ gopetukāmato
Yatīhi saha gantvāna-nilīno'si
kuhiñcana
123
Taṃ sutve'ṃgirasisenānī-sanikaṃ pariyesiya
Sadhātukaṃ
taṃ mantinda-'maggahesuṃ mahādhiti
124
Codanāya tāya ta'ñhi-cuditaṃ
thiramānasaṃ
Sīghaṃ mārāpayī
sīsaṃ-chetvāna'naparādhikaṃ
125
Kèppeṭipola paññāto-sacivo
vā'tivikkamo
Piḷimāditalavvākhya-mahādhikārino suto
126
Tannāmako
ca mantindo-'nurādhapurasantike
Gahito'bho pavīrā'su-miṃgīrasisevakehi
te
127
Tasse'va vīraposassa-kèppeṭipolasaññino
Sīsaṃ
chedāpayitvāna-kapparaṃ siraso tadā
128
Eḍinbargnagare
vatthu-vijjākāraṇikassutaṃ
Pesayuṃ kotukāgāraṃ-kotukattā'va tassa
tu
129
Piḷimāditalavvākhya-gahitaṃ sacivaṃ yuvaṃ
Khyāta
murisiyasnāma-dīpaṃ pāpayi laṅkato
130
Maḍugallaitikhyātaṃ-sacivaṃ
paggahī tadā
Chedāpayī tassa siraṃ-nivatti kalaho puna
131
Asmiṃ
kalakale uddha-raṭṭhiyā jananāyakā
Kulikā pacurā ghātā-vadhakehi yathā
bhavuṃ
132
Tathe'va tamhi sāmaññā-nahutādhikajantavo
Matā'su'miti
maññanti-pamāṇarahitā'padā
133
Samite kalahe laṅkā-dhipatī dhitimā
sato
Paṭissavaṃ pubbika'mpi-pattaṃ paritta'maññathā
134
Katvā
niyoge ṭhapayī-sīhalasacivāmukhe
Paṭimuñcitvu'ttamaṅga-veṭhanāni ca
gāravaṃ
135
Kattabbaṃ sabbadhiṃ'gīrasi-janehi
anivāriya
Sāsanaṃ'rabbha yā nīti-pacchā'pi tādisī bhavī
[SL Page 204]
[\x 204/]
136
Rajje'smiṃ ye sīhaliyā-janā seṭṭhadhurandharā
Tesaṃ
tadā vuttiyo'pi-ṭhapayiṃsu yathārahaṃ
137
Asse'va laṅkāpatino-kāle
bèpṭissamavhayā
Tathe'va vèsliyannāmā-aparā carc samaññikā
138
Icce'tā
pabalā tisso-pūjakassamitī'riha
Paṭṭhapesuṃ vaḍḍhamānā-yāvajjā'pi
pavattare
139
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-tesaṭṭhimamhi
hāyane
Rajja'mākaṅkamāne'ko-dubbinīto
narādhamo
140
Vimaladhammanarinda-sīharāje'ti
ñāpayaṃ
Vellassavanadesasmiṃ-janetuṃ kalahaṃ'sahī
141
Taṃ gayha
sīghaṃ yuddhādhi-karaṇe saṃvinicchiya
Nesuṃ murisiyas
dīpaṃ-hantuṃta'mpiniyāmitaṃ
142
Seṭṭho vinicchayakkāro-seṭṭhādhikaraṇe
tadā
Çleksanḍarḍ iti khyāto-jl̥nsṭannāma mahāsayo
143
Savāyāmena
mahatā-laṅkāyaṃ pacure jane
Pesse bhujisse kāresi-paratthanirato
dayo
144
Vinicchetuṃ'dhikaraṇe-sādhu sabbadhi sabbaso
Mahāsayo so
paṭhamaṃ-jūrināmasabhaṃ'rabhi
145
Samaye'smi'meṅgalantā-dhirajje'dhipatī
guṇī
Tatiyo jl̥rjmahābhūpo-kittisesattanaṃ gato
146
Laṅkissaro
roborṭkhyāta-bravunrīgnāmavā sudhī
Nirākula'ṅkaritvāna-sabbaṃ laṅkaṃ
manoramaṃ
147
Pāletvā'ṭṭhasamaṃ rajjaṃ-pālanakkamakovido
Parissamaṃ
vinodetuṃ-viya'gañchi sadesakaṃ
148
Gate tasmiṃ dvisahasse-tisatasmiṃ
tisaṭṭhime
Munindasarade yuddha-senindo
laṅkabhūtale
149
Eḍvarḍbānssaññapaññāto-upalaṅkesataṃ
gato
Vassadvayaṃ rajja'midaṃ-pāletvāna yathāvidhi
150
Sindhudese
yuddhasenā-dhipacca'mupago tadā
Laṅkāyā'pagato āsi-samare caturo
bhusaṃ
[SL Page 205] [\x 205/]
151 Buddhavasse
dvisahasse-tisate
pañcasaṭṭhime
EḍvarḍpṚjaṭnāmadheyyo-laṅkādhipatitopago
152
Āgammi'ha
yathāsatti-laṅkoso laṅka'muttamaṃ
Dasamāsaṃ pālayitvā-sadesa'magamī
dayo
153
Kāle'ssa pabhunoeko-macco nekatiko
jaḷo
Patthivanvayiko'tya'ttaṃ-dīpento janataṃ bhusaṃ
154
Vimohayaṃ
uddharaṭṭhe-rajjaṃ gaṇhitukāmato
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagarā-sanne kalakalaṃ
lahuṃ
155
Janetu'mussahi'ṅgirasi-seniyā ñatva taṃ tadā gāhāpayiṃsu
taṃdhutta-'manurādhapurantike
156
Vinicchiyā'dhikaraṇaṃ-bālisaṃ taṃ
mahāpure
Sammajjituṃ visikhāyo-niyojesi yathāvidhi
157
Dvisahasse
tisatasmiṃ-sogatasmiṃ chasaṭṭhime
JṚmskèmal nāmakhyāto-'palaṅkesattanaṃ
gato
158
Ihā'ga laddhakaṃ laṅkaṃ-pālayanto yathārahaṃ
Sadesaṃ
puna'gā etto-vasitve'ha samaṃ
sato
159
Laṅkāmātaggatanayo-paguṇādiguṇānugo
Molligoḍavhayo'macco-tadā'gā
nāmasesataṃ
160
Laṅkambaruggatasutejapabhā pabhūpa
Bhānū'paraṃ
giri'magañchi atho paro'va
Bhūpaṃsumāli'ha tu sampati bhāti tejo
Tassa
ppabhāya janatā muditā bhavantaṃ
161
Atimita ripudantī kesarī
tulyasīha
Abhayapabhūtibhūpāsevito rajjabhāro
Aparakara'magā ce kiṃ nayātī
tathe'va
Amata'miti payātuṃ bho bhajavho
sivaddhaṃ
Bhāṇavāramekūnapaññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti
sajjanānandasaṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse tatiyassa jl̥rj mahārañño laṅkārajja
nīyyātanādi
dīpanonāmekūna paññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 206] [\x
206/]
Paññāsatimo paricchedo.
------------------
1
Atho'pi
dvisahassamhi-tisate sattasaṭṭhime
Sambuddhavacchare eḍvarḍ-bānsnāmavidito
sudhī
2
Patvā laṅkesataṃ laṅka-'māga saṅkata
santhavaṃ
Sātattha'miha vāsīnaṃ-sarajja cirasaṇṭhitiṃ
3
Maññamāno'va koḷamba-nagarā āmahāpurā
Rathañjasaṃ
sādhayittha-vanapabbataduggame
4
Tahiṃ yutto kiccasūro-ḍl̥sannāma
mahāsayo
Pīḷito jararogena-kaḍugannāpadesake
5
Mato tato
tassamana-kkāratthambhaṃ tahiṃ'cale
Patiṭṭhāpayi laṅkeso-puna
kaḷyāṇisindhuyaṃ
6
hapāpayī doṇisetuṃ-mahāvaṇṇusavantiyā
Mahāsetuṃ
dārumayaṃ-kārāpayi yathārahaṃ
7
Rammaṃ pèviliyannāma-mandiraṃ
nayanussavaṃ
Sirivaḍḍhanaṭhānīye-kārāpayi
vicitrakaṃ
8
Pāsāṇakacchadesasmiṃ-ratanākarasantike
Mavunṭlèviniyānāmaṃ-rammaṃ
dhanaparibbayā
9
Pāsādaṃ kārayi
pacchā-nayisva'sanasālataṃ
Tappadesa'mpi tannāmā-voharanti
videsikā
10
Laṅkeso paṭhamaṃ laṅkā-vāsīnaṃ gaṇanaṃ tadā
Gaṇāpayi
sātirekaṃ-bhavi sāddhaṭhalakkhakaṃ
11
Samaye'smiṃ
jl̥rjbarḍnāmo-gaṅgāsiripurantike
Sīhapiṭṭhipadesamhi-kopivatthuṃ
vapāpayī
12
Tabbappakānaṃ laṅkeso-bahavo bhūpadesake
Phātikkattuṃ
laṅka'mimaṃ-nimmūlena pavecchi so
13
Iṃgīrasijanatā tasmiṃ-kāle
mahāparissamā
Nagarālokavikhyāta-padesaṃ pariyesayuṃ
14
Tato
paṭṭhāya taṃ desaṃ-sukhassitaṃ sukhatthikā
Sakalā jātiyā yanti-pativassaṃ
mahaddhanā
[SL Page 207] [\x 207/]
15
Gamanāgamane
tamhi-phāsuyā pāṇinaṃ bhusaṃ
Sodhāpayī
mahāmaggaṃ-maggāmaggavisārado
16
Tade'va koḷambapure-paṭhamaṃ
bahikoṭṭhake
Potthakāvāsa'makaruṃ-nānāpotthakasaṅkulaṃ
17
Tado
parima raṭṭhasmi-'miṃgīrasibalavattane
Yo samussahi
saṅgāma-vijayakkamakovido
18
Sa'jl̥nḍoyilnāmakhyāto-mantīso
thirabuddhimā
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-maccurājavasa'ṅgato
19
Nimujjāpiya
nārīna-'mudake sasanaṃ pati
Purāsīhalarājūnaṃ-yā nīti taṃ
pariccaji
20
ÇhèḷṚpolavikhyāto-mahāmaccaggasīhalo
Mato
murisiyasnāma-dīpasmiṃ dukkhito tadā
21
Saramānā guṇaṃlaṅkā-patibimbaṃ
sarūpimaṃ
hapesuṃ koḷambapure-rājamandirasammukhe
22
Pasādetvāna
laṅkeso-laṅkādīpanivāsino
Sakadesa'ṅgami
satta-vassaṃvasitvi'hā'nagho
23
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-catusattatime
jine
Saṃvacchare roborṭvilmaṭ-hl̥rṭannāmasuvissuto
24
Pappuyya
laṅkissaratta-'mihā'ga karuṇāparo
Laṅkeso'si dhuvaṃ dīpa-vāsīnaṃ
hitasādhako
25
Rajje'smiṃ paṭhamaṃ sṚviṃs-nāmena pākaṭaṃ
tadā
Mūlālaya'ñcā'rabhiṃsu-janānaṃ vuddhikāmato
26
Pavattijānane
añña-maññassa phāsuyā bhusaṃ
Lekhane pesituṃ sīghaṃ-koḷambapurato
tadā
27
Yāvaseṅkhaṇḍaselavha-puraṃ paṭṭhapayī rathaṃ
Heṭṭhāraṭṭhe'
landajanā-yonakadamiḷesu hi
28
Bhūbhāgāna'madānasmiṃ-kāretuṃ mandire
thire
Paññāpayiṃsu yaṃ nītiṃ-paṭikkhipiya sabbaso
29
Tesaṃ laṅkissaro
dātā-koḷambapura puṅgave
Gehe kārayituṃ sammā-bhūbhāge'dāsi mūlato
[SL Page 208] [\x 208/]
30
Purāmarammavisayaṃ-gatena
yatisāminā
Saddhiṃ puna bodhigaccha-piṭṭhigāmubbhavo
guṇi
31
Dhammajotisāmaṇero-dhammasatthesu
pesalo
Mahāvidānamudali-ppamukhānaṃ nivediya
32
Laddhopakāraṃ
amara-puraṃ gantvāna saṅayā
Suvaṇṇaguhapaññātā-sīmāya'mupasampadaṃ
33
Ñāṇābhivaṃsākhya saṅgha-rājappamukhabhikkhuhi
Labhitvā
dhammavinayaṃ-sammuggayhā'si'hā'gato
34
Dhammajjotiyatindo
so-vinayaññū visārado
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-pañca sattatime
jine
35
Vacchare ūvapabhutī-parime vijite
dayo
Paṭṭhapitthā'marapura-nikāyaṃ sabbhi vaṇṇitaṃ
36
Kāle'ssa
laṅkāpatino-kalambujanaraliti
Pavattipatta'miṃgīrasi-bhāsāya
susamārabhuṃ
37
Rajje seṭṭhadhurandhārī-mantīhi'rabhitaṃ tahaṃ
dosāna'madhirajjamhi-pākaṭattā nivāritaṃ
38
Rajjaṃ pālayituṃ
sammā-nītisampādikā tathā
Nītividhāyikādve'ha-sabhā'rabhi
tadaddhaniva
39
Dhurīhi paṭhamā yuttā-sabhā navahi
mantihi
Chahe'vā' dhurimantihi-laṅkesena samaṃbhavi
40
Vidhāyikā ca
dutiyā-sabhā navahi mantihi
Yuttā dhurīhi mantīhi-laṅkesena
samaṃbhavi
41
Pubbuttarā pacchimā ca-majjhimādakkhiṇā iti
Vibhattā
pañcadhā laṅkā-laṅkādhīsena dhīmatā
42
Ekekissaṃ panā'sāya-'meka'mekaṃ
disāpatiṃ
Niyojayittha laṅkindo-niyoga nipuṇo
guṇi
43
Phāsatthāyā'dhikaraṇa-vinicchaye'smi'maddhani
Nānādesesu
ṭhapayī-sālā tannāmikā thiraṃ
44
Matassa kaṇiyo molli-goḍamaccassa
vissuto
Tannāmiko ca sacivo-manti dunuvilavhayo 41
Pubbuttarā pacchimā
ca-majjhimādakkhiṇā iti
Vibhattā pañcadhā laṅkā-laṅkādhīsena
dhīmatā
42
Ekekissaṃ panā'sāya-'meka'mekaṃ disāpatiṃ
Niyojayittha
laṅkindo-niyoga nipuṇo
guṇi
43
Phāsatthāyā'dhikaraṇa-vinicchaye'smi'maddhani
Nānādesesu
ṭhapayī-sālā tannāmikā thiraṃ
44
Matassa kaṇiyo molli-goḍamaccassa
vissuto
Tannāmiko ca sacivo-manti dunuvilavhayo
[SL Page 209] [\x
209/]
45
Tathā katipayā mantī-yatayo ca tayoti'me
Sirivikkamādi
rāja-sīharājassa kassaci
46
Bandhusso'pariraṭṭhasmiṃ-rajjaṃ pavārituṃ
tadā
Kumantayiṃsu taṃ ñatvā-rājakiccamhi tapparo
47
Disānetā
mahavala-tènnanāmena pākaṭo
Laṅkindassa nivedesī-sahasā taṃ
kumantanaṃ
48
Laṅkeso sanikaṃ rāja-pose pesetva
te'khile
Gāhāpayitvā seṭṭhādhi-karaṇaṃ nesi buddhimā
49
Muttā
codanato sabbe-tathā'pi dhurino tadā
Nīhaṭā dhurato
molli-goḍasaññassa'thāparaṃ
50
Disāpatidhuraṃ'dāsi-catuyojanaraṭṭhake
Tato
so padaviṃ rāja-vallabho'va sugopayī
51
Parihīne cira'majjhā-pane
puna'pi saṇḍitiṃ
Samicchanto tadatthāya-ṭhapittha kārakaṃ
sabhaṃ
52
Tassaṃ sabhāyo'padesa-vasā èkaḍèmivhayaṃ
Samārabhuṃ
satthasālaṃ-koḷambanagare tadā
53
Pañcame sarade laṅkā-patino'ssa
sadāsayā
Esiyātikavikhyātā-sabhā'raddhā'si
sādhuhi
54
Ambarukkhārāmanāme-vihāre'dhissaro
guṇī
Laṅkāsaṃsuddhasambuddha-sāsanambara bhāsuro
55
Sasī'va
ñāṇavimala-tissanāmena vissuto
Mahānetā mahādhīro-saddhālu sāsanodaye
56
Satto samavhito'ndena-devānaṃ sāsituṃ viya
Kale'mhi tidivaṃ
gañchi-kurumāno tamaṃ bhuvaṃ
57
Vikṭl̥riyānāmasutā-kumārī kāminī
piyā
Samayasmiṃ'dhirajje'smiṃ-rājinī'si
tathā'vi'ha
58
Hl̥rṭansamavhayo laṅkā-dhipo laṅkaṃ
chahāyanaṃ
Pāletvā modayaṃ pāṇi-gaṇaṃ desaṃ sakaṃ agā
59
Dvisahasse
tisatamhi-'sītime munihāyane
Laṅkissaro
ihā'yāto-sṭuvarṭmèkènsināmavāva
60
Tadā laṅkāya sabbatthava-bahulaṃ'va
pavattitaṃ
Ketavaṃ sabbaso nīti-maggene'va paṭikkhipi
[SL Page 210]
[\x 210/]
61
Koḷambapurato yāva-gālunagara'mantare
Pesituṃ lekhane
sīghaṃ-rathaṃ paṭṭhapayī tadā
62
Ummattakārogyasālaṃ-tathā kāragharaṃ
api
Kārāpayī mahārogya-sālaṃ koḷambaṭhāniye
63
Vejjasatthassa
laṅkāyaṃ-vuddhiṃ'pekkho'va sissake
Nayī katipaye jambu-dīpaṃ rajjassa
mūlato
64
arnarmahāsayo sādhu-'miṃgīrasibhāsato tadā
Mahāvaṃsaṃ
vyatanayī-parivattiya buddhimā
65
Ito purā kittubhatta-samajjā maggato
iha
Yebhuyyena pavattiṃsu-pāṭhasālā tahiṃ
tahiṃ
66
Mèkènsināmalaṅkindo-laṅkārajjapathā
sudhi
Chāpābhivuddhiṃpattheno-satthasālā'rabhī bahū
67
Nesādānaṃ
dukkhitattaṃ-sutvāna karuṇā paro
Tesaṃ padesaṃ laṅkeso-gantvā
tatta'mudikkhiya
68
Dhanabbayā sassa kasī-kammaṃ kātuṃ vidhāya
so
Uggaṇhāpayituṃ tesaṃ-pāṭhasālā ṭhapāpayī
69
Tahaṃ gamanato
niccaṃ-jararogena pīḷito
Laṅkāvāsābhilāsaṃ so-hitvā'ḍḍhuḍḍhasamaṃ
sudhī
70
Pāletvā sādhukaṃ laṅkaṃ-sadesa'ṅgami sagguṇo
Vasittha ce
thoka kālaṃ-bahukiccāni kārayi
71
Atho kolinkèmalnāmo-laṅkeso
dvisahassake
Tisate caturāsīti-mite sambuddhahāyane
72
Ihā'gato
hatthisela-puraṃpadhānaṭhāniyaṃva
Katvā padesaṃ vibhaji-vāyavo'ti
yathārahaṃ
73
Yāvalaṅkissara'mimaṃ-'pariraṭṭhe pavattitaṃ
Dāsavyaṃ
vāritaṃ nīti-maggeni'ha visesato
74
Sammāviññāta saddhamma-sattho
siddhatthavissuto
Yatisīho kaviketu-pūtakittidayālayo
75
Vikhyātaṃ
paramadhamma-cetiyaṃ satthamandiraṃ
Samārabhitvā
lokattha-siddhi'ṅkāsa'smi'maddhani
76
Kāle'smiṃ pāṭhasālīyā-cere
paguṇataṃ bhusaṃ
Pāpetuṃ satthasadanaṃ-vidhimantaṃ'rabhiṃsavi'ha
[SL
Page 211] [\x 211/]
77
Chabbassa'miha ṭhitvāna-tasmiṃ yāte
sadesakaṃ
Dvisahasse tisatasmiṃ-navutime
munivacchare
78
Ll̥rḍṭorinṭanitikhyāto-laṅkeso
laṅka'māgato
Achekattā tassa desa-pālanasmiṃ sadesike
79
Tosetuṃ no
sahī atra-kathañcana
videsike
Laṅkādīpādhivāsīnaṃva-vaḍḍhenteappasādake
80
Niyojayī
suṇādīnaṃ-gaṇhituṃ'nucitaṃ karaṃ
Tadappasannā janatā-janayuṃ kalahaṃ
lahuṃ
81
Kalahe vaḍḍhamānasmi-'muddharaṭṭhamhi bhiṃsane
Yuddhanītiṃ
pakāsetvā-mādhurā'nayi vāhinī
82
Assuta'mpi purāyuddha-nītiṃ pati janā
bhusaṃ
Bhayato tajjitā sīghaṃ-kalaha'mpi
nivattayuṃ
83
Ñatve'ṅgalantarajjamhi-taṃ pavattiṃ visāradā
Nītibbidū
mahāmaccā-'hūya laṅkissaraṃ tadā
84
Vajjāvajjaṃ tassa
tahaṃ-vinicchiniya sādhukaṃ
Dhurā'petuṃ sassa lahuṃ-nivedayiṃsu
taṅkhaṇe
85
Mahālekhaka padavi-dhāriṃ ṭènanṭ mahāsayaṃ
Desantaraṃ
pesayiṃsu-laṅkikahitakāmato
86
So
èmarsanṭènanṭnāmo-bhāsāsatthavisārado
Laṅkānāmādayo ganthe-viracittha mudā
tadā
87
Laṅkissaro bhūri pajā pamoda-
Yantā'vi'maṃ dīpavaraṃ
sumedhā
Saṃrakkhayuṃ'ke madhurapphalānaṃ
Majjhe asādupphalataṃ
payātā
88
Evaṃ hi bho attani vā parasmiṃ
Piyattataṃ sādhu
pavattayantā
Sugandhapupphā viya sabbhi sevitā
Saṃvaḍḍhamānā kusalaṃ
bhavavho
Bhāṇavāraṃpaññā satimaṃ
--------------
Iti sajjanānanda
saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse pañcalaṅkesadīpanonāma
paññāsatimo
paricchedo
[SL Page 212] [\x 212/]
Ekapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Gate tasmiṃ
dvisahasse-tisate tinavutime
Munindasaradasmiṃ
jl̥rj-ènḍarsannāmavissuto
2
Patvā laṅkesatta'māga-rajje
dhanaparikkhayaṃ
Samecca dhanavuddhiṃ so-kattuṃ maññi
nakāriye
3
Anārambhe dhūmaratha-maggassa sahasā idha
Laṅkissare
appasannā-vappakā ca videsikā
4
Thāmaṃ sāmaggiyā sīghaṃ-dīpetu'mārabhuṃ
sabhaṃ
Laṅkindassa lahuṃ tassā-sabhāya
cā'su'maggalā
5
Bhūrīparādhahetuttā-majjhime visaye
tadā
Surālayā'panītā'suṃ-bahavo hitakāmato
6
Tasse'va tatiye
vasse-pattaṃ paṭissavaṃ pabhū
Asallakkhiya rajjena-gopitaṃ
radadhātukaṃ
7
Pahāya rajja sambandha-pupphārāmādhivāsino
Netussa
ca'ssaselavha-vihāre'dhissarassa ca
8
Yatindassa tathā
nīra-vaḍḍhakassa ca mantino
Pavāresa'buddhabhatto-jahi
sāsanarakkhaṇaṃ
9
Laṅkeso pañcavassāni-vasitvana
yathāruci
Sadesa'ṅgami laṅkāto-'peto
so'petanuddayo
10
Henrīvl̥ḍsnāmavikhyāto-laṅkeso'tha
sadāsayo
Dvisahassattisataṭṭha-navutime jinahāyane
11
Samāyāto
dīpa'mimaṃ-laṅkāyā'yativuddhiyā
Kicce kārayituṃ sīghaṃ-'rabhi sūro
visārado
12
So'yaṃ laṅkissaro dhīmā-yānāyāne sukhatthiko
Tadāni
setuyo magge-kārāpayi dayāparo
13
Koḷambaseṅkhaṇḍasela-ppurāna'mantare
thiraṃ
Sādhetuṃ duggame dhīro-mahā dhūma rathañjasaṃ
14
Paṭhamaṃ
khanī paṃsupuñjaṃ-koḷambapurapuṅgave
Gaṅgāsiripure
kaṇṭa-gacchatitthappadesake
[SL Page 213] [\x 213/]
15
Teladoṇivhayasmiṃ ca-hintālopalagāmake
Kāle'smiṃ kārayi
seṭṭhā-vitthiṇṇā setuyo thirā
16
Sundarīna'ñca bālānaṃ-payojanavasā
tadā
Koḷambanagare gālū-mukhadvāre manoramaṃ
17
Kārāpayī
caṅkamana-maggaṃ laṅkissaro sudhī
Dīghavāpī padesamhi-phātikkattuṃ kasiṃ mudā
18
Purātanā pākatikā-vāpī ca parikhā tathā
Kāresa'tha navīnā
ca-parikhāyo khanāpayī
19
Vijjuppathā'ññamaññassa-vuttantañāpanaṃ
tadā
Samārabhiṃsu koḷamba-gālūpurāna'mantare
20
Tade'vā'nena
maggena-kāraṇāni nivedituṃ
Sakkā'bhavuṃ yāvajambu-dīpaṃ dīpe'tra
vāsino
21
Ta'ṅkamaṃ paṭhamaṃ viṭsṭl̥n-nāmo ca kuksamavhayo
Icce'te
caturo'bho hi-pariyesuṃ mahāsayā
22
Jātaṃ sametuṃ
kalahaṃ-sindhudesamhi vāhiniṃ
Pesetu'metto sakko'si-sadayattā'va no
pabhū
23
Tasse'va laṅkāpatino-manakkāravasā subhaṃ
Paṭibimbaṃ
ṭhapāpesuṃ-sirivaddhanaṭhāniye
24
Daṭṭhukāme'ha laṅkindaṃ-paṭibimbassa
santikaṃ
Gantvā disvā tassa guṇaṃ-gāyanti janatā
bhusaṃ
25
Nivatti'he'va laṅkesa-karuṇākara yācito
Ito gato
pañcavassaṃ-pasitvāna yathāvidhi
26
Yāte laṅkissare
tasmiṃva-dvisahasse catussate
Catutthe sogate vasse-patvā laṅkesakaṃ iha
27
Cārlasjasṭinmèkārtīti-nāmena viditā'gato
Vikkiṇī so
bhūpadese-vappakānaṃ hi rajjato
28
Tato laṅkā vaṇijjāya-kiñcimattaṃ
samiddhataṃ
Gatā viye'ke maññanti-tādi vuddhī
nadissare
29
Samaye'smi'mambagaccha-vatthugāme
dayālayo
Saraṇaṅkarapaññāto-sīlabhūsana bhūsito
[SL Page 214] [\x
214/]
30
Laddhā mrammanikāyasmiṃ-pabbajjaṃ dvīhi bhikkhuhi
Sāmaṇerehi
ca dvīhi-saddhiṃ tīhi gihīhi ca
31
Nāvaṃ'ruyha gālutitthā-sīghaṃ
tiṇṇo mahaṇṇavaṃ
Patto marammavisaye-ratanā
puṇṇaṭhāniyaṃ
32
Saṅgharañño ca bhūpassa-tahaṃ
sampattakāraṇaṃ
Nivedayī saṅgharāja-bhūpatī tuṭṭhamānasā
33
Saddhe
te paṭigaṇhitvā-'kaṃsu sakkaramānanaṃ
Puna tasmiṃ visuṃgāma-sīmāyaṃ
saṅgharājinā
34
Upajjhāyena te sādhū-bhikkhusaṅgho
yathāvidhi
Upasampādayī bhikkhū-'bhavuṃ
puṇṇamanorathā
35
Saraṇaṅkarākhyo bhikkhu-laddhopasampado
sudhī
Piyasīlī sapariso-sahasā
laṅka'māgato
36
Dvisahassaccatusata-sattame sarade jine
Nikāyaṃ
rāmaññanāmaṃ-patiṭṭhāpesi sādhukaṃ
37
Marammara'ṭṭha mānuñña-desato
hadayālunā
Āhaṭattā'va tannāmāva-voharanti
nijanvayaṃ
38
Mèkārtināmalaṅkeso-dhuvaṃ rogena
pīḷito
Tīnivassāni'ha ṭhitvā-sadesa'ṅgañchi
laṅkato
39
l̥brayinnāmavikhyāto-'palaṅkesattanaṃ tato
Patvāna
seniyo rajjaṃ-pālesi sādhikaṃ samaṃ
40
Kāle'smiṃ mantisabhatiṃ-vivādo
āsi dāruṇo
Yuddhasenaṅga'mārabbha-vassaṃ pati'ha
rajjato
41
Mantīsabhātīraṇato-kattabba'nti dhanabbayaṃ
Mantī
chā'vocu'madhuro-'palaṅkeso yathāmati
42
Sādhusammatiyaṃ
tassaṃ-nopatiṭṭhahi kaṅkhaṇe
Mantī mantisabhaṃ te
cha-vajjetvā'pagatā'bhavuṃ
43
Mahājanamatabbuddhiṃ-pāpetu kāmato
tadā
Jl̥rjvl̥lnāmo'rabhi
dhīmā-sill̥nlīgsavhasaṅgamaṃ
44
Roborṭrobinsanvikhyāto-dvisahasse
catussate
Navame hāyane buddhe-patvā laṅkindataṃ sudhī
[SL Page 215]
[\x 215/]
45
Ihā'ga karuṇāyutto-nītidhammavisārado
Tadā
laṅkābhivuddhatthaṃ-nānākicce
samārabhi
46
Koḷambaseṅkhaṇḍasela-gālupuresu
sātthikāka
Nāgarikānāmasabhā-bhavuṃ
raṅā'tadaddhani
47
Purārakkhaṇa'mārabbha-'rakkhakabhaṭasañcayaṃ
hapetuṃ
nīti'meka'ñca-thira'ṅkari tadā sato
48
Koḷambapurato
yāva-seṅkhaṇḍaselaṭhāniyaṃ
Kāle'smi'mārabhuṃ dhūma-rathānaṃ gamanaṃ
pana
49
Pāṭhasālādhikattaṃhi-susaṃlakkhiya tassabhaṃ
Hitvāna'jjhāpanaṃ nāma-bhāgaṃ vibhaji rajjato
50
Viññātasattha
saddhammo-nikāye mūlavaṃsike
Mahānetā
mahāvyatto-dhammādhāravhavissuto
51
Kāle'smiṃ tidivaṃ-gañchi karāṇo
timiraṃ bhuvaṃ
Saṅgamma sogatā
tassa-dassesu'ntimagāravaṃ
52
Ciraṭṭhitiṃ mahesissa-sāsane'pekkhayaṃ
tadā
Iddamalgoḍavikhyāto-disādhīso
sadāsayo
53
Syāmamrammanikāyesu-dhamme ca vinaye bhusaṃ
Vyatte
bahussute cheke-yatīse pacure vare
54
Pèlmaḍullaitikhyāte-nagare
sumanorame
Samānetvā dhammasālaṃ-dhammavinayapotthake
55
Saddho
sodhetu'majjhesi-chekā'jjhiṭṭhā yatissarā
Paṭigayha visodhetuṃ-potthake
susamārabhuṃ
56
Sattamāsaṃ hi vinaya-piṭakaṃ saṃvisodhiya
Gāyiṃsu
atha saṅghassa-majjhe buddhimataṃ varā
57
Yathāphāsu
yathākāla-'mañña'mpi piṭakadvayaṃ
Sodhetvā
sirisambuddha-sāsanaṭṭhitika'ṅkaruṃ
58
Bandhitaṃ
putugīsīhi-koḷambakoṭṭhabandhanaṃ
Bhedāpayī'dhirajjasmi-'māṇaṃ laddhāna so
pabhū
59
Tato paṭṭhāya koḷamba-nagaraṃ rāmaṇeyyakaṃ
Kārāpayittha
laṅkeso-phāsutaṃ sukhakāmato
[SL Page 216] [\x 216/]
60
Desantarānītadhañña-vaggāna'ñca tadaddhani
Karaggāho
samāraddho-rajje nītipathānugo
61
Samaye'smiṃ vejjasattha-sālaṃ
koḷambaṭhāniye
Patiṭṭhāpayi tabbuddhi-kāmato'va
sadāsayo
62
Vikṭl̥riyānāma
mahā-rājinīdutiyattajo
Çl[f]praḍkhyātobhāgadheyyo-kāle'smiṃ
laṅka'māgato
63
Laṅkikā rājinīsūnuṃ-paṭigaṇhiṃsu
sādarā
Cārlashenridasoyisā-nāma khyāto dhanissaro
64
Visesato
samānīya-taṃ kumāraṃ samandiraṃ
Saṅgaha'ṅkāsi
sakkaccaṃ-janasambhamabhājanaṃ
65
Dhanino tassa mantissa-bimbaṃ
tagguṇadīpakaṃ
Nayanārogyasālābhi-mukhe dissati
sampati
66
Samaye'smi'mpilaṅkāyaṃ-janarāsiṃ
gaṇāpayī
Catubbisatilakkhaṃ'si-tisataṃ'sitikaṃ
tadā
67
Dasavassa'mpati tato-paṭṭhāya paṭipāṭiyā
Gaṇituṃ janatā
laṅkā-dīpasmiṃ niyamo'bhavi
68
Sante bādhe saṃsametuṃ-gāmesu ca tahiṃ
tahiṃ
Gāmasabhānāmavini-cchayasālā tadā'rabhuṃ
69
So
harkivlasroborṭkhyāto-robinsannāmavāsudhī
Laṅkeso sattavassāni-sadesa'ṅgami
ṭhitvi'ha
70
Sirimā
viliyamhenrī-grugarīnāmavissuto
Dvisahassaccatusata-sorasamamhi
sogate
71
Laṅkindattaṃ patva dīpa-'mimaṃ patto
dayāparo
Jātikulāgamabbheda-'masallakkhiya
sabbaso
72
Vuddhiṃsamicchaṃ laṅkāyaṃ-kiccānā'rabhi buddhimā
Tato
tasmiṃ pasīdiṃsu-laṅkinde laṅkikā bhusaṃ
73
Ciraṃ vanagataṃ
rammaṃ-'nurādhapurapuṅgavaṃ
Sodhetvāna samiddhattaṃ-pāpetu kāmato
tadā
74
Katvā
padhānanagara-'manurādhapuruttamaṃ
Vibhaju'ttaramajjha'nti-desaṃ
vibhāgakovido
[SL Page 217] [\x 217/]
75
Koḷambanagare
cāru-bhūbhāge dassaneyyake
Tidivāvagataṃ
veja-yantaṃ'va'kkhirasañjanaṃ
76
Kotukāgāra'muttuṅga-'māyātaṃ
purabhūsanaṃ
Kārāpayu'mamhi kāle-vissajjiya
mahaddhanaṃ
77
Purātanehi bhaṇḍehi-'nagghehi vividhehi
ca
Potthakehi papuṇṇo'si-jane vimhāpayaṃ bhusaṃ
78
Cirassaṃ
sāḷavallīhi-vanatta'mupagaṃ varaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhāretu'soṇṇa-mālithūpaṃ
pabhinnakaṃ
79
Laddhā sadupakāra'ñca-rajjato iha
saddhayā
Sumanasāro hi bhikkhu-nāraṃviṭavhagāmajo
80
Tathā
saddhehi pakato-pakāro'rabhi kāriye
Paṭisaṅkhārito tena-bhāgo pabhijji
sabbaso
81
Tato khedagatā tasmiṃ-janā saṅgamma
bhattiyā
Cetiyavaḍḍhaniṃ nāma-sabhaṃ'rabhiṃsu sogatā
82
Chekānaṃ
kammakārānaṃ-kammantaṃ taṃ yathāvidhi
Nīyātayuṃ
thūparājā-gāmiṇīnāmadīpako
83
Parisamattakammanto-nacirene'va
pāṇinaṃ
Nettapanthe yathāpubbe-virocissati
sādhukaṃ
84
Tadu'ssukamano tasmiṃ-nagaramhi
manorame
Valisīhahariccanda-nāmo vādībhakesarī
85
Anurādhapure
suddha-nagaramhi
manorame
Purāṇacetyāyatana-vihārādīna'rajjato
86
Yaṃ yaṃ'bhavi
viruddhattaṃ-kāraṇāni punappunaṃ
Yathānayaṃ kivedetvā-niraggala'makā
sato
87
Tadā pavattitā suddha-nagarasmiṃ surālayā maṃsasālā tathā
āsuṃ-te sabbe'pi pidhāpitā
88
Jātikāgama sambandha-kiccesu
sakajīvitaṃ
Jahi so ajja tannāmaṃ-lasate lapitañjase
89
Asse'va
laṅkissarassa-niyoga'manugā tadā
Baṭuvantuḍāvanāma-gāmajāto suvissuto
[SL Page 218] [\x 218/]
90
Visārado sirideva-rakkhito ca
mahāsayo
Sirisumaṅgalakhyāto-kaviketu yatissaro
91
Niruttiyā'gataṃ
māga-dhikāya etihāsikaṃ mahāvaṃsa'mubho santā-sabhāsāya
visodhiya
92
Parivattayiṃsu mahā-parissamena sampati
Pākaṭo
so'vi'tihāsa-vedinaṃ moda'māvaho
93
Koḷambanagare vāyu-balena paṭhamaṃ
tadā
Dīpālokaṃ kārayiṃsu-divā'ca ratti dissate
94
Perādoṇipurā
yāva-nāvalapiṭidesakaṃ
Tathā koḷambapurato-āpāṇadurato
tadā
95
Parakkamena mahatā-sammā
dhūmarathāyanaṃ
Kārāpayitthā'yata'mpi-laṅkikahitakāmato
96
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-ādo
jalanalañjasā
Pāṇīyaṃ pāṇinaṃ pūta-'madāpayittha
sātadaṃ
97
Kāle'ssa vṚlsnāmakhyāto-mahārājiniyā'trajo
Kumāro
laṅka'māgañchi-laṅkikaccanabhājano
98
Koḷambatitthe
taraṇī-rakkhāpākāra'muttaraṃ
Kattu'micchaṃ mūlasīlaṃ-kumārena
ṭhapāpayī
99
Sadā daṭṭhu'va laṅkindaṃ-kotukāgārasammukhe
Paṭibimbaṃ
ṭhapāpesuṃ-tassa tagguṇadipakaṃ
100
Samattajanatā sādhu-guṇasālini
nasundaraṃ
Laṅkindabimbaṃ passanti-guṇaṃ gāyī
piyaṅkaraṃ
101
Jagatividitalaṅkāvāpipaṅkeruhābha-
Jananikaravikāsa
grugiralaṅkesayuro
Tatavisadasilokābhāvitāno pavīṇo
Iha vihari virājo so
guṇī sogato'va
Bhāṇavārameka paññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse pañcalaṅkesa dīpano nāmeka
Paññāsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 219] [\x 219/]
Dvāpaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Grugarisuvissutalaṅkadhipasmiṃ
Janaghaṭapīnana
kiccaniyutte
Varatararajja'mimaṃ paripāla-
Yati satataṃ vidure
pihayante
2
Tikhiṇamatī tatakittininādā
Caturatarā vividhe pana
satthe
Vidunikarā paribhāvitacittā
Suvisadasatthatapaṃ
tanayiṃsu
3
Suviditasakkatabhāsiyasattho
Madhuragiro caturo
vinayasmiṃ
SutakahavṚ siriñāṇadinando
Yatipati viddasu
saṃvilasittha
4
Sirighanasāsanavuddhyabhilāsī
Vinayavinicchayabyākhya'makāsī
Sa'viditadhīradinandabhidhāno
Yatipati
dhīdhitimā viharittha
5
Vihari'va tāragaṇāvutacando
Kavikavi
sāsanadevavirājo
Viracayi sāsanavaṃsadidīpaṃ
Sa'vimalasārabhidho
garunetā
6
Vinayanaye nipuṇo
suvinīto
Vinayamahādikanissayakattā
Thiramatimā siri
paññadisīha
Yatipavaro viharī saraṇesī
7
Apagatasatthatape sati
vijjo-
Dayapariveṇavaraṃ'rabhi
bhaddaṃ
Suvitatadhammasusatthalatagga-
Pabhavabhave'ha'dhipaccupago'si
[SL Page 220] [\x 220/]
8
Sa'sirisumaṅgalanetuvarābhā-
Karavidito
ghanamohatamoghaṃ
Apahara'māsu hi
pātubhavitvā
Jinavarasāsanavuddhi'makāsī
9
Iha'riva patthakitti
videse
Sa'hi satimā matimā munivutyaṃ
Aticaturo vividhe'pi ca
satthe
Vihari mudā
bhuvanatthavaho'va
10
Yatipatisantika'māgamiya'ggo
Satisasivijjadibhūsaṇasavho
Kaci
ciradhītabhidhammapasattho
Puna gami
bhāratadesanivāsī
11
Yatipavare
tidiva'ṅgatavante
Taha'matha'dhissarataṃ pana patvā
Nisitamatī sudhiketu
sa'ñāṇī-
Ssarayatipatyu'da sādhu vasittha
12
Suviditasatthaghare
vara'majjha-
Kkhakadhura'māga naye munino so
Thirahadayo
siridevadimitta-
Yatipavaro viduro viharittha
13
Adhipatitaṃ gatavā
vasi vijjo-
Dayapariveṇavare
kaviseṭṭho
Paricitasakkatamāgadhisattho
Ratanadisārabhidhānayatindo
14
Gatavati
netari devasabhaṃ hi
Sa'hi gami
tappariveṇadhipaccaṃ
Piyaratanavhayanāyakathero
Vilasati sampati viddasu
seṭṭho
15
Aparasamāya tato
janarāsī
Dasabalasāsanavuddhyabhilāsī
Suviditavijjadilaṅkativijjā-
Layapavaraṃ
rabhu'muggatanandi
[SL Page 221] [\x 221/]
16
Atinipuṇo
varatepiṭakasmiṃ
Yatipati dhammadilokasamañño
Adhipati
tappariveṇavarā'do
Vihari'ha vuddhividhiṃ kurumāno
17
Taha'madhipo
puna desavidese
Tatayasasaṃhati sakkatasatthe
Suvinipuṇo
siridhammadirāma-
Yatipati viddasu sāmi
vihāsi
18
Atisayavissutatappariveṇā-
Dhipati
yatissaradhammadinando
Suviditapāvacano matimā so
Pamudamano taha'majja
vibhāti
19
Viditagabhīrabhidhammavibhāgo
Aticaturo'riyasatthavayasmiṃ
Suvilasi
nandarirāmabhidhāno
Yatipati sābhijanaṃ
paritāyaṃ
20
Paṭutarasissabhabhassarabhāvo
Piyaratanavhayanāyakavando
Bhaviya
doḍandūva saṃvasathasmiṃ
Akari'ha satthatapaṃ
subhadīpe
21
Jinavarabhāratipaddhatidakkho
Kavijanavaṇṇitavutti
variṭṭho
Suviditadhammadilaṅkatinetā
Vasi'riha viddasu
vitthatakitti
22
Avatamāgadhisakkatasattho
Pulinatalavhayarāmadhivāsī
Sa'sirisumaṅgalaneturavindo
Apagatamohatama'ṅkari
laṅkaṃ
23
Ciraparibhāvitanussaticitto
Varatarakoggala gāmabhavo
so
Yatipati sagguṇavissūta dhamma-
Tilakabhidho iha saṃviharittha
[SL Page 222] [\x 222/]
24
Paricitatannivaco vividhagga
janagaṇasevitako mudaceto
Gaṇapati viddasu seṭṭhasubhuti-
Thaviravaro
mitabhāṇi vihāsī
25
Upagamiya'ntika'massa siyāma-
Mahipakumāravaro
saraṇesī
Yatinikaṭe lahu pabbaji saddho
Iha vasi'dhītamunindagiro
so
26
Jinatanayo tatasuddhasiloko
Bhavi
vanavāsavihāradhivāsī
Sa'hi siri dhammadirāmayatindo
Suvilasi lokahitaṃ
kurumāno
27
Nipuṇataro muni bhāratimagge
Tikhiṇagiro
sutavādibhasīho
Subhadipaduttamarāmadhivāsī
Yati
guṇanandabhidhānapasiddho
28
Ihaparadassana
kaṇṭakarāsī
Tada'bhavu'māsa girāvudhato te
Atiparisodhiya
gotamaladdhiṃ
Suthira'makā
paravādavibhedī
29
Suviditatantikabhāsiyasattho
Supaṭitaguttilakabbakavyākhyaṃ
Rucira'makā'sabhatissabhidhāno
Yatipati
viddasu sādhu lasittha
30
Yatiguṇasampadabhūsanasajjo
Tapasiri
mānitavutti sudhīhi
Ciraparibhāvitametti sa'indā-
Sabhayatināyakasāmi
vihāsī
31
Matamunivutti saratthalagāmu-
Bbhava
sutapuññadisārabhidhāno
Yatipati kuñjara sāsanabhāraṃ
Vahi matimā dhitimā
piyasilī
[SL Page 223] [\x 223/]
32
Vilasi'ha modamano
nijavutyā
Janagaṇamānasahāri vibhāvī
Sa'sugatapālabhidho
yatinetā
Yatinikaraṃ paripālaya'maggaṃ
33
Migapati'vā
'hitavādibhagumbe
Bèdigama vissutasaṃvasathasmiṃ
Bhavi sudhisevitavutti
vihāsī
Sa'ratanapālabhidhānayatindo
34
Sucimati
vitthatakittininādo
Suviditasakkatamāgadhibhāso
Sudhi vilasī
baṭuvannatuḍāva-
Ssutasiridevadirakkhitanāmo
35
Viditasusīhalaiṃgirasibhāso
Visadayasokiraṇo
saciveso
Vidusabhatiṃ vilasī
luvisl̥sā-
Vijayadisekharavissutasañño
36
Caturataro
narasīhabhidhamme
Nisitamatī vinaye ca'tisūro
Kavipavaro yasavā vasi
dhamma-
Ratanabhidhānamahāsayaseṭṭho
37
Bahuvidhabhāsavidū
sa'vihārā-
Dhivacanagāmabhavo thirabuddhi
Vasi'riha
khuddakabaṇḍaranāma-
Ssuviditamantivaro hadayālu
38
Visadayaso
paradukkhapatiṭṭho
Jinavarasāsanasaṇṭhitikāmī
Dhanapati kāruṇiko lasi
sèmpson-
Narapatipakkhabhidho mudalindo
39
Sakaparabhāsavidū
puthubuddhi
Nayanipuṇo yasavā guṇavāso
Iha vidito kavi
jṚmsdadialvis-
Adhivacano vasi mantivariṭṭho
[SL Page 224] [\x 224/]
40
Satatasudhīsabhabhassarakitti
Avagatasatthavayo viduro
so
Luvīvijayādikasīhabhidhāno
Vilasī'ha sādhu
suvissutamantī
41
Suvinipuṇo sakabhāsiyasatthe
Jananikaraṃ sagirāya
pihento
Vasi'riha paṇḍitanāmapasiddho
Guṇi guṇavaḍḍhanamanti
tuḍāve
42
Suviditagambhiratakkadisattho
Nayanipuṇo
sudhivaṇṇitakitti
Suguṇagaṇo raṇasīhabhidhāno
Vilasi'ha
sajjanasaṅgamamajjhe
43
Viha'riha sajjanavuttinivāso
Puthudhaninaṃ
pavaro yasanādo
Thirahadayo karuṇo emo
silvā-
Viditabhidhānamahāsayaseṭṭho
44
Suviditasatthavidū
tatakitti
Viracayi laṅkatihāsiyaganthaṃ
Sa'hi sayiman suta
silvabhidhāno
Vilasi'va tāmarasaṃ
mudalindo
45
Subhataravaralaṅkākāsabhāsosadhīso
Viya muduguṇajātā
santataṃ pāṇipūgaṃ
Grugarividitalaṅkādhissaro pañcavassaṃ
Suvilasi
sakadese pīnayitva'sma'peto
46
Iha paṭutaradhīrā dīpitā'smi'ñca
kāle
Babhucutadavidūre dīpavāsīna'matthaṃ
Vividhapacurasatthālokadittiṃ
kariṃsu
Tathari'va vidurā bho satthaloka'ṅkarotha
Bhāṇavāraṃ
dvāpaññāsatimaṃ
-------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dīpavaṃse lokasāsanuddīpaka dīpanonāma
Dvāpaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 225] [\x 225/]
Tepaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Muninde dvisahasseka-vīsatime
catussate
Roborṭlonḍannāmakhyāto-laṅkindo'si ihā'gato
2
Cirassaṃ
dhaññarogānaṃ-bāhullaṃ'rabbha sabbaso
Parihānipathāpannā-'bhavuṃ samiddhiyo
idha
3
Kāle'ssa laṅkāpatino-nānādhaññaggavappanā
Kiñcimattaṃ
samiddhatta-'magañchi viya khāyati
4
Devāna'mpiyatissena-raññā
kārāpitāyi'dha
Dutiyaṇṇavasaṅkāsa-tissāya vāpiyā bhusaṃ
5
Nīraniggamane magge-sodhetvā vāpibandhanaṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayī
bhinnaṃ-rajjadhanaparibbayā
6
Karnall̥lkl̥ṭnāmakhyāto-samaye'smiṃ
mahāsayo
Blavèskināmikāyā'tra-lalanāyā'gami samaṃ
7
So kho
amarikādesī-èḍvarḍprṚrābhidhāninā
Nītiññunā iṅgirisi-bhāsāya
parivattitaṃ
8
Mohoṭṭivattapaññāta-gāmubbhavassa
dhīmato
Guṇānandassa yatino-vādaṃ
pāṇadurabbhavaṃva
9
Passitvo'paparikkhitvā-sammā
gotamasāsane
Pasīditvā'gamane'ha-saraṇaṃ ratanattayaṃ
10
Gato
vuddhiṃ sāsanassa-munino patthayaṃ tadā
Saṅgamitvā sogatehi-padhānehi
yathāvidhi
11
Paramaviññāṇatthavhaṃ-patiṭṭhāpesi
saṃsadaṃ
Tatoppabhuti dīpe'smiṃ-nānādisāsu'nekadhā
12
Tahiṃ tahiṃ
tassamiti-maggena jananāyakā
Pacurā pāṭhasālāyo-bhattiyā
susamārabhuṃ
13
Visesato sogatānaṃ-vissutā sā sabhā subhā
Yāvajja
vattate sādhu-hitatthasādhikā bhusaṃ
14
Yathāpurā
tathe'vā'smiṃ-kāle'pi laṅkike jane
Gaṇāpayittha laṅkeso-pamāṇaṃ jānituṃ
viya
15
Tadā
sattavīsalakkhe-kūnasaṭṭhisahassakā
Sattasataṭṭhatiṃsati-janarāsī bhavuṃ iha
[SL Page 226] [\x 226/]
16
Eṅgalantasabhāya'ñca-prusbiṭṚriyasaṃsade
Daduṃ rajjā
pūjakānaṃ-nibbese taṃ nivāritaṃ
17
Paccatthikehi'maṃ laṅkaṃ-rakkhituṃ
bhaṭavāhiniṃ
Volanṭiyarnāmakhyātaṃ-paṭṭhapittha
yathāvidhi
18
Dhūrarathañjasaṃ
laṅkā-patino'ssa'ddhanā'yataṃ
Yāvahèṭankāḷatittha-mātulappurato'karuṃ
19
Çlbarṭvikṭarnāmadheyyo-jl̥rjsamañño
ca vissutā
Dve kumārā ihā yātā-kāle'smiṃ
bhāgadheyyakā
20
Hèrīḍayasnāmamantī-seṭṭhādhikaraṇe
tadā
Vinicchayakkāradhuraṃ-pattā'do sīhalo sudhī
21
Suvikhyāto
dhammapāla-nāmena thiramānaso
Sūravīro
ñātadhammo-ratanattayamāmako
22
Patvā desantaraṃ suddha-buddhadhammaṃ
tahiṃ tahiṃ
Saññāpayī
mahussāho-sāsanodayakāmato
23
Apetasaddhammasaññaṃ-jātagotamasāsanaṃ
Jambudīpaṃ
gamma buddha-laddhiṃ vyatanayī tadā
24
Kalkaṭānagare ramme-vihāraṃ
dhammarājikaṃ
Bārāṇasyaṃ mūlagandha-kuṭi'ṅkārapayī mudā
25
So
kho'tisaddho laddhāna-pabbajja'ñco'pasampadaṃ
Nibbhītiko'va
sūjū'si-kittisesopago tahiṃ
26
Laṅkissaro roborṭlonḍan-nāmakhyāto
chahāyanaṃ
Timāsādhikakālaṃ so-vasitvā gā sadesakaṃ
27
Dvisahasse
catusate-sattavīsatime jine
Patvā laṅkesataṃ gl̥rḍan-nāmo
laṅka'mapāpuṇi
28
Sappaññassa dayālussa-ādo
mantanasaṃsade
Kathe'va'massā'bhavittha-laṅkikahitakāmato
29
Laṅkārakkhaka
saṅgāma-senaṅgaṃ pacca'nūsamaṃ
Kataṃ dhanabbaya'mūna-karaṇattaṃ nivedi
so
30
Dhanāgāre oriyanṭal-nāme vatthupabhaṅgataṃ
Nissāya
mahatībhīti-janatāyā'si dussahā
31
Taddhanāgārato tasmiṃ-kāle
vissajjitā ci'ha
Mūlapattavayā rajjā-rūpimūle patiddade
[SL Page
227] [\x 227/]
32
Buddhimā icca'bhāsittha-laṅkindo janatā
bhusaṃ
Pīti'māvedayuṃ tasmiṃ-bhayabyākulamānasā
33
Tatopaṭṭhāya
rajjā'pi-pacurā mūlapattakā
Vissajjitāni tasmā'va-rajjaṃ vuddhi'magā
tadā
34
Vihāradevālayānaṃ-dhanadhaññassa yuttito
Pavattanaṃ
pihentānaṃ-viññūna'ñca mahehayā
35
Vihāradevālayāṇā-khyātā nīti
visesikā
Paññattā'si tato kiñci-sāphalyaṃ nā'bhavī
iha
36
Nāthabhattimataṃ
seṭṭhaṃ-vesākhussavacāsaraṃ
Sindhusaṃvaccharadinaṃ-sīhalapaṭigaṇhitaṃ
37
Māhammadussavaṃ
hajji-perunālnāmikaṃ dinaṃ
Dinattaya'mimaṃ
laṅkā-pativissāmika'ṅkari
38
Tadā badullanagaraṃ-katvā
paṭhānaṭhāniyaṃ
Disaṃ ūvābhidhānena-vibhaji
bhāgakovido
39
Koḷambapuravāsīnaṃ-jalaṃjalanaḷañjasā
Dātuṃ
lābugāmanīrā-sayaṃ pūrayi vārino
40
Vikṭl̥riyārājiniyā-makuṭassa
piḷandhanā
Vasse paññāsame puṇṇe-tadā'si'ha
mahacchaṇo
41
Mahindatthalathūpo'smiṃ-kāle bhijjati
bhītiyā
Paṭisaṅkhārayī tassa-cetiyassa'ddhakaṃ
lahuṃ
42
Yāvannavaggāmahapu-talavhapurato tadā
Dhūmarathañjasaṃ
dīgha-'makārayi yathāvidhi
43
Kāle'smiṃ nīranikkhanta-magge
nagaravāpiyā
Paṭisaṅkhārayī rajje-mahaddhanaparibbayā
44
Rūpīnaṃ
vissajitvāna-pañcavīsasahassakaṃ
Tadā pākatika'ṅkaṃsu-rajjato
yodhadigghikaṃ
45
Mantanassabhatiṃ
nīti-dāyikāyo'ddharaṭṭhake
Mantidhuraṃ sīhalāna-'mekaṃ ṭhapesi
buddhimā
46
Tathe'va laṅkissaro so-māhammadikajātinaṃ
Pādāsye'kaṃ
mantidhuraṃ-kāruññaparamo tadā
47
Majjhimāsāya sabara-ggāmāse'ti visuṃ
disaṃ
Katvāna tassaṃ ratana-puraṃ mukhyapura'ṅkari
[SL Page 228] [\x
228/]
48
Tade'va devanagara-titthe dīpālaye subhe
Jotāpayittha
paṭhamaṃ-pajjotaṃ kittijotimā
49
Laṅkeso kasiyā
vuddhi-'mapekkhe'so'mhi dīpake
Vivarittha kasikamma-vijjāgāraṃ
guṇālayo
50
Naṭṭhāvasiṭṭhe kammante-porāṇe rakkhituṃ
idha
Purāvijjārakkhakā'ti-ṭhapesi kārakaṃ sabhaṃ
51
Mahesino
sāsanavuddhisambhavaṃ
Samicchamānā janatā suvissutā
Samecca bhatyā
sugatādisāsano-
Dayābhidhānaṃ
pariveṇa'mārabhuṃ
52
Tahaṃ'dhipaccūpagato'dimo dhiyā
Kavi ssutejena
ravī muduttayā
Sasi tthira'ddi vimalādisāradhi-
Patī virocitthi'ha
satthabhāsato
53
Sadesadesantarasamphuṭāriya
Ssilokanādo
kaviketuvissuto
Mahāgaṇī tappariveṇamaggato
Mahatthasiddhi'ṅkari sādhu
pāṇinaṃ
54
Vasi'ha paramaviññāṇatthanāmassabhāya'
Madhipati
bhaviya'tthaṃ vīsavassappamāṇaṃ
Sumariya parisāyaṃ tāya
ārṚmiranda-
Viditadhivacano so buddhimā
vuddhikāmo
55
Suvisadatatakittī ñātasatthāgamādi
Viracayi
varasīmālakkhaṇaddīpatiṃ yo
Varakavitilako so vissuto'sse'va
kāle
Paravavimalasārattheranetā diva'ṅgā
56
Iha janahitakārī
santataṃ sattajāta-
Manakamalavanaṃ yo bodhayī laṅkadhīso
Gaditayasaninādo
khyātagl̥rḍansamañño
Sudhi gami sakadesaṃ sattavassaṃ
vasitvā
Bhāṇavāraṃ tipaññāsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda
saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse laṅkesattaya dīpano nāma
Tepaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 229] [\x 229/]
Catupaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
-------------------
1
Atha vigatavatī'to tamhi
laṅkāpatismiṃ
Catusatacatutiṃsādhikyake dvissahasse
Naravarasaradasmiṃ
mañjulaṅkaṃ hi hèvlok
Viditadhivacano'pāgañchi
laṅkissare'so
2
Dayamuduhadayo so
desatāṇakkamasmiṃ
Paṭutaramatimā'smiṃ dīpake vattamānaṃ
Janagaṇaparimāṇaṃ
tassa kāle'pi pubbe
Yatha'riva pariñātuṃ saṅgaṇāpesi
dhīmā
3
Narapatisamayasmiṃ vattitaṃ vīhisuṅka-
Gahaṇa'manucita'nti
manti jl̥rjvl̥l samañño
Sumariya varamedho dunnayaṃ ta'ñhi nītiṃ
Apanayi
janaphāti'ṅkāmi laṅkissarena
4
Tada'pi'riha janānaṃ
vuddhi'mākaṅkhamānā'
Rabhi suvidita'maggaṃ
ṭèknikalsatthasālaṃ
Pavaraparamaviññāṇatthasaññasabhāto
Sanika'makari'rambhaṃ'nandavijjālayaggā
5
Surasuravaravāṇīccantacheko
sa'ñāṇa-
Tilakayatipatī'so bhāratīyā vibhāvī
Iha
suviditavijjobhāsasatthālayaggaṃ
Janagaṇahitakāmī sārabhi tamhi
kāle
6
Janahitanirate 'so kantakaḷyāṇinajjaṃ
Atisayaputhusetuṃ
khyātavikṭl̥riyavhaṃ
Tatha'riva
sakanāmiṃ'nāmayāgāra'muccā
Yata'matirucihèvlokpākaṭa'ṅkārayittha
7
Sudhivaraguṇasālī
laṅkadhīso sa'dhūma-
Rathapatha'matidīghaṃ kārayī'hā'su sammā
Vasiyi'ha
sarade so pañca hèvloksamañño
Apagami sakadesaṃ pīnayaṃ
pāṇipūgaṃ
[SL Page 230] [\x 230/]
8
Atisayasutalaṅkādhissarasmiṃ payāte
Suvisada yasanādo rijvenāmo
sirīmā
Ima'mupagami laṅkaṃ patva laṅkissarattaṃ caturatarakathī so buddhimā
suddhabuddhyā
9
Subhataravaralaṅkaṃ
phātikattuṃ'bhilāso
Vividhapacuradhaññuppattihetukirayāto
Bahutaradhanavuddhi
sādhuvassāpayanto
Iha jananikaraṃ santosayī santataṃ'va
10
Tadi'ha
pabhujanā sambhattiyā sogatābya-
Suvi suta pariveṇaṃ saddhikā
sārabhiṃsu
Suviditasirisādimaṅgalavhe'rugāme
Taha'madhi
pati'rāsā'disaṃ'netā vibhāvī
11
Tidiva'mupagatasmiṃ tamhi'dhīse
kavīse
Viditasamayasattho ganthakattā pavīṇo
Taha'madhipatibhāvaṃ patva
dhīmā sa'ñāṇa-
Vimalasutayatindo satthalokaṃ karittha
12
Tada'pi'ha
matasattho sikkhito buddhadhamme
Sunisitamati seṭṭho indajotī
yatīnaṃ
Labhiya janagaṇānaṃ'jjhesanaṃ kovido pā-
Vacanudayasamaññaṃ
satthasālaṃ'rabhittha
13
Visadayasaninādo tassa kālamhi
dhamma-
Ratana yatipatindo dhammasatthappavīṇo
Suvidita
pariveṇaṃ'nandanāmaṃ'rabhitvā
Pavarataramatīyā'kāsi
lokatthasiddhiṃ
14
Iha suviditakaḷyāṇīrudesamhi kante
Tatha'riva
sutayāpāpaṭṭanaṭṭhāniyamhi
Avitaruciralaṅkassa'ssa kālamhi
dhūma-
Rathapathakaraṇa'ñcā'suṃ'rabhiṃsū'dha
rajjā
15
Pacurapavaravīthipaṇyasālābhi citre
Ruciratarapurasmiṃ
khyātakoḷambasaññe
Nikhilajanasukhatthaṃ kārayī sādhu
vijju-
Rathagamana'mudā'yaṃ sā bavusṭarḍsamajjā
[SL Page 231] [\x
231/]
16 Vividhajanapapuṇṇe kantakoḷambanāme
Viditapuravarasmiṃ
hārititthe padhāne
Varataraṇitaḷākaṃ kātave maññamāno
Nikhani
paṭhamapaṃsūpuñjakaṃ laṅkadhiso
17
Vipuladharaṇibhāraṃ sārahāraṃ
vahantī
Tatasuvisadakittīvalli'vi'ndussa lekhā
Nikhilahadayahārī
khyātavikṭl̥riyavhā
Upagami samaye'smiṃ rājinī maccurājaṃ
18
Itu'pagatavatīyā nāmasesaṃ hi
tāyaṃ
Pavaravidhiniyogā'hā'dhirajje ca tassā
Pamukhapavarasūnu
sattamo'ḍvarḍsamañño
Thiramatiguṇavāso so mahābhūpatī'si
19
Labhiya
varaniyogaṃ tātarañño vidhīmā
Piyataravaralaṅkaṃ daṭṭhukāmo'mhi
kāle
Upagami dhitimā'smiṃ vṚlskumāro variṭṭho
Sapadi'ha paṭigaṇhī sādhukaṃ
pāṇirāsī
20
Tadi'ha janagaṇānaṃ satthapāguññakāmā'
Rabhu'muda
sutanl̥rmannāmavijjālayaggaṃ
Nayanagadavināsāya'ggavikṭl̥riyavhaṃ
hapayī
ta'dapi kātuṃ'rogya sālaṃ'dimasmiṃ
21
Amarapuranivāsī saddhikā
vittasāmī
Sukhacitamaṇimuttābhāsuraṃ sundaraṃ'va
Kanakamayakaraṇḍaṃ'dāya
laṅkaṃ gamitvā
Munivararadadhātuṃ pūjayuṃ tena
bhatyā
22
Viditasamayasattho sīlanandābhidhāno
Yatipati'riha
saddhammākarākhyaṃpasiddhaṃ
Varamati pariveṇaṃ sādhubhāvā'rabhitvā
Akari
sucirakālaṃ sāsanapphātimaggaṃ
23
Naravaravarapāṇī saṅgamitvā
tadāni
Samudaya'mabhilāsī sāsana'ṅgī rasassa
Paramataruṇabuddhassaṃsadaṃ
sārabhiṃsu
Sa'hi janahitasāraṃ sādhayatya'jja yāva
[SL Page 232]
[\x 232/]
24
Ya'makari varacetyaṃ kākavaṇṇāditissaviditadharaṇipālo
sādhu tissorurāme
Atisayaviri'yeko sāmaṇero hi sabbhi
Saha kira
paṭisaṅkhārāpaya'ppaṃ vinaṭṭhaṃ
25
Puna'rapi apare'smiṃ maccuvāsaṃ
payāte
hapiya samiti'maggaṃ cetyavuddhiṃ padhānā
Labhiya sadupakāraṃ
sogatānaṃ pahūtaṃ
Puthutaradhitiyā taṃ sādhu
niṭṭhāpayiṃsu
26
Samudaya'miha pācīnaggabhāsāna'micchaṃ
Varamati
samaye'smiṃ'jjhāpanajjhakkhakohi
Vidurajanacayaṃ so'netva mantetva
sammā
Rabhi vara samitiṃ pācīnabhāsopakāraṃ
27
Taha'madhipatitaṃ es
em barl̥snāmakhyāto
Matisacivavaro'pāgamma so lekhakattaṃ
Dadiya
sutaguṇādivaḍḍhanākhyassudhissa
Saradamanu parikkhaṃ sārabhī
māgadhādiṃ
28
Tatha'riva sudhi hārvarḍnāmamantissaro ca
Matisacivavariṭṭho khyātaḍenhemsamañño
Sacivadhipati
mèkrenāmiko'jjhakkhakā te
Sabhati'madhipatittaṃ patva
vuddhi'ṅkariṃsu
29
Vidurajanavirāje saṃsade'smiṃ tato
hi
Para'matimatimā Ṛ em guṇassekharākhyo
Guṇaratanabhidhāno so
hèraḍpubbiko'va
Sudhitasutamudalindā pālayuṃ
lekhakattaṃ
30
Taha'madhipati'dāni sorobinsansamañño
Matisacivavaro
tabbuddhisiddhi'ṅkareyya
Thiramatiguṇavā ī Ṛ'bhayassekharākhyo
Vahati
sa'mudalindo lekhakattaṃ hi
tassaṃ
31
Varakavicayarājikārakākhyassabhāya
Sahitasutasamajjā
satthakāmīna'matthaṃ
Satata'manibha'maggaṃ
sādhayantī'timattaṃ
Vilasati'riha dīpe'nītikā yāvaajja
[SL Page
233] [\x 233/]
32
Munisamayabhivuddhiṃ'pekkhamānā
tade'vā'
Rabhu'muda sutavijjānandavijjālayaggaṃ
Taha'madhipatibhāvaṃ patva
dhammādirāmā-
Dhivacanathavireso
satthaloka'ṅkarittha
33
Vividhavidhividhānā dīpa'maggaṃ
samiddhaṃ
Kari'yidha dhuvasāraṇīyavutti pajāhi
Sudhiguṇanīdhibhūto
rijvenāmo sa'laṅkā-
Dhipati gami sadesaṃ ettha vasse'ṭṭha ṭhitvā
34
Atha piyaguṇayutto blṚksamañño hi laṅkā-
Dhipatita'mupagantvā pāpuṇī
dvissahasse
Sa'catusatachatāḷīsādhike buddhavasse
Parama'miha'bhivuddhiṃ
cintayanto'timattaṃ
35
Pabhujanagaṇa'mānetvāna bhatyā
sa'mukhyo
Kasikiriyasabhaṃ
sammā'rabhī'nuddayālū
hapitakasisamajjāmaggato'smiṃ hi
dīpe
Pacuratarasadattho sambhavī bhāvamāno
36
Sa'hi nagaravarasmiṃ
seṭṭhatitthe manuññaṃ
Varataraṇitaḷākaṃ cā'yatā tuṅga'maggaṃ
Atisaya
piyanettārogyasālaṃ visālaṃ
Vivari manujajāte
pīti'māvedayante
37
Bhuvi tatarucikittī buddhimā
suddhaceto
Suviditavaracūḷālaṅkatisyāmarājā
Samupagamiya laṅkaṃ desacāro
tade'va
Iha'dhipatipadhānā
sesasammānito'va
38
Sakamudupadadhūlīpūtalokesasakka-
Narapatimakuṭassa'ggaññadhammassuphassaṃ
Alabhi
dasanadhātu yā munindassa taṃ'va
Namitu'mahitukāmo'gā
mahāṭhāniyaggaṃ
39
Taha'mavanipatindo'diccabandhussa
tibba-
Suvisadaradadhātuṃ disva natvā mahitvā
Pavarasuthirabhatyā
phassituṃ pāṇinā taṃ
Asamayasa'mayācī tāyake taṃ pasanno
[SL Page
234] [\x 234/]
40
Api ca vidita vārīvaḍḍhanakhyātamantī
Nadadi
kamavirodha'ntī'ha vatva'kkamaññū
Atha narapatiseṭṭho
rosavessānarena
Atisayajalamāno'pāgamī
dhātugehā
41
Rucirapavaralaṅkāmātupāmokkhasūnu
Sajanahitabhilāsī
sūravīro nibhīto
Iha jananayanehī mocayaṃ'sū tadā jl̥n-
Kotalāvalabhidhāno
pañcataṃ manti yāto
42
Munivacanapathasmiṃ sikkhito
satthavedī-
Riha suvidita dhammārāma thero yatindo
Varamati pariveṇaṃ taṃ
hi vijjādibandhuṃ
Rabhiya'dhipati tasmiṃ sādhayaṃ
bhāsiyatthaṃ
43
Sirimati sirilaṅkādhissare blṚksamaññe
Gatavati
catuvassaṃ ṭhitvi'to sassa desaṃ
Samacatusatapaññāsādhike
dvisahasse
Sirighasaradasmiṃ henrimèklamsamavho
44
Upagami
sirilaṅkādhissaro bhūya dhīmā
Idha janasamavuttī mantanassaṃsadaṃ
so
Mahipavaraniyogā'kā'dhirajje visesaṃ
Tada'pi pavaradīpe vāsinaṃ
vuddhiyā'si
45
Dasasu viditamantisve'ttha
vāsīna'chandā
Supaṭitacatumantī uccinetuṃ'vakāsaṃ
hapayī catusu
tesvi'ṃgīrasinaṃ dve ca mantī
Tatha'riva apare'ko'landiyāna'ñca
manti
46
Nivasata'miha dosaññūna'meko ca mantī
Bhavu'miti catumantī
channa'maññesa'meko
Uparimavijitamhā mantiko heṭṭharaṭṭhā
Aparapavaramantī dve sudaṃ sīhalānaṃ
47
Tatha'riva damiḷānaṃ dve ca
mantī'dha muslim
Iti viditajanānaṃ ce'kamantī'tiche'te
Tadi'ha matimatā
laṅkādhinā pāpitā'suṃ
Pavaradhuradadhāne'kārasā'suṃ ca mantī
[SL Page
2354] [\x 354/]
48
Vasumatiparakittīpatthivāsannikāsa-
Dayavisadasiloko buddhimā
sāmakāmo
Mahipati sutaèḍvarḍsavhayo sattamo so
Gami'riha samayasmiṃ
kittisesattanaṃhi
49
Puna sutagarurajje rājino tassa
seṭṭha-
Piyataratanayo so pañcamo jl̥rj samañño
Sudhivaraguṇasaṅgo
muttikittī samāno
Vidhiniyamavasā
sīhāsanāsīnako'sī
50
Valahagoḍasamañño devavāso'si
gaṅgā-
Sirinagaravarasmiṃ tatu devālayasmiṃ
Patisama'managha'mpyā'sāḷhikaṃ
pāṭihīraṃ
Pacurajanasametā sīhalaṃ vattayanti
51
Tatha'riva
ciravāsī yonakā tamhi gaṅgā-
Siripurapavarasmiṃ kārayuṃ
palli'mekaṃ
Taha'matha samaye'smiṃ dibbavāse purā'va
Hanati turiyabherī
palliñattā manuññā
52
Vajati nadisakāsaṃ pāṭihīre
manāpe
Mahamadikajanā tappallisāmantakasmiṃ
Turiyahanana'māsuṃ
vāraṇīya'ntya'vocuṃ
Taha'matisamitattā sogatā
vimbhitā'va
53
Akariya kalahaṃ taṃ
majjhimāsāpatissa
Surasadanadhikārī vedayī abbhutatthaṃ
Sa'himahamadikānaṃ
pakkhapātī bhavitvā
Taha'matha turiyānaṃ vādanaṃ vārayittha
54
Puna
siranilayādhikāri mantī ta'matthaṃ
Anaya'dhikaraṇaṃ
seṅkhaṇḍaselappurasmiṃ
Sunisitanayavedī nicchayakkāraseṭṭho
Samanugamiya
pubbiṃ taṃ paṭiñña'ñca pattaṃ
55
Ta'madhīkaraṇa'maggaṃ samparikkhitva
sīghaṃ
Nayamanu'da disādhīsassa kāmaṃ vipakkhaṃ
Puthumativaramantī pl̥l i
pīris samañño
Visada'makari seṭṭhaṃ nicchayaṃ nītidakkho
[SL Page
236] [\x 236/]
56
Tada'pi asahamāno majjhimāsādhipo
so
Pavaradhikaraṇaṃtaṃ netva tamhā sapakkhaṃ
Katha'mpi labhi tuṇṇaṃ
tiraṇaṃ aññadāni
Samatha'manayi bādhaṃ
laṅkadhīso'nukampo
57
Suviditasurabhāso māgadhādo pavīṇo
Kavi
siririyavaṃsakhyātanetā'mhi kāle
Pabhujananikarenā'rādhito
maṅgalākhyaṃ
Rabhi'riha pariveṇaṃ'dhissaro bhūya
bhāti
58
Jinajanasamudāyo yaṃ parakkantibāhuṃ'
Rabhi
sutapariveṇaṃ'dhissaro tamhi netā
Sirijinaratanavho therasīho
yasassī
Vipulatarasadattha'ṅkāsi tammaggato'va
59
Puna'riha
sirilaṅkeso surāsuṅkanītiṃ
hapayī pahari setūsuṅkagāhaṃ
tadāni
Adhika'makari nāvānītadabbāna'suṅkaṃ
Tada'pi
nikhilalaṅkādassana'ñcā'bhavittha
60
Kati'riti samaye'smiṃ pāṇayo
laṅkadhīso
Avagamitu'mapekko saṅgaṇāpesi satte
Tada'pi kiriya'māsuṃ
niṭṭhapetvāna
dhūma-
Rathagamana'makāresā'madhuggāma'mādo
61
Viditapuravarasmiṃ
kantakoḷambanāme
Sukhanita'parakāle bṚrenāme taḷāke
Atisayaviriya'ṃsaṃ
pūrayī paṃsunā'jja
Varagharavisikhāyo dissare
mālinī'va
62
Munisamayudayesi sādhu muddā-
Payitu'muda'ṭṭhakathā
rabhittha tantyaṃ
Sakavipuladhanabbayā sa'hṚvā-
Vitaraṇiyo
sayimansamaññamanti
63
Ghanatimisavidhaṃsi raṃsimālī-
Ravisadiso
tanayittha satthalokaṃ
Suvitatavarakitti
desadese
Sa'sirisumaṅgalanetusāmipādo
[SL Page 237] [\x 237/]
64
Viditapavarasatthabhāvavijjo-
Dayapariveṇadhipo mahāvibhāvī
Gami
diva'mamarāna'sāsituṃ'va dharaṇitalaṃ timiraṃ tato'bhavittha
65
Anunaya'manisaṃ hi pālya laṅkaṃ
Jananikaraṃ pihayaṃ hi
pañcavassaṃ
Sahadhika'miha ṭhitva'gañchi mèklam-
Viditabhidho vijitaṃ'sa
laṅkadhīso
66
Varakavivisarā patitakittī
Garumahipā
dhanino'khile'va kāmaṃ
Sakasakatanuyo pahāya'gañchūṃ
Kimuta
paresa'manantada'ṅkuruvho
Bhāṇavāraṃ
catupaññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dīpavaṃse catulaṅkesa dīpano nāma
Catupaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL
Page 238] [\x 238/]
Pañcapaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Dvisahassaccatusata-chapaññāsamite
jine laṅkissaro roborṭcāmars-samañño'si idhā'gato
2
So kho
munindasamayaṃ-bhāsaṃ māgadhikaṃ tathā
Pākaṭo'si
vijaññā'ti-bhāsantaravisārado
3
Tene'va sogatā sabbe-tasse'hā'gamanaṃ
pati
Bhīyyo pasannā sammoda-vāca'mavedayuṃ tadā
4
Tasse'va
laṅkāpatino-kāle koḷambaṭhāniye vicarittha cāmarsdhaññā-gāraṃ
sammodamānaso
5
Purā
laṅkāya'māraddho-yāvasindhupadesakaṃ
Sādhetvāna dhūmaratha-maggo niṭṭhāpito
tadā
6
Vyatto so pālibhāsāya-tabbuddhikāmato
bhusaṃ
Majjhimaṭṭhakathaṃ
seṭṭhaṃ-papañcasūdanissutaṃ
7
Pariveṇe'dhipatinā-vijjālaṅkāravissute
Dhammasatthappavīṇena-bhāsantara
vijānatā
8
Dhammārāmasamaññena-yatindena vipassinā
Sodhāpetvāna
sahasā-muddāpayi yathākkamaṃ
9
Tathe'va
kāle'parasmiṃ-jātakaṭṭhakathaṃ'riyaṃ
Iṃgīrasibhāsāya mudā-parivattiya so
budho
10
Eṅgalantamahādīpe-mahaddhanaparibbayā
Muddāpetvāna
sambhatyā-tanayittha sadāsayo
11
Byatto'si ce'pi
kusalo-bhāsāsatthavisārado
Tasse'va kāle
loko'pi-vipattimukha'māgami
12
Jarmanpraṃsaitikhyāta-vaṃsikesu
mahāhavo
Sudussaho bhūrisatta-ghātako cā'si sabbaso
13
Vattamāne
raṇe tamhi-rajja'meṃglantanāmikaṃ
Samaggahī pransapakkhaṃ-sāhāyyena lahuṃ
tadā
14
Saṅkulasse'va yuddhassa-laṅkātova mahaddhanaṃ
Tathe'va
raṇasūre ca-pesayu'ṃglantarajjakaṃ
15
Dhanahāniṃ janahāniṃ-raṭṭhahāniṃ
savāhini
Anapekkhiya yujjhiṃsu-samūpabbūḷhakā bhusaṃ
[SL Page 239]
[\x 239/]
16
Pavattite catuvassaṃ-tasmiṃ saṅkula
saṃyuge
Jarmannāmā jātikā te-parājiṃsva'tha taṃ
samī
17
Mahāsaṃyugakālamhi-laṅkāya'ñca bhayānakaṃ
Bhaṇḍanaṃ'si
sīhalīya-yonakānaṃ'napekkhitaṃ
18
Sabbattha sabbadā sabbe-sogatā
pativaccharaṃ
Vesākhussava'maccantaṃ-pavattentī'ha
pītiyā
19
Dvisahasse
catusate-kūnasaṭṭhimahāyane
Vesākhapuṇṇamadine-sogatānaṃ
mahāmahe
20
Seṅkhaṇḍaselanagare-vattamāne tadussave
Tato tato
chaṇaṃ daṭṭhuṃ-janakāyā samosaṭā
21
Sambuddhamāmakā sesā-radadhātuṃ
namassiya
Pūjetvā'nekavidhinā-munindaguṇadīpakaṃ
22
Pītigītiṃ
pavedentā-vattentā turiyaddhanaṃ
Tāsu tāsu visikhāsu-sañcariṃsu mudā nisaṃ
23
Pītiyā caramānesu-sogatesu sugītiyā
Gāyamānesu
santesu-māhammadikajantavo
24
Tadakkhamā tappalli-nikaṭe rāsibhūya
ca
Visūkaṃ dassayuṃ tasmiṃ-sogatānaṃ sudussahaṃ
25
Sakkharādīhi
ca'ññehi-pahāra'madduṃ bhusaṃ
Taṅkhaṇaṃ sogatā bhīyyo-kupitā nibbhayā
tahiṃ
26
Akaruṃ kalahaṃ bhīmaṃ-sīghaṃ laṅkātale bhusaṃ
Dāvaggi viya
saṃvaḍḍhi-kalahaggi tahiṃ tahiṃ
27
Sambuddhajanasambhūtaṃ-kalahaṃ
jātikattato
Maññamānā kittubhattā-sīhalā sogatānugā
28
Yahiṃ yahiṃ
yonakā hi-nivasanti tadā bahū
Tahiṃ tahiṃ ca gāmesu-nigamesu puresu
ca
29
Tappalliyo paṇyasālā-sadumāni bahūni ca
Bhindiṃsu atha
jhāpesuṃ-māresuṃ pacure jane
30
Asmiṃ kalakale bhīyyo-vuttantā vitathā
rayā
Patthaṭā'suṃ tato saccaṃ-ñātuṃ kocā'pinā'sabhi
31
Bhaṇḍane
vaḍḍhamānasmiṃ-mārsalll̥itivissutaṃ
Yuddhanītiṃ pakāsesi-janānaṃ
bhaya'māvahaṃ
[SL Page 240] [\x 240/]
32
Pubbuttarāsā
vajjetvā-tassā saṅgāmanītiyā
Tadāni laṅkā
nikhilā-sigha'mantogadhā'bhavi
33
Yāva vattati sā nīti-tāva rattiṃ
sagehato
Paṭikkhipī nikkhamanaṃ-janānaṃ sabbaso bahi
34
Ekattha
sattaṭṭhajanā-sīhalā hi samosaṭā
Divā tiṭṭhanti ta'ñcā'pi-paṭikkhittaṃ'si
sabbathā
35
Yassa kassaci gehasmiṃ-nettiṃsachūrikādayo
Yekecā'suṃ'yudhā
sabbe-'panītā kalaho samī
36
Taha'miṃgīrasirajjassa-virodhaṃ kañci
sīhalā
Kattha cā'pi
nadassesuṃ-tathā'pi'ṃgīrasimānusā
37
Kumantana'nti maññantā-sīhalānaṃ
visesato
Kārāgāraṃ nivesesuṃ-sīhalajananāyake
38
Rajje
niyoga'māgamma-apare pabhusīhale
Sāmaññe pacure jīve-haniṃsu rāja
porisā
39
Samite kalahe'kacce-pamukhe'ti sasaṃsaye
Yuddhādhikaraṇaṃ
netvā-vinicchiya yathāruci
40
Niyāmitā
māraṇāye-'kacce'pya'naparādhakā
Kārāgārāya niyamā-yāvajīvaṃ'bhavuṃ
tadā
41
Tadā kāragāragate-mocetuṃ
pabhusīhale
Ārḍlinl̥rṭannāmakhyāto-bèvansaññāsuvissuto
42
[F]prunsisdasoyisānāma-paññāto
nītikovidā
Buddhimantā
tathāca'ññe-yatayuṃ'nuddayāparā
43
Kalahe'smiṃ yonakāna-'malābho bhavi
yattako
Sīhalānaṃ dhanaṃ'dāya-tesaṃ'dhika'maduṃ
tadā
44
Ponnambalamrāmanāthan-mantīso caturo
kathī
Sīhalāna'madosattaṃ-mantanassabhatiṃ
iha
45
Accantabyattakathayā-dīpetvāna tato'paraṃ
Eṅgalanta'magā
seṭṭha-maccāna'ñca nivedituṃ
46
Sirimā jṚmspīrisnāmo-mantīso
nayakovido
Sirimā jayatilaka-khyāto mantissaro sudhī
47
Tathā
ca'ññe seṭṭhamantī-nītiyā caturā bhusaṃ
Subyattā te
desapāla-kkamadhammavisāradā
[SL Page 241] [\x 241/]
48
Nimujje
sīhale dukkha-sindhusmi'mativegasā
Gantve'ṅgalantādhirajjaṃ-mocetuṃ yatayuṃ
tadā
49
Laṅkāto gatamantīna-'madhirajjaṃ vibhāvinaṃ
Yatanaṃ
nā'phalaṃ āsi-sabbathe'va tadāni taṃ
50
Sudussahā yuddhanīti-bhayadā
pāṇinaṃ bhusaṃ
Māsattayaṃ pavattā sā-laṅkākantaṃ
nipīḷayī
51
Tivassamitakālaṃ taṃ-vutthaṃ cāmars
samavhayaṃ
Laṅkesa'mavhita'metto-dese vāsāpayī
sake
52
Laṅkese'pagate cāmars-nāmena vidite
ito
Dvisahassaccatusate-kūnasaṭṭhimite
jine
53
Çnḍarsannāmapaññāto-laṅkissaro
dayāparo
Mahārājaniyogā'ga-puññapiṇḍūpamo iha
54
Daṇḍanītyā
tāḷitāya-laṅkākāminiyā bhusaṃ
Vilapantiyā
sa'laṅkeso-samassāsayi'dhā'gato
55
Sīhalīyayonakānaṃ-kalahaṃ'rabbha
sīhalā
Yuddhādhikaraṇā kārā-gāra'ṅgamu'madosakā
56
Tasse'va
laṅkissarassa-dayāpayadditā janā
Muttā'suṃ dukkhito
bhūrī-nānāvyasanapīḷitā
57
Yāvajīvaṃ kāraghare-vasituṃ ye'pi
sīhalā
Niyāmitā'suṃ bahavo-mocesi karuṇāparo
58
Jātaṃ kalakalaṃ
paccā-'yācanappattake tadā
Laṅkesassa daduṃ
sabbe-sādaro'paparikkhiya
59
Paripākañāṇo santa-bhāvo laṅkissaro
sudhī
Tesaṃ tesaṃ patthanā tā-sādhayittha
yathābalaṃ
60
Daṇḍakammavasā laṅkā-vāsīnaṃ gahitaṃ tadā
Dhanarāsiṃ
dāpayittha-puna tesaṃ yathāvidhi
61
Vividhabbidhinā laṅkā-jane tāto
sute viya
Vuddhiṃ pāpetu'manisaṃ-'sā'pekkho
pūtamānaso
62
Ito'dhikatare ṭhāna-ntarādīni visesato
Sīhalānaṃ
padāpetuṃ-sabhā'raddhā'si sādhukaṃ
63
Kalahassi'massa hetu-bhūtaṃ
bhava'mito purā
Yathāvuttaṃ purāṇamhi-valahāgoḍavissute
[SL Page 242]
[\x 242/]
64
Devālaye pāṭihīra-vutiyābādha'mittaraṃ
Vīmaṃsitvā
tappamukhe-sīhale yonake'khile
65
Patiṭṭhāpiya sāmaggi-dhamme vatvā
guṇaṃ tahiṃ
Itopaṭṭhāya cāritta-vidhinā pāṭihāriyaṃ
66
Yathā purā
tathā sammā-pavattetuṃ yathāvidhi
Niyojesi
sa'laṅkeso-yuttidhammaparāyano
67
Ñāṇī dhanī janā
bhūrī-saṅgamitvā'smi'maddhani
Sabhaṃ'rabhuṃ
jātikākhyaṃ-laṅkāvuddhi'mapekkhakā
68
Vijjālaṅkāravikhyāta-pariveṇādhipaccago
Siridhammārāmanāmo-yatīso
kavipuṅgavo
69
Samussāpiya saṃsuddha-kittiketuṃ visārado
Vimhāpayaṃ
diva'ṅgañchi-laṅkikajanataṃ bhusaṃ
70
Laṅkāya vuddhiṃ
sampekkha-māne'raddhe
sukiccake
Sīhalāna'mabhāgyena-karuṇāguṇabhūsito
71
Laṅkeso'darārogena-phuṭṭho
so subhasādhako
Anapekkho'va laṅkāya-'magā maccumukhaṃ
dukhā
72
Dvivassaṃ yo'nusāsittha-laṅkāyaṃ pīnayaṃ jane
Tasse'va
ènḍarsannāmaṃ-vattate'jja janammukhe
73
Dhamme pavīṇo vinaye ca
bimbā-
Rāmādhipo'ssa'ddhani santavutti
Dhīrādinando
garunetupādo'
Bhidhānasesattana'māga
dhīmā
74
Iti'riha'vanipālopammacitto
janesu'
Mitasubhaguṇapīno'nuddayodaddabhāvo
Janavisara'manantassakirayāhā'timattaṃ
Tatavisadasiloko
tosayī yo pite'va
75
Iha jananikarā taṃ
ènḍrasannāmakhyātaṃ
Dhuvamanasi kareyyuṃ sādhu laṅkissaraṃ hi
Tatha'riva
guṇavantā vyattajivhājiresu
Suviditavarakittīnāṭikā
naccayantu
Bhāṇavāraṃpañcapaññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti
sajjanānanda saṃvegajanake dīpavaṃse sīhalayonakānaṃ
Viggahadīpano
nāmapañcapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 243] [\x 243/]
Chapaññāsatimo paricchedo
------------------
1
Tasmiṃ paraṃ
loka'mupāgate sati
Laṅkissaro henrimèniṃsamavhayo
So dvissahasse sarade
catussate
Dvāsaṭṭhime laṅka'mupāgamī jine
2
Laṅkāya'micchaṃ vipulaṃ
samiddhataṃ
Kammaṃ kasiṃ'jjhāpanaka'ñca
santataṃ
Samphātikāretu'manantakaddhitiṃ
Sandhārayaṃ pāṇimanāni gaṇhi
so
3
Laṅkāya sabbattha tadā sudāruṇo
Rogo jaro dussahako
samuṭṭhahiva
Dhaññāna'maccantavipattihetuto
Dubbhikkhako sambhavi
pīḷadāyako
4
Khīṇāsavo seṭṭhamahāmahindako
Laṅkāya thero yadahe
mahesino
Ropesi sammā'riyasāsanaṅkuraṃ
Jeṭṭhamhi taṃ puṇṇamahaṃ
sanantanāva
5
Bhūpā sariṃsu'ssavavesato mudā
Taṃ nāsaruṃ gacchati
gacchatī'ddhani
Koḷambakoṭṭhe kusumappadāyikā
Sammā sabhā taṃ'rabhi
pāṭihāriyaṃ
6
Kāle'mhi dīpe'tra nivāsinaṃ
bhusaṃ
Porāṇikammantanasaṃsadassa tu
Kāmaṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇe
manorathaṃ
Ñatvāna so'dā'nubalaṃ balesinaṃ
7
Saṅgāmanītyādihi
sampabodhitā
Sabbe tadatthaṃ satataṃ sughosayuṃ
Mukhyājanā jātika
saṃsadānugā
Āyācanāpatta'masesakāmato
[SL Page 244] [\x 244/]
8
Eṅgalantarajjamhi videsabhārake
Pāmokkhamaccamhi padāpayuṃ
lahuṃ
Laṅkissarassaddutiye'ssa hāyane
Laddhuṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṃ
hitāvahaṃ
9
Ec.JṚ.Sī.PrṚrākhyakathissaroca jṚms-
Pīrissamañño
nayadhammakovido
Ḍī.Bī.Jayāditilako visārado
Yācuṃ ta'meṅgalanta'mupecca
te sudhī
10
[F]pèḍrikricaḍsenadhibhū dhanissaro
Vittaṃ tadatthaṃ
vipula'mpi vissajī
Te vāyamuṃ vyatta ruṇācalamsuto
Vācissaro
vissūtacandasāgaro
11
Taṃ sādhukaṃ so sacivādhipo tadā
Kāruññaceto
paṭigayha bhattiyā
Laṅkissaraṃ henrimèniṃsamavhayaṃ
Āhūya lanḍannagaraṃ
puruttamaṃ
12
Mantetva tenā'pi samaṃ visesato
Vīmaṃsayitvāna
dadittha kiñci yaṃ
Laṅkājanā tena ca titti'mappakaṃ
Nā'gamma khippaṃ
apanetu'mussahuṃ
13
Laṅkissaro ṭhānucitaggabuddhimā
Mukhye
jane'vhāya ca tassa vajjane
Dassetva dosaṃ puna vacchare'paraṃ
Dāsyaṃ
paṭissaṅkharaṇaṃ hitatthadaṃ
14
Tāve'dame'vaṃ
paṭiyādadera'laṃ
Iccā'ha taṃ mukhyajanaccayo'yatiṃ
Sampekkhamāno paṭigaṇhi
sādhukaṃ
Tassaṃ sabhāyaṃ paṭisaṅkhatāya tu
15
Mantī dhurī coddasa
mantino'ddhurī
Tevīsatā'suṃ paṭhamaṃ hi sossavaṃ
Taṃ dvissahassamhi
catussate catu-
Saṭṭhimmite māraji hāyane'rabhuṃ
[SL Page 245] [\x
245/]
16
Laṅkissaro so'disi yaṃ paṭissavaṃ
Dātuṃ paṭissaṅkharaṇaṃ
yadā subhaṃ
Tasmiṃ'payāte samayamhi laṅkikā
Sammā paṭissaṅkharaṇāya
ghosayuṃ
17
Vīmaṃsiyu'gghosana'matravāsinaṃ
Ñatvā paṭissaṅkharaṇe
manorathaṃ
Seṭṭho'dipādo hi videsabhārako
Dātuṃ samicchi
sa'paratthakāmato
18
Rañño'dhirajje'numati'ñca mantinaṃ
Laddhāna
laṅkānavamantanassabhaṃ
Katvā thiraṃ sādhu tayo vinā'va
Mantī'pare
uccinituṃ mahājane
19
Thāmaṃ ṭhapetvo'pasabhāpati'ñca
Mantīna'mekaṃ
adhurīna'muttariṃ
Pāpetu'mitthaṃ'cinituṃ balaṃ paraṃ
Datvāna laṅkājanataṃ
supīnayī
20
Tassaṃ navīnāya sahāya bārasava
Mantī dhure'vaṃ adhurī
ca mantino
Te sattatiṃsā'su'masesato tadā
Ekūnapaññāsa bhaviṃsu
mantino
21
Taṃ dvissahasse sarade catussate
Aṭṭhādhike saṭṭhimite
tathāgate
Pītiggirā vattayatī janaccaye
Sammodamāno vivarittha
saṃsadaṃ
22
Kāle'ssa laṅkādhipatissi'ha jjanā
Tussiṃsu laddhā
mahatiṃ sabhaṃ yathā
Dhīmā sa'bhūyo'pasabhāpatī'ha jṚms-
Pīrissamañño'tra
jane sutosayī
23
Kāle'mhi so sṭabsvidito'ggalekhako
Hoṃkoṃdhipaccaṃ
sudhi patva'gā tahiṃ
Patvā mahālekhakataṃ nayaññū
grem-
Tomsansamaññāvidito'si'hā'gato
[SL Page 246] [\x 246/]
24 Byatto vipassī pariveṇakuñjara-
Byuhe dayo kāraṇiko'dimo tadā
Byato'si ènḍrūsamarādisekharo
Satthodayesī lasate
mahāsayo
25
Laṅkāya'majjhāpanadhissaro dayo
Vāyāma'maggaṃ vidadhī
tadatthikaṃ
Ḍenhemsamañño sa'murīsiyassuto
Dīpe mahālekhakataṃ hi
patva'gā
26
Siddhatthavijjālaya'masmi'maddhani
Sammā'rabhitvā
bhuvanābhivuddhide
Kicce mahante sa'roborṭḍsoyisā-
Mantī'karī
patthaṭakitti buddhimā
27
Dīpe'tra kāle'mhi visiṭṭhasatthiyaṃ
Taṃ
vissavijjālaya'mārabhuṃ subhaṃ
Perādidoṇīnagare vare kasī-
Vijjālayaṃ
saṃvivarittha so pabhū
28
Pubbe'va laṅkāya'midāni
pāṇinaṃ
Saṅkhya'ṅgaṇāpesi vijānituṃ
mitaṃ
Desantarānītapadhānadhaññato
Nāvā'suṅkaṃ diguṇa'ṅkarī
tadā
29
So rājakicce niratāna'vattane'
Dhikye ākasī puna sobhane
ghare
Tesaṃ hi koḷambapuramhi kārayī
Mèniṃṭavunnāma'si
bhūpadesako
30
Devātidevena suphassitaṃ purā
Laṅkaṃ manuññaṃ pana
daḍhukāmato
Byāto japanavaṃsakumārapuṅgavo
Kāle'smi'māgā'tra
kirīṭasāmiko
31
Jl̥rjkhyātaraññoddhani pañcamassi'ha
Jeṭṭho suto
vṚlsvidito kumārako
Laṅkaṃ samāgā'tisayaṃ samādaro
Pāṇīgaṇo taṃ paṭigaṇhi
gāravā
[SL Page 247] [\x 247/]
32
Laṅkāya gantvāna
patīcisaṃyuge
Maccu'ṅgatānaṃ saraṇattha'mucchitaṃ
Thambhaṃ patiṭṭhāpayi
nīpaṭhāniye
Gālū pathadvāra samīpa bhūmiyaṃ
33
Koḷambapaññātapure
puthuṃ bhusaṃ
Telāsayaṃ paṭṭhapi
gāmapañcake
LṚḍīmèniṃnāma'manāmayālayaṃ
Laṅkissaro
saṃvivarittha'nuddayo
34
Laṅkāvisiṭṭhodayakāmato tadā
Nīrabbalā
vijjutapaṃ visesato
Nipphādituṃ
vaṭṭavanappadesake
Kammanta'maggaṃ'rabhu'māsu rajjato
35
Rajje
niyogā'tra visesañāṇino
Tasmiṃ pavīṇo vimalassurindako
Lūkaskulādītilako
visārado
Mantī ca te dve pamukhā'bhavuṃ
tahiṃ
36
Pāmokkhanīticcaturo sadāsayo
Çl.Çl.Ḍyupādhiṃ paṭhamaṃ
dharitva yo
Ettho'pagañchī lalitābhayādiko
So rājapakkho sutamanti
rājate
37
Vijjodayākhyassutasatthamandire'
Dhīso yasassī
nayamaggavattako
Tejassi ñāṇissaranetupuṅgavo
Kāle'mhi'gā dibbapuraṃ
kavissaro
38
Ārādhito sādhujanehi bhattiyā
Vidvānuyāto
vimalādikitti so
Thero vinīto sugatādisāsano-
Dayākhyasatthālaya'mārabhiṃ
puna
39
Henrīmèniṃlaṅkadhipo chavassato
Dhikya'mpi kālaṃ janataṃ
visesato
Vuddhiṃ sa'pāpetva sutosayitvi'to
Desaṃ sakaṃ pāpuṇi
sātakāmato
[SL Page 248] [\x 248/]
40
Tasmiṃ'payāte'tra
visiṭṭhalekhako
Laṅkādhipacca'ṅgami tāvakālikaṃ
So kho klamènṭīvidito
dayāparo
Hoṃkoṃpadesādhipatī bhavitva'gā
41
Laṅkāya'tho
sāsitu'mittaraṃ èlak-
Sènḍarḍ samañño samayaṃ niyāmito
Āsī tadā vissuta
bèljiyanmahā-
Bhūpo tadā'gañchi'ha desacārako
42
So dvissahassamhi
catussate navā-
Dhikyamhi saṭṭhippamite jine sudhī
Patvāna laṅkissarataṃ
hiyukli[f]rḍ-
Saññā sucinnaiṃ varalaṅka'māgato
43
Daṭṭhuṃ'va laṅkaṃ
tatakittisaṃhati
Rèmsādiko sikkhitamèkḍonalsuto
Mantissaro
sammatadesapālana-
Ñāyo sadhītūhi samaṃ ihā'gami
44
Bondussa suṅkaṃ
gahitaṃ ito purā
Yaṃ taṃ nihīnaṃ vinivāritaṃ tadā
Dantāna'mārogyagharaṃ
manoharaṃ
Lokatthikaṃ saṃvivaṭaṃ tadaddhani
45
Sabbattha
laṅkāya'visesabhāvato
Jīvāna'matthaṃ sadhanabbayā'nisaṃ
Bhūrikirayā
yo'kari seṭṭhanuddayo
Pèḍrkrcaḍsenadināyako sudhī
46
Buddho yahiṃ
bodhi'mabujjhi bodhagaṃ
Nattu'ñca pūjetu'pasannamānaso
Taṃ jambudīpaṃ
samupecca gāravā
Pūjāvidhiṃ sādhu'makāsi vandiya
47
Tasmi'ṅkhaṇe
jātarujāya tamhi so
Loke pabhūjīvanugāmiko viya
Sāsuṃ jahāsa'ssa mataṃ
vapuṃ ihā'
Netvāna laṅkāsuhadaṃ hi jhāpayuṃ
[SL Page 249] [\x
249/]
48
Tasse'va nāmaṃ saramānakā janā
Bimbaṃ'sa lohammaya'māsu
kāriya
Vikṭl̥riyoyyānavare
puruttame
Daṭṭhu'mpatiṭṭhāpayu'mattamānasā
49
Laṅkissaro
satthudaya'mpi'hā'yatiṃ
Maññaṃ tadāvassika'magga'matthikaṃ
So
saddakosaṃ'khilasīhaliṃgirasi-
Vācatthasāliṃ garu'matra
rajjato
50
Kāretukāmo vibhajī mahaddhanaṃ
Ñāṇī guṇī satthavaye
visārado
Ḍī.Bī. Jayādītilako sajīvako
Pāmokkhakattā'bhavi
saddakosake
51
Ṛ.Em.Guṇassekharavissuto casaṃ
Ḍabliv.E[f]pèdi
guṇavaḍḍhanassuto
Saṃsuddhabuddhī sacivā supesalā
Dve'tū'pakattuppadaviṃ
dadhuṃ tahiṃ
52
Laṅkādhipo'dāni tikoṇamālikaṃ
Niṭṭhāpitaṃ
dhūmarathañjasaṃ bhusaṃ
Santosaghose sati vattamānake
Accantamodo vivarī
janappiyo
53
Ñāye ṭhapetuṃ iha gāmabhojake
Tesa'mpi vuttī
suniyāmitā tadā
So pāṭhasālācariyāna'vetane'
Dhikye akā
satthudayābhilāsato
54
Rajje yathā
satthagharesva'dhārito
Sabbhāsapāṭhālayasañcaye tathā
Vissāma vuttī pana
dātu'muttariṃ
Sādhuṃ garūnaṃ niyamova'bhavī
tadā
55
Sammāguṇassālijanehi sannaya-
Bbedīhi pīnaṃ sumanoharaṃ
sadā
Sampālituṃ laṅka'mimaṃ subhakkamaṃva
Yutta'nti yojetu'saraṃ sadāsayo
[SL Page 250] [\x 250/]
56
Lanḍanpuresassa sakaṃ
manogataṃ
Tacchaṃ niveditvi'ha pālanakkame
Tattaṃ gavesetu'parikkhakaṃ
sabhaṃ
Pesetu'metthā'su nivedayī tadā
57
Kāle'mhi
pohaddaramullagāmajo
Ñāṇādinandoyatisaṅghanāyako
So dīpavaṃse
paṭhamaṃsakaṃ mudā
Muddāpayitvā tanayittha
sāsayaṃ
58
Mādampagāmubbhavako
varassiri-
Saddhammavaṃsākhyanikāyanāyako
Dhīmā'
sa'dhammattilakavhavissuto
Kāle'mhi nāka'ṅgami
therapuṅgavo
59
Jarman kulabbhūta higins samaññikā
Kantā visiṭṭhā
pamadāna'matthikaṃ
Satthālayaṃ sādhu miyūsiyassutaṃ
Pubbe
ito'kāsi'rabhitva yā hitaṃ
60
Suddhāsayā'smiṃ'dhani komalā piyā
Sā
indavaṃsā viya sādhuvāṇini
Kantā yasosesupagā yasolatā
Tappāṭhasālā'si
mahatthasādhikā
61
Laṅkissaro'tra janataṃ satataṃ pihento
Dhīmā
kli[f]parḍ suvidito sirimā yasassī
Sāddhaṃ samaṃ iha vasitva
naresakāmā
Laddhā'dhipacca'mupagā malayaddhadīpe
Bhāṇavāraṃ
chapaññāsatimaṃ
----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
rajjapaṭisaṅkharaṇādi dīpanonāma
Chapaññāsatimo paricchedo
[SL Page
251] [\x 251/]
Sattapaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Tato timāsappamitaṃ-kālaṃ
plècarsamavhayo
Laṅkeso dutiyo laṅkaṃ-pālayittha yathāvidhi
2
Tamhi
kāle vissavijjā-layaṃ koḷambaṭhāniye
Athavā
seṅkhaṇḍasela-purapuṅgavasantike
3
Kāretu'nti kuhaṃ vādo-āsi
mantanasaṃsade
Vinicchetuṃ samesitvā-akbārnāmikakārakaṃ
4
Maṇḍalaṃ'cini
sabbesaṃ-'numatyā tamhi maṇḍale
Yogga'nti
tīraṇaṃ'hosi-seṅkhaṇḍaselaṭhāniye
5
Dvisahassaccatusata-sattatimitasogate
Paññāto
sṭènlināmena-patvā laṅkesataṃ sudhī
6
Pappuyya laṅkaṃ
sadaye-'rogyasālā tathā'pare
Daṭṭhukāmo kāraghare-sañcarittha
paratthiko
7
Samattaloke vidite-muttimā kittimā sudhī
Kāruñño
gandhipaññāto-seṭṭhaposo tadāni'ha
8
Sampatto
khantiparamo-khadārkammantikaṃ bhusaṃ
Dhanaṃ sañcinituṃ āsi-laṅkikā
mahatā'darā
9
Cirassuta'madiṭṭha'ntaṃ-janakāyā tahiṃ tahiṃ
Samosaṭā
vimbhitā'va-passantā vīraporisaṃ
10
Sādhukaṃ
paṭigaṇhiṃsu-janasambhamasambhavo
Tahaṃ tahaṃ sañcaranto-sañcinittha
mahaddhanaṃ
11
Salamonkirasṭl̥palnāmo-'bhayasekharavissuto
Mantissaro
tadā vyatto-yasosesattanaṃ gato
12
Kli[f]parḍlaṅkesasamaye-rājakīyaṃ
parikkhakaṃ
Niyāmitaṃ sabhaṃ
nesu-'mihe'ṅgalantadīpato
13
Ḍonoml̥rsāmipamukhā-tassaṃ sabbhā
catujjanā
Kāle'mhi laṅka'māgañchuṃ-buddhimantā
visāradā
14
Sukhyattā te suppasiddha-nagarāni tahiṃ tahiṃ
Gantve'ha
rajje pāmokkha-dhurandharajane tathā
15
Paññāsatamitīseṭṭha-niyojite
ca porise
Nānākulikapāmokkha-bhūrī jane ca sabbaso
[SL Page 252] [\x
252/]
16
Sampucchitvā kāraṇāni-vīmaṃsitvāna
sādhukaṃ
Laṅkikāna'masāmaggiṃ-hīnabhāve ca vācato
17
Ñatvā vasitvā
dvemāsaṃ-sātirekacatuddinaṃ
Gantve'ṅgalantadīpaṃ
te-desapālanakovidā
18
Videsabhāramaccassa-buddhimantassa
sabbathā
Laṅkātattaṃ nivedentā-daduṃ vāttaṃ
susaṅkhaṭaṃ
19
Samaye'smiṃ nāḷatittha-sakāsamhi
bhayānakaṃ
Dhūmarathaghaṭṭanaṃ'si-matā tasmiṃ
bahujjanā
20
l̥rmsbigl̥rnāmavikhyāto-tadā videsabhārako
Mahāmacco
idhā'gañchi-seṭṭhavijjālaye tathā
21
Samolokiya rajjasmiṃ-kiccālaye
parikkhiya
Kañcikālaṃ vasitve'ha-pūna lanḍanpuraṃ
gato
22
Tadā'nāgariko dhamma-pālo sāsanamāmako
Pavāretuṃ buddha
dhammaṃ-buddhimante yatī tayo
23
Eṅgalantamahādīpaṃ-pesayittha
dhanabbayā
Dvivassamitakālaṃ te-vasiṃsu yatayo tahiṃ
24
Rajje'smiṃ
matimā tesu-pariveṇa parikkhako
Thero vajirañāṇo'si-paravāhèra gāmajo
25
Bl̥rḍlannāmiko laṅkā-mahālekhakataṃ sudhī patvā
tadāni'hā'gañchi-desapālanakovido
26
Loke pasiddho kāveyyo-pavīṇo
sabbhi
vaṇṇito
Vissavijjālaye'dīso-santiniketanābhidhe
27
Ravindanātho so
tāgl̥r-paññāto dātakittimā
Mānuññalaṅkopagato-āse'tarahi
buddhimā
28
Suddhānurādhanagare-porāṇe'si manorame
Dumānaṃ'nuttaro
bodhi-sogatānaṃ sironibho
29
Tassa bodhidumindassa-sākhaṃ
nihīnajātiko
Asikkhite'ko puriso-chettuṃ'rabhi vidummano
30
Ñatvā
janā taṃ pavattiṃ-sogatā kupitā bhusaṃ
Bubhitā ta'mupāgañchuṃ-hitvā
jīvitadohaḷaṃ
31
Taṅkhaṇaṃ kaṭhinaṃ jātaṃ-kalahaṃ sunivattiya
Rajje
padhānā dhurino-te samassāsayuṃ tahiṃ
[SL Page 253] [\x 253/]
32
Ponnambalamkhyātaruṇā-calamnāmo'tra vāsinaṃ
Hitesī
buddhime'dāni-nidhana'ṅgā thirāsayo
33
Tassa
sagguṇasaṅghātaṃ-maññamānā kataññuno
Kārāpayuṃ paṭibimbaṃ-vissajitvā
mahaddhanaṃ
34
Divāgataṃ
vyambhanibhaṃ-garumantisabhālayaṃ
Kārāpitaṃ navaṃ sṭènli-laṅkeso vivarī
mudā
35
Syāmopālinikāyasmiṃ-yatīsānaṃ
vipassīnaṃ
Mahāvivādo'paṭṭhāsi-aññamañññavibhedako
36
Vattamāne
tamhi vāde-samathatta'manāgate
Selantāyatanakhyāta-pariveṇādhipo
sato
37
Saraṇaṅkarākhyo'nanda-dhammadassī'ti vissuto
Netā mahākavī
dhamma-vinayamhi visārado
38
Sakantevāsike
sammo-'pasampādetukāmato
Syāmaraṭṭhā yatī'netuṃ-sikkhākāme
bahussute
39
Tahiṃ mahānikāyasmiṃ-yatipāmokkhasantikaṃ
Parisaṃ
pesayī datvā-sandesaṃ'cantagāravā
40
Yatissarā tato syāma-desikā
sabbhi vaṇṇitā
Sabhāge pariyesitvā-bhikkhū
ta'mupasampadaṃ
41
Kātu'mpya'tha
bhave'vassa-'mupasampattipekkhake
Tahaṃ'netuṃ
nivedesuṃ-saddhābhattipurassarā
42
Tada'nuññaṃ
paṭiggayha-sāsanaṭṭhitikāmato
Selantāyatanakhyāta-pariveṇantike
tadā
43
Udakukkhepasīmāyaṃ-sindhuyaṃ sāmaṇerake
Mahatā
gāraveno'pa-sampādesuṃ yathāvidhi
44
Tato paṭṭhāya tatre'va-yāvajja
pativaccharaṃ
Pavattetū'pasampattiṃ-buddhasāsanamāmako
45
Paṇasatthalagāmasmiṃ-gaṇṚgoḍèllavissute
Vijayassirivaddhanā-rāme'raddhe
munelaye
46
Daṭṭhuṃ laṅka'mupāyāto-vaṇṇavejjasamavhayo
Syāmakumāro
vikhyāto-ṭhapesi maṅgalaṃ silaṃ
47
Laṅkābhivuddhi'micchanto-niccaṃ
nītivisārado
JṚmispīrisnāmakhyāto-sīhalajananāyako
[SL Page 254] [\x
254/]
48
Akāmakāmo laṅkāya-janānaṃ sādhusammato
Ḍonoml̥rsāmino
vāttaṃ-kathañci paṭigaṇhituṃ
49
Anicchanto viya kitti-deha'mettha
nidhāpiya
Paraṃ lokaṃ gato mantī-sabhāyo'pasabhāpati
50
Tato
mantisabhāyo'pa-sabhāpatidhuraṃ sudhī
Sarbāronjayatilaka-mantīso patva
vissuto
51
Tatodātayasojāto-sadā sambhamahājano
Alaṅkarittha
mantinda-saṃsadaṃ
vāṇibhūsano
52
Japanpaññātavijite-takāmatsusamavhayo
Disampatikumāro'si-tadā
laṅka'mupāgato
53
Sèssanīvisayādhīso-[f]peḍriknāma
suvissuto
Bhūpo'gammi'ha ṭhitvāna-katipāha'magā
tadā
54
Vipattimukha'māpannaṃ-laṅkikajanataṃ purā
Mocetuṃ yatayī yo
hi-vādībhakesaropamo
55
Ponnambalamrāmanāthan-nāmo mantissaro
sudhī
Soṭṭho variṭṭho jl̥rjraññā-saṃladdhāgāravappado
56
Visadaṃ
yasasogandha-sāraṃ disebhamuddhani
Limpetvā
nāmasesattaṃ-samaye'smi'mapāpuṇī
57
Laṅkeso rajjato loka-hitāya'rabhitaṃ
iha
Sammadā'yubbedavijjā-layaṃ saṃvivarī
tadā
58
HarbarṭsṭŚnlipaññāto-laṅkeso tisamaṃ sudhī
Sāddhaṃ
rakkhiyi'maṃ dīpaṃ-laddhā ṭhānantaraṃ'pagā
59
Yāte
sṭŚnlināme'to-bl̥rḍlansavhavissuto
Dvimāsa'mupalaṅkeso-rajjaṃ pālesi
sundaraṃ
60
Sucinnalaṅko
laṅkeso-gremtomsannāmavissuto
Tisattatādhike
vasse-dvisahassecatussate
61
Idhā'gato surūpo
so-karuṇāguṇabhūsito
Sammā pālayituṃ rajjaṃ-'rabhi
pālanakovido
62
Pavattitā'riha purā-vavatthādāyikā
sabhā
Vissajjitā'tha ḍonoml̥r-sāminā
paṭisaṅkhaṭaṃ
63
Vāttamanugataṃ rajja-mantanasamitiṃ
paraṃ
Dvisahassaccatusata-catusattatisammite
[SL Page 255] [\x 255/]
64
Munindasarade'raddhaṃ-'cinituṃ janachandato
Mantī dhurī tayo
āsu-'maṭṭha laṅkesakāmato
65
Pāpitā mantino
sabba-janakāmavasānugā
Bhaviṃsu paññāsa mantī-sabhā
puṇeṇa'kasaṭṭhiyā
66
Sabbe vetanikā mantī-maṇḍalo'ccanitā
tato
Sabhāpatī co'pasabhā-pati satta'ssu'maccakā
67
Tadā
mahālekhako'si-ṭiralnāmo vicakkhaṇo
Seṭṭho'dhikaraṇe jèksan-samañño
nītikovido
68
Vahi
bhaṇḍāgāradhuraṃ-vil[f]praḍvuḍsnāmavissuto
Tayo'me
dhurino'maccā-āsu'maccantasikkhitā
69
Sabhāpatī taha'māsi-vyatto
nītivisārado
[F]prunsismolamurṚnāma-khyāto cheko kathissaro
70
Yasassī
guṇavā dakkho-buddhimo'pasabhāpati
Bhavī
[f]porèsṭarubhaya-sekharassutanāmavā
71
Sattasū'pasabhāpaccaṃ-kārakasamitīsu
hi
Patto'si subramaniyam-samaññāvissuto sudhī
72
Mahāraññū
sirime'ti-padā nāmo salaṅkato
Bhāsāsatthavidū
suddha-siloko'nuddayāparo
73
Ḍī.Bī. Jayatilakākhyo-sabhānāyakataṃ
kavī
Sakadesakiccabhārā-maccatta'ñca vahī tahiṃ
74
Puññavā kittimā
sṭīvan-senānāyakavissuto
Manti seṭṭho
kasikamma-macco'sya'ḍḍho'nukampiko
75
Vācissaro
nītivedī-janappiyakatho sadā
Laṅkāmba pīnayaṃ seṭṭho-suto setayaso
budho
76
Si.Ḍabliv.Ḍabliv. Vikhyāto-kannaṅgarasamavhayo
Dayāparo
seṭṭhamantīva-'jjhāpanasacivo'bhavi
77
Ñāṇī guṇī
sī.Baṭuvan-tuḍāvanāmapākaṭo
Disārakkhāsabhābhāra-sacivattaṃ vahī
dayo
78
PānabokkṚtipaññāto-mantīso
sukhakāmato
Sukhārakakhākiccabhāra-sajīvo'si guṇālayo
79
Janappiyo
manti perī-sundaramnāmiko bhavī
Kammakārādivāṇijja-bhārāmaccudhurandharo
[SL Page 256] [\x 256/]
80
Maggāmaggavidū
mākan-marikkārnāmavissuto
Pasiddhamaggakammanta-bhāramaccattanaṃ
vahi
81
Pavittakitti jl̥n henrī-mīdeṇiyeti pākaṭo
Dhatvā
mantidhuraṃ'gañchi-maccuvasa'matoparaṃ
82
Tassa dhītā
molamurṚ-sabhāpatipajāpati
Pattā'si taṃ mantidhuraṃ-paṭhamā sā'si
mantinī
83
NṚsamsaravanamuttu-vissutā kāminī
piyā
Mantinyā'su'ttarāsāya-koḷambapurapuṅgave
84
Laṅkāya'jjhāpanavuddhi-'micchaṃ
niccaṃ sadā bhusaṃ
Taṅkiccapassuto yo'si-so kho
daḷhaparakkamo
85
Vyāpārakusalo dhīmā-tatodātayasocayo
Roborṭ ḍi.
Soyisā nāma-vikhyāto thiramānaso
86
Balapiṭṭhipadesasmiṃ-dhatvā
mantidhuraṃ varaṃ
Satataṃ tamhi visaye-vuddhiyā'nekadhā
bahū
87
Kirayānipphādayaṃ'sesa-mane pīnesi
sabbaso
Sabbalaṅkāsamādāna-vinicchayassakārako
88
Pīḷito'ccantagelaññaṃ-diṭṭheni'ha'khile
jane
Nimujjayanto'tisayaṃ-tadā kasirasāgare
89
Mantissaro so
pañcatta-'mupago'sā'napekkhako
Taṅkhaṇaṃ kaṇṇakaṭukaṃ-rāvaṃ sutvāna
vimbhitā
90
Kinvi'daṃ kinvi'daṃ sacca-'metaṃ nū'ti lapuṃ
janā
Nidhāya vilapuṃ sīsa-matthakesu kare
dukhā
91
Samosaṭā'nekajāti-janā saṅkhyāpathātigā dassesuṃ
seṭṭhamantissa-carimaṃ gāravaṃ bhusaṃ
92
Sūravīraguṇassāliṃ-laṅkāmātā
kirayakkhamaṃ
Piyaṅkarekatanaya-'mapassantī
rurodati
93
Kākavaṇṇatissaraññā-kāritaṃ sṚruvāpiyaṃ
Maṅgalavhaṃ
mahācetyaṃ-vattittha cirajiṇṇakaṃ
94
Pañcasaṃvaccharā
pubbe-sāsanaṭṭhitikāmato
Vīrasīhamudalinda-pamukhā sogatā
janā
95
Sabhaṃ'rabhitvā maṅgala-mahācetiyavaḍḍhatiṃ
Paṭisaṅkhārayuṃ sīghaṃ-laddhādhārā'va sabbaso
[SL Page 257] [\x
257/]
96
Suniṭṭhāpitakammante-cetiyasmiṃ mahussavā
hapesuṃ
thūpikaṃ
moda-mānasā'gga'miha'ddhani
97
Jinasāsanasaṃvuddhiṃ-'pekkhamānā
mahāsayā
Saddhike'dāni sugata-sāsanodayavissute
98
Pariveṇe
dassaneyyaṃ-vissajjiya mahaddhanaṃ
Dvibhumakaṃ mandiraṃ yaṃ-kārayiṃsu
mahehayā
99
Gremtomsannāmavikhyāto-laṅkeso
tejavāyaso
Pamodanādamajjhasmiṃ-vivarī taṃ
mudā'layaṃ
100
Laṅkissare pālayante-laṅkaṃ sammā mudā
bhusaṃ
Jl̥rjmahāmahipo
seṭṭha-sesabhūpasikhāmaṇi
101
Videsabhāropamahā-lekhakapadaviṃ
garuṃ
Pādāsi tassa mudito-kassa cā'pya'nivediya
102
Nāva'māruyha
gacchanto-laṅkinde'ṅgalantadesakaṃ
Tariyaṃ taṅkhaṇaṃ
bāḷha-gilāno'danapuruttamaṃva
103
Avaruyhā'rogyasālaṃ-pattu'ssannāmayo
bhusaṃ
Taha'maccayataṃ pāpa-kathañcana'napekkhitaṃ
104
Taṃ pavattiṃ
suṇitvāna-socanīyaṃ sudussahaṃ
Accantadukkhitā āsuṃ-laṅkikā
katavedino
105
Vapussa tassa carimaṃ-gāravaṃ dassayuṃ
tahiṃ
Maraṇaṃ'sa'dhirajjassa-āsi hāni sirīmato
106
Vassadvayaṃ
visadakitti sa'sādhikaṃ grem-
Tomsansamaññavidito matime'dha
ṭhitvā
Laṅkissaro jahi tanuṃ viya vāmalaṅkaṃ
Sādhusva'sādhusu na pāpimato
viseso
107
Evaṃ hi bho'navarataṃ
kasirubbhavasmi'
Mādīnava'mpya'namataggabhave vibhāvī
Disvāna jātimaraṇaṃ
vinihacca saccaṃ
Pattuṃ cinātha kusalaṃ'nalasā pahūtaṃ
Bhāṇavāraṃ
sattapaññāsatimaṃ
------------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake
dipavaṃse rajjamantana sabhādi
Dīpanonāma sattapaññāsatimo paricchedo.
[SL Page 258] [\x 258/]
Aṭṭhapaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
--------------------
1
Laṅkissare tamhi gate
pavīṇe
iralsamañño dutiyo'tra'dhīso
Sato yathāsatti vicakkhaṇo
so
Māsattayaṃ rakkhi manuññalaṅkaṃ
2
Satthussa vasse
dvisahassakamhi
Catussate chādhikasattatīme
Laṅkesataṃ patva
sutikkhañāṇo
Ihā'gato sṭabsviditābhidhāno
3
Ciraṃ
pariññātavisiṭṭhalaṅko
Dayaddaceto'vitabhūriraṭṭho
Sambhāvito sabbhi
visuddhakitti
Sambhattiye'maṃ'rabhi sāsituṃ so
4
So
rajjamantīsabhatiṃ patindo
Tadā'padā kenaci gāravīyā
hānantarāto'pagato'si
cheko
Aho'bbhutaṃ kammabalaṃ viloka
5
Sabhādhipaccaṃ puna
nītibyatto
Patto [f]porèsṭl̥bhayasekharākhyo
Tato
nayaññū'pasabhāpatittaṃ
Yāto'si mantī vijayammaṇī
so
6
Suvaṇṇamālīvarathūparañño
Gabbhamhi dhātvagganidhiṃ
tadāni
Mahāmudā cetiyavaḍḍhanākhyā
Kāresi sammā viditā sabhā
sā
7
Nānādisāto'gatabhūripāṇi-
Gaṇākulaṃ
suddhapuraṃ'nurādhaṃ
Harīmayānekavidhāni pūjā-
Vatthūni
muttāmaṇibhāsurāni
[SL Page 259] [\x 259/]
8
Sambhattiyā
buddhajanā pahaṭṭhā
Tandhātugabbhe nidahiṃsu sammā
Punappaṭissaṅkharaṇe
nidhāna-
Vatthuna'maggha'mpi kathā katheyya
9
Pācīnaraṭṭhesu bhusaṃ
visālaṃ
Samiddhataṃ pāpuṇi yaṃ pasiddhaṃ
Japansamañño vijite
manuññe
Susaṅgamo'dāni'si sogatānaṃ
10
Byātehi nānāvijitehi
tasmiṃ
Samosaruṃ mukhyajanā pavīṇā
Kantāya laṅkāya niyojitaggā
Tahiṃ
samajjā pahitā pasiddhā
11
Vyatto kathīso matanīti
harbaṭ-
Nissaṅkanāmo piyarūpaputto
Tassaṃ samajjāya
niyojitāya
Padhānataṃ kāruṇiko vahittha
12
Gate'ṃgirasīnaṃ
vasa'mettha rañño
Paramparāyā'gata sīhalīyaṃ
Purā
sirīvikkamarājasīhā-
Sīnaṃ
harīmuttamaṇīvirājaṃka
13
Sīhāsanaṃ'nagghavasūvisesā
Pabhassaraṃ
hemamayaṃ kirīṭaṃ
Pesesu'meṅgalantanarādhipassa
Pālesi so tāni
cira'ntibhatyā
14
Ñatvāna vuttanta'mimaṃ ca mattaṃ
Vatthudvayaṃ taṃ
pavaraṃ vicitraṃ
Laddhu'ñca daṭṭhuṃ pihamānasā te
Laṅkājanā
sīhalavaṃsabhūtā
15
Yasassīnaṃ
pañcamajl̥rjmahīpaṃ
Yāciṃsva'nekajjha'matho dayālū
Disampatī
vatthudukaṃ'sa kāle
Sasūnuno datvi'dha pesayī taṃ
[SL Page 260]
[\x 260/]
16
Tasse'va raññño garusampadassa
Suto vinīto tatiyo
yasassī
Henrībhidhānassutaglosṭarādi-
Pādo'pagañchā'diya ta'mpi
laṅkaṃ
17
Tadāni koḷambapuraṃ mahinda-
Puraṃ
parājetu'vivā'tibhaddaṃ
Salaṅkaritvā mahatā'darena
Kumāraseṭṭhaṃ
supaṭiggahesuṃ
18
Ānandanando sukumārakhatto
Seṅkhaṇḍaselākhyapuraṃ
vicitraṃ
Gantvā subhe
maṅgalamaṇḍapasmiṃ
Laṅkesapāmokkhakasīhalānaṃ
19
Sīhāsanaṃ
seṭṭhakirīṭaka'ñca
Pādāsi bhūpālaniyogapubbo
Disvāna pāmojjamanā janā
ne
Vaṇṇiṃsu jl̥rjbhūpatino guṇoghaṃ
20
Kāle'mhi
laṅkādharaṇītalasmiṃ
Jarāmayo āsi sudāruṇo'va
Puresu gāmannīgamesu
tasmiṃ
Tasmiṃ janā tāya rujāya phuṭṭhā
21
Mahā ahesuṃ bahavo
sahassa-
Saṅkhā tadānī yatayo'ññabhattā
Tahaṃ tahaṃ gamma
dayāpapuṇṇa-
Manā'turānaṃ
parisaṅgahesuṃ
22
Suvaṇṇamālīvaracetiyassa
Sabhā paṭissaṅkharaṇe
niyuttā
Ādevatākoṭṭha'masesa'māsuṃ
Bandhāpayitvā puna
dibbakoṭṭhe
23
Saṅgamma saddhehi janehi saddhiṃ
Cinitva
pūjārahavatthujātaṃ
Mahussavenā'tipamodapubbaṃ
Yathā purā
dhātunidhi'ṅkarittha
[SL Page 261] [\x 261/]
24
Kāle'ssa
jl̥rjbhūpatino'bhisekā
Saṃvaccharā'suṃ pana pañcavīsā
Sabbe'va laṅkāya
tato kataññū
Mahacchaṇaṃ sādhu
pavattayiṃsu
25
Viññātapubbāparabhāsasattho pavittakittissuti tassa
kāle
Ārtarḍènīyelvijayādisekha-
Rākhyo diva'ṅgañchi mahāsayo
so
26
Pahūtabhāsānipuṇā sumedhā
Kathissarā'maccagaṇā ca mantī
Te
rajjamantīsabhatiṃ nisinnā
Lokatthasiddhiṃ akaruṃ'nurūpaṃ
27
So
dvissahassamhi catussatasmi'
Maṭṭhādhike sattatime muninde
Vassamhi
cārittavasā'tra rajja-
Mantīsabhaṃ vissaji laṅkanetā
28
Tato
timāsaṃ pana'tikkamitvā
Samuccinitvā puna seṭṭhamantī
Taṃ
rajjamantissamitiṃ navaṃ hi
Laṅkissaro saṃvivarittha
pītyā
29
Navīnamantīsabhatiṃ matīmā
Ḍabliv. DorṚsāmi
saphāpatī'siva
Susantabhāvo vidadhe
susantā-
[F]pl̥nsṚkanāmo'pasabhāpatittaṃ
30
Janappiyo santavaco
sato ār-
Es. Tennakl̥n nāmasuto vinīto
Tadā tathā sattasu
kārikāsu
Sabhāsu tāsū'pasabhāpatī'si
31
Sataṃ pasattho vahatī
yasassī
Ḍī.Bī. Jayādītilako sirīmā
Kavī sabhānāyakataṃ
sadesa-
Kattabbahāraṃ sacivattana'ñca
[SL Page 32] [\x 32/]
32 So bhāgyavā vikkamasālivyatta-
Kittī purā
vaṇṇitanāmadheyyo
Kannaṅgaro mantivaro idāni
Ajjhāpanāmaccadhuraṃ
dadhāti
33
Dhanī guṇī vissūtakitti ḍī.Es.-
Senādinetā janatā
hitesi
Pubbe'va seṭṭho kasikammamacca-
Dhurandharo'sī kasiyā
pavīṇo
34
Khyāto kulīno yasavā sa'es.Ḍab-
Liv.Ār.
Ḍayasbaṇḍaranāyakākhyo
Sudhī disāpālakamaccaṭhāna-
Ntaraṃ dadhāti
susucheka mantī
35
Kirayāpavīṇo sudhi
kammakāra-
Vāṇijjamaccappadaviṃ pasiddho
Ji.Sī. Esādī korayā
bhidhāno
Dadhāti mantī taruṇo surūpo
36
Sade'va
jātyāgamabhattiyutto
Cirantanabbuttivido vidhiññū
Ārtar da silvādhivaco
yasassī
Manti sukhārakkhasajīvako'si
37
Samicchi
laṅkājanatābhivuddhiṃ
Subuddhi jṚ.El. Kotalāvalākhyo
Mantī
sa'maggassutakammabhārā-
Maccappadaṃ saṃvidadhe vidhiññū
38
Ciraṃ
pasiddho satimā nayaññū
iralsamañño sacivo matīmā
Laṅkāmahālekhadhuraṃ
vahitvā
Vissāmataṃ patva agā sadesaṃ
39
Tato
tatodātayasovitāno
Dayaddaceto paricinnalaṅko
Em.Em. Vèḍarbanvidito
sajīvo
Laṅkāmahālekhadhuraṃ dadhāti
[SL Page 263] [\x 263/]
40
Pāmokkhako'dhīkaraṇamhi jṚ.Sī.-
Hl̥varḍsamañño sacivo'si
dhīmā
Hakshèmsamavho satimā sa'bhaṇḍā-
Gārīyamaccappadaviṃ
dadhāti
41
Tayo ci'me'maccavarā pasiddhā
Dhurandharā chekatarā
bhaviṃsu
Yathāpurā vuttasabhā tathe'va
Sabbaṅgapuṇṇā vitathā
na'se'sā
42
Samattavanyaṃ visadekakitti
Ppabhāva'maggaṃ tanayittha
yo so
Bhūmissaro pañcamajl̥rjsamañño
Mahādayo sassa pajāsu
daḷhaṃ
43
Kāle'ssa laṅkāpatino sakīye
Santāpayaṃ
suddhayasottabhāvaṃ
Nidhāya seṭṭhaṃ navarajjabhāraṃ
Dhattuṃ'va'gañchi
bhuvanaṃ para'mpi
44
Tato'va lanḍanpuriyā pajā ca
Sabandhavo
dukkhamanā yathā'suṃ
Sasāmibhattā katavedino'tra
Dīpe janā'ccantadukhā
rudiṃsu
45
Tato sato jl̥rjmahipassa jeṭṭha-
Suto patīto
piyavṚlskumāro
Dayodapūtaggamano'ṭṭhameḍvarḍ-
Nāmena
sīhāsanasīnako'si
46
Navodayaṃ vatrabhuno dhajassa
Viya'ssa
bhūpassa sato vipassī
Samattasatto'nnayanā sakīyā
Nandiṃsu hīyyo taguṇe
vadantā
47
Eḍvarḍmahābhūpatisattajātaṃ
Samonavassaṃ
paritosayitvā
Pakāsayaṃ bhāgasabhāva'magga-
Rajjassa bhāraṃ jahi kenacī'va
[SL Page 264] [\x 264/]
48
Atho sagabbho mahipassa
tassa
Yl̥kādipādo vidhinā sunīto
Chaṭṭhena jl̥rjkhyātabhidhena
sīhā-
Sanamhi'sīno janatā hitāya
49
Patiṭṭhitaṃ taṃ puna
ādipādaṃ
Rajje nisamma'ññadisampatīnaṃ
Purā bhusaṃ cetasi
dhūmito'va
Hutāvaho'sī'va samuṭṭhito hi
50
Patāpavā
suddhayaso'dhirajje
Mahāmahīpo'si yathe'va kante
Laṅkaggarajje'pi
disampatī so
Rājā'khilānaṃ lasataṃ
hitāya
51
Vijjodayākhyassutasatthasālo-
Dayācalabbhūtasusattharaṃsī
Hatandhakāro
ratanādisāra-
Netaṃsumālī'gami'dāni'yatthaṃ
52
Visiṭṭhadhamme
nipuṇo marūnaṃ'
Bhidhamma'māsuṃ vadituṃ'va dhīmā
Devādinando
garusaṅghaneto'
Pasaṅgarājā gami devalokaṃ
53
Vibhāti
pañcammaṇagāmajāto
Seṅkhaṇḍaselavhapure varasmiṃ
Pupphādirāmādhipatī
yasassī
Sumaṅgalavho garunetupādo
54
Ramme vihāre
hayaselasañño'
Dhīso purasmiṃ sirivaḍḍhanākhye
Guṇī guṇādīratano
sa'mullṚ-
Gāmubbhavo netuvaro vibhāti
55
Saddhammasatthe paṭu
saṅgharāja-
Satthālayasmiṃ'dhipatī'nunetā
Siddhatthanāmo thaviro
matīmā
Virājate sāsanavuddhikāmī
[SL Page 265] [\x 265/]
56
Virājate sampati yuttiyutto
Saddhammavaṃsādhivace
nikāye
Netuttamo kāruṇiko sa'sīla-
Kkhandhavhathero satimā
vinīto
57
Vibhāti vaṃse sumanavhanetu-
Pādassa'dānī
garusaṅghanetā
Saṅgepayaṃ sābhijanaṃ hi medhā-
Nandābhidhāno thaviro
dhitīmā
58
Yo sakkatādo nipuṇo'si satthe
So
gotamīkhyātavihāradhīso
Sudhī yatindo'maravaṃsathero
Virājate viddasu
matthakasmiṃ
59
Viññātasatthāgamako'si'noma-
Dassī mahānetuvaro
vibhāvī
Parakkamabbāhusamaññasatthā-
Layādhipo bhāsati
sampatī'ha
60
Satthe ca dhamme vinaye pavīṇo
PāḷŚṇagāmamhi bhavo
vibhāvī
Susaṅkatho so vajirādiñāṇa-
Ssuto mahānetuvaro'jja
bhāti
61
Satthāgame chekataro susīlo'-
Pasenathero matimā
yatīso
Vikhyātasaddhammudayākhyavijjā
Layamhi'dhīso lasate'jja
sammā
62
Sataṃ pasattho pulinattalavhā-
Rāmādhipo netuvaro
dayālū
Sirīnivāsatthaviro sasatthe
Dhamme pavīṇo matimā'jja bhāti
63
Sambhāvito sabbhi pasiddhavijjānandākhyavijjālayadhissaro hi
Ñātāgamo sampati
dhammasiddhi-
Yatissaro saṃlasate vibhāvī
[SL Page 266] [\x 266/]
64
Virājate so vidurūpolākhya-
Gāmamhi jāto
piyatissanāmo
Satthabbidū netuvaro'ddharaṭṭha-
Mrammanvaye
paṇḍitupādhikhyāto
65
Desantarappatthaṭakittisaṃhati
Bhūmissarādīhi
katādaro bhusaṃ
Baṇḍāranetā salamon ḍayassuto
Bhātī'ha dīpe
mudalindasattamo
66
Sambhāti jī.Pī. Malalādisekhara-
Khyāto vinīto
dhitiyā visodhiya
īkaṃ mahāvaṃsika'maggarajjato
Muddāpayī iṃgirasivaṇṇato
sudhī
67
Laṅkāya'yattā tatiyassa jl̥rjmahā-
Bhūpassa
āpañcamajl̥rjjanādhipaṃ
Vuttanta'masmiṃ itihāsikaṃ mahā-
Vaṃsamhi
antogadhaka'ṅkarittha yo
68
Dhamme ca satthe caturo'tihāsiye'
Dhīso
sudhammākarasatthamandire
Paññādinando kavi saṅghanāyako
Virājate so
vidurāna'mantare
69
Dharaṇipatipadhānā lokapālā
patāpī
Suvisadatatakittī sāsanabbhāradhārī
Viparinatasabhāvaṃ dassayiṃsū
bhavasmiṃ
Tatha'riva mahataṃ konū'taresaṃ janānaṃ
70
Iti viditajanā
bho patthayantā hitatthaṃ
Garukasiravighātaṃ niccasātaṃ
paṇītaṃ
Gamitu'malasabhāvaṃ hitva tumhe'ppamattā
Cinutha cinutha puññā
santataṃ santada'mpi
Bhāṇavāramaṭṭha
paññāsatimaṃ
-----------------
Iti sajjanānanda saṃvega janake dīpavaṃse
punarajjamantana
Sabhoccinanādi dīpano nāmaṭṭhapaññāsatimo
paricchedo.
[SL Page 267] [\x 267/]
Ekūnasaṭṭhitamo
paricchedo.
------------------
1
Duṭṭhagāmiṇiabhaya-raññā
vikkamasālinā
Tatodātasilokena-sambuddhamāmakena hi
2
Kārāpitaṃ
purā soṇṇa-mālicetyaṃ pabhinnakaṃ
Katādhārā sogatehi-saddhehi ca
mahehayā
3
Cetiyavaḍḍhanīkhyātā-sabhā sajjanasaññutā
Bandhāpetvāna
kammantaṃ-mahaddhanaparibbayā
4
Niṭṭhāpesī thūparājā-kelāso dutiyo
viya
Rājate'jja pajācakkhū-mukhe mokkhamudāvaho
5
Kadā hessati
thūpassa-thūpikārohaṇaṃ sivaṃ
Mahituṃ namituṃ kāmā-'pekkhanti
pāṇisañcayā
6
Dvisahasse catusate-'sitime munihāyane
Vesākhamāse
dutiye-budhāhani site subhe
7
Lokekodātayasayo-mahābhāgassa
dhīmato
Chaṭṭhassa jl̥rjsamaññassa-mahipassa sirīmato
8
Piḷandhanaṃ
kirīṭassa-āsi janamudāvahaṃ
Mahacchero chaṇo tasmiṃ-divase abbhuto
bhavi
9
Laṅkikā sakalā sādhu-guṇabhūsanabhūsitaṃ
Bhūpaṃ sarājato
mañña-mānā idha tahiṃ tahiṃ
10
Tadussavaṃ gāravena-vissajjiya
mahaddhanaṃ
Pavattayiṃsu ruciraṃ-sāmibhattipurassarā
11
Tadāni
koḷambapure-purā kumbhasamubbhave
Isismiṃ gahite sindhu-nīraṃ pāṇipuṭena
tu
12
Ratanānaṃ yathāloko-nānāvijjutapo tathā
Nettacittaharo
āsi-tattha tattha virocanā
13
Bhūpassa tassa
niyatiṃ-daṭṭhu'meke'dhirajjakaṃ
Gamiṃsu koḷambapuraṃ-janatāyo
samosaruṃ
14
Samaye'smiṃ mrammaraṭṭhe-saṅgharājapadhānako
Vyatto
bahussuto saṅgho-karuṇāpuṇṇamānaso
[SL Page 268] [\x 268/]
15
Vālutātitthagāmasmiṃ-sambhūtassa
sivesino
Sudassanābhidhānassa-yatindassa
vibhāvino
16
Upasaṅgharājapadaṃ-'dāsi
sambhamapubbako
So'pamahāsāmi'riha-rājate hitasādhako
17
Laṅkeso
rejinl̥lḍeḍvaḍ-vikhyāto sṭabs samavhayo
Yasassi buddhimā laṅkā-vuddhimaggaṃ
visodhiya
18
Pīnetvā laṅkike laddhā-vissāmattaṃ
yathāvidhi
Sadesa'ṅgā vasitvāna-sāddhaṃ tisaradaṃ iha
19
Em.Em.
Vèḍarbanpaññāto-'palaṅkeso tato sudhī
Sāddhaṃ timāsaṃ pālesi-laṅkaṃ laṅkodaye
rato
20
Dvisahassaccatusate-kāsītisammite jine
Hāyane sirimā
enḍrū-kèlḍikoṭnāmavissuto
21
Laṅkissaro
ihā'yāto-desapālanakovido
Appamatto laṅka'mimaṃ-sāsituṃ'rabhi sādhukaṃ
[SL Page 269] [\x 269/]
Dīpavaṃsa dutiyaṃsa
kattuvaṃso.
-------------------
1
Sirighanamunino
tilokakantā-
Riyatilakassakhilābhivanditena
Varacaraṇayugena phassitaṃ
hi
Vipulabhivuddhimihicchato
pasatthaṃ
2
Dharaṇipatisikhāmaṇīsarikkhā-
Vanitatasuddhasilokasaṃhatissa
Nikhilajanapamodasambhavassa-
Trajapavaro
sutadhammasokarañño
3
Suviditavisayesu
lokanātha-
Varasamayaṭṭhitimicchatova
sisso
Suvihatakhilapāpamānasassa
Munisutamoggaliputtatissanetu
4
Sakavaragaruno
niyogamaggaṃ
Labhiyucitaddhamavecca
seṭṭhabuddhi
Vitatayasamahāmahindakhīṇā-
Savathaviro
subhalaṅkadīpamāga
5
Naravarasaradamhi sattatiṃsā-
Dhikadvisate
sahi sāsanaggamatra
Adhipatipiyatissabhūpatissa
Patiṭhapayī labhiya
ggametthasakhyaṃ
6
Gatavatiha
mahāmahindasekkha--
Bbhavasuvisuddhamahāvihāravaṃse
Atisayamudayaṃ
marammaramme
Sutavijite
sirikhettaṭhāniyambhā
7
Jinasamayabhivuddhipekkhamāno
Varamatimā
mahasāmināmathero
Iha sahaparisova pāpuṇitvā
Parivajiya ppaṭhama ṭṭhitaṃ
hi sikkhaṃ
[SL Page 270] [\x 270/]
8
Ativisadamahāvihāravaṃsā-
Gatamalabhittha navaṃ
pasatthasikkhaṃ
Pamuditamanaso tato maramma-
Purapavaraṃ samupecca
suddhasīlo
9
Tahamariyamahāmahindavaṃsaṃ
Sunidahi tassa nirākulamhi
vaṃse
Guṇasirithavi sutassiloko
Bhavi dasamo nipuṇo hi
dhammasatthe
10
Tipiṭakamunibhāratīpavīṇo
Yatipavarassa hi tassa
seṭṭhasisso
Tahamabhavi
pasatthadhammasenā-
Patimukhañāṇabhivaṃsasaṅgharājā
11
Gaṇajagatipatissa
tassa sisso
Marapuranāmamahāvihāravaṃsaṃ
Iha patiṭhapayittha
seṭṭhañāṇa-
Vimalabhidhānamahāyatissareso
12
Vipulamati
tadantavāsiko so
Atha sanikāyapasatthaseṭṭhabhāraṃ
Suviditamunivutti
dhammadhāra-
Garuyatisāmivaro vahittha sammā
13
Sutasakagaruno hi
tassa bhāvā-
Nugatamano piṭakattayamhi satthe
Atisayanipuṇova
sakkatādo
Vasi yatikuñjara
ñāṇanandathero
14
Tikhiṇamatiyatissarassa tassa
Lasi caturo
sahitamhi seṭṭhasisso
Ariyabhijanalaṅkatippasiṭṭho
Savimalasārabhidho
mahāyatīso
15
Yatipatisiriñāṇanandasissa-
Ssutapavaro vinaye
timattadakkho
Vasi marapuramūlavaṃsa saṅgha-
Garusutabuddhasirissuto
yatindo
[SL Page 271] [\x 271/]
16
Pavaravimalasāranetusissa-
Trajaviditagamamañjudhammapuñjo
Vasi
siririyavaṃsalaṅkatī hi
Savimaladhīrasuto
mahāyatindo
17
Viduragaṇanisevitaggabuddha-
Sirivimalādikadhīrasīhasisso
Viditasugatasāsanodayākhye
Adhipatitaṅgami
satthamandirasmiṃ
18
Atisayarucirāsanopalākhya-
Ssutavaragāmabhavo
pasatthavutti
Munidharaṇipatissuto
samāno
Savimalakittisamaññātathero
19
Sasigajayuganettasammitasmiṃ
Munisaradessayujamhi
puṇṇamāyaṃ
Sudhimatamanugova dīpavaṃse
Itidutiyaṃsa makāsi
sānuvādaṃ
20
Vidurajanagaṇā pasatthabuddhī
Anagatibhāvamupecca
niccamasmiṃ
Mama vipulaparissamamhi saccaṃ
Yathariva sammuditā bhavantu
santā